C^ ^y^^A^ 
 
 '<L- ^7. 
 
 /- yf/^.
 
 <x^
 
 & 
 
 TaI 
 
 :; USo^
 
 51 A N U A L 
 
 OF 
 
 SURVEYING INSTRUCTIONS 
 
 FOll THE 
 
 SUinEY OE THE PUi^LIC LANDS 
 
 OF THE 
 
 U:^riTED STATES 
 
 A^D 
 
 P^HIA^^TE LA^jSTD CLiS.I]MS. 
 
 Prepared in conformity witli law nniler the direc'ion of 
 THE COMMISSIONER OP TnE/oEXEKAL LAND OFFICE. 
 
 JUNE 30, 1S94. 
 
 WASHINGTON : 
 
 C OTLililN'r-IENT PRINTING 0FFIC3. 
 
 1 8 9 i.
 
 Department of the Interior, 
 
 General Land Office, 
 Washington, D. C, June 30, 1894. 
 Gentlemen : 
 
 The followiug instructions, including full and minute directions for 
 the execution of surveys in the field, are issued under the authority 
 given me by sections 453, 456, and 23!)S, United States Kevised Stat- 
 utes, and must be strictly complied with by yourselves, your office 
 assistants, aud deputy surveyors. 
 All directions in conflict with these instructions are hereby abrogated. 
 In all official communications, this edition will be known and referred 
 to as the Manual of 1S94. 
 Very respectfully, 
 
 S. W. Lamoreux, 
 
 Commissioner. 
 
 To Surveyors General, of the United States.
 
 MANUAL or SURVEYmG I:N^STRUCT10NS. 
 
 HISTORY OF LEGISLATION FOR SURVEYS. 
 
 Tlic present system of survey of the public lands was inau<^urated by 
 a committee appointed by the Continental Congress, consisting of the 
 following delegates: 
 
 Hon. Thos. Jefferson, Chairman Virginia. 
 
 Hon. Hugh Williamson ]Srorth Carolina. 
 
 Hon. David Howell IMiode Island. 
 
 Hon. Elbridge Gerry Massachusetts. 
 
 Hon. Jacob Read South Carolina. 
 
 On the 7th of May, 1784, this committee lepoitcd "An ordinance for 
 ascertaining the mode of locating and (lisi)osiiig of lands in the western 
 territory, and lor other purposes therein mentioned." This ordinance 
 required the public lands to be divided into " hundreds " often geograph- 
 ical miles square, and those again to be subdivided into lots of one mile 
 square each, to be numbered from 1 to 100, commencing in the nortli- 
 tcestern corner, and continuing from west to east and from east to west 
 consecutively. Tliis ordinance was considered, debated, and amended, 
 and reported to Congress April 20, 1785, and required the surveyors 
 " to divide the said territory into townships of 7 miles square, by lines 
 running due north and south, and others crossing these at right angles. 
 * * * The plats of the townships, respectively, shall be marked 
 by subdivisions into sections of 1 mile square, or 040 acres, in the same 
 direction as the external lines, and numbered from 1 to 49. * * * 
 And these sections shall be subdivided into lots of 320 acres." This is 
 the tirst record of the use of the terms " township" and " section." 
 
 May 3, 1785, on motion of Hon. William Grayson, of Virginia, sec- 
 onded by Hon. James Monroe, of Virginia, the section respecting the 
 extent of townships was amended by striking out the words "seven 
 miles square" and substituting the words "six miles square." The 
 records of these early sessions of Congress are not very full or complete ; 
 but it does not seem to have occurred to the members until the 0th of 
 May, 1785, that a township six miles square could not contain 49 sec- 
 tions of 1 mile square. At that date a motion to amend was made, 
 which provided, among other changes, that a township should contain 
 30 secticms; and the amendment was lost. The ordinance as finally 
 passed, however, on the 20th of May, 1785, provided for townships 
 miles square, containing 30 sections of 1 mile square. The first public 
 surveys were made under this ordinance. The townships, miles square, 
 were laid out in ranges, extending northward from the Ohio River, the 
 townships being numbered from south to north, and the ranges from 
 east to west. The region embraced by the surveys under this law 
 forms a part of the present State of Ohio, and is usually styled " The 
 
 5
 
 Seven Eanges." In these initial surveys only tlie exterior lines of tlie 
 townships were surveyed, but the plats were marked by subdivisions 
 into sections of 1 mile square, and mile corners were established on the 
 township Hues. The sections were numbered from 1 to 36, commencing 
 ■with No. 1 in the southeast corner of the township, and running from 
 south to north in each tier to No. 36 in the northtcest corner of the town- 
 ship, as shown in the following diagram : 
 
 36 
 
 30 
 
 24 
 23 
 22 
 21 
 
 18 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 35 
 
 29 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 34 
 
 28 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 33 
 
 27 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 32 
 31 
 
 26 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 25 
 
 19 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 The surveys were made under the direction of the Geographer of the 
 United States. 
 
 The act of Congress approved May 18, 1796, j^rovided for the appoint- 
 ment of a surveyor general, and directed the survey of the lands north- 
 west of the Ohio Kiver, and above the mouth of the Kentucky Kiver, 
 " in which the titles of the Indian tribes have been extinguished." 
 Under this law 07ie half of the townships surveyed were subdivided into 
 sections "by running through the same, each way, parallel lines at the 
 end of every two miles, and by making a corner on each of said lines 
 at the end of every mile," and it further provided that " the sections 
 shall be numbered, respectively, beginning with the number one in the 
 northeast section and proceeding west and east alternately, through 
 the township, with progressive inimbers till the thirty-sixth be com- 
 pleted." This method of numbering sections, as shown by the following 
 diagram, is still in use : 
 
 6 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 9 
 
 3 
 10 
 
 2 
 11 
 
 1 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 18 
 19 
 30 
 
 17 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 14 
 
 13 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 29 
 
 28 
 
 27 
 
 26 
 
 25 
 
 31 
 
 32 
 
 33 
 
 34 
 
 35 
 
 36 
 
 The act of Congress a])proved May 10, 1800, required the "townships 
 west of the Muskingum, which * * * .^i^q directed to be sold in 
 quarter townships, to be subdivided into half sections of three hundred
 
 and twenty acres eacb, as nearly as niuy bo, by running parallel lines 
 tbrougli tbe same from east to west, and from south to north, at tht' 
 distance of one mile from each other, and marking corners, at the dis- 
 tance of each half mile, on the lines running from east to west, and at 
 thedistanceof each mile on those running from south to north. * * * 
 And the interior lines of townshii)s intersected by the Muskingum, 
 and of all the townships lying east of that river, which have not been 
 heretofore actually subdivided into sections, shall also be run and 
 marked. * * * ^^j j,^ q]i cases where the exterior lines of the 
 townships thus to be subdivided into sections or half sections shall 
 exceed, or shall not extend, six miles, the excess or deficiency shall 
 be specially noted, and added to or deducted from the western and 
 northern ranges of sections or half sections in such townships, accord- 
 ing as the error may be in running the lines from east to west or from 
 south to north." 
 
 The act of Congress approved February 11, 1805, directs the subdi- 
 vision of the public lands into quarter sections, and provides that all 
 the corners umrked in the public surveys shall be established as the 
 proper corners of sections, or subdivisions of sections, which they were 
 intended to designate, and that corners of half and quarter sections not 
 marlced shall be placed, as nearly as possible, " equidistant from those 
 two corners, which stand on the same line." This act further provides 
 that " The boundary lines actually run and nuirked * * * shall be 
 established as the proper boundary lines of the sections or subdivisions 
 for which they were intended; and the length of such lines as returned 
 by * * * the surveyors * * * shall be held and considered as 
 the true length thereof, and the boundary lines which shall not have 
 been actually run and marked as aforesaid shall be ascertained by run- 
 ning straight lines from the established corners to the opposite corre- 
 sponding corners; but in those portions of the fractional townships, 
 where no such o])i)osite or corresponding corners have been or can be 
 fixed, the said boundary line shall be ascertained by running from the 
 established corners due north and south or east and west lines, as the 
 case may be, to the * * * external boundary of such fractional 
 township." 
 
 The act of Congress approved April 25, 1812, provided " That there 
 shall be established in the Department of the Treasury an oflice to be 
 denominated the General Land Oftice, the chief officer of which shall be 
 called the Connnissioner of the General Land Office, whose duty it shall 
 be, uiuler the direction of the head of the Department, to superintend, 
 execute, and perform all such acts and things touching or respecting the 
 public lands of the United States, and other lauds patented or granted 
 by the United States, as have heretofore been directed by law to be done 
 or performed in the ofiice of the Secretary of State, of the Secretary and 
 Register of the Treasury, and of the Secretary of War, or which shall 
 hereafter by law be assigned to the said office." 
 
 The act of Congress approved A j)ril 24, 1820, provides for the sale of 
 public lands in half quarter sections, and requires that "in every case 
 of the division of a quarter section the line for the division thereof shall 
 run north and south * * * and fractional sections, containing 160 
 acres and upward, shall, in like manner, as nearly as practicable, be 
 subdivided into half quarter sections, under such rules and regulations 
 as may be i)rescril)ed by ?Jie Secretary of the Treasury; but fractional 
 sections containing less than 100 acres shall not be divided." 
 
 The act of Congriss approved May 24, 1824, provides ''That when- 
 ever, in the opinion of the President of the United States, a departure
 
 8 
 
 Irom the ordinary mode of siu^veyinji' land on any river, lake, bayou, or 
 water course would promote the public iiitere8t, he may direct the sur- 
 veyor general in whose district such land is situated, and where the 
 change is intended to be made, under such rules and regulations as the 
 President may prescribe, to cause the lands thus situated to be surveyed 
 iu tracts of two acres in width, fronting on any ri\er, bayou, lake, or 
 water course, and running back the dej>ih of forty acres." 
 
 The act of Congress approved May L'<>, 1830 (sees. 2412,2413, R. S.), 
 provides for the fine and imprisonment of any person obstructing the 
 survey of the public lands, and for the in^otection of surveyors, in the 
 discharge of their official duties, by the United States marshal, with 
 sufiicient force, whenever necessary. 
 
 The act of Congress a])proved April 5, 1832, directed the subdivision 
 of the public lands into (juarter quarters; that in every case of the divi- 
 sion of a half (piarter section the dividing line should run east and west; 
 and tlnit fractional sections sliould be subdivided under rules and regu- 
 lations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. Under the latter 
 provision the Secretary directed that fractional sections containing less 
 than 1(!0 acres, or the residuary portiou of a fractional section, after the 
 subdivision into as many quarter quarter sections as it is susceptible 
 of, may be subdivided into lots, eachcontaining the quantity of a quar- 
 ter quarter section, as nearly as ])racticable, by so laying down the line 
 of subdivision that they shall be 20 chains \yide, which distances are to 
 be marked on the plat of subdivision, as are also the areas of the quar- 
 tei- quarters and residuary fractions. 
 
 The last two acts above mentioned provided that the corners and con- 
 tentsof half-quarter and quarter-quarter sections should be ascertained, 
 as nearly as possible, in the manner and on the principles directed 
 and prescril)ed iu the act of Congress approved February 11, 180.5. 
 
 The act of Congress approved July 4, 1836, provided for the reorgan- 
 ization of the (Tcneral Land Office, and that the executive duties of said 
 office "shall be subject to the supervision and control of the Commis- 
 sioner of the Gciieral Land Office under the direction of the President 
 of the Uiiited States." Tlie re])ealing clause is, "That si^ich provisions 
 of the act of the twenty-fifth of April, in the year one thousand eight 
 liundred and twelve, entitled 'An act for the establishment of a General 
 Land Olfice in the Departnient of the Treasury,' and of all acts amend- 
 atory thereof, as are inconsistent with the provisions of this act, be, and 
 thesann^ are hereby, rei)ealed." 
 
 Prom the wording of this act it would ap])ear that the control of the 
 General Land Office was )'enu)ved from the Treasury Department, and 
 that the Commissioner reported directly to the President; but, as a mat- 
 ter of fact, tlu^ Secretary of the Treasury still had supervisory control, for 
 the act of (.'Ongress aj)proved Mar(5h 3, 1849, by which the Department 
 of the Interior was established, provided, "That the Secretary of the 
 Interior sliall peilbrm all the duties in relation to the General Land 
 Offi(^e, of supervision and appeal, now discharged by the Secretary of 
 the 1'reasury * * *." By this act the General Land Oifice was 
 transferred to the Department of the Interior, where it still remains. 
 
 In 1855 a manual of instructions to surveyors general was ])repared, 
 under the direction ofth.e Commissioner of the General J^md Oftice, by 
 John M. i\looi-e, tlicn i>rincipal clerk of surveys, and the act ofCongress 
 approved May.".!), 1802 (sec. 2;?09, K. S.), provided "That the printed 
 jnanual of instructions relating to the x)ublic surveys, x>reparcd at the 
 Gejieral Ivand Office, and bearing the date Pel)ruary twenty-second, 
 eighteen hundred and fifty-five, the instructions of the Commissioner
 
 of tlie General Land Office, and tlie special instruction^! of tlie surveyor 
 jjenoral, when not in conllict with said printed inariual or tlie instiuc- 
 tious of said Goinniissioner, sliall be taken and deemed to be a i)art of 
 every contract for surveyin,ii' the public lands of the United States." 
 
 Tlie instructions contained in this volume are issued under the au- 
 thority given in the clause in said act providing- that "The instruc- 
 tions of the Commissioner of the General Land Office * * * shall be 
 taken and deemed to be apart of every contract for surveying the public 
 lands of the United States." 
 
 The following comprises so much of the general laws relating to the 
 survey of tiie public domain as it is deemed necessary to incorporate 
 in this volume, reference being made by cha])ter and section to the cod- 
 ilication of the Public Land Laws, pre^tared pursuant to acts of Con- 
 gress approved March 3, 1S79 and June 1<>, 1880, aud by section num- 
 ber to the Eevised Statutes of the United St;ites. 
 
 EXISTING LAND LAWS .— C H AFTER T Vr O . 
 
 THE GENEBAL LAND OmCE. 
 
 Src. 32. The Commissioner of tlie General L.ancl Office shall perform, under the 
 (lirt'Ction of the Soc-retary of the Interior, all executive duties umi»s of Comnr •<> 
 ai)]K'rtainin.ii- to the surveying ami sale of the public, lands of the 
 United States, or in anywise respectinj^ sneh public lands; and, also, such as relate 
 to ])rivate ( lainis of lands, aud tin; issuing of j)atents for all grants of land iinder the 
 authority of the Government. (K. .S., -153.) 
 
 fiv.c. 35. All returns relative to the ])ublic lands shall be made to the Commissioner 
 of the General Land Office; and he shall have power to audit and 
 settle all public accounts relative to the public lands; and upon „i?ft"',^X'' "'"'''""" '*'' 
 the settlement of any such accounts he shall certify the balance, 
 and transmit the account with the vouchers and certificate to the First Comptroller 
 of the Treasury for his examination and decision thereon. (K. S., ioti.) 
 
 .Sr.c. 38. T'pou the discontinuance of any surveying distrii-t the authority, powers, 
 and duties in relation to tiie suvvev, Tesnrve\', or subdi\ision of 
 lands therein, and all matters and things connected therewith, as dutTs^of 'eCrveyor-iri^a"!; 
 previously exercised by the surveyor- general, shall he vestexl in"<^- 
 and devolved upon the Commissioner of tlie General Land Office; and deputy sur- 
 A'eyors or other agents under his direction shall have free access to any field-notes, 
 majts, records, and other papers turned over to the authorities of any State, pursu- 
 ant to law, for the purpose of making copies thereof, without charge of any kind. 
 (l.'.S., 2219, 2220.) 
 
 8kc. 45. The Commi-^si oner shall approve all contracts for the Approval of ^arveying con- 
 survey of the public lands. (11. S.. 2o!i8.) "-a.". 
 
 Skc. 16. The instructions issricd by the Conuuissioner of the Gen- commissioner-s instructions 
 eral Land Office not in conllict with law shall he deemed part of •''■^'"^'! ?•"■' o"" contract for 
 every contract for surveying the i)ublic lands. (K. .S., 2'.M).) 8>"-vpying. 
 
 .Si;c. (U. The Commissioner, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, 
 is authorized to enforce aud carry into execution every part of the power of commiasiouer to 
 ])ubli eland laws not otherwise specially provided for. (E. S., 2178.) ""ke ■•eguktiona. 
 
 CHAPTER THPEE. 
 
 SURVEYS AND SUEVEYOES. 
 
 Sec. 77. Tliere shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and 
 consent of the Senate, a surveyor-general for the States and. Tori- 
 tories lierein named, e/nbracjng, ix'a]icctively, one surveying dis- SLirve}ors-g™rKi, h<.w:,ii,i 
 trict, namely: Louisiana, Florida, Miiniesota, Kansas, California, " "" "I'l"^"'"-' • 
 Nevada. Cregon, Nebraska aud Iowa. J )akota. Colorado, New Mexico, Idaho, Wash- 
 ington, Montana, Utah, Wyouiiug, Arizona, (li. S., 2207.) 
 
 Skc. 83. Every survevoi-general, while in the disi harge of the 
 duties of his office, shall reside in the district for which he is ap- ije.-,i.i^nceofeur»eTor-gen- 
 pointod. (K.S.,2214.j
 
 10 
 
 Sec. 84. Every surveyor-general sliall, before entering on the duties of his oflfice, 
 Bond of surveyor-general, cxecute and dcllver to the Secretary of the Interior a bond, with 
 good and sufficient security, for the penul sum of thirty thousand dollars, condi- 
 tioned for the faithful disbursement, according to law, of all public money placed in 
 his hands, and for the faithful performance of the duties of his office; and the Presi- 
 dent has cfrscretionary authority to require a new bond and additional security, 
 under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, for the lawful disbursement of 
 public moneys. (R. S., 221.5, 2216. ) ' 
 
 Sec. 85. The commission of each surveyor-general shall cease and expire in four 
 Duration of office. years from the date thereof, unless sooner vacated by death, resig- 
 
 nation, or removal from office. (R. S., 2217.) 
 
 Sec. 86. Every surveyor-general, excei)t where the President sees cause otherwise 
 
 to determine, is authorized to continue in the uninterrupted dis-. 
 
 Continuance of duties and charge of liis regular official duties after the dav of expiration of 
 
 bond ader expiration of com- , . = . . ^ ^ ,., . . . ."' j / i • .• 
 
 mission. nis commission and until a new commission is issued to him lor 
 
 the same office, or until the day when a successor enters u]ton the 
 
 duties of such office; and the existing official bond of any officer so acting shall be 
 
 deemed good and sufficient and in force until the date of the approval of the new 
 
 bond to be given by him, if recommissioned, or otherwise, for the additional time 
 
 he may so continue officiallv to act, pursuant to the authority of this section. (R. 
 
 S.,2222.) 
 
 Skc. 87. Whenever the surveys and records of any surveying district are completed 
 
 the surveyor-general thereof shall be required to deliver over to 
 
 Tran-fer of papers and riis- the Secretary of statc of the respective States, including such sur- 
 
 continuance ol office in case , * i j.i £g i j.i * i x • j.i 
 
 of cwmi-ieted surveys. veys, or to such othcr officer as may be autlionzed to receive them, 
 all the field-notes, maps, records, and other papers appertaining to 
 land titles within the same; and the office of surveyor- general in every such district 
 shall thereafter cease and be discontinued. (R. S., 2218.) 
 
 Sec. 88. In all cases of discontinuance, as provided in the preceding section, the 
 
 authority, powers, and duties of the surveyor-general in relation to 
 
 nevoiution of powers ^ho survey, resurvey, or subdivision of the lands therein, and all 
 
 "r^'is, ontmuailce.^'^ '" '^ ' uiattcrs aud thiugs connected therewith, shall be \esie(l in and 
 
 devolved upon the Commissioner of the General Land Office. (R. 
 
 S.,2219.) 
 
 Sec. 89. Under the authority and direction of the Commissioner of the General 
 
 Land Office any deputy surveyor or other agent of the United 
 
 Free access to public rec Statcs shall havo free acccss to anv such field-notes, maiis, records, 
 
 ords delivered to Stales, and i .1 x- j.i ' j? j. 1 ■ j. .. j.i r 
 
 condition of such delivery, and otlicr papcrs tor the purpose ot takiug extracts thereirom or 
 making copies thereof without charge of any kind ; but no trausl'er 
 of such public records shall be made to the authorities of any State until such State 
 hasprovidedby lawfor the reception and safe-keeping of such public records, and for 
 the allowance of free access thereto by the authorities of the United States. (R. S.. 
 2220,2221.) 
 
 Skc. 90. Every surveyor-general shall engage a sufficient number of skillful sur- 
 veyors as his deputies, to whom he is authorized to administer the 
 '!'^"'e7„'i'^"''" °'^ ^"'"^y- necessary oaths u])on their appointments. He shall have author- 
 ity to frame regulations for their direction, not inconsistent with 
 law or the instructions of the General Land Office, andto remove them for negligence 
 or misconduct in office. 
 
 Second. He shall cause to be surveyed, measured, and marked, without delay, all 
 base and meridian lines through such points and perpetuated by such monuments, 
 and such other correction parallels and meridians as may be prescribed by law or by 
 instructions from the General Land Office in respect to the public lands within his 
 surveying district, to which the Indian title has been or may be hereafter extin- 
 guished. 
 
 Third. He shall cause to be surveyed all private land claims within his district, 
 after they have been confirmed by authority of Congress, so far as may be necessary 
 to complete the survey of the pui)lic lands. 
 
 Fourth. He shall transmit to the register of the respectiA^e land offices within his 
 district general and particular plats of all lands surveyed by him for each laud dis- 
 tri(!t; and he shall forward copies of such jdats to the Commisioner of the General 
 liand Office. 
 
 Fifth. He shall, so far as is compatible with the desk duties of his office, occasion- 
 ally inspect the surveying ojjerations while in ]ir()gress in the field, sufficiently to 
 satisfy himself of the fidelity of the execution of the work according to contract, and 
 the acitual and necessarj^ expenses incurred by him while so engaged shall beallowed; 
 and where it is incompatible with his other duties for a surveyor-general to devote 
 the time necessary to make a personal inspection of the work in progress, then he is 
 authorized to depute a confidential agent to make such examination, and the actual 
 aud necessary expenses of such person shall be allowed and paid for that service,
 
 11 
 
 and five dollars a day during tlie exaiuiintion in the field; hnt such examination 
 shall not be protracted beyond thirty days, and in no case longer than is actually 
 necessary; and when a surveyor-general, or any person employed in his office at a 
 regular salary, is engaged in such sjiecial service, he sliall receive only his necessary 
 expenses in addition to his regular salary. (R. S., 2223.) 
 
 Skc. 91. Every deputy surveyor shall enter into bond, with sufficient security, for 
 the faithful performance of all surveying contracts confided to 
 him; and the penalty of the bond in each caseshall be double the Bond of .iBpmy surveyor. 
 estimated amount of money accruing under such contract, at the rate per mile stipu- 
 lated to be paid therein. The sufficiency of the sureties to all such bonds shall be 
 approved and certified by the proper surveyor-general. (R. S., 2230.) 
 
 Sec. 92. The surveyors-general, in addition to the oath now authorized by law to 
 be administered to deputies on their. appointment to ofiice, shall re- ,-,^j^ ^^^ deputy surveyor. 
 quire each of their deputies, on the return of his surveys, to take 
 and siibscribe an oath that those surveys have been faithfully and correctly executed 
 according to law and the instructions of the surveyor-general. (R. S , 2231.) 
 
 Skc. 93. The district attorney of the United States, in whose district any false, 
 erroneous, or fraudulent surveys Lave been executed, shall, upon .suit on bond of deputy sur- 
 the application of the proper surveyor-general, immediately insti- ^">'°''' ''«"»'• 
 tute suit upon the bond of such deputy, and the institution of such suit shall act as 
 a lien upon any property owned or held by such deputy or his sureties at the time 
 such suit was instituted. (R. S., 2232.) 
 
 Sec. 98. The President is authorized in any case where he thinks the public inter- 
 est may require it, to transfer the duties of register and receiver „ 
 
 •',.,'.,,', 1 r j.\ • 1- J- ■ J. • Duties of register and re- 
 
 in any district to the surveyor-general oi the surveying district m ceiver performed by survey 
 which such land district is'located. (R. S., 2228.) orgenemi. 
 
 Sec. 99. The public lands shall be divided by north and south lines run according 
 to the true meridian, and by others crossing them at right angles, Rules of survey. 
 so as to form townships of six miles square, unless where the line of an Indian reser- 
 vation, or of tracts of land heretofore surveyed or patented, or the course of naviga- 
 ble rivers, may render this impracticable ; and in that case this rule must be departed 
 from no further than such i)articular circumstances require. 
 
 Second. The corners of the townships must be marked with progreswve numbers 
 from the beginning; each distance of a mile between such corners must he also dis- 
 tinctly marked with marks difierent from those of the corners. 
 
 Third. The township shall be subdivided into sections, containing, as nearly as 
 may be, six hundred and forty acres each, by running through the same, each way, 
 parallel lines at the end of every two miles; and by making a corner on each of such 
 lines at the end of every mile. The sections shall be nnmbered, respectively, l)egin- 
 ning with the number one in the northeast section, and jn'oceeding west and east 
 alternately through the townshiji with progressive numbers till the thirty-six be 
 conii)leted. 
 
 Fourth. The deputy surveyors, respectively, shall cause to he marked on a tree 
 near each corner established in the manner described, and within the section, the 
 number of such section, and over it the number of the township within which such 
 section may be; and the deputy surveyors shall carefully note, in their respective 
 field-books, the names of the corner trees marked and the numbers so made. 
 
 Fifth. Where the exterior lines of the townships which may be subdivided into 
 sections or half sections exceed, or do not extend six miles, the excess or deficiency 
 shall be specially noted, and added to or deducted from the western and northern 
 ranges of sections or half sections in such townships, according as the error may be 
 in running the lines from east to west, or from north to south; the sections and half 
 sections bounded on the northern and western lines of such townshi])s shall be sold 
 as containing only the quantity expressed in the returns and plats, respectively, 
 and all others as containing the complete legal quantity. 
 
 Sixth. All lines shall be plainly marked upon trees, and measured with chains, 
 containing two perches of sixteen and one-half feet each, subdivided int« twenty- 
 five equal links; and the chain shall be adjusted to a standard to be kept for that 
 purpose. 
 
 Seventh. Every surveyor shall note in his field-book the true situations of all 
 mines, salt licks, salt springs, and mill-seats which come to his knowledge; all water- 
 courses over which the line he runs may pass; and also the quality of the lands. 
 
 Eighth. These field books shall be i-eturned to the surveyor-general, who shall 
 cause therefrom a description of the whole lands surveyed to be made out and trans- 
 mitted to the officers who may superintend the sales. He shall also cause a fair plat 
 to be made of the townships and fractional parts of townships contained in the 
 lands, describing the subdivisions thereof, and the marks of the corners. This plat 
 shall be recorded in books to be kept for that purpose; and a copy thereof shall be 
 kept open at the surveyor-general's office for public information, and other copies 
 Bhall be sent to the places of the sale and to the General Land Office. (R. S., 2395.)
 
 12 
 
 Skc. 100. The 'bonndarios and contents of the sr^veral eections, half sections, and 
 Boundaries and contents of quurtci" scotjons of tlic pulillc lands fehall Ijc ascertained in ecu- 
 public lands, how ascertained, fomiity witb thc followlng pi'luciples I 
 
 First. All the corners marked in the surveys returned by the surveyor-general 
 shall be established as the proper corners of sections, or subdivisions of sections, 
 which they were intended to designate, and the cornersof half and quarter sections, 
 not marked on the surveys, shall be placed as nearly as possible equidistant ijom 
 two corners which stand on the same line. 
 
 .Second. The boundary lines, actually run and marked in the surveys returned by 
 the surveyor general, shall be established as the proper boundary lines of the sec- 
 tions or subdivisions for which they were intended, and the length of such lines as 
 returned shall be held and considered as the true length thereof. And the boundary 
 lines which have not been actually run and marked shall be ascertained by running 
 straight lines from the established corners to the o]ipo8ite corresponding corners; 
 but in those portions of tbe fractional townships, where no such opposite corres- 
 ponding corners have been or can be fixed, the boundary linos sliall be ascertained 
 by running from the established corners due north and south or east and west lines, 
 as the case may be, to the water-course, Indian boundary line, or other external 
 boundary of such fractional township. 
 
 Third.' Each section or subdivision of section, the contents whereof have been 
 returned, by the surveyor-general, shall be heUl and considered as containing the 
 exact quantity expressed in such return; and the half-sections and quarter-sections, 
 tlie contents whereof shall not -have been thus returned, shall be held and consid- 
 ered as containing the one-half or the one-fourth part, respectively, of the returned 
 contents of the section of which they may make part. (R. S., 2396.) 
 
 Skc. 101. In every case of the division of a quarter section the line for the division 
 thereof shall run north and south, and the corners and contents of 
 carter »eet?Jnl°'i°ow"run"^^ half-(| uartcr scctious wliich UKiy thereafter be sold shall be ascer- 
 tained in the manner and on the principles directed and prescribed 
 by the section preceding, and fractional sections containing one hundred and sixty 
 acres or upwards shall in like manner, as nearly as practicable, be subdivided into 
 half quarter-sections, under such rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the 
 Secretary of the Interior, and in every case of a division of a half-quarter section, 
 the line for the division tliereof shall run east and west, and the corners and contents 
 of quarter-quarter sections, which may thereafter bo sold, shall be ascertained, as 
 nearly as may be, in the manner and on the principles directed and prescribed by the 
 section preceding; and fractional sections containing fewer or more than one hun- 
 dred and sixty acres shall in like manner, as nearly as may be practicable, be sub- 
 divided into quarter-quarter sections, under such rules and regulations as may be 
 j)rescribed by the Secretary of the Interior. (E. S., 2.397.) 
 
 Sec. 102. Whenever, in the opinion of the President, a departure from the ordinary 
 method of surveyingland on anyriver, lake, bayou, or water-course 
 would promote the public interest, he may direct the surveyor- 
 general, in whose district such land is situated, and where the 
 change is intended to i)e made, to cause the lands thus situated to be surveyed in 
 tiacts of two acres in width, fronting (ui any river, bayou, lake, or water-course, and 
 running back the depth of forty acres; Avliich tracts of land so surveyed shall be 
 offered for sale entire, instead of in half-(]uarter sections, and in the usual manner, 
 and on the same terms in all respects as the other public lands of the United States. 
 (K. S.,2407.) 
 Sec. 106. The public surveys shall extend over all mineral lands, and all subdivid- 
 ing of surveyed lands into lots less than one Jiundred an<l sixty 
 vc'^-lfvermineraUaiids "'"^ acrcs may be douo by county and local surveyors at the ex])ense 
 of claimants; but nothing in this section contained shall require 
 the survey of waste or useless lands. (R. S., 2406. ) 
 
 Sec. 107. The printed manual of surveying instructions for the survey of the pub- 
 lic lands of tlie United States, and private land claims, prepared 
 What instciictinns to he ^f tliefJcneral Land Office, and lieariiig date June thirtieth, eight- 
 
 (l.eaifd part of contract. i i i T ■ 4. \o j.i ■ j 4- j^ 4.\ m • 
 
 ecu hundred and ninety-four, the inslructnms of the Commis- 
 sioner of the General Land Oftice, and the special instructions of the surveyor gen- 
 eral, when not in coullict with such printed manual, or the instructions of said 
 Commissioner, shall be taUt^n and deemed to bo part of every contract for surveying 
 tiie public lands of the United States and private land claims. (R. S., 2399, as 
 amended by act approved August 15, 1894.) 
 Sec. 111. Contracts Ibr the survey of the public lands shall not become binding 
 upon the United States until apiuoved by the Commissioner of 
 Cnntracu for ..iirvejrs of .^]jg General Land Office, except in such cases as the Commissioner 
 
 public lands, when bmdini). , . • ii i ^ , m c< o"no \ 
 
 may otherwise si^ecially order. (K. S., 2.^98.) 
 Sec. 112. The Commissicmer of the General Land Office has power, and it shall be 
 
 his duty, to fix the prices per mile for public surveys, wliich shall 
 tabhRhed"' ?o"'o1' »u^ey- ID "o caso cxcecd tlio maximum established by law; and, under 
 ing private ciaimi. and rail- instructions to bc prepared by the Coniniissioner, an accurate 
 roa gr»nuto e re no e . g^ppQ^jj^ shsll be kept by eacli surveyoF-geueral of the cost of sur-
 
 13 
 
 vcyinjj and platting private land claims, to b« reported to the General Land Office, 
 with tiio map ol'smli claim; and jtatouts shall not issue for any such private claim, 
 nor shall any coi)y of such survey be furnished, until the cost of survey and platting 
 has been paid into the Treasury by the claimant or other party ; and before any laud 
 granted to any railroad comi)any by the United States shall bo conveyed to such 
 comi)any or any persons entitled thereto, under any of the acts incorporating or 
 relating to said company, unless such company is exempted by law from tlie pay- 
 ment of such cost, there shall tirst bo paid into the Treasury of tlie United States the 
 cost of surveying, selecting, andconveving the same by the said company or persons 
 in interest. "(R. S., 2400; 19 Stats., 121.) 
 
 Sec. 115. When the settlers in any township, not mineral or reserved by Government, 
 desire a survey made of the same, under the authority of the sur- \vhen survey may be hud 
 veyor-general, and file an application therefor in writing, and de- tysettiersin umnsfup. 
 posit in a ]»roper United States dejjository, to the credit of the United States, a sum 
 suificient to pay for such survey, together with all expenses incident thereto, without 
 cost or claim for indemnity on the United States, it may be lawful for the surveyor- 
 general, under such instructions as may be given him by the Commissioner of the Gen- 
 eral Land Office, and in accordance with law, to survey such township and make 
 return thereof to the general and proper local land ofKce, provided the township so 
 proposed to be surveyed is -within the range of the regular progress of the public 
 surveys embraced by existing standard lines or bases for the township and subdi- 
 visional surveys. (R. S., 2101.) 
 
 Sec. 116. The deposit of money in a proper United States depository, under the 
 provisions of the preceding section, shall be deemed an appropria- 
 tion of the sums so deposited for the objects contemplated by that Deposit for expenses oi 
 
 ,. 1 XI c< i. ^ iT_ rw^ • ,-1 • 1 , ^ surveys (ieemed an appro- 
 
 section, and the Secretary of the Ireasury is authorized to cause priation, etc. 
 
 the sums so deposited to be placed to the credit of the proper 
 
 appropriations for the surveying service; but any excesses in such sums over and 
 
 above the actual cost of the surveys, comprising all exi)enses incident thereto, for 
 
 which thev were severally deposited, shall be repaid to the depositors respective] v. 
 
 (R. S., 2402.) 
 
 Sec. 117. Where settlers make deposits in accordance with the provisions of sec- 
 tion one hundred and fifteen, the amount so deposited shall go in 
 part payment for their lauds situated in the townships, the sur- ^/f 'Jf"^ m"™'*! ^'^ni'eMt 
 veying of which is paid for out of such deposits ; or the certiticates of iand», and are assignable. 
 issued for such deposits maybe assigned by indorsement and be 
 received in payment for any public lands of the United States entered by settlers 
 under the pre-emption and homestead laws of the United States, and not otherwise. 
 (R. S., 2J03.)* 
 
 Sec. 1 18. Each surveyor-general, when thereunto duly authorized by law, shall 
 cause all confirmed private land claims within his district to be 
 accurately surveyed, and shall transmit plats and field-notes surveyors-generai to survey 
 
 , „ >' , ,,' ' . . i? J.1 /^ IT 1 r\cL- ^ 1 • private land clajras when 
 
 thereof to the Commissioner of the General Land Office for his confirmed, etc. 
 approval. When publication of such surveys is authorized by 
 law, the proof thereof, together with any objections properly filed, and all evidence 
 submitted either in support of or in opposition tp the approval of any such survej-, 
 shall also be transmitted to said Commissioner. (R. S., 2447.) 
 
 Sec. 120. Every person who in any manner, by threat or force, interrupts, hinders, or 
 prevents the surveying of the public lauds, or of any private land 
 claim which has been or may be confirmed by the United States, .^['j'J'jJ'J'^ "^^^ '"''"■'■"P""e 
 by the persons authorized to survey the same, in conformity with 
 tlie instructions of the Commissioner of. the dleueral Land Office, shall be fined not 
 less than fifty dollars, nor more than three thousand dollars, and be imprisoned not 
 less than one nor more than three years. (R. S., 2412.) 
 
 Sec. 121. Whenever the President is satisfied that forcible opposition has been 
 offered, or is likely to be ofifered, to any surveyor or deputy sur- 
 veyor in the discharge of his duties in surveying the public lands, n.frXToi'disfric't."'''''''^ ""^ 
 it may be lawful for the President to order the marshal of the 
 State or district, by himself or deputy, to attend such surveyor or deputy surveyor 
 with sufficient force to protect such officer in the execution of his duty, and to 
 remove force should any he offered. (R. S., 2413.) 
 
 Sec. 122. The President is authorized to appoint surveyors of public lands, who 
 shall explore such vacant and unapi)ropriated lands of the United 
 States as produce the live-oak and red-cedar timbers, and shall surveyors to expWe and 
 select such tracts or portions thereof, where the principal growth serve for us^ of the Navy. '^''' 
 IS of either of such timbers, as in the judgment of the Secretary 
 of the Navy may be necessary to furnish for the Navy a sufficient supply of the 
 
 *See amending acts, 20 Stat., 352, and 22 Stat., 327, and General Land Office Circu- 
 lar of June 24, 1885.
 
 14 
 
 same. Such surveyors shall report to the President the tracts by them selected, 
 with the boundaries ascertained and accurately designated by actual survey or 
 water-courses. (R. S.,2459.; 
 
 APPOINTMENT OF DEPUTY SURVEYORS. 
 
 1. Sec. 2223, U. S. Revised Statutes, provides that " Every surveyor 
 general shall engage a sufficient number of skillful surveyors as his 
 dei^uties, to whom he is authorized to administer the necessary oaths 
 uj)ou their appointments. He shall have authority to frame regula- 
 tions for their direction, not inconsistent Avith law or the instructions of 
 the General Land Office, and to remove them for negligence or mis- 
 conduct in office." 
 
 Each surveyor general should exercise great care in the appoint- 
 ment of deputy surveyors, and should thoroughly satisfy himself, before 
 making such appointments, that the applicants possess the proper the- 
 oretical and practical qualifications^ ii^ well as moral standing and fitness 
 for the important trusts to be contided to them. 
 
 To enable the deputy surveyor to fully understand and appreciate the 
 responsibility under which he is acting, his attention is invited to 
 the provisions of the second section of the act of Congress approved 
 Augusts, 1846, entitled "An act to equalize the compensation of the 
 surveyors-general of the public lands of the United States, and for 
 other purposes," which is as follows : 
 
 "Sec. 2. That the surveyors-general of the public lands of the United 
 States, in addition to the oath now authorized by law to be administered 
 to deputies on their appointment to office, shall require each of their 
 deputies, on the return of his surveys, to take and subscribe an oath or 
 affirmation that those surveys have been faithfully and correctly axe- 
 cuted according to law and the instructions of the surveyor-general; 
 and on satisfactory evidence being presented to any court of competent 
 jurisdiction that such surveys, or any part thereof, had not been thus 
 executed, the deputy making such false oath or affirmation shall be 
 deemed guilty of perjury, and shall suffer all the pains and penalties 
 attached to that offense; and the district attorney of the United States 
 for the time being, in whose district any such false, erroneous, or fraudu- 
 lent surveys shall have been executed, shall, upon the application of 
 the proper surveyor-general, immediately institute suit upan the bond 
 of such deputy; and the institution of such suit shall act as a lien upon 
 any property owned or held by such dejiuty, or his sureties, at the time 
 such suit was instituted." 
 
 2. All persons appointed deputy surveyors will deliver to the sur- 
 veyor general their official oaths, duly subscribed and sworn to, as 
 follows : 
 
 Oath prescribed by act of Congress approved May IS, 1884, to be taken by any person 
 elected or appointed to any office of honor or profit either in the civil, military, or naval 
 service of the United States {except the President of the United States): 
 
 I, , do solemnly that I will support and defend the Constitution 
 
 of the United States against all enemies, foieigu and domestic; that I will bear true 
 faith and allegiance to tlie same; that I take this obligation freely, without any 
 mental reservation or purpose of evasion ; and that I will well and faithlully dis- 
 charge the duties of the office on which I am about to enter. So help nic (Jod. 
 
 Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of , A. I)., 189 — .
 
 15 
 
 A full record of all appointments of deputy surveyors, together with 
 Llieir official oaths, will be carefully preserved in the office of the sur- 
 veyor general. 
 
 3. The deputy surveyor having been duly appointed, and his oath of 
 allegiance tiled in the surveyor general's office, contracts for surveys 
 may then be entered into between the surveyor general and such 
 deputy surveyor, and all surveying contracts and bonds will be made 
 out in the following form: 
 
 FORM OF CONTRACT. 
 
 Tliis agreement, made this day of , 189 — , between the surveyor general 
 
 of the United States for , acting for and in behalf of the United States, of the 
 
 one part, and , deputy surveyor, of the other part — 
 
 Witnesseth, That the said , for and in consideration of the conditions, 
 
 terms, provisions, and covenants hereinafter expressed, and according to the true 
 intent and meaning thereof, doth hereby covenant and agree with the said surveyor 
 
 general, in his capacity aforesaid, that the said , in own proper 
 
 person-, with the assistance of such chainmen, axmen, flag-bearers, and mound- 
 men as may be necessary, in strict conformity with the laws of the United States, 
 the printed manual of surveying instructions, as revised and approved in 1894, and 
 other surveying instructions issued by the Ccmimissioner of the General Land Office, 
 and with such special instructions as — may receive from the said surveyor general 
 in conformity therewith (all of said instructions to be taken and deemed a part of 
 
 this contract), will well, truly, and faithfully survey, mark, and establish 
 
 and that will com])lete these surveys in the manner aforesaid, and return 
 
 tbo true and original field-notes thereof to the office of the said surveyor general on 
 or before the day of next ensuing the date hereof, on penalty of for- 
 feiture, and paying to the United States the sum mentioned in the annexed bond, if 
 default be made in any of the foregoing conditions. And it is further expressly 
 stipulated and made a condition of this contract that the surveys herein described 
 
 shall not be commenced before the said shall have been officially notified 
 
 by the said surveyor general of the approval of this contract by the Commissioner of 
 the (jeneral Land Office. 
 
 And the said surveyor general, in his official capacity aforesaid, covenants and 
 
 agrees with the said that on the completion of the surveys above 
 
 named, in the manner aforesaid, there shall be paid to the said , by the 
 
 Treasury Department of the United States, as a full compensation for all work per- 
 formed under this agreement, at the rate of dollars for base, standard, merid- 
 ian, and meander lines, dollars for township lines, and ■ dollars for sec- 
 tion and connecting lines, except where the lines of survey pass over mount.ainous 
 lands, or lands heavily timbered, or covered with dense undergrowth, and in such 
 
 case at the rate of dollars for base, standard, meridian, and meander lines, 
 
 dollars for township lines, and dollars for section and connecting lines 
 
 per mile, for every mile and part of mile actually run and marked in the field, ran- 
 dom Jives and offsets not included. 
 
 Provided, however, Thsct no payment shall be made until the plats and field notea 
 of the survey executed under this contract shall have been accepted by the Commis- 
 sioner of the General Land Office. 
 
 It is further agreed by and between the parties to this agreement that no accotmts 
 shall be paid unless properly certified by the survej^or general (or his successor in 
 office) that the surveys are in accordance with the instructions herein referred to 
 and the provisions of this agreement, and until approved plats and certified trans- 
 scripts of field notes of the surveys for which the accounts are rendered are filed in 
 the General Land Office. 
 
 And it is further understood and agreed by and between the parties to this agree- 
 ment that the said surveys will not be approved by the said surveyor general (or by 
 his successor in office) unless they shall be found to be in exact accordance with the 
 histrmtions hereinbefore specified: Provided also, That no member of [or delegate 
 to] Congress or subcontractor shall be admitted to any share or part of this contract, 
 or to any benefit to arise thereupon, and that no paymeut shall be made for any sur- 
 veys not executed by the said deputy surveyor in — own proper per- 
 son.
 
 16 
 
 In testimony whereof the parties to these articles of agreement have heieiiiito set 
 their hands and seals the day and year first above written. 
 Sisjued, sealed, and acknowledged before us: 
 Witnesses to surveyor geuemrs signature. 
 
 Eesidence: 
 
 Kcsidence : 
 
 , [seal.] 
 
 United iStatcs Surveyor General for . 
 
 Witnesses to deputy snrvej^or's signature. 
 Eesidence: 
 
 Eesidence: 
 
 , [SEAL.] 
 
 United Siaii'S Deputy Surveyor, 
 
 FORM OF BO>rD. 
 
 Know all men by these presents, that wo. of , as principal, 
 
 and of , of , of , and 
 
 of , as sureties, are held and fii-mly bound unto the United States 
 
 of America in the sum of dollars, lawful juouey of the United States, for which 
 
 payment, well and truly to be nuide, we bind our,s(!lves, our heirs, executors, and 
 adunuistrators, and each and every one of us and them, jointly and severally, firmly 
 by these presents. 
 
 Signed with our hands and senled with our seals this day of 189 — . 
 
 The condition of the above obligation is such, that if the above-bounden 
 
 -, deputy surveyor, shnll well, truly, and faithfully, according to the laws of 
 
 the United States, the printed manual of surveying instructions and other surveying 
 instructions issued, or which may hereafter be issued, by the Commissioner of the 
 General Land Office, and to such special instructions as — may receive from the 
 surveyor general in conformity therewith, make and execute the surveys which .are 
 
 required of to be made by the foi'egoing contract, and return the true field 
 
 notes of the said surveys to the surveyor general in the manner and within the 
 period named in the said contract, then this obligation to be void; otherwise, it 
 shall remain in full force and virtue. 
 
 Signed, sealed, and acknowledged before us: 
 
 [L. S.] - 
 
 Residence: ■ • [^- *^-] 
 
 • [L.S.] 
 
 Eesidence: [i-s.] 
 
 [L.S.] 
 
 Affidavits of sureties. 
 
 County of ■ 
 
 -, one of the sureti(;son the official bond of as , do 
 
 depose ;tnd say that lam wortli, in unincumbered property, not exempt from execu- 
 tion under the laws of the of , dollars and upward, after payment 
 
 of my just debts and Ii;iliilitios, as follows: 
 
 Real esfnte, valued at $ , and consisting oft . 
 
 Personal estate, valued at $ , and consisting of \ . 
 
 Sigujiture: 
 
 (I'ost-olhce address :) - 
 Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of , 18^- 
 
 [SKAL.] 
 
 * Attach an adhesive seal after each signature and cnverins T,. S. 
 
 tHere state whether city property, improved or unimproved, or improved f.irms, or uninijuovcd 
 lands, and where sitii.ited. 
 J Hero describe the nature of the property, wiiether bonds, stocks, merchandise, etc.
 
 17 
 
 -OF , 
 
 County of- 
 
 -, one. of the sureties on the official bond of ;is , do 
 
 depose and say that I am worth, in nniuciiinbered property, not exeiiijjt from execu- 
 tion under the laws of the of , dollars and upward after payment 
 
 of mj' just debts and liabilities, as follows: 
 
 Real estate, valued at $ , and consisting of 
 
 Personal estate, valued at $ , and consisting of t- 
 
 Signature; 
 
 ( Post-office address : ) 
 
 Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of , 1«9 — . 
 
 [seal.] — 
 
 County of ■ 
 
 _, , do hereby certify that , who administered the above 
 
 oath, was, at the time of doing so, a in and for said , duly qualified to 
 
 act as such, and that I believe his signature as above written is genuine. 
 
 In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of 
 
 this day of , one thousand eight hundred and . 
 
 Cerlifuate. 
 
 I, , hereby certify that iu my opinion the sureties to the al)Ove bond 
 
 are sufficient, and 1 hereby approve the same. 
 
 United States Surveyor General for . 
 
 1. The names of the U. S. surveyor general, deputy surveyor, sureties, and wit- 
 nesses must be written in full, and the residence of witnesses written after their sig- 
 natures. 
 
 2. A full descrijition of the surveys embraced in the contract must be written iu 
 the blank space h-ft for that purpose. 
 
 3. The date when the surveys can be commenced shall not be earlier than the com- 
 mencement of the fiscal year for which the appropriation is made, except in cases 
 where the appropriation is made immediately available. 
 
 4. The rates named iu any contract must not exceeil those fixed by law. 
 
 5. The signatures of the surveyor general and of the deputy surveyor must each be 
 witnessed by two persons. 
 
 6. All erasures, mutilations, and interlineations must be avoided. 
 
 7. The bond must lie dated the day it is signed by all the parties thereto, and its 
 execution must be subsequent to the execution of the contract. 
 
 8. The names of all the parties executing the bond, and of the witnesses thereto, 
 must be written in full. 
 
 9. The affidavits of sureties must be made before some officer (preferably an officer 
 of the United States) <luly authorized to administer oaths and having a seal. 
 
 10. The sufficiency of sureties must be certified to by the surveyor general. 
 
 11. The amount of the l)ond must be at least double the estimated amount that will 
 be due to the deputy surveyor upon the completion of the contract made under the 
 same. 
 
 12. The duplicate and triplicate contracts and bonds will be forwarded to the Gen- 
 eral Land Office, and when ajiprovedthe Commissioner will forward the triplicate to 
 the First Comptroller of the Treasury. 
 
 SYSTEM OF RECTANaiTLAR SURVEYING. 
 
 [See Plates I, III, and IV. | 
 
 1. Existing- law requires tliat in oeneral tlie public laiMls of the 
 United States " shall be divided by north and south lines run accord- 
 ing to the true meridian, and by others crossing them at riglit angles 
 so as to form townships six miles square," and that the corners of the 
 townships thus surveyed "must be marked with progressive numbers 
 from the beginning." 
 
 * Here state whether city property, improved or unimproved, or improved farm.s, or unimproved 
 lands, and where situated. 
 t Here dcscrilii' the nature of the property, whether bonds, -stocks, merchandise, etc. 
 
 38G 2
 
 18 
 
 Also, tliat the towiisliips sliall be subdivided into thirty-six sections, 
 each of which shall (.•outain six liiiudred aii-d tbity acres, as nearly as 
 may be, by a system of two sets of ])ara]lel lines, oue governed by 
 true meridians and the other by parallels of latitude, the latter inter- 
 secting the former at right angles, at intervals of a mile. 
 
 2. In the execution of the public surveys under existing law, it is 
 apparent that the requirements that the lines of survey shall conform 
 to true meridians, and that the townships shall be 6 miles square, taken 
 together, involve a mathematical imiDossibility due to the convergency 
 of the meridians. 
 
 Therefore, to conform the meridional township lines to the true 
 meridians produces townships of a trapezoidal form which do not con- 
 tain the precise area of 23,040 acres required by law, and which discrep- 
 ancy increases with the increase in the convergency of the meridians, 
 as the surveys attain the higher latitudes. 
 
 In view of these facts, and under the provisions of section 2 of the 
 act of May 18, 17'JG, that sections of a mile square shall contain 640 
 acres, as nearly as may he, and also under those of section 3 of the act 
 of May 10, 1800, that " in all cases where the exterior lines of the 
 townships, thus to be subdivided into sections and half sections, shall 
 exceed, or shall not extend miles, the excess or deficiency shall be 
 specially noted, and added to or deducted from the western or northern 
 ranges of sections or half sections in such township, according as the 
 error may be in running lines from east to west, or from south to north; 
 the sections and half sections bounded on the northern and western 
 lines of such townships shall be sold as containing only the quantity 
 expressed in the returns and plats, respectively, and all others as con- 
 taining the complete legal quantity," the public lands of the United 
 States shall be surveyed under the methods of the system of rectan- 
 gular surveying, which harmonizes the incomijatibiiities of the require- 
 ments of law and ijractice, as follows: 
 
 First. The establishment of a principal meridian conforming to the 
 true meridian, and, at right angles to it, a base line conforming to a par- 
 allel of latitude. 
 
 Second. The establishment of standard parallels conforming to paral- 
 lels of latitude, initiated from the principal meridian at intervals of 24 
 miles and extended east and west of the same. 
 
 Third. The establishment of guide meridians conforming to true 
 meridians, initiated upon the base line and successive standard paral- 
 lels at intervals of 24 miles, resulting infracts of land 24 miles square, 
 as nearly as may he, which shall be subsequently divided into tracts of 
 land 6 miles squara by two sets of lines, one conforming to true merid- 
 ians, crossed by others conforming to parallels of latitude at intervals 
 of 6 miles, containing 23,040 acres, as nearly as may he, and designated 
 fownsh ijjs. 
 
 Such townships shall be subdivided into thirty-six tracts, called sec- 
 tions, each of which shall contain 640 acres, as nearly as may be, by 
 two sets of parallel lines, one set jyarallel to a true meridian and the 
 other conforming to paraUeh of latitude, mutually intersecting at inter- 
 vals of 1 mile and at right angles, as nearly as may he. 
 
 Any series of contiguous townships situated north and south of each 
 other constitutes a range, while such a series situated in an east and 
 west dire(;tion constitutes a tier. 
 
 The ac(;()m])anying diagram (Plate III), and the specimen field notes 
 (page 142), pertaining to the same, will serve to illustrate the method 
 of running lines to form tracts of land 24 miles square, as well hs the
 
 19 
 
 method of miming out the exterior lines of to wd ships, and the order 
 and mode of subdividing townships will be found illustrated in the 
 accompanying specimen field notes (page 172), conforming with the 
 townshij) plat (Plate IV). The method here presented is designed to 
 insure as full a compliance with all the reqnirements. meaning, and 
 intent of the siu-veying laws as practicable. 
 
 The section lines are surveyed from south to north* and from east 
 to west, in order to throw the excess or deficiency in measurement 
 on tlie north and west sides of the township, as required by law. In 
 case where a township has been partially surveyed, and it is necessary 
 to complete the survey of the same, or where the character of the land 
 is such that only the north or west portions of the township can be sur- 
 veyed, this rule can not be strictly adhered to, but, in such cases, it 
 will be departed from only so far as is absolutely necessary. It will 
 also be necessary to depart from this rule where surveys close upon 
 State or Territorial boundaries, or upon surveys extending from dif- 
 ferent meridians. 
 
 3. The tiers of townships will be numbered, to the north or south, 
 commencing with No. 1, at the baseline; and the ranges of the town- 
 ships, to the east or west, beginning with Xo. 1, at the principal merid- 
 ian of the system. 
 
 4. The thirty- six sections into which a township is subdivided are 
 numbered, commencing with number one at the northeast angle of the 
 township, and proceeding west to number six, and thence proceeding 
 east to number twelve, and so on, alternately, to number thirty-six in 
 the southeast angle. In all cases of surveys of fractional townshij)S, 
 the sections will bear the same numbers they would have \L the town- 
 shij) was full. 
 
 5. Standard parallels shall be established at intervals of every 24 
 miles, north and south of the base line, and guide meridians at inter- 
 vals of every 24 miles, east and west of the principal meridian; thus 
 confining the errors resulting from convergence of meridians and inac- 
 curacies in measurement within comparatively small areas. 
 
 INSTRUMENTS. 
 
 6. The surveys of the public lands of the United States, embracing 
 the establishment of base lines, principal meridians, standard paral- 
 lels, meander lines, and the subdivisions of townships, will be made 
 with instruments provided with the accessories necessary to determine 
 a direction with reference to the true meridian, independently of the 
 magnetic needle. 
 
 Burt's improved solar compass, or a transit of approved construction, 
 with or without solar attachment, will be used in all cases. When a 
 transit tcithout solar attachment is employed, Polaris observations and 
 the retracements necessary to execute the work in accordance with 
 existing law and the requirements of these instructions will be insisted 
 upon. 
 
 7. Deputies using instruments with solar apparatus will be required 
 to make observations on the star Polaris at the beginning of every 
 survey, and, whenever necessary, to test the accuracy of the solar appa- 
 ratus. 
 
 The observations required to test the adjustments of the solar a|)pa- 
 ratus will be made at the corner where the survey begins, or at the 
 
 •See "Method of ^ubdividiug," p. 33,
 
 20 
 
 camp of the deputy surveyor nearest said corner; and in all cases the 
 deputy will fully state in the field notes the exact location of the 
 observing station. 
 
 Deputy survej'ors will examine the adjustments of their instruments, 
 and taJce the latitude* daily, weather permitting, while running all 
 lines of the public surveys. They will make complete records in their 
 field notes, under projier dates, of the making of all observations in 
 compliance with these instructions, showing the character and condi- 
 tion of the instrument in use, and the precision attained in the sur- 
 vey, by comijaring the direction of the line run with the meridian 
 determined by observation. 
 
 On every survey executed with solar instruments, the deputy will, 
 at least once on each icorking day, record in his field notes the proper 
 reading of the latitude arc; the declination of the sun, corrected for 
 refraction, set off" on the declination arc; and note the correct local 
 mean time of his observation, which, for the record, will be taken at 
 least tico hours from apparent noon. 
 
 8. The construction and adjustments of all surveying instruments 
 used in surveying the public lands of the United States will be tested 
 at least once a year, and oftener, if necessary, on the true meridian, 
 established under the direction of the surveyor general of the district; 
 and if found defective, the instruments shall undergo such repairs or 
 modifications as may be found necessary to secure the closest possible 
 approximation to accuracy and uniformity in all field work controlleu 
 by such instruments. 
 
 A record will be made of such examinations, showing the number 
 and charadler of the instrument, name of the maker, the quantity of 
 instrumental error discovered by comparison, in either solar or mag- 
 netic apparatus, or both, and means taken to correct the same. The 
 surveyor general will allow no surveys to be made until the instru- 
 ments to be used therefor have been approved by him. 
 
 9. The township and subdivision lines will usually be measured by a 
 two-pole chain of 33 feet in length, t consisting of 50 links, each link 
 being seven and ninety-two hundredths inches long. On uniform 
 and level ground, however, the four-pole chain may be used. The 
 measurements will, however, always be expressed in terms of the four- 
 pole chain of 100 links. The deputy surveyor shall provide himself 
 with a measure of the standard chain kept at the office of the surveyor 
 general, to be used by him as a field standard. The chain in use will 
 be compared and adjusted with this field standard each working day, 
 and such field standard will be returned to the surveyor general's office 
 for examination when the work is completed. 
 
 Deputy surveyors will use eleven tally pins made of steel, not exceed- 
 mg 14 inches in length, weighty enough toward the point to make them 
 drop perpendicularly, and having a ring at the top, in which will be 
 fixed a piece of red cloth, or something else of conspicuous color, to 
 make them readily seen when stuck in the ground. 
 
 PROCESS OF CHAINING. 
 
 In measuring lines with a two-pole chain, Jive chains are called 
 a ^'- tally;'''' and in measuring lines with a four-pole chain, ten chains 
 are called a ^Hally,^' because at that distance the last of the ten 
 
 * The adjustments should be verified daily when the instrument is in use. 
 t See R.'S. 2395, sec. 99, par. 6 (page 11).
 
 21 
 
 tnllj" pins with wbicli tlie forward chainman sets out will have been 
 stuck. He then cries ''tally," which cry is repeated by the other chain- 
 man, and each registers the distance by slipping a thimble, button, or 
 ring of leather, or something of the kind, on a belt worn for that pur- 
 pose, or by some other convenient method. The hind chainman then 
 comes up, and having counted in the presence of his fellow the tally 
 pins which he has taken up, so that both may be assured that none of 
 the pins have been lost, he then takes the forward end of the chain, 
 and proceeds to set the pins. Thus the chainnien alternately changa 
 l^laces, each setting the pins that he has taken up, so that one is for- 
 ward in all the odd, and the other in all the even tallies. Such proced- 
 ure, it is believed, tends to insure accuracy in measurement, facilitates 
 the recollection of the <listances to objects on the line, and renders a 
 mivStally almost impossible. 
 
 LEVELING THE CHAEST AND PLUMBINa THE PINS. 
 
 1. The length of every surveyed line will be ascertained by precise 
 horizontal measurement, as nearly approximating to an air line as is 
 possible in practice on the earth's surface. This all-important object 
 can only be attained by a rigid adherence to the three following obser- 
 vances: 
 
 First. Ever keeping the chaiu drawn to its utmost degree of ten- 
 sion on even ground. 
 
 Second. On uneven ground, keeping the chain not only stretched as 
 aforesaid, but leveled. And when ascending and descending steep 
 ground, hills or mountains, the chain will have to be shortened to one- 
 half or one-fourth its length (and sometimes more), in order accurately 
 to obtain the true horizontal measure. 
 
 Third. The careful plumbing of the tally pins, so as to attain pre- 
 cisely the spot where they should be stuck. The more uneven the sur- 
 face, the greater the caution needed to set the pins. 
 
 MARKING LINES. 
 
 1. All lines on which are to be established the legal corner boundaries 
 will be marked after this method, viz : Those trees which may be inter- 
 sected by the line will have two chops or notches cut on the sides facing 
 the line, without any other marks whatever. These are called '■^ sight 
 trees^^ or ^Hine trees.'''' A sufficient number of other trees standing 
 within 50 links of the line, on either side of it, will be blazed on two 
 sides diagonally or quartering toward the line, in order to render the 
 line conspicuous, and readily to be traced, the blazes to be opposite 
 each other, coinciding in direction with the line where the trees stand 
 very near it, and to approach nearer each other toward the line, the 
 farther the line passes from the blazed trees. Due care will ever be 
 taken to have the lines so well marked as to be readily followed, and 
 to cut the blazes deep enough to leave recognizable scars as long as the 
 trees stand. 
 
 Where trees 2 inches or more in diameter are found, the required 
 blazes will not be onn'tted. 
 
 Bushes on or near the line should be bent at right angles therewith, 
 and receive a blow of the ax at about the usual height of blazes from 
 the ground sufficient to leave them in a bent position, but not to pre- 
 vent their growth.
 
 22 
 
 2. On trial or random lines, the trees will not be blazed, unless 
 occasionally, from indispensable necessity, and tlien it will be done so 
 guardedly as to i)revent tlie possibility of confounding- the marks of the 
 trial line with the true. But bushes and limbs of trees may be lopped, 
 and stalces set on the trial or random line, at every ten chains, to enable 
 the surveyor on his return to follow and correct the trial line and estab- 
 lish therefrom the true line. To prevent confusion, the temporary stakes 
 set on the trial or random line will be ptdled up when the surveyor 
 returns to establish the true line. 
 
 INSUPERABLE OBJECTS ON LINE — WITNESS POINTS. 
 
 1. Under circumstances where the survey of a township or section 
 line is obstructed by an impassable obstacle, such as a pond, swamp, 
 or marsh (not meanderable), the line will be prolonged across such 
 obstruction by making the necessary riglit-angle offsets (Plate TV, sec. 
 22); or, if such proceeding is impracticable, a traverse line will be run, 
 or some proper trigonometical operation will be employed to locate the 
 line on the opposite side of the obstruction; and in case the line, either 
 meridional ov latitudinal, thus regained, is recovered beyond the inter- 
 vening obstacle, said line will be surveyed back to the margin of the 
 obstruction and all the particulars, in relation to the field operations, 
 will be fully stated in the field notes. 
 
 2. As a guide in alinement and measurement, at each point where the 
 line intersects the margin of an obstacle, a witness point* will be estab- 
 lished, except when such point is less than 20 chains distant from the 
 true point for a legal corner which falls in the obstruction, in which 
 case a witness corner^ will be established at the intersection. (See 
 Plate IV, section 22.) 
 
 0. In a case where all the points of intersection with the obstacle to 
 measurement fall rnore than 20 chains from the proper place for a legal 
 corner in the obstruction, and a witness corner can be placed on the 
 offset line icithin 20 chains of the inaccessible corner point, such "wit- 
 ness corner" will be established. (See Plate IV, south boundary of sec- 
 tion 16.) 
 
 ESTABLISHING CORNERS. 
 
 1. To procure tlie faithful execution of this part of a surveyor's duty, 
 is a matter of the utmost importance. After true coursing and most 
 exact measurements, the establishment of corners is the consummation 
 of the field work. Therefore, if the corners be not perpetuated in a 
 permanent and workmanlike manner, the principal object of surveying 
 operations will not have been attained. 
 
 2. The points at which corners will be established are fully stated in 
 the several articles: "Base Lines," "Principal Meridians," "Standard 
 Parallels," etc., following the title "Initial Points," page 50. 
 
 3. The best marking tools adapted to the purpose will be provided 
 for marking neatly, distinctly, and durably, all the letters and figures 
 required to be made at corners, arabic figures being used exclusively; 
 and the deputy will always have at hand the necessary implements for 
 keeping his marking irons in perfect order. 
 
 DESCRIPTIONS OF CORNERS. 
 
 1. The form and language used in the following articles, in describing, 
 for each one of the thirteen classes of corners, eight specific construc- 
 
 * See "Witness Points/' page 48. t See " Witness Corners," page 47.
 
 23 
 
 tions and iiiarkiii^i;'.s, with the .stated uioditications in certain cases, will 
 be carefully followed by deputy surveyors in their Jield notes; and their 
 field work will strictly comply with the requirements of the descrip- 
 tions. 
 
 2. When pits and nionnds of earth are made accessories to corners, 
 the pits will always have a recfanfjiilar plan ; while the mounds will have 
 a cowim? form, with circular base; and in all cases both pits and mounds 
 will have dimensions at least as great as those specified in the descrip- 
 tions. Deputy surveyors will strictly adhere to these provisions, and 
 no departure from the stated requirements will be permitted, either 
 in instructions or practice in the field- (See Plates V and VI). 
 
 3. Eeferringc to the numbered paragraphs, the corners described in 
 "3" will be preferred to those described in either " 1" or "2", when 
 corners are established in loose, sandy soil, and good bearing trees are 
 available; under similar conditions, the corners described in "5" and 
 "8" will be preferred to those described in "4" and ''T", respectively. 
 
 4. The selection of the particular construction to be adopted in any 
 ease will be left, as a matter of course, to the judgment and discretion 
 of the deputy, who will assign the greatest weight to the dnrability of 
 the corner materials and permanency of the finished corners. 
 
 5. The following abbreviations and contractions will be used in the 
 descriptions of corners, viz : 
 
 A. M. C. 
 
 for auxiliary meauder corner. 
 
 N. 
 
 for nortli. 
 
 hdy. 
 
 for boundary. 
 
 i sec. cor. 
 
 for ((uarter section corner. 
 
 liih's. 
 
 for boundaries. 
 
 K. 
 
 for range. 
 
 bet. 
 
 for between. 
 
 Es. 
 
 for ranges. 
 
 C. (". 
 
 for closing corner. 
 
 sec, sees. 
 
 for section, sections. 
 
 cor., cors. 
 
 , for corner, corners. 
 
 S. M. C. 
 
 for special meander corner. 
 
 (list. 
 
 for distance. 
 
 S.C. 
 
 for standard corner. 
 
 E. 
 
 for east. 
 
 sq. 
 
 for square. 
 
 ft. 
 
 for foot or feet. 
 
 S. 
 
 for south. 
 
 fracl. 
 
 for fractional. 
 
 T. or Tp. 
 
 for township. 
 
 ins. 
 
 for inches. 
 
 Ts. or Tps 
 
 . for townships. 
 
 (11 am. 
 
 for diinneter. 
 
 W. 
 
 for west. 
 
 Iks. 
 
 for links. 
 
 W. C. 
 
 for witness corner. 
 
 M.C. 
 
 for meander corner. 
 
 W. P. 
 
 for witness point. 
 
 For " 18 inches long, 7 inches wide, 6 inches thick," in describing a 
 corner stone, write "18x7x0 ins.,'' being particular to always preserve 
 the same order of length, width, and thickness (or depth), and use a 
 vSimilar form when describing ^ifs. 
 
 STANDARD TOWNSHIP CORNERS. 
 
 [See Plates III and V.I 
 
 When more than one-half of all the standard township and section 
 corners on any (> miles of a base line or standard parallel are stone cor- 
 ners, the descriptions in paragraphs 1 and ;?. (/' the corners therein 
 described are established, irill be m<>difi.ed- as follows: Strike out "S. C, 
 on N." After- ''marked", insert the words: 
 
 '^ S. C, 13 N. on X., 
 
 22 E. on E., and 
 
 21 E. on W. faces;" 
 
 When under the conditions above specified the corner described in par- 
 ayraph 1 is established, a stalce may be driven in the east pit and marked' 
 instead of the stone, and clescribed as exemplified in the last clause of para- 
 graph 6, page 00. 
 
 (See Specimen Field Notes, pages 145 and 149).
 
 24 
 
 1. Stone, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in the ground, for standard cor. 
 of (e. g.) Tps. 13 N., Rs. 21 and 22 E., marked S. C. on Is^. ; with G grooves 
 on N., E., and W. faces; dug pits, 30x24x12 ins., crosswise on each 
 line, E. and W., 4 ft., and N. of stone, 8 ft. dist.; and raised a mound 
 of earth, 5 ft. base, 2^ ft. high, K.* of cor. 
 
 2. Stone, with Mound of Stone. 
 
 Seta — stone, — x — x — ins., — ins. in the ground, for standard 
 cor. of (e. g.) Tps. 13 K, Rs. 21 and 22 E., marked S. C, on N.; with 6 
 grooves on N., E., and VY. faces: and raised a mound of stone t, 2 ft. 
 base, \h ft. high, N. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 
 3. Stone, nuth Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — x — ins,, — ins. in the ground, for standard 
 cor. of (e. g.) Tps. 13 N., Rs. 21 and 22 E., marked S. C, on N.; with 
 6 grooves on N., E., and W. faces; from which 
 
 A — , — ins, diam., bears N, — ° E,, — Iks. dist., marked | 
 
 T. 13 N., R, 22 E., S, 31, B, T, 
 A — , — ins, diam., bears X. — ^ W., — Iks, dist., marked 
 T, 13 N., R. 21 E., S. 3G, B. T. 
 
 4. Post, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft, long, 4 ins. sq., Avith marked stone (charred stake 
 or quart of charcoal), 24 ins, in the ground, for standard cor. of (e. g.) 
 Tps, 13 N,, Rs. 22 and 23 E., marked 
 
 S. C, T. 13 K on N., 
 
 R. 23 E., S. 31 on E., and 
 
 R. 22 E., S. 36 on W. faces; with G grooves on N,, E., and W, faces; 
 dug pits, 30 X 24 X 12 ins., crosswise on eacih line, E. and W., 4 ft,, 
 and X, of post, 8 ft, dist.; and. raised a mound of earth, 5 ft. base, 2J 
 ft, high, N. of cor. 
 
 5. Post, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft, long, 4 ins, sq,, 24 ins. in the ground, for standard 
 cor. of (e. g.) Tps, 13 N,, Rs. 22 and 23 E., marked 
 
 S. C, T. 13 K on N,, 
 
 R. 23 E., S. 31 on E., and 
 
 R. 22 E., S. 36 on W. faces; with 6 grooves on N., E., and W. faces, 
 from which 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — ° E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 13 N., R. 23 E., S. 31, B. T. 
 
 A — , — ins, diam., bears N. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 13 K, R, 22 E,, S, 36, B. T. 
 
 6. Mound of Earth, with Deposit, and Stake in Pit. 
 
 Dei)osited a marked stone (charred stake or cjuart of charcoal) 12ins. 
 in the gnmnd, for standard cor. of (e. g.) Tps. 13 N., Rs. 22 and 23 E. ; 
 dug pits, 30x24x12 ins., crosswise on each line, N., E., and W. of cor., 
 5 ft. dist, ; and raised a mound of earth, 5 ft, base, 2i ft, high, over 
 deposit. 
 
 *Tho direction of the momifl, from the corner, will be stated whenever a mound is 
 bnilt. 8tie "MiHcellaneons," par. 2, pan^c 48. 
 
 t Moinid of Htone will consist of not less than/oMr stones, and will be at least lit ft. 
 hijrli, with 2 It. base. 
 
 t All bearinfjj trees, excp.pt those referrinij to quarter section corners, will be 
 marked with the townnkip, ran-ge, and section in which they stand.
 
 25 
 
 In E. pit drove a — stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, 
 marked 
 -S. C, T. 13 N. on N., 
 li. 23 E., S. 31 on E., and 
 E. 22 E., S. 36 on W. faces; with G grooves on N., E., and W. faces. 
 
 7. Tree Corner^ with PiU and Mound of Earth. 
 
 A — , — ins. diaui., for standard cor. of (e. g.) Tj)S. 13 N., Rs. 22 and 
 23 E., I marked 
 
 S. C, T. 13 N. on K, 
 
 E. 23 E., S. 31 on E., and 
 
 E. 22 E., S. 36 on W, sides; with 6 notches on N., E., and VY, sides; 
 dug pits, 24xl<'^xl2 ins., crosswise on each line, N., E., and W. of cor., 
 5 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound of earth around tree. 
 
 8. Tree Corner^ ivith Bearing Trees. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam.,for standard cor. of (e. g.) Tps. 13 N., Es. 22 and 
 23 E., I marked 
 
 S. C, T. 13 N. on N., 
 
 E. 23 E., S. 31 on E., and 
 
 E. 22 E., S. 36 on W. sides; with 6 notches on J^., E., and W. sides; 
 from which 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — ° E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 13N., E. 23E., S. 31, B.T. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — o w^^ — iijg_ dist., marked 
 T. 13 N., E, 22 E., S. 36, B. T. 
 
 CLOSING TOWNSHIP CORNERS. 
 
 [See Plates V and VI.] 
 
 Wlien more than one-half of all the toicnship corners are stone corners, 
 the descriptions in paragraphs 1 and 2, if the corners therein described are 
 established, will be modified, as follows: Strike out " C. C, on S. ;". After 
 "marked"', insert the words 
 
 " C. C, 3 K on S., 
 
 2 W. on E., and 
 
 3 W. on W. faces." 
 
 When, under the conditions above specified, the corner described in para- 
 graph 1 is established, a stake may be driven in the east pit, and marlced 
 instead of the stone, and described as exemplified in the last clause of 
 paragraph 6, page 26. 
 
 1. Stone, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — x — ins., — ins. in the ground, for closing cor. 
 of (e. g.) Tps. 4 N., Es. 2 and 3 W., marked 0. C, on S.; with 6 grooves 
 on S., E., and W, faces; dug pits, 30x24x12 ins., crosswise on each 
 line, E. and W., 4 ft., and S. of stone, 8 ft. dist.; and raised a mound 
 of earth, 5 ft. base, 2^ ft. high, S. of cor. 
 
 2. Stone, with Mound of Stone. 
 
 Seta — stone, — x — x — ins., — ins. in the ground, for closing cor. 
 of (e. g.) Tps. 4 N., Es. 2 and 3 W., marked C. C, on S. ; with 6 grooves 
 on S., E., and W. faces; and raised a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. 
 high, S. of cor. Pits impracticable.
 
 26 
 
 3, Stone, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 Seta — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in the ground, For dosing- cor. 
 of (e. g.) Tps. 4 N., Rs. 2 and 3 W., marked 0. C, on S.; with 6 grooves 
 on S., E., and W, faces; from which: 
 
 A — , — ins. diam. bears S. — ° E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 4 K, R. 2 W., S. 6, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — '^ W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 4 N., R. 3 W., S. 1, B. T. 
 
 4, Post, ivith Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — i)ost, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with marked stone (charred stake 
 or quart of charcoal), 24 ins. in the ground, for closing cor. of (e. g.) 
 Tps. 4 N., Rs. 2 and 3 W., marked 
 
 C. C, T. 4 N. on S., 
 
 E. 2 W., S. 6 on E., and 
 
 R. 3 W., S. 1 on W. faces; with 6 grooves on S., E., and W. faces; 
 dug pits, 30 X 24 X 12 ins., crosswise on each line, E. and W., 4 ft., and 
 
 5, of post 8 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound of earth, 5 ft, base, 2^ feet 
 high, S. of cor. 
 
 5. Post, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for cfosing 
 cor. of (e. g.) Tps. 4 N., Rs. 2 and 3 W., marked 
 
 C. C, T. 4 K on S., 
 
 R. 2 W., S. 6 on E., and 
 
 R. 3 W., S. 1 on W. faces; with 6 grooves on S., E., and W. fiices; 
 from which 
 
 A — . — ins. diam., bears S. — ^ Yj., — Iks. distv, marked 
 T. 4 K, R. 2 W., S. 6, B. T. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 4 K, R. 3 W., S, 1, B. T. 
 
 6. Mound of Earth, with Deposit, and Stake in Pit. 
 
 Deposited a marked stone (charred stake or quart of charcoal), 12 
 ins. in the ground, for closing cor. of (e. g.) Tps. 4 IS., Rs. 2 and 3 W.; 
 dug pits, 30 X 24 X 12 ins., crosswise on each line, S., E., and W. of 
 cor., 5 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound of earth, 5 ft. base, 2J ft. high, over 
 deposit. 
 
 In E. pit, drove a — stake 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, 
 marked 
 
 0. C, T. 4 N. on S., 
 
 R. 2 W., S. 6 on E., and 
 
 R. 3 W., S. 1 on W. faces; with 6 grooves on S., E., and W. faces. 
 
 7. Tree Corner, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for closing cor. of (e. g.) Tps. 4 IS., Rs. 2 and 3 
 W., I marked 
 
 C. C, T. 4 X. on S., 
 
 R. 2 W., S. 6 on E., and 
 
 R. 3 W., S. 1 on W. sides; with 6 notches on S., E., and W. sides; 
 dug pits, 24 X 18 X 12 ins., crosswise on each line, S., E., and W. of 
 cor., 5 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound of earth, around tree. 
 
 8. Tree Corner, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for closing cor. of (e. g.) Tps. 4 'S., Rs. 2 and 3 
 W., 1 marked
 
 27 
 
 C. C, T. 4 >'. on S., 
 K. 2 W., S. G on E., and 
 
 E. 3 W., S. 1 on W. sides; with notches on S., E., and W. sides; 
 from which 
 A — , — ins. tliam., bears S. — ° E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 4 K, E. 2 W., S. «, B, T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — '^ W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 4N., E. 3 W., S. 1, B.T. 
 
 9. Connecting lines. 
 
 All closing- township corners on base lines or standard parallels, will 
 be connected, by course and distance, with the %e«res;^ standard corner 
 thereon; closing corners on all other lines, will be connected, in a similar 
 manner, with the nearest township, section, or quarter section corner, 
 or mile or half-mile monument, as existing conditions may require. 
 
 10. Relative positions of Closing Corners, Pits, Mounds^ and Bearing 
 
 Trees, 
 Any line, which by intersection with another surveyed line, deter- 
 mines the place for a closing corner, will be called a closing line: then 
 in general, the mound and one pit of a closing corner will be placed on 
 such "• closing line," K., S., E., or W. of the closing corner, as prevail- 
 ing conditions may require; while said mound and pit, with the two 
 bearing trees (if used), will always be located on the same side of the 
 line closed upon, and on which the other i)its will be established, as 
 directed in the foregoing descriptions, and illustrated on Plate YI. 
 
 11. Positions and dimensions of Pits of Closing Corners on irregular 
 boundaries. 
 
 When a closing line intersects an irregular boundary at an angle less 
 than 75c, and stone or post closing corners are established, the pit on 
 the boundary adjoining the acute angle will be omitted, and the pit 
 on the opposite side of the closing corner will have its dimensions 
 increased, as follows: For a closing township corner, the enlarged 
 pit will measure 42 x 36 x 12 ins. ; for a closing section corner it will be 
 30 X 24 X 12 ins. (See Plate VI, figs. 2 and 3.) 
 
 12. Township or Section interfering Closing Corners. 
 
 When two closing lines, at right angle to each other, intersect an 
 irregular boundary at points less than 8 feet apart, and stone or post 
 corners are established, the pits, that under ordinary circumstances 
 would be placed on the boundary, will be omitted, and the pits on the 
 dosing lines will have their dimensions increased to 30x36x12 ins. 
 ^See Plate VI, fi.g. 4, at a and b.) 
 
 13. Positions and dimensions of Pits and Mounds of interfering Closing 
 
 Corners. 
 
 When, under the conditions stated in paragraphs 11 and 12, the cor- 
 ners " Mound of Earth, icith Deposits and Stake in PiV^ are established, 
 the pits on the boundary line will be omitted when the distance between 
 the closing corners is less than 10 feet and greater than 4 feet, and the 
 dimensions of the pits on the closing lines will be increased as directed 
 in said paragraphs. 
 
 In case the distance between the closing corners is less than 4 feet, 
 one mound, 5 ft. base, 2h ft. high, will cover the deposits of both clos- 
 ing corners. (See Plate VI, fig. 4, at c, d, and e.)
 
 28 
 
 COENEKS COMMON TO FOUR TOWNSHIPS. . 
 
 [See Plate T.] 
 
 When more than one-hnlf of all the corners of a to ic nship are stone corners, 
 the descriptions in paragraphs 1 and 3, if the corners therein described are 
 established, will be modified, as follows: After "marked", insert the 
 words 
 
 "3 N. on N. E., 
 
 2 E. on S. E., 
 
 2 ]^. on S. W., and 
 
 3 E. onN. W. faces;" 
 
 1. Stone, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in the ground, for cor, of (e. g.) 
 Tps. 2 and 3 IST., Rs. 2 and 3 W., marked with (i notches on each edge; 
 dug pits, 24x24x12 ins., on each line, N., E., and W., 4 ft., and S. of 
 stone, 8 ft. dist. ; and laised a mound of earth, 5 ft. base, 2^ ft. high, 
 S. of cor. 
 
 2. Stone, with Moimd of Stone. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in tlie ground, for cor. of (e. g.) 
 Tps. 2 and 3 N., Ks. 2 and 3 W., marked with 6 notches on each edge, 
 and raised a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, li ft. high, S. of cor. Pits 
 impracticable. 
 
 3. Stone, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in the ground, f(U' cor. of (e. g.) 
 Tps. 2 and 3 N., Rs. 2 and 3 W., marked with G notches on each edge; 
 from which 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — ° E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 3 N., R. 2 W., S. 31, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 N., R. 2 W., S. 6, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 N., R. 3 W., S. 1, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — o W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 3 K, R. 3 W., S, 36, B. T. 
 
 4. Post, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with marked stone (charred stake 
 or quart of charcoal), 24 ins. in the ground, for cor. of (e. g.) Tps. 2 
 and 3 N., Rs. 2 and 3 W., marked 
 
 T. 3 N., S. 31 on N E., 
 
 R. 2 W., S. 6 on S. E., 
 
 T. 2 N., S. 1 on S. W., and 
 
 R. 3 W., S. 30 on N. W. faces; with 6 notches on each edge; dug- 
 pits, 24x24x12 ins., on each line, N., E., and W.,4 ft., and S. of post, 
 8 ft. dist.; and raised a mound of earth, 5 ft. base, 2i ft. high, S. of cor. 
 
 5. Post, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for cor. of 
 (e. g.) Tps. 2 and 3 N., Rs. 2 and 3 W., marked 
 T. 3 N., S. 31 on N. E., 
 R. 2 W., S. C on S. B., 
 T. 2 K, S. 1 on S. W., and
 
 29 
 
 R. 3 W,, S. 36 on IST. VV., faces; with 6 notches on each edge; from 
 wliich 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears X. — E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 3X., K2 W., S. 31, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 K, R. 2 W., S. (), E. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 ]^., R. 3 W., S. 1, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — o W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 3 K, R. 3 W., S. 30, B. T. 
 
 6. Mound of Earth, with Deposit, and Stake in Fit. 
 
 Deposited a marked stone (charred stake or quart of charcoal), 12 
 ins. in the ground, for cor, of (e. g.) Tps. 2 and 3 I^., Rs. 2 and 3 VV. ; 
 dug pits 24x24x12 ins., on each line, IST., S., E., and W. of cor., 5 ft. 
 (list.; and raised a mound of earth, 5 ft. base, 2^ ft. high, over deposit. 
 
 In E. pit drove a — stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, 
 marked 
 
 T. 3 N., S. 31 on K E., 
 
 R. 2 W., S. G on S. E., 
 
 T. 2 N., S. 1 on S. W., and 
 
 R. 3 W., tS. 36 on N. W. faces; with 6 notches on each edge. 
 
 7. Tree Cornier, unth Fits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for cor. of (e. g.) Tps. 2 and3N., Rs. 2 and 3 W., 
 I marked 
 
 T. 3 X., S. 31 on N. E., 
 
 R. 2 W., S. on S. E., 
 
 T. 2 N., S. 1 on S. W., and 
 
 R. 3 W., S. 36 on I^. W. sides; with 6 notches facing each cardinal 
 point; dug pits, 24x18x12 ins., on each line, N., S., E., and W. of 
 cor., 5 ft. dist.; and raised a mound of earth around tree. 
 
 8. Tree Corner, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for cor. of (e. g.) Tps. 2 and 3 ^., Rs. 2 and 3 W., 
 I marked 
 
 T. 3 N., S. 31 on N. E., 
 R. 2 W., S. 6 on S. E., 
 T. 2 N., S. 1 on IS. W., and 
 
 R. 3 W., S. 36 on N. W. sides; with 6 notches facing each cardinal 
 X)oint; from which 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears i^. — o E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 3 N., R. 2 W., S. 31, B. T. 
 A — , — ins, diam., bears S. — o y,., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 N., R. 2 W., S. 6, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears !S. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 N., R. 3 W., S. 1, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears ]S[. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 3 N., R. 3 W., S. 36, B. T. 
 
 CORNERS COMMON TO TWO TOWNSHIPS ONLY. 
 
 [See Plates V and IX.] 
 
 When more than one-half of all the corners of a township are stone cor- 
 ners, the descriptions in paragraphs 1 and 3. if the corners therein 
 described are established, tvill be modi fed as follows: 
 
 After "marked", insert the words: 
 
 " 2 N. on S. VV., and 
 
 7 W. on N. W. faces."
 
 30 
 
 When, under the conditions above specijied, the corner described in para- 
 graph 1 is established, a stake may be driven in the south pit and marlced 
 instead of the stone, and described as exemplified in the last clause of para- 
 graph 6, below. 
 
 1. Stone, with Pits and Mounds of Earth. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — x — ins., — ins. in the ground, for cor. of (e. g.) 
 Tps. 2 and 3 N., R. 7 W., on W. bdy. Tp. 3 X., R. G W., marked with 
 () notches on N., and W. edges ; dug pits 30 x 24 x 12 ins., on each line, K. 
 and S., 4 ft., and W. of stone, 8 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound of earth, 
 
 5 ft. base, 2 J ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 2. Stone, with Mound of Stone. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — x — ins., — ins. in the ground, for cor. of (e. g.) 
 Tps. 2 and 3 N., R. 7 W., on W. bdy. Tp. 3 X., R. C W., marked with 
 
 6 notches on K., and W. edges; and raised a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 
 1^ ft. high, W. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 
 3. Stone, ivith Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — x — ins., — ins. in the ground, for cor. of (e. g.) 
 Tps. 2 and 3 N., Rs 5 and 6 W., on N. bdy. Tp. 2 ^., R. 6 W., marked 
 with 6 notches on N. and W. edges; from which 
 A — , ins. diam., bears 1:^. — ° E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T.2N., R. 5. W., S. 6, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — '^ W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 3N., R. 6 W., S. 36, B. T. 
 
 4. Post, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 It. long, 4 ins. sq., with marked stone (charred stake 
 or quart of charcoal), 24 ins. in the ground, for cor. of (e. g.) Tps. 2 and 
 3 N., Rs. 5 and G W., on N. bdy. Tp. 2 K, R. 6 W., marked 
 
 T. 2 K, R. 5 W., S. 6 on K. H, and 
 
 T. 3 K., R. 6 W., S. 3G on N.' W. faces; with G notches on N. and W. 
 edges; dug pits, 30x24x12 ins., on each line, E. and W., 4 ft., and N. 
 of post, 8 ft. dist.; and raised a mound of earth, 5 ft. base, 2 J ft. high, 
 N. of cor. 
 
 5. Post, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for cor. of (o. 
 g.) Tps. 2 and 3 N., R. 7 W., on W. bdy. Tp. 3 K, R. 6 W., marked 
 T. 2 K, R. 7 W., S. 1 on S. W., and 
 
 T. 3 N., R. 7 W., S. 3G on N. W. faces; with G notches on ]S^. and W. 
 edges; from which 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — o ^",^ — ij^g. dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 N., R. 7 W., S. 1, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears JST. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 3 N., R. 7 W., S. 3G, B. T. 
 
 6. Mound of Earth, with Deposit, and StaTce in Pit. 
 
 Deposited a marked stone (charred stake or quart of charcoal), 12 
 ins. in the ground, for cor. of (e. g.) Tps. 2 and 3 N., R. 7 W., on W. bdv. 
 Tp. 3 N., R. 6 W. ; dug pits, 30 x 24 x 12 ins., on each line, :N"., E., and W. 
 of cor., 5 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound of earth, 5 ft. base, 2i ft. high, 
 over deposit. 
 
 In S. i)it drove a — stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, 
 marked 
 
 T. 2 K, R. 7 W., S. 1 on S. W., and 
 
 T. 2 N., R. 7 W.; S. 36 on N. W. faces; with G notches on 4>r. and W, 
 edges,
 
 31 
 
 7. Tree Corner, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 A — , — ius. diam., for cor. of (e. ^.), Tps. 2 and 3 N., Rs. 5 and 6 W., 
 on K bdy. Tp. 2 N., Jl. 6 W., I marked 
 
 T. 2 X., K. 5 W. on N. E., and 
 
 T.3K., R. ()W. on KW. sides; witli notches facing- X. and W.; 
 dug: pits 24x l<Sxl2 ins., crosswise on each line, Is., E., and W. of cor., 
 5 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound of earth, around tree. 
 
 8. Tree Corner, u'ith Bearing Trees. 
 
 A—, — ins. diam., for cor. of (e. g.) Tps. 2 and 3 N., R. 7 W., on W. 
 bdy. Tp. 3 N., R. W., I marked 
 T. 2 N., R. 7 W., S. 1 on S. W., and 
 
 T. 3N., R. 7 W., S. 30 on N, \V., sides; with G notches facing N. and 
 W. ; from which 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 K, R. 7 W., S. 1, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears K. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 3 N., R. 7 W., S. 30, B. T. 
 
 CORNERS REFERRING TO ONE TOWNSHIP ONLY. 
 
 [See Plates V and IX.] 
 
 When more than one-half of all corners of a toivnship arc stone 
 corners, the descriptions in paragraphs 1 and 2, if the corners therein 
 described are established, tvill be modified, as follows: After " marked", 
 insert the words: 
 
 '' 2 N., W. on S. W. face." 
 
 When, under the conditions above specified, the corner described in para- 
 graph 1 is established, a stake may be driven in the south pit, and marked 
 instead of the stone, and, described, as exemplified in the last clause of para- 
 graph 6, page 32. 
 
 1. Stone, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in the ground, for N. E. cor. 
 of (e. g.) Tp. 2 K., R, W., marked with notches on S. and W. edges; 
 dug pits, 30x30x12 ins., on each line, S. and W. of stone, 8 ft. dist.: 
 and raised a mound of earth, 5 ft. base, 2^ ft. high, S. W. of cor. 
 
 2. Stone, with Mound of Stone. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in the ground, for N. E. cor. of 
 (e. g. ) Tp. 2 K, R. W., marked with notches on S. and W. edges; 
 and raised a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. high, S. W. of cor. Pits 
 impracticable. 
 
 3. Stone, ivith Bearing Tree. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in the ground for N. E. cor. of 
 (e. g.) Tp. 2 N., R. W., marked with notches on S. and W. edges; 
 from which 
 
 A — , — ius. diam., bears S. — ^ W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 2 ^., R. W., S. 1, B. T. 
 
 4. Post, tcith Pits and, Mound of Earth. 
 
 Seta — post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with marked stone (charred stake 
 or quart of charcoal), 24 ins. in the ground, for N. E. cor. of (e. g.) Tp. 
 2 N., R. VV., marked 
 
 T. 2 N., R. 5 W., S. on N. E., 
 
 S. 6 o^ S. K.,
 
 32 
 
 T. 2 N., R. C W., S. 1 on ^. W., and 
 
 S. 6 on N. W. faces; with 6 notches on S. and W. edges; dug pits, 
 36x36x12 ins., on each line, S. and W. of post, 8 ft. dist.; and raised 
 a mound of earth, 5 ft. base, 2J ft. high, S. W. 'of cor. 
 
 5. Post, with Bearing Tree. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for S. W. 
 cor. of (e. g.) Tp. 3 is^., K. 6 W., marked 
 
 T. 3 i^., K. 6 W., S. 31 on N. E., 
 
 S. 1 on S. E., 
 
 T. 2 N., R. 7 W., S. 1 on S. W., and 
 
 S. 1 on N. W. faces; with 6 notches on N. and E. edges; from 
 which 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears i^. — ° E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 3 N., R. 6 W., S. 31, B. T. 
 
 6. Mound of Earth, with Deposit, and Stalce in Pit. 
 
 Deposited a marked stone (charred stake or quart of charcoal), 12 
 ins. in the ground, for S. W. cor. of (e. g.) T. 3 N., R. 6 W.; dug pits, 
 36x36x12 ins., on each line, X. and E. of cor., 5 ft. dist.; and raised 
 a mound of eartb, 5 ft. base, 2 J ft. high, over deposit. 
 
 In E. pit drove a — stake, 2 ft. long, 2 in. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, 
 marked 
 
 T. 3 K, R. 6 W., S. 31 on N. E., 
 
 S. 1 on S. E., 
 
 T. 2 N., R. 7 W., S. 1 on S. W., and 
 
 S. 1 on N. W. faces; with 6 notches on N. and E. edges. 
 
 7. Tree Corner, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for S. W. cor] of (e. g.) Tp. 3 N., R. 6 W,, I 
 marked 
 
 T. 2 N., R. 6 W., S. 31 on N. E., 
 
 S. 1 on S. E., 
 
 T. 2 N., R. 7 W., S. 1 on S. W., and 
 
 S. 1 on K. W. sides; with 6 notches fiicing N. and E. ; dug ]>its, 
 30 X 24 X 12 ins., crosswise on each line, N. and E. of cor., 5 ft. dist.; 
 and raised a mound of earth around tree. 
 
 8. Tree Corner, icith Bearing Tree. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for S. E. cor. of (e. g.) Tp. 4 N., R. 6 W., I 
 marked 
 
 S. 6 on N. E., 
 
 T. 3 N., R. 5 W. S. 6 on S. E., 
 
 S. 6 on S, W., and 
 
 T. 4 N., R. 6 W., S. 36 on N. W. sides; with 6 notclies facing N. and 
 W. ; from which 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — ^ W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 2 N., R. 6 W., S. 36, B. T. 
 
 STANDARD SECTION CORNERS. 
 
 [See Plates III and V.] 
 
 1. Stone, loith Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in the ground, for standard 
 cor. of (e. g.) sees. 31 and 32, marked S. C, on jST. ; with 5 grooves on 
 E., and 1 groove on W. faces; dug pits, 24x18x12 ins., crosswise on
 
 33 
 
 eacL liiie, E. and W., 3 ft., and N. of stone, 7 ft. dist.; and raised a 
 mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. liigli, X. of cor. 
 
 2. tStone, icith mound of IStone. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — x — ins., — ins. in the ground, for stand, cor. 
 of (e. g.) sees. 35 and 30, marked S. C, on N.j with 1 groove od,E., 
 and 5 grooves on W. faces; and raised a mound of stone, 2 ft. base 1^ 
 ft. high, K. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 
 3. jStonCy loitlh Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in the ground, for standard 
 cor. of (e. g.) sees. 33 and 34, marked S. C, on N,; with 3 grooves on 
 E. and W. faces; from which 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears K — o E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 13 X., E. 21 E., S. 34, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears K — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 13 N., E. 21 E., S. 33, B. T. 
 
 4. Post, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with marked stone (charred stake 
 or (|uart of charcoal), 24 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. of (e. g.) 
 sees. 32 and 33, marked 
 
 S. C, T. 13 X, E. 21 E. on K, 
 
 S. 33 on E., and 
 
 S. 32 on W. faces; with 4 grooves on E., and 2 grooves on W. faces; 
 dug pits, 24x18x12 ins., crosswise on each line, E. and W., 3 ft., and 
 N. of post, 7 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, 
 iS^. of cor. 
 
 5. Postj icith Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for standard 
 cor. of (e. g.) sees. 34 and 35, marked 
 
 S. C, T. 13 X., E. 21 on N., 
 
 S. 35 on E., and 
 
 S. 34 on W. faces; with two grooves on E., and 4 grooves on W. 
 faces ; from which 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — ^ E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 13 K, E. 21 E., S. 35, B. T. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears ^. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 13 X., E. 21 E., S. 34, B. T. 
 
 C. Mound of Earth, with Deposit, and StaTce in Pit. 
 
 Deposited a marked stone (charred stake or quart of charcoal), 12 
 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. of (e. g.) sees. 33 and 34; dug 
 pits, 24x18x12 ins., crosswise on each line, X., E., and W. of cor., 5 
 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft high, over deposit. 
 
 In E. pit drovx a — stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, 
 marked 
 
 S. C, T. 13 K, E. 22 E. on N., 
 
 S. 34 on E., and 
 
 S. 33 on W. faces ; with 3 grooves on E. and W. faces. 
 
 7. Tree Corner, icith Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for standard cor. of (e. g.) sees. 31 and 32, I 
 marked 
 
 S. C, T. 13 N., E. 22 E. on N., 
 
 S. 32 on E., and 
 
 S. 31 on W. sides; with 5 notches on E., and 1 notch on W. sides j 
 386 3
 
 34 
 
 diTg pits, 18x18x12 ins., ISI., E., and W. of Cor., 1 ft. dist.; and raised 
 a nionud of eartli around tree. 
 
 8. Tree Corner^ with Bearing Trees. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for standard cor. of (e. g.) sees. 35 and 36, I 
 marked 
 
 S. C, T. 13 N., K. 22 E. on K., 
 
 S, 3G on E., and 
 
 S. 35 on W. sides; with 1 notch on E., and 5 notches on W. sides; 
 from which 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — o E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 13 N., R. 22 E., S. 36, B. T. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — o W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 13 K, R. 22 E., S. 35, B. T. 
 
 CLOSING SECTION CORNEES. 
 
 [See Plates V and VI.] 
 
 1. Stone, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in the ground, for closing 
 cor. of (e. g.) sees. 1 and 2, marked O. C, on S.; with 1 groove on E,, 
 and 5 grooves on W. faces ; dug pits, 24 x 18 x 12 ms. crosswise on each 
 line, E. and W., 3 ft., and S. of stone, 7 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound 
 of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, S. of cor. 
 
 2. Stone, with Mound of Stone. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in the ground, for closing 
 cor. of (e. g.) sees. 3 and 4, marked C. 0., on S. ; with 3 grooves on 
 E. and W. faces; and raised a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, IJ ft. high, 
 S. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 
 3. Stone, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins. — ins. in the ground, for closing cor. 
 of (e. g.) sees. 1 and 2, marked C. C, on S.; with 1 groove on E., and 
 5 grooves on W. faces ; from which 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 4 N., R. 3 W., S. 1, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S.° — W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 4 K, R. 3 W., S. 2, B. T. 
 
 4. Post, tvith Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with marked stone (charred stake 
 or quart of charcoal), 24 ins. in the ground, for closing cor. of (e. g.) 
 sees. 1 and 2, marked 
 
 C. C, T. 4 N., R. 3 W. on S., 
 
 S. 1 on E., and 
 
 S. 2 on W. faces; with 1 groove on E., and 5 grooves on W. faces; 
 dug pits, 24x18x12 ins., crosswise on each line, E. and W., 3 ft., and 
 
 5. of post, 7 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, 
 S. of cor. 
 
 5. Post, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for closing 
 cor. of (e. g.) sees. 1 and 2, marked 
 
 C. C, T. 4 N., R. 3 W. on S., 
 
 S. 1 on E., and
 
 35 
 
 S. 2 on W. faces; with 1 groove ou E., and 5 groo.ves on W. faces; 
 from which 
 
 A — , — ins. diani., bears !S. — ° E., — Iks. dist.. marked 
 
 T. 4K., IJ.3W., S.l, B.T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bear.s S. — o W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 4N., K. 3 W., 8.2, JJ.T. 
 
 0. Mound of Earth, with Deposit, and Stake in Pit. 
 
 Deposited a marked stone (charred stake or quart of charcoal), 12 
 ins. in the ground, for closing cor. of (e. g.) sees. 3 and 4; dug pits, 
 24x18x12 ins., crosswise on each line, iS., E., and W. of cor,, 4 ft. dist.; 
 and raised a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, over deposit. 
 
 In E. pit drove a — stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, 
 marked 
 
 C. C, T. 4 N., K. 3 W. on S., 
 
 S. 3. on E., and 
 
 S. 4. on W. faces; with 3 grooves on E. and W. faces. 
 
 7. Tree Corner, icith Pits and Mound of Earth 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for closing cor. of (e. g.) sees. 1 and 2, I marked 
 
 C. C, T. 4 :J^., K. 3 W. on S., 
 
 S. 1 on E., and 
 
 S. 2 on W. sides; with 1 notch on E., and 5 notches on W. sides; 
 dug pits, 18x18x12 ins., S., E., and W. of cor., 5 it. dist.; and raised 
 a mound of earth around tree. 
 
 8. Tree Corner, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for closing cor. (e. g.) sees. 1 and 2, I marked 
 C. C, T. 4 is^, \X. 3 W. ou S., 
 S. 1 on E., and 
 
 S. 2 on W. sides; with 1 notch on E., and 5 notches ou AV. sides; 
 from which 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 4 N., E. 3 W., S. 1, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° W., — Iks. dist., 'marked 
 
 T. 4 K., K. 3 W., S. 2, B. T. 
 
 9. All closing section corners, on base lines or standard parallels, will 
 be connected by course and distance with the nearest standard corner 
 thereon. (See paragraphs 5 and 9, page 55.) 
 
 CORNERS COMMON TO FOUR SECTIONS. 
 
 [See Plates V and IX.] 
 
 When more than one-half of all the corners in a township are stone corners, 
 the descriptions in paragrdphs 1 and 2, if the corners therein described 
 are established for cor. of sees. 15, 16, 21 and 22^ will he modified as fol- 
 lows: after " marhed,^'' insert the icords 
 
 "4:N\ oni^.E., and 
 
 3 W. on S.E. faces." 
 
 When, under the conditions above specified, the corner described in para- 
 graph 1 is established, a stake may be driven in the southeast pit, and 
 marked instead of the stone, and described as exemplified in the last clause 
 of paragraph C,pageol. 
 
 1. Htone, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — x — ins., — ins. in the ground, for cor. of (e. g.) 
 sees. 14, 15, 22, and 23 [Tp. 4 N., R. 3 W.j*, marked with 3 notches on S. 
 
 * When writiiij^ these flescri))tious iu the field uotes, the augular hrackets and the 
 enclosed letters aud figures will be omitted.
 
 36 
 
 a]id E. edges; dug pits, 18x18x12 ins., in eacli sec. 5J ft. dist.; and 
 raised a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. bigb, W. of cor. 
 
 2. Stone, with Mound of Stone. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — x — ins., — ins. in the ground, for cor. of 
 (e. g.) sees. 14, 15, 22, and 23 [Tp. 4 N., R. 3 W.]*, marked with 3 notches 
 on S. and E. edges; and raised a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, l^tt. high, 
 W. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 
 3. Stone, ivith Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — x — ins., — ins. in the ground, for cor. of 
 (e. g.) sees. 9, 10, 15, and 16, marked with 4 notches on S., and 3 
 notches on E. edges; from which 
 
 A — , — fns. diam,, bears N. — o E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 K, R. 2 W., S. 10, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ^ E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 K., R. 2 W., S, 15, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 N., R. 2 W., S. IG, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears K. — o \y.^ — j^g. dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 N., R. 2 W., S. 9, B. T. 
 
 4. Post, icith Pit and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with marked stone (charred stake 
 or quart of charcoal), -4 ins. in the ground, for cor. of (e. g.) sees. 15, 
 16, 21-, and 22, marked 
 
 T. 2 X., S. 15 on N. E., 
 
 R. 2 W., S. 22 on S. E., 
 
 S. 21 on S. W., and 
 
 S. 16 on K. W. faces with 3 notches on S. -and E. edges; dug pits, 
 18x18x12 ins., in each sec, 5h ft. dist.; and raised a mound of e.arth, 
 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 5. Post, with Bearimj Trees. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground for cor. of 
 (e. g.) sees. 25, 26, 35 and 36, marked 
 T. 2 i^., S. 25 on K E., 
 R. 2 W., S. 36 on S. E., 
 S. 35 on S. W., and 
 
 S. 26 on IST.W. faces; with 1 notch on S. and E. edges; from which 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — ^ E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. li K, R. 2 W., S. 25, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — o j^,^ — n^^g^ dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 K, R. 2 \V., S. 36, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ^ W., — Iks. dist. marked 
 
 T. 2 K, R. 2 W., S. 35, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — o \v.^ — Iks, dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 N., R. 2 W., S. 26, B. T. 
 
 6. Mound, icith Deposit, and Sfalce in Pit. 
 
 Deposited a marked stone (charred stake or quart of charcoal), 12 ins. 
 in the ground, for cor. of (e. g.) sees. 25, 26, 35 and 36; dug pits, 18 x 
 18x12 ins., in each sec, 4 ft. dist.; and raised a mound of earth, 4 ft. 
 base, 2 ft. high, over dei)osit. 
 
 * Wlieu -n-ritiiis' tlicse descriptions iu tlie field notes, the auguhir brackets and the 
 enclosed letters and figures will be omitted.
 
 37 
 
 In S, E. i^it drove a — stake, 2 ft. long. 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, 
 marked 
 
 T. 2 N., S. 25 on N. E., 
 
 R. 2 W., S. 3G on S, E., 
 
 S. 35 on S. W., and 
 
 S. 26 on N. W. faces; with 1 notch on S. and E. edges. 
 
 7. Tree Corner^ with Pits and Mound of Earth . 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for cor. of (e. g.) sees. 29, 30, 31, and 32, I marked 
 
 T. 2 N., S. 29 on K E., 
 
 R. 2 W., S. 32 on S. E., 
 
 S. 31 on S. W., and 
 
 S. 30 on N. W. sides; with 1 notch on S,, and 5 notches on E. sides; 
 dng pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec, 5 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound of 
 earth around tree. 
 
 8. Tree Corner, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for cor. of (e. g.) sees. 5, 6, 7, and 8, 1 marked 
 
 T. 2 K, S. 5 on ]^. E., 
 
 R. 2 W., S. 8 on S. E., • 
 
 S. 7 on S. W., and 
 
 S. 6 on N. W. sides; with 5 notches on S. and E. sides; from which 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears X. — o E.. — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 N., R. 2 W., S. 5, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° E., IIjs. dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 K, R. 2 W., S. 8, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° W., Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 2N., R. 2 W., S. 7, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — ° W. — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 2 K, R. 2 W., S. 6, B. T. 
 
 SECTION CORNERS COMMON TO TWO SECTIONS ONLY. 
 
 [See Plates V and VI.] 
 
 Wlten more than one-half of all the corners in a township are stone 
 corners, the descriptions in paragraphs 1 and 2, if the corners therein 
 described are established near cor. of sees. 15,16, 21, and 22, will be modi- 
 Jied, as follows : 
 
 After "marked", insert the words 
 
 " 3 N. on S. W., and 
 
 7 W. onN. W. faces;". 
 
 When, under the conditions above specif ed, the corner described in 
 paragraph 1 is established, a stahe may be driven in the southwest ji it, and 
 marked instead of the stone, and described as exemplified in the last clause 
 of paragraph (>, page 38. 
 
 1. Stone, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Seta — stone, — x — x — ins., — ins. in the ground, for cor. of (e. g.)* 
 sees. 25 and 36 [Tp. 3 N., R. 7 W.],t marked with 5 notches on K, 
 and 1 notch on S. edges; dug pits, 24x24x12 ins., in each sec, 6 ft. 
 dist.; and raised a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 *The corner establislied on the rarif/e line and described in paragraph 1, will have 
 notches to indicate the distances to the N. E. and S. E. corners of the township. 
 See plate V, fig-.18: and Plate IX, Tp. 3 N., R. 7 W. 
 
 t When writing descriptions of corners similar to those described in paragraphs 
 1 and 2, the angular brackets and the inclosed letters and figures, will be omitted.
 
 38 
 
 2. Stone, with Mound of Stone. 
 
 Seta — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in tlie ground, for cor. of (e.g.)* 
 sees. 15 and 22 [Tp, 3 N., R. 7 W.], f marked with 3 notches on N., 
 and S. edges; and raised a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. high, W. 
 of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 
 3. Stone, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — x — ins., — ins. in the ground, for cor. of (e.g.)f 
 sees. 28 and 21), marked with 4 notches on E. edge; from which 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears IST. — o E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T.3N.,E. 7 W.,S.28,B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears IST. — o "VV., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 3 i^., R. 7 W., S. 29, B. T. 
 
 4. Post, ivith Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with marked stone (charred stake 
 or quart of charcoal), 24 ins. in the ground, for cor. of (e. g.) 33 and 
 34,§ marked 
 
 T. 2 N., S. 34 on K. E., and 
 
 E. 6,W., S. 33 on N. W. faces; with three notches on E. and W. 
 edges; dug pits 24x24x12 ins., in each sec, 6 ft. dist, and raised a 
 mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, N. of cor. 
 
 5. Post, with Bearing Trees : 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for cor. of 
 (e. g.) sees. 24 and 25, || marked 
 
 T. 3 N., S. 25 on S. W., and 
 
 E. 5 W., S. 24 on N. W. faces; with 4 notches on IST., and 2 notches 
 on S. edges ; from which 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 3 K, E. 5 W., S. 25, B. T. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 3 K, E. 5 W., S. 24, B. T. 
 
 6. Mound of Earth, tcith Deposit, and StaTce in Pit. 
 
 Deposited a marked stone (charred stake or quart of charcoal), 12 
 ins. in the ground, for cor. of (e. g.) sees. 13 and 24;^ dug pits 24 x 
 24x12 ins., in each sec, 4 ft. dist.; and raised a mound of earth, 4 ft. 
 base, 2 ft. high, over deposit. 
 
 In S. W. pit drove a — stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, 
 marked 
 
 T. 2 N., S. 24 on S. W., and 
 
 E. 6 W., S. 13 on N. W. faces, with 3 notches on N. and S. edges. 
 7. Tree Corner, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for cor. of (e. g.) sees. 24 and 25,** I marked 
 
 T. 3 K, S. 25 on S. W. and 
 
 E. 6 W., S. 24 on N. W. sides; with 4 notches on N. and S. sides; 
 dug pits, 18 X 18 X 12 ins., in each sec, 5 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound 
 of earth around tree. 
 
 * The corner estiiblislied on a sectional guide, meridian and described in paragraph 
 2, will have notches like the correspoudin<;- coriior ou a range line. See Plate IX, Tp. 
 3N., R. 7W. 
 
 t When writing descriptions of corners similar to those described in paragraphs 
 1 and 2, tlie angular brackets and the inclosed letters and figures, will be omitted. 
 
 i .See Plate IX, N. bdy., sec. 32, Tp. 3 N.,'R. 7 W. 
 
 § See Plate IX, Tp. 2 N., U. 6 \V. || Tp. 3 N., K. 5 W. H Tp. 2 N., R. 6 W. 
 
 ** On range line ; see Plate IX ; Tp. 3 N.j R. 6 W.
 
 39 
 
 8. Tree Corner, icWi Bearing Trees. 
 
 A — , — ins. diaiii., for cor. ot (e. g.) sees. 22 and 27,* I marked 
 T. 3 K, S. 27 on S. W., and 
 
 K. 7 W., S. 22 on N. W. sides ; with 4 notches on X., and 2 notches 
 on S. sides; from wliich 
 A — ; — ins. diam., bears 8. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 3 K, E. 7 VV., S. 27, B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears X. — o W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 3 N., R. 7 W., S. 22, B. T. 
 
 SECTION CORNERS REFERRING- TO ONE SECTION ONLY, 
 
 [See Plates V aud IX.] 
 
 When more titan one-half of all corners in atownshipare stone corners, 
 the descriptions in paraaraphs 1 and 2, if the corners therein described, 
 are estahlished near the place for cor. of sees. 15, 16, 21, and 22, ivill be 
 modified, as folloivs: After "marked", insert the words: 
 
 "2IS\, 5W. on N. E. lace;" 
 
 When, under the conditions above specified, the corner described in par- 
 agraph 1 is estahlished, a stal-e may be driven in the pit, and marked instead 
 of the stone, and described as exemplified in the last clause of paragraph 6, 
 page 40. 
 
 1. Stone, ivith Pit and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in the ground, for S. W. cor. 
 of (e. g.) sec. 12 [Tp. 2 N., B. 5 W.],* marked with 1 notch on E. edge; 
 dug a pit, 3(5x30x12 ins., in the sec, 8 ft. dist.; aud raised a monnd 
 of eartli, 1 ft. base, 2 ft. liigli, N. E. of coi". 
 
 2. Stone, with Mound of Stone. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in the ground, for S. W. cor. 
 of (e. g.) sec. 12 [Tp. 2 N"., R. 5 W.],t marked with 1 notch on E. edge; 
 and raised a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, li ft. high, IST. E. of cor. 
 
 3. Stone, with Bearing Tree. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — x — ins., — ins. in the ground, for S. W. eor. 
 of (e. g.) sec. 12, marked with 1 notcli on E. edge; from which 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears X. — o p]^^ — ii^s_ dist., marked 
 T. 2 K, R. 5 W., S. 12, B. T. 
 
 4. Post, with Pit and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long. 4 ins. sq., with marked stone (charred stake 
 or quart of charcoal), 24 ins. in the ground, for N. W. cor. of (e. g.) 
 sec. 10; I marked 
 
 T. 3 X., S. 9 on X. E. 
 
 R. 5 W., S. 10 on S. E. 
 
 S. 9 on S. W., and 
 
 S. 9 on X. W. faces; with 5 notches on S. and 3 notches on E. edges; 
 dug a ijit, 3G X 36 X 12 ins., in the sec, 8 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound of 
 earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, S. E. of cor. 
 
 *0u sectional guide meridian; see Plate IX, Tp. 3 N., R. 7 W. 
 
 t When writing descriptions of corners similar to those described in paragraphs 1 
 aud 2. the angular brackets and the included letters and tigures will be omitted. 
 See Plate IX. 
 
 X See Plate IX; Tp. 3 N., R. 5 W,
 
 40 
 
 5. Tost^ with Bearing Tree. 
 
 Set a — i^ost, 3ft. long, 4 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the gronnd, for S. W. 
 cor. of (e. g.) sec. 12;* marked 
 T. 2 K, S. 12 on N. E., 
 E. 5 W., S. 13 on S. E., 
 S. 13 on S. W., and 
 
 S. 13 on N. W. faces; with 1 notch on E. edge; from which 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears JST. — ° E., — llvS. dist., marked 
 T. 2 K, R. 5 W., S. 12, B. T. 
 
 6. Mound of Earth, with Deposit and StaJce i7i pit. 
 
 Deposited a marked stone (charred stake or quart of charcoal), 12 
 ins. in the ground, for N. W. cor. of (e. g.) sec. 10;t dug a pit, 3G><. 
 36 X 12 ins. in the sec, 5 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound of eartli, 4 ft. base, 
 2 ft. high, over deposit. 
 
 In the pit drove a — stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, 
 mnrked 
 
 T. 3 K, S. 9 on ¥. E., 
 
 E. 5 W., S. 10 on S. E., 
 
 S. 9 on S. W., and 
 
 S. 9 on N. W. faces; with 5 notches on S., and 3 notches on E. 
 edges. 
 
 7. Tree Corner, tvith Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for S. W. cor. of (e. g.) sec. 12,* I marked 
 T. 2 K, S. 12 on X. E., 
 E. 5 W., S. 13 on S. E., 
 S. 13 on S. W., and 
 
 S. 13 on jS^. W. sides, with 1 notch on E. side; dug a pit, 24x24x 
 12 ins., in the scq., 5 ft dist.: and raised a mound of earth around tree. 
 
 8. Tree Corner, ivith Bearing Trees. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for K. W. cor. of (e. g.) sec. 10, I marked 
 T. 3 N., S. 9 on N. E., 
 E. 5 W., S, 10 on S. E., 
 
 S. 9 on S. W., and * 
 
 S. 9 on iS^. W., sides; with 5 notches on S., and 3 notches on E. 
 sides; from which 
 A — , — ins, diam., bears S. — o E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 3 N., E. 5 W., S. 10, B. T. 
 
 QUARTER SECTION CORNERS. 
 
 [SeePlates Vand VI.] 
 
 1. Stone, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in t\\e ground, for ^ sec. 
 cor. [(e. g.) bet. sees. 14 and 'l'.\\,X marked I, on IST. face; dng pits, 18 x 
 18x12 ins., E. and W. of stone, 3 ft. dist.; and raised a mound of 
 earth, 3 J ft. base, 1^ ft. high, JST. of cor. 
 
 -* See Plate IX ; Tp. 2 N., R. 5 W. 
 tTp. 3N., R. 5 W. 
 
 tWlicn writiiifi; <le8crii)ti()ns of ^ section corners, the angular brackets and the 
 letters and figures they inclose, will be omitted. See paragraphs 9, 10, and 11, pages
 
 41 
 
 2. Stone, ^vitli Mound of Stone. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in tbe gronnd, for ^ sec. 
 cor. [(e. g'.) bet. sees. 14 and 15],* marked ^ on W. lace; and raised a 
 mound of stone, 2 ft. base, IJ ft. high, W. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 
 3. Stone, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — x — ins., — ins. in the ground, for ^ sec. cor. 
 [(e. g'.) bet. sees. 10 and 17],* marked ^, on W. face; from which 
 A — , — ins. diain., bears N. — ° E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 i S., B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 1 S., B. T. 
 
 4. Post, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 3 ius. sq., with marked stone (charred stake 
 or quart of charcoal), 24 ins. in the ground, for ^ sec. cor. f(e. g.) bet. 
 sees. 4 and 9],* marked ^ S., on N. face; dug pits 18x1^x12 ins., 
 E. and W. of post, 3 ft. dist.; and raised a mound of earth, oh, ft. base, 
 Ih ft. high, N. of cor. 
 
 5. Post, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for J sec. 
 cor. [(e. g.) bet. sees. 21 and 22],* marked J S., on W.face; from which 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 i S., B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 i S., B. T. 
 
 6. Mound, tcith Deposit and Stalce in Pit. 
 
 Deposited a marked stone (charred stake or quart of charcoal), 12 
 ins. in the ground, for ^ sec. cor. [(e. g.) bet. sees. 21 and 28] ;* dug pits, 
 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. of cor., 4 ft. dist.; and raised a mound of 
 earth, 3i ft. base, 1^ ft. high, over deposit. 
 
 In E. pit drove a — stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, 
 marked 
 
 ^ S. on X. face. 
 
 7. Tree Corner, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for -| sec. cor. [(e. g.) bet. sees. 7 and 8],* T 
 marked | S., on W. side; dug pits, 18x18x12 ins., JST. and S. of 
 cor., 4 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound of earth around tree. 
 
 8. Tree Corner, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for | sec. cor. [(e. g'.) bet. sees. 20 and 29],* I 
 marked ^ S., on iST. side; from which 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 1 S., B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 i S., B. T. 
 
 9. Pits and Mounds of Quarter Section Corners. 
 
 On meridional lines, the pits will be dug I^. and S., and the mound 
 will be placed on tlie icest side of tlie corner; on latitudinal lines, the 
 pits will be located ¥j. and W., and the mound will be built on the 
 north side of the corner. See Plate VI. 
 
 * When writing descriptions of J section corners, the angular brackets and the 
 letters and tigures they inclose will be omitted. See paragraphs 9, 10, and 11, 
 pages 41, 42.
 
 42 
 
 10. Marh'nrjs on Quarter Section Corners. 
 
 Oil meridional lines, the markings will be i)lacecl on the west side, and 
 on latitudinal lines, on the north side of tlie stone, post, or other corner. 
 
 11. Stalces in Pits of Quarter Section Corners. 
 
 On meridional lines the stakes will be driven in the S. pit, and on 
 latitudinal lines, in the E. pit. 
 
 STANDARD QUARTER SECTION CORNERS. 
 
 [See Plate V and VI.] 
 
 All standard quarter section corners, on base lines or standard paral- 
 lels, will have the letters S. C. (for standard corner), precede the 
 marking "^" or "-^ S.", as the case may be; such corners will be estab- 
 lished in all other respects like other quarter section corners. 
 
 When bearing trees are described lor standard quarter section cor- 
 ners, eacli tree will be marked, S. C, | S., B. T. 
 
 QUARTER SECTION CORNERS COMMON TO TWO QUARTERS OF ONE 
 
 SECTION. 
 
 Tliese corners will be similar in all respects to those that are common 
 to four (piarters of two sections. See notes on Plates VII and VIII. 
 
 MEANDER CORNERS. 
 
 [See Plates V and VI.] 
 
 1. Stone, with Pit and Mound, of Earth. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins. — ins. in the ground for meander cor. of 
 (e. g.) fracl. sees. 26 and 35,* marked 
 
 M. C. on E. face; with 1 groove on S. face; dug a pit,* 36x36x12 
 ins., 8 ft. W. of stone; and raised a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. 
 high, W. of cor.* 
 
 2. Stone, with Mound of Stone. 
 
 Seta — stone, — x — X — ins., — ins. in the ground, for meander cor. of 
 (e. g.) fracl. sees. 17 and 18,t marked 
 
 M. 0. on S. face; with 5 grooves on E. face; and raised a mound of 
 stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. high, IsT. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 
 3. Stone, icith Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — stone — x — X — ins., — ins. in the ground, for meander 
 cor. of (e. g.) fracl. sees. 26 and 35, with 1 groove on S. face;t marked: 
 M. C. on W. face; from which 
 A — , — Ins., diam., bears N. — ° E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 15 X., E. 20 E., S. 26, M. C. B. T. 
 A — , — ins., diam., bears S. — ° C. — Iks., dist., marked 
 
 T. 15 M., 11. 20 E., S. 35, M. C. B. T. 
 
 4. Post, until Pit and. Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins., sq., with marked stone (charred stake 
 or quart of charcoal), 24 ins. in the ground, for meander cor. of (e. g.) 
 fracl. sees. 19 and 20,t marked 
 
 M. C. on N., 
 
 * See page 56, and paragia])hs 9 and 10, i)nges 43, 44. 
 t See Plate IV, aud pages 192, 209 and 210.
 
 43 
 
 T. 15 K. on S., 
 E. 20 E., S. 20 on E., and 
 
 S. 19 on W. faces; dug- a pit, 36x30x12 ins., 8 ft. S. of post; and 
 raised a monnd of earth, 4ft. base, 2 ft. high, S. of cor. 
 
 5. Post, icith Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — postj 3 ft. long, 1 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for meander 
 cor. of (e. g.) fracl. sees. 25 and 20,* marked 
 M. C. on N., 
 T. 15 N. on S., 
 R. 20 E., S. 25 on E., and 
 S. 26 on W, faces; from which 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 15 ]N., E. 20 E., S. 25, M. C. B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — o W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 15 N., E. 20 E., S. 26, M. C. B. T. 
 
 6. Mound irith Deposit, and Stalie in Pit. 
 
 Deposited a marked stone (charred stake or quart of charcoal) 12 
 ins. in the ground, for meander cor. of (e.g.) fracl. sees. 25 and 26;* 
 dug a pit, 36x36x12 ins., 5 ft. N. of cor.; and raised a mound of 
 earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, over deposit. 
 
 In the pit drove a — stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the 
 ground, marked 
 
 M. C. on S., 
 
 T. 15 N. on N., 
 
 E. 20 E., S. 26 on W., and 
 
 S. 25 on E. faces. 
 
 7. Tree Corner, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., from meander cor. of (e. g.) fracl. sees, 17 and 
 20,* I marked 
 
 M. C. on W., 
 
 T. 15 K on E., 
 
 E. 20 E., S. 17 on K., and 
 
 S. 20 on S. sides dug a pit, 36x36x12 ins., 8 ft. '^. of tree; and 
 raised a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, E. of cor. 
 
 8. Tree Corner, with Bearing Trees. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for a special meander cor. of (e. g.) fracl. E. and 
 W. halves of sec. 33, 1 1 marked 
 S. M. 0. on N., 
 T. 15 N. on S., 
 E. 29 E., S. 33 on E., and 
 S. 33 on W. sides; from which 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° E. — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 15 X., E. 20 E., S. 33, S. M. C. B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 15 ^\, E. 20 E., S. 33, S. M. C. B. T. 
 
 9. Pits and Mounds of Meander Corners. 
 
 When a pit is dug as an accessory to a meander corner, it will be 
 located 8 feet from such corner (except as otherwise provided for in 
 paragraph 6), on the side opposite the stream or lake meandered; 
 
 * See Plate IV and page 188. ~~ 
 
 t.See Plate IV, aud page 201. See paragraphs 11 and 12, page 44, and footnote, 
 
 page 57.
 
 44 
 
 while the mound will be placed midway between the corner and nearest 
 side of tlio pit. 
 
 10. Marldngs on Meander Corners. 
 
 On all meander corners, the letters "M. C." (for meander corner) 
 will be cut into the side facing- the stream or lake to be meandered. 
 On post or tree meander corners, within township exteriors, additional 
 niiirks will be placed, as follows: the township number will be marked 
 on tlie side opposite "M. C"; the proper range and section number will 
 be placed on the right-hand side (when looking along line toward the 
 stream or lake), and the appropriate section number on the opposite 
 side. 
 
 All meander corners on base lines or standard parallels will be marked 
 S. C. on the noj'th side or face. 
 
 On principal or guide meridians, and on meridional township lines, 
 tlie letters " M. C." will be placed as above directed; the tmvnship num- 
 ber will be marked on the opposite side; while the proper raw^e and 
 section numbers will be marked on the sides facing the east and west 
 cardinal points. 
 
 On base lines or standard parallels and on latitudinal township 
 lines, the township numbers will be marked on the sides facing the 
 north and south cardinal points; while the range and section numbers 
 will be placed on the side opposite the marking " M. 0," 
 
 In all the markings provided for in this paragraph, the numbers indi- 
 cating townships, ranges, and sections, will be preceded by the initial 
 letters "T." "K."and "S.", respectively. 
 
 11. Descriptions will he modified, in certain cases. 
 
 When a tree is marked for a regular meander corner, the descriptions 
 in paragraphs 8 will be modified, as follows: strike out ^'■speciaV; in 
 place of "E. and W. halves of sec. 33", write "sees. — and — ,"; and 
 omit the letter "S.", preceding "M. C", in the marking on corner and 
 bearing trees. 
 
 The descriptions in paragraphs 1 to 7, inclusive, will be modified to 
 describe special meander corners, as illustrated in paragraph 8, by 
 writing "special" before meander cor. and "S." before "M. C," when 
 conditions require the change. 
 
 12. Special Meander Corners and Auxiliary Meander Corners. 
 Eegular meander corners are those established on standard, town- 
 ship, or section lines. See Plate V, for plans of meander corners, and 
 the specimen plat, Plate IV, sections 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 26, and 35, for loca- 
 tio)is of the meander corners described in Specimen Field Notes, pages 
 208 to 210. 
 
 The meander corners, on lines of legal subdivisions, other than 
 standard, townshij), or section lines, will be designated special meander 
 corners, (e. g.) those located on the Specimen Plat, Plate IV, in sec- 
 tion 33. 
 
 Meander corners, iiot on a line belonging to the system of rectangu- 
 lar surveying, will be called auxiliary meander corners, (e. g.) the 
 meander corner on Diamond Bock, in section 18. 
 
 13. Meander Corners on unsafe ground will he nntnessed. 
 
 When a Meander Corner falls at a point where prevailing conditions 
 would insure its destruction by natural causes, a icitness corner to 
 such meander corner will be established, as provided for in the article 
 " Witness Corners", page 47.
 
 45 
 
 CORNERS ON RESERVATION OR OTHER BOUNDARIES NOT CONFORM- 
 ING TO THE SYSTEM OP RECTANCIIILAR SURVEYING. 
 
 [See Plate VI. ] 
 
 1. Stone, with Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ius.,* — ins. in the ground, for tlie (e. 
 g.) 17 mile cor., marked 
 
 17 M. on S., 
 
 N. P. on K., and 
 
 P. L. on W. faces; dug pits, 30x36x12 ins., E. and "W. of stone, 
 4 ft. dist.; and raised a mound of earth, 5 ft. base, 2i ft. high, S. of 
 cor. 
 
 2. Stone, with Mound of Stone. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins.,* — ins. in the ground, for the (e. g.) 
 38 mile cor., marked 
 
 38 M. on K E., 
 
 N. P. on X. W., and 
 
 P. L. on S. E. faces; and raised a mound of stone, 3 ft. base, 2 ft. 
 high,t IST. E. of cor. Pits inii)vacticable, 
 
 3. Stone, rcith Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — stone, — x — X — ins.,* — ins. in the ground, for the (e. g.) 
 35 mile cor., marked 
 35 M. on E., 
 N. P. on N., and 
 8 W. on S. faces; from which 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — o E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 K P. I. 11., 35 M. B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ^ E..:|: — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 6 N., E. 8 W., S. 9, 35 M. B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° W.,| — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 6 K, K. 8 W., S. 8, 35 M. B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 N. P. I. R., 35 M. B. T. 
 
 4. Post, icith Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 5 ins. sq.,§ with marked stone (charred stake 
 or quart of charcoal), 24 ins. in the ground, for the (e. g.) 17 mile cor., 
 marked 
 
 17 M. on S., 
 
 N. P. I. R. on E., and 
 
 P. L. on W. faces; dug pits, 30x36x12 ins., E, and W. of post, 4 
 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound of earth, 5 ft. base, 2.^ ft. high, S. of cor. 
 
 * Stones for corners ou ludian Reservation or other boundaries will not be less 
 than 20 ins. long, or less than 6 ius. thick, and will measure at least one cubic foot 
 in volume; consequently, a stone 20 X I-IA^ x6 ins., will be about miiiimum size; and 
 32 X 9 X 6 ius., represents satisfactory proportions. "N. P." for "Nez Perces" (Indian 
 Reservation), on the east, and " P. L." for "Public Land" (unsurveyed), on the west, 
 applies to paragraph 1 only. 
 
 t The above are minininm dimensions for mounds of stone on reservation bounda- 
 ries. 
 
 tThe bearing trees, "S- — ° E." and "S. — '-' W." from the corner, are supposed to 
 stand on survet/ed laud, near the line between sections 8 and 9. 
 
 vSThe Stated diuieusious of posts are miii'nniini; if posts are longer than 3 feet, the 
 extra length will be placed (/) the (jvoand; the posts will in no case project more than 
 12 ius. above the natural siu'face of the earth.
 
 46 
 
 5. Post, icith Bearing Trees. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. long, 5 ius. sq.,* 24 ins. in the ground, for the (e. g.) 
 35 mile cor., marked 
 35 M. on E., 
 N. P. I. K. on N., and 
 T. C N., R. 8 W., S. y, on 8,; from Avliicli 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — o e,^ — i-]£s_ dist.. marked 
 
 X. P. I. E., 35 M. B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ^ E.,t — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 6 N., E. 8 W., S. 9, 35 M. B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ° W.,t — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 6 N., R. 8 W., S. 8, 35 M. B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 N. P. I. R., 35 M. B. T. 
 
 6. Mound, with Deposit and Stake in Pit. 
 
 Deposited a marked stone (charred stake or quart of charcoal), 12 
 ins. in the ground, for the (e. g.) 33 mile cor.; dug i^its, 36x36x12 ins., 
 I:^. E, and S. W. of cor., 5 ft. dist.; and raised a mound of earth, 5 ft. 
 base, 2i ft, high , over deposit. 
 
 In X. E. int drove a — stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., ]2 ins. in the 
 ground, marked 
 
 33 M. on S. E., 
 
 N. p. I. R. on N. E., and 
 
 T. 6 K, R. 8 W., S. 15 on S. W. faces. 
 
 7. Tree Corner, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for the (e. g.) 29 mile cor., I mark 
 
 29 M. on E., 
 
 N. P. I. R. on N., and 
 
 T. 5 N., R. 7 W., S. 8 on S. sides; dug pits, 30x36x12 ins., N. and 
 S. of tree, 5 ft. dist.; and raised a mound of earth, 5 ft. base, 2^ ft. 
 high, E. of cor. 
 
 8. Tree Corner, with Bearing Trees.i 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., for the (e. g.) 35 mile cor., I mark 
 
 35 M. on E,, 
 
 N. P. I. R. on N., and 
 
 T. 6 I^., R. 8 W., S. 9 on S. sides; from which 
 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears JS". — ° E., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 X. P. I. R., 35 M., B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — "^ M, — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 6 X., R. 8 W., S. 9, 35 M., B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears S. — ^ W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 6 N., R. 8 W., S. 8, 35 M., B. T. 
 A — , — ins. diam., bears N. — ° W., — Iks. dist., marked 
 
 X. P. I. R., 35 M., B. T. 
 
 9. Corner Monument of Stone, ivith Deposit. 
 
 Deposited a marked stone (charred stake, quart of charcoal, or vial 
 with record]: inclosed), 12 ins. in the ground, for the S. W. cor. of 
 
 *The stated dimensious of posts are minimum; if posts are longer than 3 feet, the 
 extra length will be placed in the ground; the posts will in no case project more than 
 12 ins. above the natural surface of the earth. 
 
 t The bearing yi'ees, '' S. — '-^ E." and " S. — ^ AV." from the corner, are supposed 
 to stand on surrei/ed land, near the line between sections 8 and 9. 
 
 tThc "record"' Avill coudist of a brief description of the corner, with the date of 
 its coustructiou.
 
 47 
 
 (e. g.) tlie Xe/ Perces Indian Reservation; and built a monument of 
 stone, 3 ft. sq. at base, L* ft. s(i. on top, 3 ft. higb, over deposit; marked 
 
 S. W. cor., N. P. I. K. on N. E.,* 
 
 P. L., — t M. — t cbs. (HI S. E., 
 
 p. L., — I on S. W., and 
 
 P. L. on N. \V. faces. 
 
 10. .1 Post for Comer Monument, with Pits and Mound of Earth. 
 
 Set a — post, 3 ft. lon.y, 5 ins. sq., 24 ins. in tlie ground, for the N. 
 W. cor. of (e. g.) the Xez Perces Indian Eeservation, marked 
 
 P. L. on S. E., 
 
 K W. cor. K P. I. E. on S. E., 
 
 P. L. — t M. — t cbs. on S. W., and 
 
 P. L. — I on N. W. faces; dug pits, 30x36x12 ins., S. and ISi. E. 
 of post, 8 ft. dist. ; and raised a mound of eartb, 5 ft. base, 2^ ft. bigh, 
 S. E. of cor. 
 
 11. .1 Stone for Corner Monument^ tcith Pits and Mound of Eartli. 
 Seta — stone, 36x10x7 ins., 27 ins. in tbe ground, for tbe N. E. 
 
 cor. of (e. g.) tbe Xez Perces Indian Reservation; marked 
 
 P. L. on N. E., 
 
 P. L. on S. E., 
 
 K E. cor., N. P. I. R. on S. W., and 
 
 P. L. on iST. W. faces; dug pits 36x36x12 ins., S. and W. of stone, 
 8 ft. dist.; and raised a mound of eartb, 5 ft. base, 2^ ft. bigb, S. W. of 
 cor. 
 
 12. Modifications of descf'ijptions. 
 
 Wben a stone or post is establisbed for a corner monument (i. e.) 
 at a cor7ier of a reservation, and four (4) bearing trees are available, 
 tbe descriptions in i^aragrapb 10 and 11 will be modified, as follows: 
 Replace all tbat refers to pits and mound of eartli, by correct descrip- 
 tions of four i)roi)erly marked bearing trees, for each corner. (See 
 I)aragrapbs 3 and o, pages 47, 48.) 
 
 Tbe dimensions and arrangement of pits and mounds, described in 
 tbe last two paragraphs, are similar to tbose described for "Corners 
 referring to one township only." (See paragraphs 1 and 4, page 31.) 
 
 WITNESS COKNERS.§ 
 
 1. Witness Corners ivHl he established in certain cases. 
 
 When tbe true point for any corner described in these instructions 
 falls where prevailing conditions would insuie its destruction l)y natural 
 causes, a witness corner will be establisbed in a secure position, on a 
 surveyed line if possible, and within twenty chains of the corner point 
 thus witnessed. 
 
 2. MarMngs on Witness Corners. 
 
 A witness corner will bear tbe same marks that would be placed 
 ui)on tbe corner for which it is a witness, and in addition, will have the 
 letters "W. C." (for witness corner), conspicuously displayed above the 
 
 * The inarkiugs will be cut iuto large stoues, inserted in the middle of the lowest 
 course on each side of the monument. 
 
 t The proper number of miles and chains, from the initial i)oint, will be stated. 
 tThe year iu which the mouuiueut is established will be placed in the blank. 
 J See page 56.
 
 48 
 
 regular markings; sucli witness corners will be established, ?'% all other 
 respects, like a regular corner. 
 
 3. Markings on Bearing Trees of Witness Corners. 
 
 When bearing trees are described as accessories to a witness corner, 
 the prescribed markings on each tree will be preceded by the letters 
 " W. C," distinctly cut into the wood. 
 
 The true bearing and distance of witness corners, from the true 
 point for the corner, will always be clearly stated in the held notes. 
 
 4. Witness Corners to corner points falling in roads, etc. 
 
 The point for a corner falling on a railroad, street, or wagon road, 
 will be perpetuated by a marked stone (charred stake or quart of char- 
 coal), deposited 24 inches in the ground,* and witnessed by ttvo witness 
 corners, one of which will be established on each limiting line of the 
 highway. 
 
 In case the point for any regular corner falls at the intersection of two 
 or more streets or roads, it will be perpetuated by a marked stone 
 (charred stake or quart of charcoal), deposited 24 inches in the ground, 
 and witnessed by two tvitness corners established on opposite sides of 
 the corner j^oint, and at the mutual intersections of the lines limiting 
 the roads or streets, as the case may be. 
 
 WITNESS POINTS. 
 
 Witness points will be perpetuated by corners similar to those de- 
 scribed for quarter section corners, with the marking " W. P." (for wit- 
 ness point), in place of " ^," or " ^ s.", as the case may be. 
 
 If bearing trees are available as accessories to witness points, each 
 tree will be marked W. P. B. T. (See " Insuperable objects on line — 
 Witness Points," page 22.) 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS. 
 
 1. Corners on Roclc in place, or on Boulders.] 
 
 When a corner falls on rock in place, or on a boulder, a cross ( x ), 
 will be made at the exact corner point, and witnessed by the proper 
 number of bearing trees, if they are available; in the absence of suit- 
 able trees, a mound of earth will be raised, if size of the boulder or 
 form of the rock in place permits the excavation of pits. As a last 
 resort, a mound of stone will be built to attract attention to the point, 
 if loose rock can be obtained in the vicinity. 
 
 2. Location of Mounds. 
 
 When mounds of earth or other material are raised as accessories to 
 corners, they will be placed as specified in the foregoing Description 
 of Corners, and in every case the direction of the mound from the 
 corner will be carefully stated. The use of the indefinite description 
 " alongside " will be discontinued. 
 
 In case the character of the land is such that the mound can not be 
 placed as hereinbefore described, the deputy will state in his notes, by 
 bearing and distance, exactly where the mound is located with refer- 
 ence to the corner, and will give his reasons for placing it as described. 
 
 * The deposit will not be practicable iu tbe case of railroads; but the witness cor- 
 ners will be established on the lines limiting the right of way. See pages 198, 209, aud 
 Plato IV. 
 
 t See pages 146, 147, 157, and 164.
 
 49 
 
 3. Mounds of Stone, covered with Earth. 
 
 lu a case where pits are practicable and the deputy prefers raising a 
 mound of stone, or a mound of stone covered with earth,* he will use 
 the form given for " Stone icith mound of stone." when the corner thus 
 described is established; but when the corner ^^ Stone, icith mound of 
 ■stone covered, icith earth," is constructed, the description will be modified 
 as Ibllows: Strike out the words "Pits impracticable''; in place of 
 " mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. high," write " mound of stone cov- 
 ered with earth, — ft. base, — ft. high," inserting in the blank spaces 
 the dimensions of the mound givenin paragraph 1, following the desig- 
 nation of each class of corners, pages 24 to 45. 
 
 4. Bearing Trees. 
 
 Bearing trees marked as accessories to standard corners, either 
 township, section, or quarter section, will be selected on the north side 
 of base lines or standard parallels, and bearing trees referring to the 
 closing corners on said lines, will be located on the south .side; in 
 general, the bearing trees referring to any particular closing corner, 
 together with one jnt and the mound belonging to such corner, Avill be 
 located on the same side of the line closed upon, and on the side from 
 tchich the surveys have been closed. 
 
 When the requisite number of trees can be found W' itliin 300 links of 
 the corner point, two (2) bearing trees will be marked and described 
 for every standard or closing township or section corner, or corner 
 common to two townships or sections, only; four (4) for every corner 
 common to four townships or four sections; one (1) for a corner refer- 
 ring to one township or one section, only; two (2) for every quarter 
 section corner or meander corner, and four (4) for each mile or half 
 mile corner, or corner monument on a reservation or other boundary, 
 not conforming to the system of rectangular surveying. 
 
 In case the prescribed number of trees can not be found within limits, 
 the de])uty will state in his field notes, after describing those marked, 
 '•no other trees within limits," and add "dug pits — x — X — ins.," 
 etc., or " raised a mound of stone, — ft. base, — ft. high, — of cor.," 
 as prevailing conditions may require. 
 
 Bearing trees, being the most important accessories to the corners, 
 will have their exact bearings from the true meridian taken with tlie 
 instrument used in running the lines of survey; and the distance /row 
 the middle of each hearing tree to the middle point of the corner will be care- 
 fully measured, and recorded in the field notes. 
 
 Ajilain blaze will be nuide at the usual or most convenient height, on 
 each bearing tree, on the side facing the corner. The height of all other 
 markings on the tree will in no case exceed the limit of tivoand one-half 
 feet above the ground. 
 
 5. Stones for corners. 
 
 Stones 18 ins. long, or less, will be set with two-thirds of their length 
 in the ground, and those more than 18 ins. long will have three-fourths 
 of their length in the ground. 
 
 Xo stones measuring less than 504 cubic inches, or less than 12 ins. 
 in length, will be used for corners. 
 
 * The base and height of a "jiiound of stone, covered with earth," will be the 
 same as prtscribetl tor mound of earth. The dimensions of " mound of stone" on 
 reservation boundaries will conform to those prescribed in paragraph 2, jjage 45, 
 The iUrtction of the mound from the corner will be stated. 
 
 386 4
 
 50 
 
 6. Objects to he noted. 
 
 Particular attention is directed to the " Summary of objects and 
 data required to be noted. '' See page 58 of these iustractio ns ; and the 
 deputy will thoroughly comply with the same in his work and field 
 notes. 
 
 7. Lines iJiscontinued at Legal Corners. 
 
 ISo mountainous lands, or lands not classed as surveyable, will be 
 meandered, and all lines approaching such lauds will be discontinued 
 at the section or quarter- section corner nearest the unsurveyed land. 
 
 8. Marlxs to he cut. 
 
 All letters and figures on posts, trees, or stones, etc., will be cut into 
 the object upon which they are placed. Arabic figures and plain 
 letters will be used for all markings. 
 
 9. Orientation of Corners. 
 
 Corners referring to one, two, or four townships or sections, not 
 identical with standard or closing corners, will be set with their faces 
 directed NE. and SW., and NW. and SE., while all other corners will be 
 set with their sides facing the cardinal points; except corners on boun- 
 daries of reservations and private land claims, which will be set 
 squarely on line. 
 
 10. Size of Posts, Mounds, etc. 
 
 The sizes of wooden posts, mounds, and pits, noted in the foregoing 
 descriptions, will be regarded as minimum, and their dimensions will 
 be increased whenever practicable. 
 
 11. Corner Materials. 
 
 In establishing corners, durable stones will be used when obtainable 5 
 then, posts; and lastly, mounds, with stake in pit. 
 
 Wood of a perishable nature will not be used for posts or stakes. 
 
 12. Lnstructions will he examined. 
 
 Deputy surveyors will carefully read, study, and familiarize them- 
 selves with all instructions contained in this volume, and will instruct 
 their assistants as to their duties before commencing work. An extra 
 copy of this Manual may be furnished each deputy, for the use of 
 his assistants. 
 
 INITIAL POINTS. 
 
 Initial points from which the lines of the public surveys are to be 
 extended will be established whenever necessary, under such special 
 instructions- as may be prescribed in each case by the Commissioner of 
 the General Land Office. The locus of such initial points will be 
 selected with great care and due consideration for their prominence 
 and easy identification, and must be established astronomically. 
 
 The lines of the public surveys are classified as follows: 
 
 Class 1. Base lines and standard parallels. 
 
 Class 2. Principal and guide meridians. 
 
 Class 3. Township exteriors (or meridional and latitudinal township 
 boundaries). 
 
 Class 4. Subdivision and meander lines.
 
 51 
 
 The initial point having been established, the line of the public sur- 
 veys will be extended therefrom, as follows : 
 
 BASE LINE. 
 
 1. From the initial point the base line will be extended east and west 
 on a parallel of latitude, by the use of transit or solar instruments, as 
 may be directed by the surveyor general in his written special instruc- 
 tions. The transit should be designated for the alinemeut of all impor- 
 tant lines. 
 
 2. The direction of base lines will conform to parallels of latitude 
 and will be controlled by true meridians; consequently the correct 
 determination of true meridians by observations on Polaris at elongation* 
 is a matter of prime importance. 
 
 3. When transits are employed, certain reference lines t having a 
 known position and relation to the required parallel of latitude will be 
 l)rolonged as straight liues, by two back and two fore sights at each 
 setting of the instrument, the horizontal limb being revolved 180° in 
 azimuth between the observations. 
 
 4. Where solar apparatus is used, the deputy will test the instrument, 
 whenever practicable, by comparing its indications with a meridian 
 determined by Polaris observations ; | and in all cases where error is 
 discovered he will make the necessary corrections of his line before 
 proceeding with the survey .| All operations will be fully described in 
 the field notes. 
 
 5. The proper township, section, and quarter section corners will be 
 established at lawful intervals, and meander corners at the intersection 
 of the line with all meanderable streams, lakes, or bayous. 
 
 6. In order to detect errors and insure accuracy in measurement, two 
 sets of chainmen will be employed; one to note distances to interme- 
 diate points and to locate topographical features, the other to act as a 
 check. Each will measure 40 chains, and the proper corner will be 
 l)laced midway between the ending points of the two measurements. 
 
 The deputy will be i)resent when said corner is thus established, and 
 will record in the body of his field notes the distances to the same, 
 according to the measurement by each set of chainmen. § 
 
 To obviate collusion between the sets of chainmen, the second set 
 should commence at a point in advance of the beginning corner of the 
 first set, the initial ditterence in measurement thus obtained being 
 known only to the deputy. 
 
 PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN. 
 
 1. This line shall conform to a true meridian and will be extended 
 from the initial point, either north or south, or in both directions, as the 
 conditions may require, by the use of transit or solar instruments, as 
 may be directed by the surveyor general in his special written instruc- 
 tions. 
 
 2. The methods used for determination of directions, and the pre- 
 cautions to be observed to secure accuracy in measurement, are fully 
 stated above under the title "Ease Line", and will be comi^lied with in 
 every particular. 
 
 3. In addition to the above general instructions, it is required that 
 
 * See page 105. t See specimen field notes, page 172. 
 
 t For details see pages 120 to 127. § See pages 142 to 167.
 
 52 
 
 in all cases wliere tlie establishment of a new principal meridian seems 
 to be necessary to the surveyor general, he shall submit the matter, 
 together with his reasons therefor, to the Commissioner of the General 
 Land Office, and the survey of such principal meridian shall not be 
 commenced until written authority, together with such special instruc*^ 
 tions as he may deem necessary, shall have been received from the 
 Commissioner. 
 
 STANDARD PARALLELS. 
 
 1. Standard i)arallels, which are also called correction lines, shall be 
 extended east and west from the principal meridian, at intervals of 
 every 24 miles north and south of the base line, in the manner pre- 
 scribed for running said line, and all requirements under the title 
 " Base Line" will be carefully observed. (See page 51.) 
 
 2. Where standard parallels have been placed at intervals of 30 or 36 
 miles, regardless of existing instructions, and where gross irregulari- 
 ties require additional standard lines, from which to initiate new, or 
 upon which to close old surveys, an intermediate correction line should 
 be established to which a local name may be given, (e. g.) " Cedar Creek 
 Correction Line;" and the same will be run, in all resi)ects, like the 
 regular standard parallels. 
 
 GUIDE MERIDIANS. 
 
 1. Guide meridians shall be extended north from the base line, or stand- 
 ard parallels, at intervals of every 24 miles east and west from the 
 principal meridian, in the manner prescribed for running the principal 
 meridian, and all the provisions for securing accuracy of alinement 
 and measurement found, or referred to under the title " Principal 
 Meridian," will apply to the survey of said guide meridians. (See 
 page 51.) 
 
 2. When existing conditions require that such guide meridians shall 
 be run south from the base or correction lines, they will be initiated 
 at properly established closing corners on such lines. 
 
 3. Where guide meridians have been improperly placed at intervals 
 greatly exceeding the authorized distance of 24 miles, and standard 
 lines are required to limit errors of old, or govern new surveys, a new 
 guide meridian may be run from a standard, or properly established 
 closing corner, and a local name may be assigned to the same, (e. g.) 
 "Grass Valley Guide Meridian". These additional guide meridians 
 will be surveyed in all respects like the regular guide meridians. 
 
 TOWNSHIP EXTERIORS. 
 
 1. Whenever practicable, the township exteriors in a tract of land 
 24 miles square, bounded by standard lines, will be surveyed succes- 
 sively through the block, beginning with those of the southtcesteru town- 
 ship. 
 
 2. The meridional boundaries of townships will have precedence in 
 the order of survey and will be run from south to north on true merid- 
 ians, with permanent corners at lawful distances; the latitudinal 
 boundaries will be run from cant to west on random or trial lines, and 
 corrected back on true lines. 
 
 The falling of a random, north or south of thetoAvnship corner to be 
 closed upon, will be carefully measured, and, with the resulting true 
 return course, will be duly recorded in the field notes.
 
 53 
 
 Slionkl it happen, liowever, tliat such random intersects the meridian 
 of the objective corner, north or soutli of said corner, or falls short of, 
 or overruns the length of the south boundary of the township by more 
 than three chaws (due allowance being made for convergency), said 
 random, and, if necessary, all the exterior boundaries of the township, 
 will be retraced and remeasured to discover and correct the error. 
 
 When running random lines from east to west, temporary corners 
 will be set at intervals of 40.00 chains, and proper permanent corners 
 will be establislied upon the true line, corrected back in accordance 
 with these instructions, thereby throwing the excess or deficiency 
 against the west boundary of the township, as required by law. 
 
 3. Wheneveri)racticable, the exterior boundariesof townships belong- 
 ing to the }cest range, in a tract or block 24 miles square, will first be 
 surveyed in succession, through the range, from south to north; and in 
 a similar manner, the other three ranges will be surveyed in regular 
 sequence. 
 
 4. In cases where Impassable objects occvr and the foregoing rules 
 can not be compUed irith, township corners will be established as follows : 
 
 In extending the south or north boundaries of a township to the west, 
 where the southwest or north^cest corners can not be established in the 
 regular way by running a north and south line, such boundaries will be 
 run west on a true line, allowing for convergency on the west half mile; 
 and from the township corner established at the end of such boundary, 
 the west boundary will be run north or south, as the case may be. In 
 extending south or north boundaries of a township to the east, where 
 the southeast or northeast corner can not be established in the regular 
 way, the same rule will be observed, except that such boundaries will 
 be run east on a true line, and the east boundary run north or south, as 
 the case may be. 
 
 5. Allowance for the convergency of meridians will be made when- 
 ever necessary. 
 
 METHOD OF SUBDIVIDING. 
 
 1. The exterior boundaries of a full township having been properly 
 established, the subdivision thereof will be made as follows: 
 
 At or near the southeast corner of the township, a true meridian will 
 be <letermined by Polaris or solar observations, and the deputy's instru- 
 ment will be tested thereon; then from said corner the first mile of the 
 east and south boundaries will be retraced, if subdivisions and survey 
 of the exteriors have been i)rovided for in separate contracts; but, if 
 the survey of the exterior and subdivisional lines are included in the 
 sawe contract, the retracements referred to will be omitted. All dis- 
 crepancies resulting from disagreement of bearings or measurements 
 will be carefully stated in the field notes. 
 
 2. After testing his instrumenton the true meridian thus determined, 
 the deputy will commence at the corner to sections 35 and 36, on the 
 south boundary, and run a line parallel to the range line,* establishing 
 at 40.00 chains, the quarter section corner between sections 35 and 36, 
 and at 80.00 chains the corner for sections 25, 26, 35, and 36. 
 
 3. From the last-named corner, a random line will be run eastward, 
 without blazing, para^/e^ to the south boundary of section 36, to its inter- 
 
 * The meridional section lines will be made parallel to the range line or east 
 boundary of the township, by applying- to the bearing' of the latter a small correc- 
 tion, dependent on the latitude, talcen I'rom the following table, which gives, to the 
 nearest whole minute, the conrcrneiicji of tv.'o meridians 6 miles long and from 1 to 
 5 miles apart; and supplies directly the deviation of meridional section lines ;ces< 
 of north, when the range line is a true meridian. Add the correction to the bearing
 
 64 
 
 section with the east boundary of the township, placing^ at 40.00 chains 
 from the point of beginning-, a post for temporary quarter section cor- 
 ner. If the random line intersects said township boundary exactly at 
 the corner for sections -J5 and 36, it will be blazed back and established 
 as the true line, the permanent quarter section corner being estab- 
 lished thereon, wiir/^roy between the initial and terminal section corners. 
 
 If, however, the random intersects said township boundary to the 
 north or south of said corner, the falling* will be carefully measured, 
 and from the data thus obtained, the true return course will be calcu- 
 lated,t and the true line blazed and established and the position of the 
 quarter section corner determined, as directed above. 
 
 The details of the entire operation will be recorded in the field notes. 
 
 4. Having thus established the line between sections 25 and 36; from 
 the corner lor sections 25, 26, 35, and 36, the u-est and north boundaries 
 of sections 25, 24, 13, and 12, will be established as directed for those 
 of section 36; with the exception that the random lines of said north 
 boundnries will be run parallel to the established south boundaries of the 
 sections to which they belong, instead of the south boundary of section 
 36; e. g. the random line between sections 24 and 25 will be run par- 
 allel to the established south boundary of section 25, etc. 
 
 5. Then, from the last established section corner, i. e. the corner for 
 sections 1, 2, 11, and 12, the line between sections 1 and 2, will be pro- 
 jected northward, on a random line, parallel to the east boundary of 
 the township, setting a post for temi^orary quarter section corner at 
 40.00 chains, to its intersection with the north boundary of the town- 
 ship. If the random intersects said north boundary exactly at corner 
 for sections 1 and 2, it will be blazed back and established as the true 
 line, the temporary quarter section corner being established perma- 
 nently in its original position, and the fractional measurement thrown 
 
 of the r.ange line, if the same is west of north, but subtx'act when it bears east of 
 north. 
 
 Taki.e a. — Corrections for Converyency, within a Township. 
 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 Correction to be applied to bearing of range lines 
 at a distance of — . 
 
 
 1 mile. 
 
 2 miles. 
 
 3 miles. 
 
 4 miles. 
 
 5 miles. 
 
 O 
 
 30 to 35 . 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 2 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 2 
 3 
 
 2 
 3 
 3 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 35 to 40 
 
 3 
 
 40 to 45 > 
 
 4 
 
 45 to 50 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 Example. — Latitude, 47°. Ranpje line bears N. 0^ 2' E. ; then jjaraZZe/ meridional 
 section lines will be run as follows : 
 
 From the corner for sections — 
 35 and 36, N. 0- 1' E, 
 34 and 35, north. 
 33 and 34, X. 0^ V W. 
 32 and 33, N. 0° 2' W. 
 31 and 32, N. 0° 3' W. 
 * See "Prescribed Limits,'" pa^e 59. 
 
 t See Table A^II, and rules, i)a,<ie 128. liondom bear! iigs, determined as directed 
 above, are actually the true bearings of fractional true lines and are so used for run- 
 ning them. 'Any deviation from random bearings, derived from the a])plication of 
 the falling [Table VII], changes the random bearing by an amount due to unavoid- 
 able errors, and sliould give for a final result a bearing as near the true bearinr/ as the 
 field work will ])ermit. A true bearing means the angular deviation from the trne 
 meridian in contradistinction to the magnetic bearing, or angle made with the mag- 
 netic meridian. A true line will be understood to refer to the line upon tvhich the cor- 
 ners are established.
 
 55 
 
 into that portion of the line between said corner and the north bound- 
 ary of the township. 
 
 If however, said random intersects the north boundary of tlie town- 
 ship, to the east or west of the corner for sections 1 and 2, the conse- 
 quent falling will be carefully measured, and from the data thus obtained 
 the true return course will be calculated* and the true line established, 
 the permanent quarter section corner being placed upon the same at 
 40.00 chains from the initial corner of the random line, thereby throwing 
 the fractional measurement in that portion lying between the quarter 
 section corner and the noith boundary of the township. 
 
 When the north boundary of a township is a base line or standard 
 l)arallel, the Hue between sections 1 and i' will be run parallel to the 
 range line as a true line, tlie quarter section corner will be placed at 
 40.00 chains, and a closing corner will be established at the point of 
 intersection with such base or standard line; and in such case, the dis- 
 tance from said closing corner, to the nearest standard corner on such 
 base or standard line, will be carefully measured and noted as a con- 
 nection line. 
 
 6. Each successive range of sections progressing to the west, until 
 the fifth range is attained, will be surveyed in a similar manner; then, 
 from the section corners established on the west boundary of said range 
 of sections, random lines will be pKijestcd to their intersection with the 
 west boundary of the township, and the true return lines established 
 as jn-escribed for the survey of the tirst or most eastern range of sec- 
 tions, with the exception that on the true lines thus established the 
 (juarter section corners will be established at 40.00 chains from the 
 the initial corners of the randoms, the fractional measurements being 
 thereby thrown into those i)ortions of the lines situated between said 
 quarter section corners and the west boundary of the township. 
 
 7. The following general re([uirements are reiterated for emphasis: 
 The random of a latitudinal section line will always be vww parallel 
 
 to the south bonndary of the section to whicli it belongs, and with the true 
 bearing of said boundary; and when a section has no linear south bound- 
 ary, the random will be run parallel to the south boundary of the range of 
 sections in which it is situated, and fractional true lines will be run in a 
 similar manner A 
 
 8. The deputy is not required to complete the survey of the first 
 range of sections from south to north before commencing the survey of 
 the second or any subsequent range of sections, but the corner on 
 which any random line closes shall have been i)reviously established by 
 running the line which determines its position, except as follows: 
 AVliere it is impracticable to establish such section corner in the regu- 
 lar manner, it will be established by running the latitudinal section line 
 as a true line, with a true bearing, determined as above directed for 
 random lines, setting the quarter section corner at 40.00 chains and the 
 section corner at 80.00 chains.^ 
 
 0. Quarter section corners, both upon meridional and latitudinal sec- 
 tion lines, will be established at points equidistant from the corre- 
 sixmding section corners, except upon the lines closing on the north 
 and west boundaries of the township, and in those situations the quar- 
 ter section corners will always be established at iwecisely/or^T/ chains 
 to the north or west (as the case may be) of the respective section cor- 
 ners from Avhich those lines respectively start^ by which procedure the 
 
 * See Table VII and rules, page 128. 
 
 t See Plate IV, betweeu sections 7 aud 18, and 17 and 20. 
 
 iSee Plate IV, between sections 8 aud 17.
 
 66 
 
 excess or deficiency in tlie nieasiiremeuts will be thrown, according to 
 law, on the extreme tier or ranjic of quarter sections, as tlie case may be. 
 
 10. Where by reason of impassable objects only ai)ortion of thesouth 
 boundary of a township can be established, an auxiliary base line (or 
 lines,* as the case nuiy require) Avill be run through the portion which 
 has no linear south boundary, first random, then corrected, connecting 
 jnoperlyestablished corresponding section corners (either interior or 
 exterior) arnd as far south as possible, and from such line or lines, the 
 section lines will be extended northwardly in the usual manner, and 
 any fraction south of said line will be surveyed in the opposite direction 
 from the section corners on the auxiliary base thus established. (See 
 Plate I, figs. 3, 4, and 5.) 
 
 11. Where by reason of impassable objects no portion of the south 
 honndary of a township can be regularly established, the subdivision 
 thereof will proceed from north to south and from east to west, thereby 
 throwing all fractional measurements and areas against the west bound- 
 ary, and the raeanderable stream or other boundary limiting the town- 
 ship on the south. 
 
 If the east boundary is without regular section corners and the north 
 boundary has been run eastwardly as a true line, with section corners 
 at regular intervals of 80,00 chains, the subdivision of the township 
 will be made from tvest to east^ and fractional measurements and areas 
 will be thrown against the irregular east boundary. 
 
 12. When the pro[)er point for the establishment of a township or 
 section corner is inaccessible, and a witness corner can be erected upon 
 each of the two lines which approach the same, at distances notexceed- 
 iiig twenty chains therefrom, said witness cornerst will be properly 
 established, and the half miles upon which they stand will be recog- 
 nized as surveyed lines. 
 
 The witness corner will be marked as conspicuously as a section cor- 
 ner, and bearing trees will be used wherever possible. 
 
 The deputy will be required to furnish good evidence that the section 
 corner is actually inaccessible. 
 
 MEANDERING. 
 
 1. Proceeding douni stream, the bank on the left hand is termed the 
 left hemic and that on the right hand the right hanl\ These terms will 
 be universally used to distinguish the two banks of a river or stream. 
 
 2. Navigable rivers, as well as all rivers not embraced in the class 
 denominated "navigable," the right-angle width of which is three 
 chains and upwards, will be meandered on both banks, at the ordinary 
 mean high tcater mm% by taking the general courses and distances of 
 their sinuosities, and the same will be entered in the field book, Kivers 
 not classed as navigable will not be meandered above the j)oint where 
 the average right angle width is less than three chains. Shallow 
 streams, without any well-defined channel or ])ermanent banks, will not 
 he meandered; except tide- water streams, whether more or less than 
 tliree chains wide, which should be meandered at ordinary high-water 
 nnirk, as far as tide-water extends. 
 
 At every j^oint where either standard, township, or section lines inter- 
 sect the bank of a navigiible stream, or any meanderable line, corners 
 will be established at the time of running these lines. Such corners 
 
 * Section corners will be established by correct alinement and measurement of 
 meridional sectional liuos whenever practicable. 
 
 t See " Witness Corners," page 47.
 
 57 
 
 are called meander corners,* and the deputy will commence at one of 
 these corners, follow the bank or boundary line, and measure the length 
 of each course from the beginning- corner to the next "meander corner." 
 Compass courses, by the needle or solar, will be used in meanders. 
 Transit angles are not allowed. 
 
 The crossing distance between meander corners on same line and 
 the true bearing and distance between corresponding meander corners 
 will be ascertained by triangulation, or direct measurement, in order 
 that the river may be j^rotracted with entire accuracy The particulars 
 will be given in the field notes. 
 
 In meandering water courses or lakes, where a distance is more than 
 ten chains between successive stations, whole chains only should be 
 taken; but if the distance is less than ten chains, and it is found con- 
 venient to employ chains and links, the number of links should be a mul- 
 tiple often, thereby saving time and labor in testing the closing's, both 
 in the field and ofdce. 
 
 3. The meanders of all lakes, navigable bayous, and deep ponds, of 
 the area of twenty-five acres and upwards, will be commenced at a 
 meander corner and continued, as above directed for navigable streams; 
 from said corner, the courses and distances of the entire margin of the 
 same, and the intersections with all meander corners established 
 thereon, will be noted. 
 
 All streams falling into the river, lake, or bayou will be noted, and 
 the width at their mouths stated; also, the position, size, and depth of 
 springs, whether the water be pure or mineral ; also, the heads and 
 mouths of all bayous; all islands, rapids, and bars will be noted, with 
 intersections, to their upper and lower ends, to establish their exact sit- 
 uation. The elevation of the banks of lakes, bayous, and streams, the 
 height of falls and cascades, and the length and fall of rapids will be 
 recorded in the field notes. 
 
 To meander a lake or deep pond lying entirely within the boundaries 
 of a section, two lines will be run from the two nearest corners on dif- 
 ferent sides of such lake or pond, the courses and length of which will 
 be recorded, and if coincident with unsurveyed lines of legal sub- 
 divisions, that fact will also be stated in the field notes, and at each 
 of the points where said lines intersect the margin of the pond or 
 lake, a special] meander corner will be established as above directed. 
 (See example, page 201.) 
 
 The relative position of these points being thus definitely fixed in the 
 section, the meandering will commence at one of them and be con- 
 tinued to the other, noting the intersection, and thence to the begin- 
 ning. The proceedings are to be fully entered in the field notes. 
 
 4. Meander lines will not be established at the segregation line 
 between dry and swamp or overflowed land, but at the ordinary high- 
 water marTc of the actual margin of the rivers or lakes on which such 
 swamp or overflowed lands border. 
 
 5. The precise relative position of an island, in a township made 
 fractional by a river or lake in which the island is situated, will be 
 determined by triangulation from a special and carefully measured base 
 line, initiated upon the surveyed lines, on or near the lake or river bank 
 on the main land, so as to connect by course and distance on a direct 
 
 * These corners are the regular mesiudeT corners, and designated "meander cor- 
 ners;" they are distinguished from special and auxiliary meander corners; see para- 
 graphs 11 and 12, page 44, and pages 42 and 43. 
 
 t A "Special Meander Corner" is one established on a line of legal subdivision, not 
 a standard, township, or section line. See pages 201 and 202.
 
 58 
 
 line, tlie meander corner on the mainland with the corresponding point 
 on the island, where the proper meander corner will be established. 
 
 0. In making the connection of an island lying entirely within a sec- 
 tion, with the mainland, a special base will be measured from the most 
 convenient meander corner, and from such base, the location of an 
 auxiliary* meander corner will be determined by triangulation, at 
 which the meanders of the island will be initiated, 
 
 7. In the survey of lands bordering on tide icater^ '' meander corners" 
 will be established at the points where surveyed lines intersect high- 
 water marl', and the meanders will follow tlie high water line. 
 
 8. The field notes of meanders will show the dates on which the work 
 was performed, as illustrated in the specimen notes, page 216, The 
 field notes of meanders will state and describe the corner from which 
 the meanders commenced, and upon which they closed, and will exhibit 
 the meanders of each fractional section separately; following, and 
 composing a part of such notes, will be given a description of the land, 
 timber, depth of inundation to which the bottom is subject, and the 
 banks, current, and bottom of the stream or body of water n^eandered. 
 The utmost care will be taken to pass no object of topography, or change 
 therein, without giving a x>ai"ticular description thereof in its proi)er 
 place in the notes of tiie meanders. 
 
 SUMMARY OF OBJECTS AND DATA REQUIRED TO BE NOTED. 
 
 1. The precise length of every line run, noting all necessary offsets 
 therefrom, with the reason for making them, and method employed, 
 
 2. The kind and diameter of all bearing trees, with the course and 
 distance of the same from their respective corners; and the precise 
 relative position of witness corners to tbe true corners. 
 
 3. The kind of materials of which corners are constructed. 
 
 4. Trees on line. The name, diameter, and distance on line to all 
 trees which it intersects, 
 
 5. Intersections by line of land objects. The distance at which the 
 line intersects the boundary lines of every reservation, settler's claim, 
 improvement, or raucho; prairie, bottom land, swamp, marsh, grove, 
 and windfall, with the course of the same at all points of intersection; 
 also, the distances at which the line begins to ascend, arrives at the 
 top, begins to descend, and reaches the foot of all remarJcable hills and 
 ridges, with their courses, and estimated height in feet, above the level 
 land of the surrounding country, or above the bottom lands, ravines, 
 or waters near which they are situated. Also, distance to and across 
 large ravines, their depth and course. 
 
 (>. Intersections by line of water objects. All rivers, creeks, and 
 smaller streams of water which the line crosses; the distances meas- 
 ured on the truelme to the bank first arrived at, the course down stream 
 at points of intersection, and their widths on line. In cases of navigable 
 streams, their width will be ascertained between the meander corners, 
 as set forth under the proper head.t 
 
 7, The land's surface — whether level, rolling, broken, hilly, or moun- 
 tainous. 
 
 8, The soil — whether first, second, third, or fourth rate. 
 
 9, Timber — the several kinds of timber and undergrowth, in the order 
 in which they predominate. 
 
 " An "auxiliary meander corner" is one not on a line belonging to the system of 
 rectangular surveying. See page 212. 
 
 tSee "Meandering," third clause of paragrapli 2, page 57.
 
 59 
 
 11. ^springs of renter — wlietlier fresli, saliue, or mineral, witli the 
 course of the streams flowiiift- li-oiii them. 
 
 12. Lakes and ponds — describing' their banks and givinj>' their lieight, 
 and also depth ot water, and whether it be pure or stagnant. 
 
 13. Improvements. Towns and villages; houses or cabins, fields, or 
 other improvements with owners' names; mill sites, forges, and fac- 
 tories, mineral monuments, and all corners not belonging to the system 
 of rectangular surveying; will be located by bearing aud distance, or 
 by intersecting bearings from given points. 
 
 14. Coal banks or beds; peat or turf grounds; minerals and ores; 
 with particular description of the same as to quality and extent, and 
 all dUjginys therefor; also salt springs and licks. All reliable informa- 
 tion tliat can be obtained respecting these objects, whether they be on 
 the line or not, will appear in the general description. 
 
 15. Ixoads and trails, with their directions, whence and whither. 
 
 10. Eapids, cataracts, cascades, or falls of water, with the estimated 
 height of their fall in feet. 
 
 17. Precipices, caves, sink holes, ravines, stone quarries, ledges of 
 rocks, with the kind of stone they afford. 
 
 18. Natnral CKriosities, interesting fossils, petrifactions, organic re- 
 mains, etc. ; also all ancient works of art, such as mounds, fortifications, 
 embankments, ditches, or objects of like nature. 
 
 10. The magnetic declination will be incidentally noted at all points 
 of the lines being surveyed, where any material change in the same 
 indicates the probable presence of iron ores; and the position of such 
 points will be perfectly identified in the field notes. 
 
 PRESCRIBED LIMITS FOR CLOSINGS AND LENGTHS OF LINES. 
 
 1. If in running a random township exterior, such random falls short 
 of or exceeds its pro]>er length by more than three chains, or falls more 
 than three chains north or south of its objective corner, it will be re-run, 
 and if found correct, so much of the remaining boundaries of thetoAvn- 
 shii) will be retraced or resurveyed,* as may be found necessary to locate 
 the error. 
 
 2. Every meridional section line, except those terminating in the 
 north boundary of the township, shall be eighty chains in length.t 
 
 3. The random meridional se<;tion lines through the north tier of sec- 
 tions shall fall within Jifty linls east or west of the section corners 
 established on the north boundary of the township, except when closing 
 on a base line or standard parallel. 
 
 4. The actual length of meridional section lines through the north 
 tier of sections shall be within one hundred and Jifty linls of their 
 theoretical length. The latter will be determined from the meridional 
 boundaries of the north tier of sections. 
 
 5. All random latitudinal section lines shall fall within fifty Unl's 
 north or south of their objective section corners. 
 
 In any range of sections, tlie difference between the true bearing of a 
 latitudinal section line and that of the south boundary of the range, 
 shall not exceed 21 minutes of arc. 
 
 The latitudinal section lines, except those terminating in the west 
 boundary of the township, shall be within fifty linls of the actual dis- 
 tance established on the south boundary line of the township for the 
 width of the range of sections to which they belong. 
 
 6. The north boundary and the south boundary of any one section, 
 
 *See "Explanations," p. 71 to 78. t See exception on p. 76.
 
 60 
 
 except ill tlie extreme western range of sections, sliall be within _/?/'/?/ 
 linJi-s of equal length. 
 
 7. The meanders within each fractional section, or between any two 
 successive meander cornerSj or of an island in the interior of a section, 
 slxmld close within a limit to be determined by allowing ^fivc-eighths of 
 <i link for each chain of said meander line. Where the meander corners 
 marking the ends of a meander line in a fractional section are located 
 oil standard, township, or section lines, the above limit, increased by 
 one fourth of the regular perimeter of the fractional section, expressed in 
 miles, multiplied hy 71 linhs, will he alloived.* 
 
 The extreme limit, however, will in no case be permitted to exceed 
 one hundred and fifty links. 
 
 FIELD NOTES. 
 
 1. The proper blank books for original field notes will be furnished by 
 the surveyor general, and in such books the deputy surveyor will make 
 a faithful, distinct, and minute record of everything done and observed 
 by himself and his assistants, pursuant to instructions, in relation to 
 running, measuring, and marking lines, establishing corners, etc., and 
 juesent, as far as possible, full and complete topographical sketches of 
 all standard and exterior lines, drawn to the usual scale for township 
 exteriors. These " original field notes" are not necessarily the entries 
 made in the field, in the deputy's pocket notebooks called tablets; but 
 they are to be fully and correctly written out in ink, from such tablets, 
 for the permanent record of the work. Tablets should be so fully 
 written as to verify the "original field notes" whenever the surveyor 
 general requires them for ins])ection. 
 
 2. A full description of all corners belonging to old surveys, from 
 which the lines of new surveys start, or upon which they close, will in 
 all cases be furnished the deputy from the surveyor general's office, 
 when authority is given for commencing work; then, if the old corners 
 are found to agree with said descriptions, the deputy will describe any 
 one of them in this form, " which is a stone firmly set, marked, and wit- 
 nessed, as described by the survej^or general"; but, should a corner 
 not answer the description supplied, the deputy will give a full descrip- 
 tion of such coraer and its accessories, following the proper approved 
 form given in these instructions. 
 
 A full description of each corner established under any one contract 
 will be given once only; subsequent reference to such corner will be 
 made in the form, " heretofore dCvScribed", or (e. g.) "the corner for sec- 
 tions 2, 3, 10, and 11," as the case may require. 
 
 In all cases where a corner is reestablished, the original field notes will 
 describe fully the manner in which it is done. 
 
 3. The original field notes of the survey of base, standard, and meridian 
 lines will describe all corners established thereon, hoAV established, the 
 crossings of streams, ravines, hills, and mountains; character of soil, 
 timber, niinerals,etc. ; and after the description of each townshij) corner 
 established in running such lines, the deputy will note particularly in 
 l!ie ''general description" the character of townships on each side of 
 the lines run. 
 
 4. The original field notes of the survey of exterior boundaries of 
 to\vnshii)s will describe the corners and topography, as above required, 
 and the " general description" at the end of such notes will describe 
 the townships as fully as possible, and also state whether or not they 
 should be subdivided. 
 
 • See Plate I, ligs. 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12.
 
 61 
 
 5. The original field notes of the subdi visional survey of townships 
 will describe the comers and topogra])hy as above required, and the 
 " general description" at the end of such notes will state minutely the 
 character of the land, soil, timber, etc., found in such townships. 
 
 The topography will be given on the true line in all cases, and will be 
 taken correctly, not estimated or approximated. 
 
 6. With the original field notes ot the survey of baselines and stand- 
 ard parallels, and principal and guide meridians forming a tract 24 miles 
 square,* including those of the township exteriors therein, the deputy 
 will submit a diagram of the lines surveyed, drawn to a scale of half 
 an inch to one mile, upon which will be written the true hearings and 
 lengths of all surveyed lines, except the lengths of those which are actu-. 
 ally 40.00 or 80.00 chains. These diagrams will exhibit all water courses, 
 with the direction of each indicated by an arrow head pointing doicn 
 stream; also, the intersection of the lines with all prairies, marshes, 
 swamps, ravines, lakes, i)onds, mountains, hills, and all other natural 
 or artificial topographical features mentioned in the original field notes, 
 to the fullest extent possible. 
 
 7. With the special instructions for making subdivisional surveys of 
 townships into sections, the deputy will be furnished by the surveyor 
 general with hlanlc tou-nship diagrams drawn to a scale of one inch to 
 forty chains, upon which the true hearings and lengths of the township 
 and section lines, from which the surveys are to he projected, or upon which 
 they are to close, will he carefully marked; and on such diagrams the 
 deputy who subdivides will make appropriate sketches of the various 
 objects of topography as tbey occur on his lines, so as to exhibit not 
 only the points of intersection therewith, but also the directions and 
 relative positions of such objects between the lines, or within each sec- 
 tion, as far as practicable, so that every topographical feature may be 
 proi)erly completed and connected in the showing. 
 
 8. Triangulations, offsets, or traverses, made to determine distances 
 that can not be directly measured, such as those over (e. g.) deep 
 streams, lakes, impassable swamps, canons, etc., will be made on the 
 random lines,] when random lines are run. All particulars will be fully 
 stated in the field notes. 
 
 The exhibition of every mile of surveying, whether on standard, 
 township, or subdivision lines, and the meanders in each section, will 
 be complete in itself, and will be separated from other records by 
 a black line drawn across that part of the page containing the body of 
 notes. The description of the surface, soil, minerals, timber, under- 
 growth, etc., on each mile of line will follow the notes of survey of such 
 line, and not he mingled icith them. 
 
 Particular care will be taken to record at the end of each mile the 
 number of chains of mountainous land, heavily timhered land, or land 
 covered with dense undergrowth. {See page 224.) 
 
 The date of each day's Avork will immediately follow the notes thereof. 
 
 9. iSTear the end of the original field notes and inmiediately before the 
 " general description", the deputy surveyor will add, in the form shown 
 in specimen field notes (page 177), a tabular statement of the latitude 
 and departure of all boundary lines of the township, derived from a 
 traverse table, and will give the totals, and the errors in latitude and 
 departure; said errors shall in no case exceed three chains, the pre- 
 scribed limit for the falling of the random north boundary of a town 
 ship. If a i)art or the whole of one or more boundaries is made uj) of 
 meander lines, the northings, southings, eastings, and westings of the 
 
 * See page 52 and Plate III. t See pages 136 and 188.
 
 62 
 
 full section lines, nearest said meanders, will replace the missing N., 
 S., E., or W. townslii]) lines, as the case may require, thereby present- 
 ing- the errors of said boundaries of a closed survey. 
 
 If all tlie exterior lines have been surveyed by the deputy, the bear- 
 ings and distances for tlte table will be taken Irom liis own notes. In a 
 case where some of the boundaries have been surveyed under another 
 contract, the deputy Avill use the bearings and distances supplied by 
 the surveyor general, in connection with those of bis own lines; and, if 
 errors exceed the allowance of three chains, specified in paragraph 1 of 
 the "Prescribed Limits",* the deputy will determine ivhere the error 
 occurs, correct the same before he leaves the Jicld^ and place the table in his 
 Q rif/i rial iield no tes . . 
 
 Besides the ordinary notes taken on line (and which will always be 
 written down on the spot, leaving nothing to be su])p]ied by memory), 
 the deputy will subjoin, at the conclusion of his book, such further 
 description or information touching any matter or thing connected with 
 the township (or other) survey which he may be able to afford, and may 
 deem useful or necessary to be known — with a general description of 
 the township in the af/greyatc, as respects the face of the country, its 
 soil and geological features, timber, minerals, waters, etc. 
 
 10. Following the general description of the township will be placed 
 " A list of the names of the individuals employed to assist in running, 
 measuring, and marking the lines and corners described in the foregoing 
 
 held notes of township JSTo. of the base line of range No. 
 
 of the meridian, showing the respective capacities in which 
 
 they acted." 
 
 AFFIDAVITS TO FIELD NOTES. 
 
 The following are the forms of ofiQcial oaths to be taken by deputy 
 surveyors and their assistants. The original oaths will be attlxed to 
 the original yield notes forwarded to the surveyor general by the deputy 
 surveyor; the preliminary oaths being placed on the i)age following 
 the index of the first book, and the final oaths at the end of the last 
 book of field notes of the survey of each class of Vmes] to which they 
 refer : 
 
 PKKI.IMINAKY OATHS OF ASSISTANTS. 
 
 We, and , do solemnly sweur tbat we will well and 
 
 faithfully execute the duties of chainmen ; that we will level the chain upon even 
 and uneven ground and plumb the tally pins, either hj sticking or dropping the 
 same; that we will report the true distance to all notable objects, and the true 
 length of all lines that we assist in measuring, to the best of our skill and ability, 
 and in accordance with instructions given us, in the survey of the 
 
 Chaimnun. 
 Chainman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 189- 
 
 [SEAL.] 
 
 We, and — , do solemnly swear that we will well and 
 
 truly perform the duties of monudmen in the establishment of corners, according to 
 the instructions given us, to the best of our skill and ability, in the survey of 
 
 , Mnuiuhnan. 
 
 , Monudman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 1S9 — . 
 
 [SKAL.] - 
 
 * See page 59, and retracement article, ijage 72. 
 t See page 50, and par. 13 (a) page 64.
 
 63 
 
 We, ami , do solemnly swear that we will well and truly 
 
 perform the duties of axiiieii, in the estMblishmeut of corners and other duties, ac- 
 cording to instructions given us, to the best of our skill and ability, in tlie survey 
 
 of ^. 
 
 , Jxman. 
 
 , Axman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 189 — . 
 
 [SKAL.] 
 
 I, , do solemnly swear that I will well and truly perform the duties of 
 
 flagman, according to instructions given me, to the best of my skill and ability, in 
 
 the survey of . 
 
 , Fl(((jvtan. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 189 — . 
 
 [seal.] 
 
 FINAL OATHS OF DEPUTY SURVEYOKS AND THEIIl ASSISTANTS. 
 
 Lint of names. 
 
 A list of the names of the individuals employed by , United States 
 
 deputy surveyor, to assist in running, measuring, and marking the lines and corners 
 
 described in the foregoing field notes of the survey of , showing the 
 
 respective capacities in which they acted. 
 
 Chahiman. 
 
 Cliahnnan. 
 
 Chaiiimnn. 
 
 Choiiiinan. 
 
 llonndtnan, 
 
 Mouiidman. 
 
 Axman. 
 
 Axman. 
 
 Flagman. 
 
 FINAL OATHS OF ASSISTAXTS. 
 
 We hereby certify that we assisted , United States deputy surveyor, 
 
 in surveying all those parts or portions of the of the base and 
 
 meridian, of , which ai-e represented in the foregoing Held notes as having 
 
 been surveyed by him and under his direction; and that said survey lias been in all 
 respects, to the best of our knowledge and belief, well aiul faithfully surveyed, and 
 the corner monuments establislied according to the instructions furnished by tlie 
 United States surveyor general for . 
 
 Chainmun. 
 
 Chain man. 
 
 Chaiuman. 
 
 Clxtinman. 
 
 Moitndman. 
 
 Mowndman. 
 
 Axman. 
 
 Axman. 
 
 Vlaf]man. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 189 — . 
 
 [seal.] — 
 
 FINAL OATH OF I'NITED STATES DEPUTY SURVEYOR. 
 
 I, , United States deputy surveyor, do solemnly swear that in jiursu- 
 
 ance of instructions received from , United States surveyor general for 
 
 , bearing date of the day of , 189—, I have well, faithfully, and truly, 
 
 in my own proper person, aud in strict conformity with the instruction furnished by 
 
 the United States surveyor general for , the Manual of Surveying Instructions, 
 
 and the laws of the United States, surveyed all those parts or portions of ■
 
 64 
 
 of the base and meridian in the of , which are repie- 
 
 Bented in the foregoiiin; tield notes as having been surveyed by me and under my 
 directions; and I do luither solemnly swear that all the corners of said survey have 
 been established and perpetuated in strict accordance with the Manual of Surveying 
 Instructions, and the special written instructions of the United States surveyor general 
 
 for , and in the specific manner descril)ed in the tield notes, and that llie 
 
 foregoing are the true field notes of such survey; and should any iiand be detected, 
 I Avill snller the penalty of perjury, under the provisions of an act of Congress ap- 
 proved August 8, 1846. 
 
 ' ■ United States Deputy Surveyw. 
 
 Subscribed by said ^ U. S. deputy surveyor, and sworn to before nio 
 
 this day of , 189—. 
 
 [seal.] , 
 
 11. The final oath of the deputy surveyor will be taken before the U. S. 
 Surveyor General for the State or Territory in wliich the survey is 
 executed, or before any other ofiicer aTitliorized by thelaws of the United 
 States or by the municipal authorities, to administer land oaths, excc'i>t 
 notaries public. 
 
 It is preferable that both preliminary and final oaths of assistaiUs 
 shoitld be taken before some ofiticer duly authorized to administer oatlis 
 other than the deputy surveyor. In cases, however, where great delay, 
 expense, or inconvenience would result from a strict compliance with 
 this rule, the deputy survej^or is authorized to administer the necessary 
 oaths to his assistants, but in each case where this is done, he will sub- 
 mit to the pro])er surveyor general, a full written report of the circum- 
 stances which required his stated action. 
 
 12. The deputy Avill transmit the original field notes and the ref|iiired 
 sketches to the surveyor general at the earliest practicable date after 
 completion of his work in the field. Said originaJ field notes will be 
 filed in the office of the surveyor general as a yart of its permanent records^ 
 subject only to the direction of the Commissioner of the General Laud 
 Office', and no changes ivhatever will be made in said original field notes, 
 after they have been filed in the surveyor generaVs office. 
 
 13. The original field notes, each bearing the written approval of the 
 surveyor general, will be substantially bound in volumes of suitable 
 vsize and retained in the surveyor general's office. Certified transcripts 
 of said origi7ial field notes will he preiYdved at the earliest practicable 
 date, as follows: 
 
 [a) The tield notes of the survey of base lines and standard parallels, 
 of principal and guide meridians, of township exteriors, and of sub- 
 division and meander lines will be written in separate boolcs. A com- 
 plete set of preliminary and final oaths will be attached to the field 
 notes of each class of lines.* IS^o adhesive material of any kind Avill be 
 used to fasten leaves or covers. Cut or mutilated leaves, or slips, will 
 not be inserted. 
 
 {b) The field notes of subdivisions will be written in a separate book 
 for each township; the j)reliminary oatlis of the assistants employed in 
 making said suhdivisions Mill be prefixed to the first book, and their 
 final oaths will be attached to the last book of the series, arranged in 
 the order of dates. 
 
 (c) The first or title page of each book of field notes will describe the 
 subject matter of the same, the locus of the survey, by whom sur- 
 veyed, number and date of contract, and the dates of commencement 
 and coini)letion of the work. 
 
 * See classification of lines, page 50.
 
 65 
 
 (d) The second page of each boolc of field notes will contain the names 
 and duties of theasfiistants employed on the surveys recorded therein; the 
 index will be placed on the same or followin<>- page. 
 
 {e) Whenever a new assistant is employed, or the duties of any one 
 of them changed, such fact will be stated in an appropriate entry 
 immediately preceding the notes taken under such changed arrange- 
 ments. 
 
 (f) No abbreviations or contractions of words are allowable, except 
 such words as are constantly occurring, and a few others, additional to 
 those enumerated on page 23, as follows: 
 
 astron. for astronomical. 1. m. t. for local mean time. 
 
 cbs. for chains. long. for longitude. 
 
 corr. for correction. m. for minutes. 
 
 (led. for declination. mag. decl. for magnetic declination. 
 
 A'lff. lat. for rtifierence of latitude. red. for reduce or reduction. 
 
 dep. for departure. temp. for temporary. 
 
 h. for hours. U. C. for upper culmination. 
 
 lat. for latitude.^ • w. corr. for watch correction. 
 
 L. C. for lower culmination. w. t. for watch time. 
 
 Proper names will never be abbreviated, however often they recur. 
 
 (g) All transcripts of field notes, made out as herein directed, will 
 b^ written on official lield-note paper, foolscap size (pages 13.^ x 8^ 
 inches), in a bold, legible hand, or type-written, and as nearly as^possi^ 
 ble witliout erasures or interlineations; such transcripts of any series of 
 surveys, included in one account forwarded to the General Land Office, 
 will be securely put up in one package, at the office of the surveyor 
 general, prior to transmission. 
 
 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS ISSUED BY UNITED STATES SURVEYORS GEN- 
 ERAL TO UNITED STATES DEPUTY SURVEYORS. 
 
 One of the most important duties to be performed by the surveyor 
 general is to provide the deputy surveyor with Special Instructions, in 
 connection with tlie contract, prepared in accordance with law, which 
 instructions will not consist of directing attention to certain paragraphs 
 in this Manual, reiteration of its requirements, and printed directions 
 of a general nature; but they will in all cases be specific in character, 
 with all necessary detailed statements setting forth what the deputy is 
 to do and hoa-^ the work is to be perfoiined. Before making out special 
 instructions, the surveyor general will cause a thorough examination to 
 be made of the field notes and plats of older surveys of standard and 
 township lines ui>on which the dei>uty is to base his work, and give 
 \\\m full information — both icrittcn and graphic — of the exact condition 
 of adjoining surveys, with all irregularities that may be found, carefully 
 and clearly noted; with all necessary instructions for his guidance if 
 he finds everything a»it should be, and, in addition, full advice as far 
 as practicable what to do in case tlie surveys on the ground are not as 
 represented in the old notes. 
 
 If the contract includes exterior lines, the surveyor general will spec- 
 ify in detail irJiere the deputy is to commence, in Avhat order and in 
 what direction he is to run the lines, and provide for his nne a diagram, 
 drawn to a scale of one inch to one mile, giving full and accurate infor- 
 mation in regard to lengths and bearings of all lines of old surveys, /Vo?» 
 which he is to work, or u^wn which he is to close. The diagrams will 
 be made in triplicate, one copy for the General Land Office, one for the 
 deputy, and one to be retained; they may be either original drawings, 
 or blue prints or tracings thereliom. In no case must the deputy be sent 
 ^6 5
 
 66 
 
 into the field icitliout full and accurate information in regard to all irregu- 
 larities on the records which will affect tJie extent or accuracy of his survey. 
 
 SPECIMEN FIELD NOTES. 
 [SeePlatesIIIandlV.] 
 
 Specimen field notes Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, illustrate, respectively, 
 the method and order to be followed in the survey of standard par- 
 allels, guide meridians, and township exteriors; reswrye?/ of township 
 exteriors; and the subdivision of a township into sections and quarter 
 sections. 
 
 The attention of every deputy surveyor is particularly directed to 
 these specimens, as indicating not only the method by which his work 
 will be conducted, but also the form, order, language, etc., in which 
 his field notes will be i)repared for the office of the surveyor general, 
 and such specimens will be deemed a part of these instructions; and any 
 departure from their details, in cases where the circumstances are anal- 
 ogous in practice, will be regarded as a violation of his contract and oath, 
 
 DIAGRAM OF TOWNSHIP EXTERIORS. 
 
 [See Plate III.] 
 
 The title, certificate, and remarks on Plate III, with the specimen 
 field notes Nos. 1, 2, and 3, will fully explain the drawing designated 
 " Township Exteriors." 
 
 In all cases the true bearing and length of each township boundary 
 will be clearly stated on the diagram ; and, wdien any township bound- 
 ary entered on the diagram, surveyed under the current contract, or a 
 prior contract, departs from the true meridian, or proper latitude curve 
 (as the case may be), or falls shoi t of or overruns its proper length, by 
 an amount in excess of the prescribed limits of three chains (page 59, 
 paragraph l),the actual position and extent of said township boundary 
 will be graphically exhibited on the diagram, as well as by bearing and 
 length recorded in the field notes. 
 
 SPECIMEN TOWNSHIP PLAT. 
 
 [See Plate IV.] 
 
 Plate IV illustrates the subdiviwsion of a township into sections and 
 quarter sections; the record of said subdivision being given in detail 
 in specimen field notes No. 5. 
 
 The subdivision of fractional sections into forty-acre lots (as near as 
 may be) will be so laid down on the official township plat in broken 
 black lines as to admit of giving to each a specific designation by word 
 description^ if possible, according to its relative position in the frac- 
 tional section, as i^er examples on Plate IV ; or by a number, in all cases 
 where the lot can not properly be designated as a quarter quarter. 
 Those fractional lots which are not susceptible of being described 
 according to relative local i)osition will be numbered in a regular 
 series; those bordering on the north boundary of a township to be 
 numbered progressively from east to west, and those bordering on the 
 west boundary of a township to be numbered progressively from north 
 to south, in each regular section. As section 6 borders on both the 
 north and west boundaries of the township, the fractional lots in the
 
 67 
 
 same will be numbered as follows: commencing- with No. 1 in the 
 noi'tlieast, tbeuce progressively west to No. 4 in the northwest, and 
 south to No. 7 in the soutbwest corner of the section. 
 
 To secure a uniform system for numbering lots of fractional sections, 
 including those above specified, imagine the section divided by three 
 equidistant parallel latitudinal lines into four strips or tiers, numbered 
 from north to south; then, beginning with the eastern lot of the north 
 tier, call it No. 1, and continue the numbering tvcst through the tier, 
 then east in the second, west in the third, and east in the fourth tier. 
 A lot extending north and south through two, or part of two tiers, will 
 be numbered in the tier containing its greater area. In case any tier 
 is tnithout numbered lots, the numbering will be continued in the next 
 tier to the south. (Plate IV, section 18.) 
 
 This method of numbering will apply to any part of a section, regard- 
 less of the relative situation of a part or parts surveyed and lotted 
 under a prior contract; in this case the lot numbers will be a continua- 
 tion of the series already initiated. 
 
 Interior lots will be, as nearly as possible, 20.00 chains long by 20.00 
 chains wide; and the excess or deficiency of measurement will always 
 be thrown against the northern or western boundary of the section, or 
 meander line, or irregular boundary, as the case may be. 
 
 When, by reason of irregular surveys or from other causes, the length 
 of a township from south to north exceeds the lawful length of 480.00 
 chains, or the width from east to west exceeds 480.00 chains minus 
 the proper convergency, to such extent as to require two or more tiers 
 of lots along the north boundary, or two or more ranges of lots along 
 the west boundary, as the case may l)e, the entire north or west halves 
 of said sections will be properly lotted, and to each lot will be assigned 
 its i^roper number; and in such cases the area of each lot will be stated 
 on the plat. 
 
 In case the length or width of the township falls so far short of legal 
 dimensions as to elim in ate the north or w^est half of any section situ- 
 ated as above specified, that part of tlie section remaining will be treated 
 in a similar manner. 
 
 In a regular township (Plate IV) the southeast quarter of the north- 
 west quarter of section 6 will have its proper area in acres (40) inserted 
 in all cases. Tlie half quarter sections in north tier and west range of 
 sections will exhibit their proper areas in acres (80); while the areas of 
 quarter sections will be omitted, except as follows : 
 
 When two lines of legal subdivision of either 100, 80, or 40 acre tracts 
 intersect each other on or so near a meandc^r or boundary line that the 
 ordinary inaccuracies of drawing would leave the areas of said tracts in 
 doubt, the plats will, for the sake of clearness and a full showing of 
 the facts, exhibit the proper areas of such quarter, half quarter, and 
 quarter quarter sections. See examples, Plate IV, iu sections 13, 17, 
 25, and 35. 
 
 Plats shall not be trimmed. A margin of three inches for binding 
 will be preserved on the left-hand side of each plat. Each i)lat will be 
 certified by the surveyor general, with table annexed, according to the 
 form on Plate IV, and will exhibit the area of public land, water surface, 
 townsite, private land claims, and mineral claims, with the total area of 
 the township. 
 
 Each township plat will be prepared in triiMcate: one for the General 
 Land Office, one for the United States district land office, and the third 
 will be retained as the record in the office of the surveyor general. 
 
 The plat for the local land office will not be forwarded until notice is
 
 68 
 
 received by the surveyor general from the Commissiouer of the General 
 Land Ofitice that the survey represented on said plat has been accepted, 
 and that he is authorized to file the triplicate plat. 
 
 The plats will be prepared as nearly as possible in accordance with 
 the specimen plat designated "Plate IV." The use of all lluids, exce[)t 
 a preparation of India ink of good quality, must be avoided by the 
 draughtsman in delineations relating to the public surveys. All lines, 
 figures, etc., will be shari)l5^ defined. All lettering on the i>lats must 
 be clear and sharp in outline and design, and black; ornamentation of 
 any kind is i)iohibited. These requirements are necessary in order that 
 everything shown upon original i)latsmay be fairly reproduced in mak- 
 ing photolithographic copies of the same. 
 
 All towns, settlements, permanent buildings, private claims, reserva- 
 tions, water courses, ditches, lakes, islands, mountains, buttes, canons, 
 roads, railroads, telegraph lines, canals, etc., will be shown ui:>on the 
 plats and designated by proper names where such are known. 
 
 All townshi]) plats are to be drawn to a uniform scale of 1 inch to 
 40 chains, United States standard, and diagrams of exteriors to a scale 
 of 1 inch to 160 chains. 
 
 Surveyors general will require that the specimen plat shall be closely 
 followed, in order that uniformity of appearance and expression of draw- 
 ing representing the public land surveys may be attained. 
 
 With the copy of each township i)lat furnished to a district land 
 oftice, the surveyor general is required by law to furnish descriptive 
 notes of the character and quality of the soil and timber found on and 
 in the vicinity of each surveyed line, and to give a description of each 
 corner. 
 
 Printed blank forms of such notes are furnished by the General Land 
 Office. The forms provide eighteen spaces for meander corners, which, 
 in most cases, will be suflticieut; but when the number shall exceed 
 eighteen, the residue will have to be inserted on the supxdemental 
 blank form. 
 
 A series of meander corners are shown on Plate IV, viz: From ISTo. 1 
 to No. 8, on Yellowstone Eiver; No. 9 to No. 10, on Clear Lake; No. 
 11 to No. 15, on Lin's Lake; No. 16 to No. 17, ou Ivy Island; and No. 
 18, on Diamond Kock. 
 
 COMPUTATION OF THE AREAS OF LOTS AD.TOININO THE NORTH AND 
 WEST BOUNDARIES OF REGULAR TOWNSHIPS. 
 
 1. In regular townships, the tracts of land in each section adjoining 
 the north and west boundaries of such townships, in excess of the regu- 
 larly subdivided 480 acres (except in section 6), will, in general, be in 
 the form of traj^ezoids, 80.00 chains in length by about 20 chains in 
 width. - 
 
 On the plats of such townships, each of said tracts will be divided 
 into four lots, by drawing broken lines at intervals of 20.00 chains, par- 
 allel to the ends of the tracts, which will be regarded as parallel to each 
 other. 
 
 With the exception of section 6, the south boundaries of sections of 
 the north tier, when within prescribed limits, will be called 80.00 chains. 
 
 When the above-named conditions obtain, thoareasof the lots in any 
 one tract (except in section 0) may be determined, as follows: 
 
 Divide the dii/erence between the widths of the emls of the tract by 
 4; if 3 renmins, increase the hundredth figure of the quotient by a unit; 
 in all other cases disregard the fraction; call the quotient thus obtained,
 
 69 
 
 "d"; the;i, taking the end widths of tlie tract in chains and decimals of 
 a chain, the areas of the lots, iu acres, will be: 
 
 Of the smallest lot: twice the width of the lesser end, plus "d"; 
 
 Of the largest lot: twice the width of the greater end, minus " d"; 
 
 Of the smaller middlelot: sum of the widths of the ends, minus "d"; 
 
 Of the larger middlelot: sum of the widths of the ends, ^;i^^S' "d", 
 
 A check on the compntation may be had by multiplying the sum of 
 the widths of the ends of the tract by 4j the product should agree 
 exactly with the total area of the four lots. 
 
 The proper applicatiou of the above rules will always giv^e areas cor- 
 rect to the nearest hundredth of an acre; and, as the use of fractions is 
 entirely avoided, the method is recommeuded for its simplicity and 
 accuracy. 
 
 Example 1. (See Plate IV, section 31.) 
 
 The ^ difference of latitudinal boundaries is 0.03| chains; conse- 
 quently, "d" is .04 chains; then, 
 
 18. 35 X 2 +. 0-1 = 36. 74 acres, the area of lot 1 ; 
 18. 50X 2 — . 01 = 36. 96 acres, the area of lot 4 ; 
 18. 50+18. 35 — . 04 = 36. 81 acres, the area of lot 2 ; 
 18. 50+18. 35 +. 04 = 36. 89 acres, the area of lot 3 ; 
 Check : [18. 35+18. 50] X 4 == 147. 40 acres, the area of the four lots. 
 
 The arithmetical operations are here written in detail, for the pur- 
 pose of illustration; but the practical computer will perform all the 
 work mentally. 
 
 2. Section C. (See Plate I, figs. 6 and 7; and Plate lY.) The areas 
 of lots 5, G, and 7 may be obtained by the foregoing rules in all cases, 
 except when the township closes on a base line or standard parallel; 
 also, the area of lot 4, provided both meridional boundaries are 80.00 
 chains iu length; when the last condition obtains, the areas of lots 1, 
 2, and 3 will be equal, and each will contain 40.00 acres. 
 
 In any case where the west boundary of sec. 0, is 80.00 chains, and 
 the east boundary either greater or less than 80.00 chains, the areas of 
 lots 1, 2, 3, and 4 will be com])uted as follows: 
 
 Pefer to figures G and 7 ami determine the diiference, " q", between 
 the east boundaries of lots 1 and 4 by the following ])roportion : 
 
 N. bdy. sec. 0. : diff. of meridional bdrs. sec. 0. ::(iO chs. : q; then 
 will E. bdy. lot 4=E. bdy. lot l±q; in which, "q" will be added when 
 the ea.si boundary of sec. 6 is less than 80.00 chains {tig. 7.); but sub- 
 tracted when said east boundary is greater than 80.00 chains (fig. 6). 
 
 Now take one third of "q", and add it to the shorter east boundary of 
 lots 1 or 4, as conditions mayrecpiire, and thereby determine the length 
 of one of the meridional boundaries of lot 2; to which, again add ''one 
 third of q", and thus obtain the length of the opposite side of lot 2. The 
 areas of lots 1, 2, and 3, in acres, will be found by taking the sum of 
 their respective meridional boundaries, expressed in chains and decimals 
 of a chain. 
 
 The area of lot 4 may be had by multiplying its mean width by its 
 mean length. 
 
 Finally, to test the entire work, multiply the sum of the latitudinal 
 boundaries by 4, and to the i)r()dnct add the area of the small triangle 
 CAB, if the east boundary ii^ greater thun 80.00 chains (fig. 6); but 
 sttbtract the area of said small triangle if the east boundary is less 
 than 80.00 chains (fig. 7). These operations, correctly jperformed,
 
 70 
 
 will give the true area of tJie section, whicli should agree exactly with 
 the total area of its legal subdivisions, obtained as directed in the pre- 
 ceding paragraphs. 
 
 Example 2. (See Plate I, ligs. G and 7, and Plate IV.) 
 Compute areas of lots 5, 0, and 7 of sec. G, as directed in paragraph 
 1, and illustrated by the example; then write: 
 
 cba. clis. clis chs. cbs. 
 
 77.75 : 0.05 :: 60.00 : 0.0386 =:q; i q = 0.0129 
 
 clis. clis. cbs. 
 
 20.0500—0.0386 = 20.01,^ tbeE. bdy. of lot 4; 
 20.0114+0.0129=20.02, the E. bdy. of lot 3; 
 20.0243+0.0129 = 20.04, the E. bdy. of lot 2. 
 
 Then, for the areas of lots 1, 2, 3, and 4, we have: 
 
 chs. cbs. acres. 
 
 20.05+20.04 = 40.09, the ;irea of lot 1; 
 
 20.04+20.02 = 40.00, the area of lot 2; 
 
 20.02+20.01 = 40.03, the area of lot 3; 
 
 20.00+20.01 ^ 17.75+1 7.78 „_^, ,, .,,. 
 ^ X ^ = 3o. 54, the area of lot 4. 
 
 Also [17.78+17.87] X3 =100.95, the area of lots 5, 6, and 7. 
 
 Area of rej^iilar subdivisions ^300.00 
 
 Total =622.67, the area of Sec. 6. 
 
 chs. chs. 
 Check: [77.87+77.75] X 4 = 622.48 
 
 77.75X 0.025 = 0.19, the area of triangle CAB (fig. 6). 
 
 Total.. .. =622.67, which agrees with the area of section 6, 
 before determined. 
 
 3. The area in acres of a tract 40.00 chains long, adjoining north or 
 west town.sliip boundaries (except in X. W. | sec. 6), is equal to the sura 
 of its parallel boundaries (expressed in chains and decimals thereof) 
 multiplied by 2; (e. g.) the area of lots 6 and 7 (Plate I, fig. 6), is 
 [17.87 + 17.81] X 2=71, 3G acres. 
 
 The area in acres of a tract GO.OO chains long, situated as above 
 described (excluding lot 4, of sec. G), may be found by multiplying the 
 sum of its parallel boundaries (expressed in cliains and decimals of a 
 chain) by 3; (e. g.) fig. G; south boundary lot 4=17.78 chs.; area of 
 lots 5, G, and 7 is [17.78+17.87] x3=10G.95 acres. (See example 2.) 
 
 The area in acres of quarter sections adjoining north and west 
 townshi]) boundaries (excluding N. W. ^ sec. G), may be obtained by 
 multiplying the sum of their parallel boundaries (taken in chains and 
 decimals of a chain), by 2; (e. g.) the area of S. W. ^ sec. 6 (fig. G), is 
 [37.87+37.81] x2=:151.3G acres. 
 
 The area in acres of any section along the north and west bounda- 
 ries of regular townships (except sec. G) may be had by multiplying 
 the sum of its parallel boundaries (expressed in chains and decimals 
 of a chain) by 4; (e. g.) the area of sec. 1 (Plate IV) is [80.00+79.77] 
 X 4=639.08 acres. 
 
 The area in acres of a theoretical township may be obtained by multi- 
 plying tlie sum of its latitudinal boundaries (exi)ressed in chains and 
 
 * These measures are taken to the nearest hundreth only.
 
 n 
 
 deeimais of a chain) by 24; (e. g.) the area of the township repre- 
 sented by Plate I, fig'. 1 is [480.00-f 479.34] x 24=23,024.16 acres. 
 
 EXPLANATIONS OF ARTICLES ON PAGES 72 tO 78, WITH GENERAL 
 DEFINITIONS OF A "RETRACEMENT" AND A "RESURVEY." 
 
 When new surveys are to be initiated from, or closed upon the lines 
 of old surveys, which although reported to have been executed cor- 
 rectly, are found to be actually defective in alinement, measurement, 
 or position, it is manifest that the employment of the regular methods 
 prescribed for surveying normal township exteriors and subdivisions 
 would result in extending the imperfections of the old surveys into the 
 new, thereby producing irregular townships bounded by exterior lines 
 not in conformity with true meridians or parallels of latitude, and con- 
 taining trapezium-shaped sections which may or may not contain 640 
 acres each, as required by law. 
 
 Therefore, in order to extend such new surveys without incorporating 
 therein the defects of prior erroneous work, special methods, in harmony 
 as far as practicable with the following requirements, should be 
 employed, viz: 
 
 The establishment of township boundaries conformable to true merid- 
 ian and latitude lines. 
 
 The establishment of section boundaries by running two sets of par- 
 allel lines governed respectively by true meridians and parallels of 
 latitude, and intersecting each other approximately at right angles at 
 such intervals as to produce tracts of square form (containing 640 acres 
 each. 
 
 The reduction to a minimum of the number of fractional lots in a 
 township, and consequently of the amount of field and office work. 
 
 Such special methods are based upon certain limits of allowable error 
 in the alinement, measurement, and position of old townsliip boundaries, 
 as prescribed in the following article entitled " Definitions of Defec- 
 tive Township Boundaries," page 72, which will be determined and 
 rectifications made, if necessary, under the i)rovisions of the article 
 entitled "Eetracement or Eesurvey of Township Lines and 
 Linear Boundaries not Established in Conformity with the 
 Eectangular System of Surveying," page 72, prior to the execu- 
 tion of new surveys under the methods prescribed by the article entitled 
 "Methods of Executing New Surveys, when Initiated from 
 OR closed upon Defective old Surveys," page 75, and illus- 
 trated on Plate YII, by figures 1 to 15; on Plate VIII, figures 1 to 7, 
 and on Plate IX. 
 
 In order to prevent any misunderstanding relative to the modus 
 oj>errt?i/7i indicated by the terms "retracemeut" and "resurvey," the fol- 
 lowing definitions of the same are here presented: 
 
 The retracement of a township boundary, or other line of survey, con- 
 sists in the determination of the true bearings and distances between 
 the successive corners along the entire length of such a line; and the 
 data thus obtained will be embodied in the field notes together with 
 detailed particulars of the methods employed. 
 
 The resurvey of a township boundary or other line of survey consists 
 of a retracement of such a line accompanied by the reconstruction of 
 defective original corners and the establishment thereon of all the nec- 
 essary new corners, and the detailed particulars of the entire operation 
 will be embodied in the field notes.
 
 72 
 
 DEFINITIONS OF DEFECTIVE TOWNSHIP BOUNDARIES. 
 
 1. Upon retraceineiit thereof, an old township bonndary may be 
 found to be defective in one or all of three qualifications, viz : alme- 
 ment, measurement, and 2Josition, as follows: 
 
 2. In almement; when any portion thereof deviates more than twenty- 
 one minutes of arc from a true meridian or latitude line. 
 
 3. In measurement; in the case of a meridional line, or a latitudinal 
 line which is identical with a standard parallel- when its length is 
 greater or less than six miles by more than three chains; or when the 
 length of any portion thereof between two successive corners, is greater 
 or less than forty chains ; excepting that portion between the last estab-_ 
 lished corner and the limiting line, which may be greater or less than 
 forty chains, when such a boundary has been closed upon the bank of a 
 meanderable body of water, a military or Indian reservation, or State 
 boundary, etc., as the case may be. 
 
 4. In measurement; in the case of a latitudinal line not identical with a 
 portion of a standard parallel; when its length is greater or less than 
 six miles minus the proper correction for convergency, by more than three 
 chains; or when the length of any portion thereof between two suc- 
 cessive corners is greater or less than forty chains; except, when such 
 a boundary has been run as a true line to an intersection with any 
 line of limitation, that portion thereof, between the last established 
 subdivisional corner and the limiting line, may be greater or less 
 than forty chains; and also, when it has been established in the regu- 
 lar manner, i. e. by random and true lines, that portion thereof in 
 which the fractional measurement was originally allowed for may be 
 greater or less than forty chains . 
 
 5. In position; when the corners originally estabhshed on such a 
 boundary can not be connected with the corners on the opposite regu- 
 larly established boundary, by lines which do not deviate more than 
 twenty-one minutes of arc from true meridian or latitude lines. 
 
 0. The limits prescribed in the foregoing paragraphs are to be con- 
 sidered 07ily in determining the necessity of resurveying old township 
 boundaries when new surveys are to be initiated from or closed upon 
 the same, and icill not be construed in any ivay as establishing liniits of 
 alloivable error in the execution of neic surveys. 
 
 RETRACEMENT OR RESURVEY OF TOWNSHIP LINES AND LINEAR 
 BOUNDARIES NOT ESTABLISHED IN CONFORMITY WITH THE REC- 
 TANGULAR SYSTEM OF SURVEYING.* 
 
 If in subdividing a township, it is found that any boundary thereof 
 is defective in excess of the liniits of allowable error prescribed in the 
 article entitled " Uetinitions of Defective Township Boundaries," 
 above, or that the corners originally established thereon had been incor- 
 rectly marked, or have been obliterated, the deputy surveyor will resur- 
 vey so much of said boundaries as may be necessary, as follows: 
 
 1. When subdivisional lines have not been closed upon either side 
 of, or mineral claims tied to, a township boundary, it will be corrected 
 (if necessary), in point of alinement, as well as measurement, by estab- 
 lishing regnlar new corners at lawful distances {minus the northing or 
 plus the southing of the south boundary; or minus the westing or 2)1 us the 
 easting of the east boundary), from said boundaries respectively (as the 
 case may be), upon a right line connecting the proper township corners, 
 
 * Regarding permission to resnrvey, see page 224.
 
 73 
 
 provided said Hue does not deviate more than twenty-one minutes of 
 arc from a true meridian or latitude liue (as the case may be). (See 
 Plate VII, ligs. 1, 2, 3.) 
 
 But, if the bearing of said line exceeds the limit prescribed above, 
 the new corners will be placed on a line run due north or uwst, from the 
 southeast corner of the township, to intersection with the township or 
 range line (as the case may be), where a closing corner will be estab- 
 lished, and the old township corner properly changed to a corner com- 
 mon to two townships. 
 
 The old corners on all township boundaries rectified under the pro- 
 visions of this paragraph will be destroyed. (See Plate VII, figs. 4 
 and 5.) 
 
 2. Where subdivisional lines have been closed upon one side of, or 
 mineral claims tied to, a township boundary prior to the subdivision of 
 the township on the other side, its alinement will not he changed; all 
 obliterated old corners will be reestablished in their original jdaces; 
 new regular corners common to two townships, sections, or quarter sec- 
 tions, will be established upon it at lawful distances, minus the northing 
 or plus the southing of the south boundary; or minus the westing or plus 
 the easting of the east boundary, from said boundaries respectively (as 
 the case may be), marked with reference to the township being subdi- 
 vided, and the marks on the old corners upon such boundary which 
 refer to the new work will be effaced. 
 
 Marks on bearing trees will be corrected (if necessary) to indicate 
 the township, range, and section in which they stand, but the pits and 
 mounds will remain as originally established. (See Plate VII, figs. 6 
 and 7.) 
 
 o. Where subdivisional lines have been closed upon one side of, or 
 mineral claims tied to, the northern portion of a range liue prior to the 
 subdivision of the township on the other side (see paragraph 2), while 
 ui)ou the southern portion of the same such attachments have not been 
 made on either side (see paragraph 1), said southern portion will be 
 resurveyed and proper new corners established thereon, at lawful dis- 
 tances from the south boundary, as follows : 
 
 If the bearing of said southern portion does not deviate more than 
 twenty-one minutes of arc from a true meridian line, it will be rectified 
 under the provisions of the first clause of ])aragrapli 1, and the rectifi- 
 cations will be continued on the northern portion under the provisions 
 of paragraph 2. (See Plate VII, fig. 8.) 
 
 If, however, said bearing exceeds the specified limit, from the north- 
 ern terminal corner of said southern portion, the range line will be 
 exteuded due south on a random to its intersection with the south 
 boundary where a corner common to two townships will be established, 
 all the necessary changes made in the markings on the original corner 
 common to four townships situated in its immediate vicinity, and reg- 
 ular new corners placed upon the respective portions of the entire 
 range line as specified in the foregoing clause. (See Plate VII, fig. 9.) 
 
 Similar cases involving the rectification of the northern portion of 
 a range line when the southern portion of the same can not be rectified 
 in bearing, will be treated in conformity with the rules prescribed in 
 the foregoing clauses, with the exception, that where such northern 
 portion deviates more than twenty-one minutes of arc from a true 
 meridian line, its alinement will be rectified by extending the same 
 from its southern terminal corner, due north on a true line to its inter- 
 section with the north boundary, where a proper closing corner will be
 
 74 
 
 established and tlie necessary corrections applied to ttie old cornet 
 common to four townships in its immediate vicinity, so as to change it 
 to a corner common to two townships. (See Plate VII, figs. 10, 11, 
 and 12.) 
 
 In the treatment of latitudinal township lines the rule prescribed in 
 the foregoing clauses will be applied, observing, however, that the 
 stated designations north or soiith will correspond in such cases to west 
 or east, respectively. 
 
 4. When subdivisional lines have been closed upon one or both 
 sides of, or mineral claims tied to, the northern and southern portions 
 of a range line, while the middle portion thereof is free from such 
 attachments, said portion will be resurveyed and new regular corners 
 will be established thereon at intervals of forty chains from its south- 
 ern terminal corner, upon a right line connecting the original terminal 
 corners thereof, the fractional measurement being thrown against the 
 northern terminal corner. (See Plate VII, figs. 13, 14, and 15.) 
 
 In such cases all the original corners, excepting the terminal corners, 
 of the portion of the lines thus resurveyed, wall be destroyed. 
 
 The rectification of the middle portions of latitudinal township lines, 
 on which the conditions specified above obtain, will be executed in a 
 similar manner, observing, however, that the designations north or 
 south in the foregoing clauses will in such cases correspond to 2cest or 
 east, respectively. 
 
 5. Under the foregoing paragraphs, the fact that mineral claims 
 have been tied to a defective township boundary as therein specified, 
 will act as a bar to the rectification of such a boundary in alinement, only 
 when the number of claims involved is great; while in cases where a few 
 such claims have been connected with a few of the corners on such a 
 boundary, said boundary will be rectified in alinement and new corners 
 placed thereon, care being taken, however, to perpetuate in a proper 
 manner such old corners as are found to be connected with the claims; 
 and the methods employed to accomplish the same, together with the 
 bearings and distances of such old corner from the new, will be briefly 
 and accurately recorded in the field notes. 
 
 New corners on defective township boundaries must be established 
 by an actual survey of such lines, and in no case will such corners be 
 established from data acquired in running lines closing upon the same. 
 
 In the retracement or resurvey of base lines, standard parallels, prin- 
 cipal meridians and guide meridians, two sets of chainmen will be 
 employed, while for similar work on township lines, not of the charac- 
 ter specified above, only one set of chainmen is required, and in cases 
 where conditions such as specitied in paragraph 2 obtain, the bearings 
 and distances between successive old corners and the connections of 
 all new corners with the nearest old corners will be carefully deter- 
 mined and recorded in the field notes. 
 
 When township or subdivisional lines intersect the boundaries of 
 confirmed private land claims, or any other linear boundaries estab- 
 lished at variance with the rectangular system of surveying, as much 
 of said boundaries will be retraced as may be necessary, temporary 
 stakes being set at intervals of ten chains thereon, and also at each 
 angle formed by a change in the direction of the same. 
 
 All obliterated boundary corners will be rec'stablished in their orig- 
 inal places, and the regular surveys will be closed upon the retraced 
 line as prescribed for " closings" in the last clause of par. 5, page 55. 
 
 Note. — Regarding reatoration of lost corners, by private and county surveyors, see 
 page 224.
 
 75 
 
 METHODS OF EXECUTING NEW SURVEYS, WHEN INITIATED FROM OR 
 CLOSED UPON OLD SURVEYS, AND EXPLANATION OF FIGURES ON 
 PLATE VII. 
 
 Such methods are illustrated by the several figures on Plate YII, the 
 rectification of the lines of old surveys, and the establishment of 7ieiv 
 townsbij) exterior and subdivisional lines connected with such old Hues, 
 beiug based upon the rules prescribed in the article entitled " Eetrace- 
 ment orEesurveyof Townshij) Lines," «&;c., page 72. 
 
 In considering the several cases, the probable obtaining conditions 
 relative to a range line have been adopted in order to reduce the num- 
 ber .of figures on said plate, and, to curtail also as much as practicable, 
 the amount of reiterative verbal explanations; it being definitely 
 understood, however, that whatever conditions may obtain relative to 
 a latitudinal line similar to those illustrated and explained in extenso 
 in the cases relative to the range line, the necessary rectifications 
 will be made by the application of similar methods, subject, however, 
 to the proper modifications due to the difierence in the direction of the 
 respective lines. 
 
 The character of such modifications, when not obvious, areexpressed 
 in detail under the various clauses of the several paragraphs of the 
 article on retracements referred to above. 
 
 It will also be clearly understood that, in order to avoid unnecessary 
 structural complications, the figures on Plate V^II exhibit only the 
 positions of township and section corners after rectification, while 
 in actual practice the quarter section corners will also be properly 
 attected. 
 
 Fig. 1. The east boundary is assumed as irregular in hearing and 
 defective in ineasurement; the township corners on the same, however, 
 being susceptible of connection by a line not deviating more than 
 twenty-one minutes of arc fiom a true meridian line. 
 
 It will be rectified under the rules prescribed by clause 1, paragraph 
 1, while from the proper corners the icest and north boundaries will be 
 established in the regular manner, as well as the subdivisions within 
 the exteriors thus rectified and established. 
 
 Fig, 2. The east boundary defective in measurement. It will be recti- 
 fied under clause 1, paragraph 1, while the ivest and north boundaries 
 will be established, and the subdivisions executed in the regular manner. 
 
 Fig. 3. The east boundary defective in position. Since the south boun- 
 dary deviates from a true east and west line by more than twenty-one 
 minutes of arc, said east boundary w'ill be rectified under clause 1, para- 
 graph 1; the icest and north boundaries will be established in the reg- 
 ular manner; and the subtlivisions will be executed from north to south, 
 and from east to ivest, commencing at the corner to sections 1, 2, 35, and 
 36, and closing the fractional measurements on the south and ivest 
 boundaries, as such closings are made in regular subdivisions on the 
 north and west boundaries. 
 
 Fig. 4. Tlie east boundary defective in aUnement. It will be rectified 
 under clause 2, paragraph 1 ; while the west and north boundaries will 
 be established, and the subdivisions executed, in the regular manner. 
 
 Fig. 5. The east boundary defective in alinement and measurement. 
 It will be rectified under clause 2, paragraph 1; the icest boundary 
 will be rectified in the regular manner, while from the corner common 
 to two townships on the rectified east boundary, the north boundary 
 will be run westr on random and east on true line, permanent corners
 
 76 
 
 common to sections and quarter sections of the township to be subdi- 
 vided being estabbshed on the same. 
 
 The subdivisions will be executed in the regular manner. 
 
 Fig. G. The sonth and east boundaries being defective in alinement, 
 measurement, and jjositio)!, will be rectified under clause 1, paragraph 
 2; the MT.s'^ boundary will be established in the regular manner, and 
 the nortli boundary by east on random, and west on true line, throwing 
 the fractional measurement against the old east boundary; while the 
 subdivisions will be executed from north to sorith, and from west to east, 
 commencing at the corjier to sections 5, G, 31, and 32, and closing the 
 fractional measurements on the old south and east boundaries, as such 
 closings are made in regular subdivisions on the north and west boun- 
 daries. 
 
 Fig. 7. The north, south, east and icest boundaries being defective in 
 alinement, measurement, and position. The south and east boundaries 
 will be rectitied under clause 1, paragraph 2; while the west and 7iorth 
 boundaries will be retraced for length and bearing, any obliterated old 
 confers being reestablished in their original places. 
 
 The subdivisions will be executed as follows: 
 
 From the corners to sections 35 and 30, and 25 and 36, the lines 
 between said sections will be extended due north and west, respec- 
 tively, to their mutual intersection, where the corner to sections 25, 
 26, 35 and 36, will be established. 
 
 From said corner, the line between sections 26 and 35, 27 and 34, 28 
 and 33, 29 and 32, atid 30 and 31 will be projected due west on a true 
 line to its intersection with the west boundary of the township, where 
 a closing corner will be established. 
 
 A line thus established is termed a Sectional Correction Line; and 
 when such an aiixiliary line, thus projected, intersects its objective 
 limiting line in such proximity to its objective corner that the acces- 
 sories of the two corners would interfere, that poition of the auxiliary 
 line situated between the last established section corner and the limit- 
 ing line will be changed in alinement to close upon the corner found, 
 thus avoiding placing two corners in close proximity. 
 
 From the initial point of the sectional correction line, which, in this 
 case, is the corner to sections 25, 26, 35, and 36, the line between sec- 
 tions 25 and 26, 23 and 24, 13 and 14, 11 and 12, and 1 and 2, will be 
 projected north on a true line to its intersection with the north bound- 
 ary, where a closing corner will be established. A line thus estab- 
 lished is termed a sectional guide meridian. 
 
 S(mth of the sectional correction line, and east of the sectional guide 
 meridian, the subdivisions will be closed upon the south and east boun- 
 daries by random and true lines, throwing the fractional measurements 
 against the same, as such closings are made in regular surveys on the 
 north and west boundaries; while that portion of the township situ- 
 ated to the north and west respectively, of said auxiliary lines, will be 
 subdivided in the regular manner, the parallelism of the latitudinal 
 section lines being referred to the sectional correction line, and that of 
 the meridional section lines to the sectional guide meridian. 
 
 Closings on the west and north boundaries will be made by random 
 and true lines, when the fallings are less than 50 links per mile, and 
 by true lines run to closing corners when the fallings exceed said limit. 
 
 Fig. 8. The east boundary defective i7i measurement, the northern por- 
 tion of the same being unchangeable, wdiile the southern portion admits 
 of rectification. 
 
 The east boundary will be rectified under clause 2, paragraph 2, the
 
 77 
 
 west and north boundaries will be established, and the subdivisions 
 executed, in the regular manner. 
 
 Fig. 9. The east boundary defective in alinement and measurement^ 
 the northern portion thereof being unchangeable, while the southern 
 portion of the same adiiiits*of rectification. 
 
 The east boundary will be rectified under clause 3, paragraph 3, the 
 south boundary, under cLause 1, paragraph 2; the west boundary will 
 be established in the regular manner; while the north boundary will 
 be run east on random, and wesL on true line, throwing tlie fractional 
 measurement against the east boundary. 
 
 The subdivisions will be executed from south to north, and from ivest 
 to cast, closing the fractional measurements on tlie north and east boun- 
 daries, as such closings are made in regular surveys, on the north and 
 west boundaries. 
 
 Fig. 10. The east boundary defective in measurement, the southern 
 2Jortion thereof being' unchangeable, while the northern portion admits 
 of rectification. 
 
 The east boundarj^ will be rectified under clause 4, paragraph 3; 
 wliile the west and 7iorth boundaries will be established, and tlie sub- 
 divisions executed in the regular manner. 
 
 Fig. 11. The east boundary defective in alinement and measurement, 
 the southern portion thereof being unchangeable, while the northern 
 portion admits of rectification. 
 
 The east boundary will be rectified under clause 4, paragraph 3; the 
 icest boundary will be established in the regular n)anner; the north 
 boundar^y by east on true line to closing corner, the fractional 
 measurement being thrown against the old east boundary; while the 
 subdivisions will be executed from north to south, and from west to 
 east, the fractional measurements being thrown against the old south 
 and east boundaries, as such closings are made in regular surveys 
 against the north and west boundaries. 
 
 Fig. 12. The eas^ boundary defective in measurement-, the northern and 
 southern xmrtions thereof being unchangeable, while the middle portion 
 admits of rectification. 
 
 The east boundary will be rectified under clause 1, paragraph 4, the 
 toest and north boundaries will be established, and the subdivisions 
 executed in the regular manner. 
 
 Fig. 13. The east boundary defective in alinement and measurement; 
 the northern and southern portions thereof being unchangeable; while 
 tlie middle portion admits of rectification. 
 
 The east boundary will be rectified under clause 1, paragraph 4; the 
 -jcest boundary will be established in the regular manner; the iiorth 
 boundary by east on random and west on true line, the fractional meas- 
 urement being thrown against the old east boundary; while the sub- 
 divisions will be executed from north to south and from west to east, 
 closing the fractional nieasurements against the old south and east 
 boundaries, as such closings are made in regular surveys against the 
 north and west boundaries. 
 
 Fig. 14. The east boundary defective in alinement and measurement; 
 the northern and 6'Oi^//(eni2>or//ons thereof not admitting of rectification 
 in any \vay, since subdivisional surveys have been closed upon both 
 .sw/es of the same; while the middle portion admits of rectification in 
 measurement. 
 
 The east boundary will be rectified under clause 1, paragraph 4; the 
 icest boundary will be established in the regular manner, the township 
 corner at the end of six miles thereon being temporarily established.
 
 78 
 
 From said temporary corner, the fractional north boundary will be 
 run east on random to the nearest old established corner on the same, 
 at which point if the falling of the random is within 50 links per mile, 
 said boundary will be corrected westward on true line, setting corners 
 common to the sections and quarter sections on the north., at regular 
 intervals from the initial point of the true line, and throwing the con- 
 sequent fractional measurement in its normal place against the new 
 tvest boundary, while the temporary township corner previously estab- 
 lished thereon will be made permanent. 
 
 If, however, the falling defined above exceeds the stated limit from 
 the last established corner of the old surveys, the fractional north bound- 
 ary will be iDrojected due tcest to its intersection with the west bound- 
 ary, at which point the proper township corner will be iJermanently 
 established, and the temporary corner destroyed. 
 
 In establishing the corners on said north boundary under the latter 
 procedure, the requirements prescribed in the former relative to the 
 allowance for fractional measurement will be strictly observed. 
 
 In subdividing, the methods prescribed under Fig. 6 will be applied 
 as far as practicable. The details of the case under consideration are 
 clearly exhibited by fig. 14, 
 
 Fig. 15. All of the boundaries are assumed to be defective in aliiie- 
 ment, measurement, and position; also portions of each as being closed 
 upon by subdivisional surveys and consequently unchangeable relative 
 to the old surveys, while other portions of the same being free from 
 such attachments, admit of recti tication. 
 
 This figure is constructed on a larger scale than those explained in 
 the preceding paragraphs, in order to illustrate in detail the modus 
 operandi to be pursued in rectification, under the rules of the article on 
 retracements applicable to each of the obtaining conditions, and also 
 in subdividing within the rectified exteriors. 
 
 HIATUSES AND OVERLAPS. 
 
 [Plate VIII.] 
 
 The several figures on Plate YIII illustrate in detail the methods to 
 be employed in connecting the unsurveyed portions of two or more 
 township boundaries, when four of such fractional lines, upon being pro- 
 jected towards each other in the direction of the cardinal points by 
 lines not deviating more than twenty-one minutes of arc from true 
 meridian or latitudinal lines, do not form a common intersection. 
 
 Said methods, in addition to the reasons embodied in the article 
 entitled "Explanations of Articles," etc., page 71, are based upon the 
 following desiderata, viz: 
 
 1. The adjustment of such township boundaries so as to maintain 
 section 3G in a condition theoretically and practically perfect, accord- 
 ing to the requirements of the rectangular system of surveying. 
 
 2. That in accomplishing the above, the resultant fractional excess 
 or deficiency (which for brevity of explanation is termed '-the rectan- 
 gular fraction " ) will be thrown into, or taken out of section 6, when- 
 ever practicable. 
 
 3. That all incidental fractional measurements developed in the 
 establishmert of township boundaries or subdivisional lines by such 
 methods shall be thrown against the old surveys whenever practi- 
 cable. 
 
 In considering said methods it will be observed that the conditions
 
 79 
 
 to be dealt with are either hiatuses or overlaps, the former possessing 
 three characteristic features, which are named as follows: 
 
 Simple hiatus. See figures 1 and 2. 
 
 Meridional hiatus. See figure 3. 
 
 Latitudinal hiatus. See figure 4 ; while overlaps are shown by- 
 figure 5. 
 
 As the application of said methods, when the conditions exhibited 
 obtain, gives similar results with but a few exceptions, which will be 
 specifically detailed hereafter, the condition represented by A, figure 
 o, will be considered and the method of connection described as an 
 example, upon the following assumptions, viz: 
 
 That, of the boundaries of townships 1 and 2 north, ranges 3 and 4 
 west, those portions indicated by broken lines are vnsurveyed; 
 
 That it is required to connect said portions in order to complete the 
 subdivisions in one or more of the townships. 
 
 Beginning at the established terminal corners on the south and east 
 boundaries of T. 2 N., R. 4 W., hlanJc lines will be projected due east 
 and due south, respectively, with temporary stakes at intervals of ten 
 chains, to an intersection, which point will be marked bj^ a temporary 
 stake; 
 
 Then, from the established terminal corners on the west and 7iorth 
 boundaries of T. 1 N., R. 3 W., true lines will be projected due north 
 and due west, respectively, with regular corners for two sections and 
 quarter sections, to an intersection, which point will be marked by a 
 temporary stake; 
 
 Then, by proper measurements, the character of the resulting condi- 
 tion Avill be determined, and by comparison with diagrams A, of the 
 figures on Plate VlII, the particular method of connection will be 
 obtained and applied. 
 
 Said condition in the case under consideration, it will be observed, 
 is a '■'■meridional hiatus"', therefore, from the temporary stake marking 
 the intersection of the extended south and east boundaries of T. 2 N., 
 R. 4 W., which will be replaced by a permanent corner (common to 
 two townships) for T. 1 N., R. 3 W., and T. 2 N"., R. 4 W., the south 
 boundary of the latter will be extended due east to its intersection 
 with the west boundary of the former, where a corner for (one town- 
 ship only) T. 1 N., R. 4 W., will be permanently established; 
 
 Then, from the corner for T. 1 N., R. 3 W., and T. 2 N., R. 4 W., the 
 south and east boundaries of the latter will be corrected back west 
 and north, respectively, on true lines, establishing regular corners 
 common to two quarter sections and sections of said township, to 
 the initial points of the blank lines, against which the resulting frac- 
 tional measurements will be thrown, while the stakes temporarily 
 established on the blank lines at intervals of ten chains will be 
 destroyed ; 
 
 Then, from the stake temporarily marking the intersection of the 
 north and west boundaries of T. 1 N,, R. 3 W., which will be destroyed, 
 the former boundary will be extended due west to its intersection with 
 the east boundary of T. 2 IST., R. 4 W., where a proper closing corner 
 will beestablished,theresulting fractional measurement thrown against 
 the same, and the distance to the nearest corner on said boundary care- 
 fully determined and recorded in the field notes. 
 
 Thus section 36 is m-Ade full, serving as a perfect base from which 
 to initiate the subdivisional work in T. 2 X., R. 4 W.; the "rectangular 
 fraction," which in this case indirectly represents an excess, is incor- 
 porated in section 6, which being lotted on two sides in its normal con-
 
 80 
 
 dition, absorbs the excess without derang-ing materially those portions 
 of the same usually defined as regular subdivisions; while tlie unsur- 
 veyed portions of the entire group of townships are arranged in such 
 a manner as to admit of completing the subdivisional work therein on 
 the approved rectangular basis. 
 
 Relative to incorporating an excess in, or supplying a deficiency from, 
 section 6, simple hiatuses are noted as exceptions to the general rule; 
 therefore, when such hiatuses are square, or longer meridionally (see 
 1, diagrams A, fig. 1), the "rectangular fraction " will be taken out 
 of section 31, and incorporated in section 1; but if the length thereof 
 (see 1, diag. A, fig. 2) lie in a latitudinal direction, said "rectangular 
 fraction" will be taken out of section 1 and incorporated in section 31. 
 
 If the surveys contemplated, within a group of four townships, con- 
 sist of the completion of the southeast unsurveyed portion of the north- 
 west township only, the method detailed in the foregoing paragraphs 
 will be employed in all particulars, with the exception that the exten- 
 sion of the nortb and west boundaries of the southeast township will 
 be omitted; but the completion of the unsurveyed portions of any of 
 the other three demands of the deputy surveyor the performance of 
 the whole operation, and the complete connection of all the boundaries. 
 
 When, of four township boundaries whose directions tend to an 
 approximate common point, two of the same have been carried to a 
 mutual intersection, and are closed upon by subdivisional and other 
 lines (see paragraph 2, article on " lietracements,'' etc.,) the unsur- 
 veyed portion of the remaining boundaries will be connected with them 
 by the application of these methods, sufficiently modified to preserve 
 intact the prior subdivisional surveys. 
 
 FEAGMENTARY SUBDIVISION. 
 
 Plate IX illustrates the general methods to be employed in the 
 execution of fragmentary subdivisions within townships, portions of 
 which have been subdivided from fractional township boundaries 
 extended from various directions and not connected with each other. 
 
 These conditions obtain to a large extent in mountainous regions, 
 where in accordance Avith the existing provisions, relative to the survey 
 of agricultural lands, in the acts of Congress making appropriations 
 for public land surveys, such surveys are extended along the valley 
 and bottom lands, leaving the mountainous areas unsurveyed at the 
 time of the execution of the original work; but which, at a later date, . 
 in view of other considerations are placed under contract for survey. 
 
 It is obvious that the number and character of such cases would be 
 too great and varied to be considered in detail; therefore, when the 
 deputy surveyor meets with a case which is not covered exactly by 
 these instructions, or the sjjccial instructions from the surveyor general, 
 his thorough understanding of the ])receding articles on this subject, 
 and of the conditions illustrated on Plates VI and VIII, it is expected 
 will point out to him the proper method to be employed. 
 
 It is possible, however, that cases may arise so complex in their 
 character as to produce a feeling of doubt relative to the proper 
 solution of the problem; in which case he will at once communicate 
 with this office through the surveyor general, submitting information, 
 by letter and diagrams, of the exact condition astound by him, and the 
 necessary instructions will be forwarded as soon as practicable. 
 
 NoTK. — A quarter sortiDii fs held to be surveyed only when three of its corners 
 have been odicially established.
 
 81 
 
 GEOGEAPHICAL POSITIONS OF BASE LINES AND PEINCIPAL MERID- 
 IANS GOVERNING THE PUBLIC SURVEYS. 
 
 The system ot rectancjular surveying:, authorized by law May 20, 1785, 
 was first employed iu the survey of United States public lauds in the 
 State of Ohio. 
 
 The boundary line between the States of Pennsylvania and Ohio, 
 known as "EUicott's line," in longitude 80° 32' 20" west from Green- 
 wich, is the meridian to which the first surveys are referred. The toivn- 
 ships east of the Scioto lliver, in the State of Ohio, are numbered from 
 south to north, commencing with No. 1 on the Ohio Eiver, Avhile the 
 ranges are numbered from east to west, beginning with Ko. 1 on the 
 east boundary of the State, except in the tract designated "U. S. mili- 
 tary land,'' in which the townships and ranges are numbered, respec- 
 tively, from the south and east boundaries of said tract. 
 
 During tlie period of one hundred and nine years since the organi- 
 zation of the system of rectangular surveying, numbered and locally 
 named principal meridians and base lines have been established, as 
 follows : 
 
 The first principal meridian begins at the junction of the Ohio and 
 Big Miami rivers, extends north on the boundary line between the 
 States of Ohio and Indiana, and roughly approximates to the meridian 
 of longitude 84° 48' 50" west from Greenwich. The ranges of the pub- 
 lic surveys in the State of Ohio, west of the Scioto Eiver, are, in part, 
 numbered from this meridian. For further information in regard to 
 numbering of townships and ranges of the early surveys in Ohio, the 
 reader is referred to the State map prepared in the General Land 
 Office. 
 
 The second principal meridian coincides with 86° 28' of longitude west 
 from Greenwich, starts from a point two and one half miles west of the 
 confiuence of the Little Blue and Ohio rivers, runs north to the north- 
 ern boundary of Indiana, and, with the base line in latitude 38° 28' 20", 
 governs the surveys in Indiana and part of those in Illinpis. 
 
 The third principal meridian begins at the mouth of the Ohio Eiver 
 and extends north to the northern bouTidary of the State of Illinois, 
 and with the base line in latitude 38° 28' 20", governs the surveys in 
 the State east of the third principal meridian, with the exception of 
 those projected from the second principal meridian^ and the surveys on 
 the loest^ to tlie Illinois Eiver. This meridian is nearly coincident with 
 89° 10' 15" of we-^t longitude from Greenwich. 
 
 The fourth principal meridian begins at a point on the right bank of the 
 Illinois Eiver, in latitude 40° 00' 30" north, and longitude 90° 28' 45" 
 west from Greenwich, and with the base line running west from the ini- 
 tial i)oint, governs the surveys in Illinois west of the Illinois Eiver and 
 west of that part of the third principal meridian which lies north of the 
 river. 
 
 Tlie fourth principal meridian also extends north through Wisconsin 
 and northeastern Minnesota, and, with the south boundary of Wiscon- 
 sin as its base line, governs all the surveys in the former and those in 
 the latter State lying east of the Mississ ppi Eiver, and the third guide 
 meridian west (of the fifth principal meridian system), north of the river. 
 
 The fifth principal meridian starts from the old mouth of the Arkan- 
 sas Eiver, and with the base line running west from the old mouth of 
 the St. Francis Eiver, governs the surveys in Arkansas, Missouri, Iowa, 
 North Dakota; those in Minnesota, west of the Mississippi Eiver and 
 west of the third guide meridian north of the river; and in South Dakota 
 386 6 •
 
 82 
 
 all east of tbe Missouri Eiver, and the surveys on the west side of the 
 river to a limiting line following the third guide meridian (of the sixth 
 principal meridian system), White River, and the west and north bound- 
 aries of the Lower Brule Indian Reservation. This meridian is nearly 
 coincident with 91° 03' 42" longitude west from Greenwich. 
 
 The sixth principal meridian, which is approximately the meridian of 
 97° 23' west longitude from Greenwich, extends from the base line coin- 
 cident with the north boundary of Kansas in latitude 40° north, south 
 through the State to its south boundary, in latitude 37° north, and 
 north through Nebraska to the Missouri Elver; and governs the sur- 
 veys in Kansas and Nebraska; the surveys in Wyoming, except those 
 referred to the Wind River meridian and base line, which intersect in 
 latitude 43° 01' 20" north, and longitude 108° 48' 40" west from Green- 
 wich ; the surveys in Colorado, except those projected from the New 
 Mexico and Ute meridians, the latter intersecting its base line in lati- 
 tude 39° 06' 40" north and longitude 108° 33' 20" west from Greenwich; 
 and the surveys in South Dakota extended, or to be extended, over the 
 tract embracing the Pine Eidge and Eosebud Indian reservations. 
 
 In addition to the above mentioned numbered principal meridians, 
 other principal meridians with local names have been established, as 
 follows : 
 
 The Michigan weri^^mw, in longitude 84° 22' 24" west from Greenwich, 
 with a base line in latitude 42° 26' 30" north (eight miles north of 
 Detroit), governs the surveys in Michigan. 
 
 The Tallahassee meridian, in longitude 84° 16' 42" west from Green- 
 wich, runs north and south from the initial point on the base line at 
 Tallahassee, in latitude 30° 28' north, and governs the surveys in 
 Florida. 
 
 The Saint SteijJicns meridian, in longitude 88° 02' west from Green- 
 wich, begins at the initial point (Ellicott's corner), on the base line, in 
 latitude 31° north, extends south to Mobile Bay and north to latitude 
 33° 06' 20", and governs the surveys in the southern district of Ala- 
 bama, and in Pearl Eiver district lying east of the river and south of 
 the Choctaw base line, in latitude 31° 52' 40" north, in the State of 
 Mississippi. 
 
 The Huntsville meridian begins on the northern boundary of Alabama, 
 in latitude 34° 59' north, longitude 86° 34' 45" west from Greenwich, 
 extends south to latitude 33° 6' 20" north, and governs the surveys in 
 the northern district of Alabama. 
 
 The Choctaiv meridian begins on the Choctaw base line, latitude 31° 
 54' 40" north, longitude 90° 14' 45" west from Green wicli, runs north 
 to the south boundary of the Chickasaw cession, in latitude 34° 19' 
 40" north, and governs the surveys east and west of the meridian, and 
 north of tlie base line. 
 
 The Chichasaw meridian begins on the north boundary of Mississippi 
 in latitude 34° 59' north, longitude 89° 15' west from Greenwich, 
 extends south to latitude 33° 48' 45" north, and governs the surveys in 
 north Missisippi. 
 
 The Washington meridian begins on the base line in latitude 31° 
 north, longitude 91° 9' 15" west from Greenwich, extends north to the 
 Mi8sissii)pi Eiver, and governs the surveys in the southwestern angle 
 of the State of Mississip])i. 
 
 The Saint Helena meridian begins at the initial point of the Washing- 
 ton meridian, in latitude 31° north, and longitude 91° 09' 15" west of 
 Greenwich, extends south to the Mississippi Eiver, and governs the sur-
 
 83 
 
 veys in the Greensburg and southeastern districts of Louisiana, east 
 of the Mississippi Eiver. 
 
 The Louisiana meridian, in longitude 92^ 24' 15" west of Greenwich, 
 extends from the Gulf of Mexico to the north boundary of Louisiana, 
 and, with the base line through the initial point, conforming to the par- 
 allel of 31° north latitude, governs all the surveys in the state west of 
 the Mississippi Eiver. 
 
 The Neic Mexico meridian, in longitude 106° 53' 40" west from Green- 
 wich, extends through the Territory, and with the base line, in latitude 
 34° 15' 25" northf governs the surveys in i^ew Mexico, except those in 
 the northwest corner of the territory, referred to Navajo meridian and 
 base line, which have their initial point in latitude 35° 45' north, longi- 
 tude 108° 32' 45" west from Greenwich. 
 
 The SaltLaJcemeridian,mlongitnde 111° 54' 00" west from Greenwich, 
 has its initial point at the corner of Temple Block, in Salt Lake City, 
 Utah, extends north and south througli the Territory, and, with the 
 base line, through the initial, aud coincident with the parallel of 40°, 
 46' 04" north latitude, governs the surveys in the Territory, except those 
 referred to the Uintah meridian and base line proiected from an initial 
 point in latitude 40° 2G' 20" north, longitude 109° 67' 30" west from 
 Greenwich. 
 
 The Boise meridian, longitude 116° 24' 15" west from Greenwich, 
 passes through the initial j>oint established south 29° 30' west, nineteen 
 miles distant from Boise City, extends north and south througli the 
 State, and, with the base line in latitude 43° 46' north, governs the 
 surveys in the State of Idaho. 
 
 The Mount Biahlo meridian, California, coincides with the meridian of 
 121° 54' 48" west from Greenwich, intersects the base line on the sum- 
 mit of the mountain from which it takes its name, in latitude 37° 51' 
 30" north, and governs the surveys in the State of Nevada, and the 
 surveys of all central and northern California, except those belonging 
 to the Humboldt meridian system. 
 
 The Humboldt meridian, longitude 124° 8' west from Greenwich, inter- 
 sects the base line on the summit of Mount Pierce, in latitude 40° 25' 
 12" north, aud governs the surveys in the northwestern corner of Cali- 
 fornia, lying west of the Coast range of mountains, aud north of town- 
 ship 5 south, of the Humboldt meridian system. 
 
 The San Bernardino meridian, California, longitude 116° bQ' 15" west 
 from Greenwich, intersects the base line on Mount San Bernardino, 
 latitude 34° 07' 10" north, and governs the surveys in southern Cali- 
 fornia, lying east of the meridian, and that part of the surveys situated 
 icest of it which is south of the eighth standard parallel south, of the 
 Mount Diablo meridian system. 
 
 The Willamette meridian, which is coincident with the meridian of 
 122° 44' 20" west from Greenwich, extends south from the base line, in 
 latitude 45° 31' north, to the north boundary of California, and north 
 to the international boundary, and governs all the public surveys in 
 the States of Oregon and Washington. 
 
 The Black Hills meridian, longitude 104° 03' west from Greenwich, with 
 the base line in latitude 44° north, governs the surveys in the State of 
 South Dakota, north and west of White Kiver, and west of the Mis- 
 souri Eiver (between latitudes 45° 55' 20" and 44° 17' 30"), the north 
 and west boundaries of the Lower Brul6 Indian Eeservalion, and 
 the west boundary of range 79 west, of the fifth principal meridian 
 system. 
 
 The Montana meridian extends north and south from the initial
 
 84 
 
 monument on the summit of a limestone hill, eight hundred feet high, 
 longitude 1 11° 38' 50" west from Greenwich, and with the base line on the 
 jiarallel of 45° 46' 4<S" north latitude, governs the surveys in the State 
 of Montana. 
 
 The Gila and Salt River meridian intersects the base line on the 
 south side of Gila River, opposite the mouth of Salt Eiver, in latitude 
 33° 22' 40" north, longitude 112° 17' 25" west from Greenwich, and 
 governs the surveys in the Territory of Arizona. 
 
 The Indian meridian^ in loncitude 97° 14' 30" west from Greenwich, 
 extends from Eed River to the south boundary of Kansas, and with 
 the base line in latitude 34° 30' north, governs the surveys in the 
 Indian Territory, and in Oklahoma Territory all surveys east of 100° 
 west longitude from Greenwich. 
 
 The Cimarron meridian, in longitude 103° west from Greenwich, 
 extends from latitude 36° 30' to 37° north, and with the base line in 
 latitude 36° 30' north, governs the surveys in Oklahoma Territory 
 west of 100° west longitude from Greenwich. 
 
 DECLINATION OF THE MAGrNETIC NEEDLE, 
 
 For the following article, with tables, charts, and their explanation, 
 relatnig to the use of the compass in surveying, the Commissioner of 
 the General Land Office is indebted to Dr. T. 0. Mendenhall, Superin- 
 tendent of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. It was furnished at 
 the request of the Commissioner. 
 
 The paper, originally written in 1878 by Assistant C. A. Schott, 
 chief of the computing division, has been revised and enlarged by 
 him in order to present the latest information on the subject in posses- 
 sion of the C. and G. Survey, June, 1893. It is also accompanied by 
 three charts taken from the C. and G. Survey report for 1889 and 
 amended to date; they show the distribution of the magnetic declina- 
 tion for the year 1890, and in connection with the tables, for any year 
 within their range. 
 
 This paper takes the place of the chaptei' commencing at the foot of 
 page 25 and ending in the middle of page 29 of the " Manual of Instruc- 
 tions to Surveyors General of the United States" printed in 1871, part 
 of which in the course of time had become obsolete. The present article 
 will be found of great interest and value as an aid in the prosecution 
 of the surveys of the public lands. 
 
 AN ACCOUNT OF THE PRESENT GEOaRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION AND 
 OF THE ANNUAL CHANGE OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION"" WITHIN 
 THE LIMITS OF THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 Introductory remarJcs. — The magnetic declination at any place is the 
 angle contained between two vertical planes, one being that of the 
 astronomical or true meridian of the place and the other the plane in 
 which the axis of a freely suspended horizontal magnetic needle lies at 
 the time. The former is a fixed ])laue, the latter is variable, as is shown 
 by the regular or irregular, and the greater or less oscillations of a 
 needle when delicately suspended; these fluctuations are subject to 
 different laws depending on geographical position. Since the magnetic 
 
 * Commonly known as the variation of the compass; in scientific treatises on ter- 
 restrial magnetism the term magnetic declination is always employed, in order to 
 avoid any confusion which would arise when treating of such motions of the needle 
 as the diurnalj aniiual, and. secular variations,
 
 85 
 
 declination is found to vary witli respect to place and time, it is neces- 
 sary on the part of tlie observer to give with his statement of the 
 declination the geographical position or the latitude and longitude* 
 of his station (expressed to the nearest minute of arc will suffice in 
 general), and to accompany the record by the local time when the obser- 
 vation was made; the nearest hour (or quarter of an hour) should be 
 stated, also whether sidereal time, meantime, local, or standard time is 
 used. * 
 
 The declination is called "west" when the north-seeking end of the 
 magnet or needle points to the westward of the true meridian, and is 
 called "east" when the same end points to the eastward. Roughly 
 speaking, the north end of a needle tends approximately towards the 
 geograjihical north, or, rather towards a region which surrounds the 
 magnetic pole, situated in the vicinity of King William Land, and sup- 
 posed to be in about latitude 70^° and longitude 100° W. Here the hori- 
 zontal needle has lost its directive force, and the dip needle will point 
 vertically up and down ; in other words, at the pole the magnetic and 
 gravitational forces agree in direction. The magnetic declination pre- 
 sents great extremes in value within the limits of the United States; 
 thus for the year 1893, we have at Eastport, Me., 19° W. ; at the north- 
 eastern end of Lake Michigan, at the west end of Lake Erie, and in 
 St. Helena Sound, S. C, 0° (needle pointing due north); at Galveston, 
 Tex., l^o E.; at San Diego, Cal., 13^° E.; at Cape Flattery, Wash., 23° 
 E. ; at Sitka, Alaska, 29° E. ; the maximum of 4'^° E. is reached at the 
 mouth of Firth River, near where the meridional boundary line of 141° 
 strikes the Arctic Ocean; at Bering Strait, the declination has dimin- 
 ished to 21° E., and at the extreme western point of our territory, at 
 Attn Island, it is but 8J° E. The general distribution of the declina- 
 tion (for the given epoch, 1890), is shown by the isogonic charts 
 appended to this manual, taken from the Coast and Geodetic Survey 
 Report for 1889, Appendix No. 11; they are reproduced and amended to 
 bring them up to the present state of our knowledge, and appear here 
 transferred to the new base map of 1893 (scale rowm)- Tl^e third 
 chart referred to appears for the first time in the nmnual, it represents 
 the magnetic meridians, i. e. lines which show directly the direction of 
 the needle, this being a tangent to the curve at any point in it. These 
 curves, therefore, may be said to represent a phJ^sical fact, while the 
 isogonic curves are wholly artificial, but better adapted for practical 
 application. The meridional system converges toward the magnetic 
 pole without any special relation to the geographical pole, whereas in 
 the isogonic system all curves must pass through the latter pole as 
 well. It is a matter of great imi^ortance for surveyors to recognize 
 the fact of the local deviations from the general trend of the isogonic 
 lines ; these local irregularities of the distribution are more conspicu- 
 ous in regions of igneous rocks, but they appear also in regions of 
 sedimentary deposits, the intensity of the disturbance depending on 
 that of the local cause and its depth below the surface. The disturb- 
 ing local poles or ridges are in general' of the same polarity as that of 
 the north magnetic pole. Disturbed regions may range from a fraction 
 of a square mile to hundreds of square miles, but as yet little has been 
 done in this inviting field for research. 
 
 In consequence of the secular variation of the declination the mag- 
 netic charts require to be reconstructed from time to time, though for 
 a few years from the date of an isogonic chart the declination for any 
 
 * Eeckoned from Green wicli westward to 180°. ,
 
 86 
 
 position can readily be assigned by means of our knowledge of the 
 annual change, which is sufficiently constant for a few years to produce 
 no appreciable error. The secular variation is by far the greatest of 
 the great number of changes in the direction of the needle. Thus at 
 Albany, N. Y., the declination changed from 12° W. in the year 1650 
 to nearly oi^ W, about the year 1795, and is now again about loao y^. 
 at 'New York the change was similar; at Baltimore, Md,, the declination 
 changed from nearly 6° W. about 1080 to nearly ^o W. in 1802, the 
 present value being near 5° W. ; at San Diego, Cal., the declination 
 was about 7^° E. in 1710, and is now a little over 13° E.; at Chamisso 
 Island, Kotzebue Sound, Alaska, the declination was 33tp E. in 1750, 
 but is now only 26 Jo E. The results of the latest investigation of this 
 subject published by the Survey are contained in Appendix No. 7, Coast 
 and Geodetic Survey Report for 1888. What is known as the annual 
 change of the declination is nothing else than the effect of the secular 
 variation during one year, and must be carefully distinguished from the 
 annual variatio7i,wM(ih has but a small range and depends on the season 
 of the year. 
 
 The isogonic and magnetic meridian charts. — Referring to the two 
 isogenic charts appended to this article, the larger comprises the com- 
 pact area of the United States and the smaller one the territory of 
 Alaska. If for any selected epoch we connect by curves all positions 
 at which the needle was observed to have the same given declination, 
 we trace out an isogonic curve lor tliat value of declination. On the 
 charts they are laid down for the equal difference of 1°, with every fifth 
 curve drawn heavier for better distinction, and they answer to the epoch 
 January 1, 1890. For their construction more than 3,200 observed decli- 
 nations (reduced to epoch) were employed, the latest observation only 
 being used at stations occupied more than once. The isogonic curve of 
 zero declination, also called the agonic line, at which the needle points 
 due north and south, is seen to pass from the island of Michipicoten to 
 the extreme west end of Lake Erie and close to Charleston, S. C, where 
 it leaves the coast and turns toward the Bahama Islands. This curve 
 has been conveniently used as a representative line to mark out the 
 changes which in the course of time the magnetic system in its vicinity 
 undergoes. 
 
 On the Atlantic coast it reached its highest j^osition* near Cape 
 Henry, Ya., about the year 1800 and has since been moving southward. 
 All localities to the northeast of this line have west declination, indi- 
 cated by a -f sign to the index number; localities to the westward of 
 it and com^jrising the greater part of the United States have now east 
 declination, as marked by a negative index. To take up the declina- 
 tion for any given position on this chart, we resort to simple graphical 
 interpolation; it is best done by dropping a peri^endicular (curved) 
 from the position to the nearest isogonic on either side of it and meas- 
 uring the length of the shorter one, also tbat of the two together: the 
 proportion of the distance with respect to the whole difference of 60' is 
 readily ascertained. The result answers to the year 1890 (January), 
 and by applying the effect of the annual change, as tabulated further 
 on, the declination may be had for any time before or after that epoch. 
 This annual change is at present manifested by the apparent move- 
 ment of the isogonic lines to the southward or downward along the 
 Atlantic coast and to the westward or left on the Gulf coast and in the 
 interior to the north of it; on the Pacific coast this movement has 
 
 "See Plate No. 25, Appendix No. 7, Coast and Geodetic Survey Keport for 1888.
 
 87 
 
 either ceased or is very inconspicuous at present. The charts show 
 two shaded bands, one crossing- the northern part of Maine where the 
 direction of the needle has reached a limiting westerly position and is 
 about ready to reverse its secular motion; the other band skirts the 
 Pacilic coast from Washington to Point Conception, Cal., where it 
 passes out to sea. Here the needle is about stationary at the easterly 
 limit of its grand secular swing. For intermediate points this same 
 condition was reached at corresponding times during the present cen- 
 tury. 
 
 It will be seen that the irregularities in the local distribution of mag- 
 netism can only be brought out and specially delineated by a large addi- 
 tion to the observations so far accumulated.* 
 
 The degree of accuracy of the chai'ts depends in the first place on 
 that of the original observation, secondly on that of the change in the 
 interval between observation and epoch, and lastly on the density of 
 observations about the locality or the degree of generalization required 
 in the construction of the curves. The meridional chart has already 
 been sufliciently exi)lained and the additional dip and intensity curves 
 shown on it do not come within the scope of this paper. 
 
 The secular variation of the magnetic declination. — This variation, as 
 already pointed out, is a matter of great importance to the surveyor who 
 is frequently called upon to recover or re-run old compass lines or to 
 decide between conflicting claims as to position of old boundary lines 
 originally traced out by compass but lost or obliterated in the course 
 of time. As its name implies, this angular motion extends over so long 
 a period and is so utterly unknown as to its origin that the recognition 
 of its law is a matter of much difficulty and uncertainty. To represent 
 it a periodic function is employed; but from this it should not be 
 inferred that the motion is repeated at stated intervals; on the contrary 
 we are fully aware of the complexity of the phenomenon and of the 
 necessity of continually watching year by year the changes resulting 
 from observations and correcting or remodeling our analytical rejjre- 
 sentations accordingly. It should be fully understood that this process 
 is a wholly tentative one and that the mathematical inferences due to 
 the /brw of the function are not meant thereby to represent or become 
 a physical reality. Thus we are forced to reconstruct our secular change 
 tables at suitable intervals. The period found most in accord with 
 observations is about 250 years with variations of about 50 years longer 
 or shorter, at various stations. This holds only for the United States. 
 The earlier setting in of the secular variation phase% in the east and 
 spreading westward over the country has already been referred to; for 
 instance the easternmost po-sition or eastern elongation occurred at 
 places in eastern Maine about the year 1760, this phase reached the 
 Hudson Eiver about 1790, the Mississippi Kiver about 1820, Salt Lake 
 about 1870, and the west coast, as at San Francisco Bay, probably 
 next year or not far from it. Whether this phenomenon will be 
 repeated with the present incoming opposite phase in northern Maine 
 remains to be seen. The results from a discussion of 1,002 observations 
 at 94 stations are given in the following table of decennial values, and 
 after 1850 for 5-year intervals. The average number of observations 
 for each station is 11. 
 
 Table of the secular variation of the' magnetic declination at stations in 
 the United States, computed by means of periodic functions and based 
 
 * The results of any new and satisfactory observation sent to the Superintendent 
 of the Coast and Geodetic Survey will be duly credited in a subseq^uent publication.
 
 88 
 
 iilion all available observations from the earliest to the present time. — 
 The table is subdivided into three groups, viz: Group I comprises the 
 stations located east of the Apalachian Range, and the Atlantic coast 
 from Maine to Florida, inclusive; Group II, the stations situated 
 between the Rocky Mountains and the Apalachian Range, from Canada 
 to the Gulf; Group III contains the stations located between the Rocky 
 Mountains and the Pacific coast, from California to Washington, also 
 those in Alaska. Within each group the stations are arranged in the 
 order of their latitudes. 
 
 The tabular vahies are of various degrees of accuracy, as is indicated 
 by the entry, giving either whole degrees, or degrees and tenths, or 
 degrees, tenths, and hundredths — the latter relatively the most reli- 
 able. The results, dating back to the seventeenth century, are in many 
 cases but approximations more or less reliable. West declination is 
 indicated by the sign -f prefixed, east declination by the sign — j^refixed. 
 All values for 1900 are mere rough predictions and depend upon the 
 precarious supposition of a continuation of the law implied by the 
 formuhe. 
 
 Table B. — Secular Variation of Magnetic Declination — Eastern Group of Stations. 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 c 
 
 6 
 
 o 
 a 
 
 P 
 
 o 
 
 ® 
 o . 
 
 a 
 
 6 
 a 
 
 O 
 
 g 
 
 O 
 
 Ph 
 
 Si . 
 
 o 
 
 -a 
 O 
 
 
 
 a, 
 
 (2; 
 
 
 1600 
 
 
 
 +19 
 19 
 19 
 18.5 
 18 
 
 + 17.5 
 17 
 16 
 15 
 U.5 
 
 + 13.7 
 13.0 
 -12.3 
 11.9 
 11.6 
 
 +11.4 
 11.4 
 11.6 
 12.0 
 12.6 
 
 + 13.2 
 14.0 
 14.8 
 15.6 
 16.4 
 
 + 17.1 
 17.4 
 ]7.79 
 18.08 
 18.32 
 
 +18.53 
 18.71 
 18.84 
 
 18. 92 
 
 19. 
 +19.0 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1650 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 60 
 
 1 ■■■ i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 ! j 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 80 
 
 1 ' 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 90 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1700 
 
 
 
 + 12.1 
 11.4 
 10.6 
 9.9 
 9.3 
 
 +8.8 
 8.41 
 8.18 
 8.12 
 8.23 
 
 +8. 50 
 8.92 
 9.46 
 10.10 
 10.82 
 
 + 11.56 
 11. 92 
 12.29 
 12.64 
 12.97 
 
 +13. 29 
 13.58 
 13.85 
 14. 08 
 14.3 
 
 +14.4 
 
 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 30 
 
 
 
 
 
 j 
 
 
 40 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1750 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 +8.0 
 
 7.5 
 7.21 
 7.07 
 7.07 
 
 +7.26 
 7.60 
 8.07 
 8.65 
 9.31 
 
 +10. 02 
 10.37 
 10. 72 
 11.06 
 11.39 
 
 +11. 70 
 11.99 
 12. 25 
 12. 48 
 12.7 
 
 +12.8 
 
 
 
 + 7.5 
 6.8 
 
 60 
 
 
 
 + 6.6 
 6.1 
 5.7 
 5.0 
 
 + 5.7 
 6.1 
 6.6 
 7.3 
 
 8.1 
 
 +9.0 
 9.45 
 9.90 
 10. 36 
 10.79 
 
 + 11.20 
 11.59 
 11.94 
 12. 26 
 12. 5 
 
 + 12.8 
 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 ^1. 
 
 
 ""+6."8"" 
 0.5 
 
 +6.4 
 6.44 
 6.71 
 7.18 
 7.80 
 
 +8.55 
 
 8.96 
 
 9.38 
 
 9.80 
 
 10. 22 
 
 +10, 64 
 11.05 
 11.44 
 11.80 
 12.1 
 
 + 12.4 
 
 + 7.8 
 7.6 
 7.5 
 
 +7.6 
 7.9 
 8.3 
 8.87 
 9.55 
 
 +10. 28 
 10.66 
 
 11. 03 
 11.40 
 11.75 
 
 +12. 09 
 
 12. 40 
 12.69 
 12. 94 
 13.16 
 
 + 13.3 
 
 +5.9" 
 6.2 
 
 6.98 
 
 7.97 
 
 +8.60 
 8.86 
 9.16 
 
 •9.59 
 10.09 
 
 +10. 59 
 11.01 
 11. 27 
 11.38 
 11.4 
 
 +11.5 
 
 6.3 
 
 80 
 
 
 
 5.9 
 
 90 
 
 
 +7.1 
 
 +7.2 
 7.4 
 7.78 
 8.29 
 8.90 
 
 +9.58 
 
 9.93 
 
 10.27 
 
 10. 62 
 
 10.96 
 
 + 11.28 
 11.58 
 11.80 
 12.11 
 12.3 
 
 + 12.5 
 
 5.7 
 
 1800 
 10 
 20 
 30 
 40 
 
 1850 
 55 
 60 
 65 
 70 
 
 1875 
 80 
 85 
 90 
 95 
 
 1900 
 
 +10.8 
 11.4 
 12.1 
 12.9 
 13.7 
 
 +14.5 
 14.9 
 15.3 
 15.6 
 16.0 
 
 +16. 27 
 16. 54 
 16. 79 
 16.99 
 17.15 
 
 + 17.3 
 
 + 5.7 
 5.9 
 6.3 
 6.8 
 7.4 
 
 +8.1 
 8.5 
 8.8 
 9.2 
 9.6 
 
 + 10.0 
 10.3 
 10.6 
 10.9 
 11.2 
 
 + 11.4
 
 89 
 
 Tai5LK B. — Secular 
 
 Variation of Mat/netic Declination — Eastern Group of Stations — 
 Continued. 
 
 a 
 
 5 
 
 1 
 
 c 
 
 • in 
 - ^ 
 
 6 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 & 
 3 . 
 
 Vi 
 
 o 
 
 ■-1 
 
 2 
 
 '^ a 
 
 ta 
 
 OS 
 
 1 = 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 1600 
 
 + 10.5 
 11. 
 11.5 
 11.8 
 12.0 
 
 + 12.1 
 12.0 
 11.7 
 11.3 
 10.8 
 
 +10.2 
 9.5 
 8.76 
 8.07 
 7.38 
 
 +6.76 
 6.23 
 5.82 
 5.55 
 5.43 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 +13. 
 18. 
 12.8 
 
 + 12.6 
 12.3 
 11.85 
 11. 3 
 10.6 
 
 +9.9 
 9.2 
 8.55 
 7.9 
 7.4 
 
 + 7.0 
 6.7 
 6.6 
 6.0 
 6.8 
 
 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 1650 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 80 
 
 j 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 90 
 
 .1 .... 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1700 
 
 
 + 9.8 
 9.2 
 8.7 
 8.2 
 7.82 
 
 +7. 46 
 7. !7 
 6.96 
 6.86 
 6.i)0 
 
 + 10.1 
 9.4 
 8.7 
 8.1 
 7.6 
 
 +7.1 
 6.8 
 6.6 
 6.5 
 6.65 
 
 
 
 
 
 +9.1 
 8 4 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 + 10.4 
 9.5 
 8.8 
 8.4 
 
 + 7.» 
 7.0 
 6.3 
 6.0 
 6.2 
 
 + 9.3 
 • 8.66 
 7.96 
 7.27 
 
 +6.62 
 6.05 
 5.59 
 5.27 
 5.10 
 
 + 6.8 
 6.1 
 5.6 
 5.1 
 4.8 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 7 8 
 
 30 
 
 
 
 7.3 
 
 40 
 
 
 
 6.8 
 
 17r)0 
 
 + 7.8 
 7.1 
 6.6 
 6.2 
 6.1 
 
 
 + 6.4 
 6.2 
 
 60 
 
 
 70 
 
 
 6. 1 
 
 80 
 
 
 6.2 
 
 90 
 
 +3.01 
 
 6.4 
 
 1800 
 10 
 
 + 5.48 
 5.67 
 
 +6.3 
 6.6 
 
 +2.96 
 3.10 
 
 + 7.10 
 7.46 
 
 +6.(10 
 7.29 
 
 +7.2 
 7.7 
 
 +6.46 
 6.54 
 
 +.5. 10 
 5.26 
 
 + 4.7 
 4.7 
 
 + 6.8 
 7.2 
 
 20 
 
 6.02 
 
 7.2 
 
 3.40 
 
 7. '..)7 
 
 7.78 
 
 8.25 
 
 6.71 
 
 5.58 
 
 5.0 
 
 7.7 
 
 30 
 
 6.49 
 
 7.9 
 
 3.87 
 
 8.i;o 
 
 8.37 
 
 8.91 
 
 7.29 
 
 6.02 
 
 5. 39 
 
 8.34 
 
 40 
 
 7.07 
 
 8.7 
 
 4.46 
 
 9.29 
 
 9.01 
 
 9.61 
 
 8.24 
 
 6.59 
 
 5.95 
 
 8.96 
 
 1850 
 55 
 
 +7.73 
 8.08 
 
 + 9.64 
 10.11 
 
 +5.14 
 5.51 
 
 +9.09 
 10.3:! 
 
 +9.67 
 10 00 
 
 + 10.32 
 10.67 
 
 +9.18 
 9.53 
 
 +7.24 
 7.58 
 
 +6.61 
 6.97 
 
 + 9.57 
 9.87 
 
 60 
 
 8.44 
 
 10. 58 
 
 5.89 
 
 10. ti3 
 
 10. 33 
 
 11.00 
 
 9.78 
 
 7.93 
 
 7.35 
 
 10.15 
 
 65 
 
 8.80 
 
 11.04 
 
 6.26 
 
 10. 92 
 
 10.64 
 
 11.31 
 
 10.00 
 
 8.27 
 
 7.72 
 
 10.40 
 
 70 
 
 9.17 
 
 11.48 
 
 6.65 
 
 11.17 
 
 10.94 
 
 11.61 
 
 10.21 
 
 8. 62 
 
 8.10 
 
 10.64 
 
 1875 
 80 
 
 +0. 52 
 9.87 
 
 +-11.90 
 12. 29 
 
 +7.02 
 7.38 
 
 + 11.40 
 11.. '-.g 
 
 + 11.22 
 11.47 
 
 + 11.88 
 12.12 
 
 +10.47 
 10.70 
 
 + 8.97 
 9.29 
 
 + 8.47 
 8.84 
 
 +10. 86 
 11.04 
 
 85 
 
 10.21 
 
 12.7 
 
 7.72 
 
 11.74 
 
 11.71 
 
 12. 34 
 
 11.17 
 
 9.60 
 
 9.19 
 
 11.19 
 
 90 
 
 10. 52 
 
 13.0 
 
 8.05 
 
 11.85 
 
 11.91 
 
 12.51 
 
 11.56 
 
 9.89 
 
 9.52 
 
 11.31 
 
 95 
 
 10. 82 
 
 13.2 
 
 8.35 
 
 11.9 
 
 12.08 
 
 12. 65 
 
 11.9 
 
 10.16 
 
 9.8 
 
 11.4 
 
 1900 
 
 + 11.1 
 
 + 13.5 
 
 +8.6 
 
 + 12.0 
 
 + 12.2 
 
 + 12.8 
 
 + 12.1 
 
 + 10.4 
 
 +10.1 
 
 +11.5
 
 90 
 
 Table B. — Secular Variation of Magnetic Declination — Eastern Group of Stations- 
 Continued. 
 
 a 
 '3- 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 1 
 
 p" 
 o 
 
 Id 
 
 p 
 
 5^ 
 
 
 u 
 
 w 
 
 g 
 o 
 
 W 
 
 .5" 
 
 5'"' 
 
 a 
 
 3600 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 + 8. 
 8.5 
 9. 
 
 9.5 
 9.6 
 
 +9.7 
 9.7 
 9.7 
 9.6 
 9.1 
 
 + 8.5 
 7.8 
 7.3 
 6.8 
 6.3 
 
 + 5.6 
 5.0 
 4.6 
 4.4 
 4.4 
 
 +4.3 
 4.5 
 4.61 
 4.98 
 5.61 
 
 + 6.31 
 6.62 
 6.91 
 V.16 
 7.40 
 
 +7.64 
 7.90 
 8.18 
 8.49 
 8.8 
 
 +9.1 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 j 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1650 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 80 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 + 8.3 
 8.2 
 
 +7.9 
 7.5 
 7.0 
 6.4 
 
 5.7 
 
 +4.8 
 3.9 
 3.1 
 2.4 
 2.0 
 
 +1.8 
 2.0 
 2.5 
 3.0 
 3.7 
 
 +4.35 
 4.6 
 5.0 
 5.3 
 5.7 
 
 + 6.2 
 6.7 
 7.1 
 7.6 
 7.9 
 
 + 8.0 
 
 
 
 90 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1700 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 + 8.2 
 7.8 
 7.4 
 6.8 
 6.2 
 
 + 5.3 
 4.4 
 3.6 
 
 2.8 
 2.3 
 
 +2.1 
 2.16 
 2.44 
 2.91 
 3.46 
 
 +4.07 
 4.39 
 4.73 
 5.08 
 5.44 
 
 +5.81 
 6.20 
 6.59 
 7.0 
 7.4 
 
 + 7.7 
 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 +4.45 
 
 40 
 
 
 +6.1 
 
 . +r.. 3 
 
 4.5 
 3.8 
 3.2 
 
 2.7 
 
 + 2.4 
 2.2 
 2.3 
 2.5 
 2.96 
 
 + 3.53 
 3.86 
 4.22 
 4.59 
 4.98 
 
 +5. 36 
 5. 75 
 6.12 
 6.49 
 6.83 
 
 + 7.2 
 
 
 
 
 
 3.83 
 
 1750 
 
 + 5.8 
 5.4 
 5.0 
 4.77 
 4.67 
 
 +4.72 
 4.90 
 5.21 
 5.63 
 6.13 
 
 +6.69 
 6.99 
 
 7.28 
 7.58 
 7.87 
 
 + 8. 15 
 8.41 
 8. CO 
 8.89 
 9.1 
 
 +9.3 
 
 +3.9 
 3.2 
 2.5 
 1.8 
 1.33 
 
 + 0.99 
 0.84 
 0.88 
 
 1. n 
 
 1.52 
 
 +2.07 
 2.40 
 2.74 
 3.10 
 3.48 
 
 +3.85 
 4.23 
 4.60 
 4.95 
 5.3 
 
 + 5.« 
 
 
 
 
 +3.18 
 
 60 
 
 
 +4.5 
 3.9 
 3.5 
 3.21 
 
 +3.09 
 3.15 
 3.38 
 
 3.77 
 4.28 
 
 +4.91 
 5.25 
 5.60 
 5.96 
 6.32 
 
 +6.67 
 7.01 
 7.35 
 7.65 
 7.94 
 
 H-8.2 
 
 "— o.'i" 
 
 +0.0 
 0.3 
 0.8 
 1.4 
 2.2 
 
 +2.94 
 3.33 
 3.71 
 4.08 
 4.43 
 
 + 4.75 
 5.05 
 5.30 
 5.52 
 5.7 
 
 + 5.8 
 
 2.45 
 
 70 
 
 
 
 1.64 
 
 80 
 
 
 0.82 
 
 90 
 
 1800 
 10 
 20 
 30 
 40 
 
 1850 
 55 
 GO 
 65 
 70 
 
 1875 
 80 
 85 
 90 
 95 
 
 1900 
 
 +2.3 
 
 + 2.54 
 2.93 
 3.43 
 4.02 
 4.66 
 
 + 5.32 
 5. C6 
 5.98 
 6.29 
 6.59 
 
 + 6.87 
 7.12 
 
 7.35 
 7.55 
 7.72 
 +7.9 
 
 +0. 12 
 
 —0.35 
 —0.48 
 —0.28 
 +0.17 
 0.75 
 
 + 1.38 
 1.70 
 2.02 
 2.35 
 2.70 
 
 +3.06 
 3.44 
 3.84 
 4.25 
 4.65 
 
 +5.0 
 
 * To reduce to Sandy Hook, N. J., siibtract 0°. 33.
 
 91 
 
 Table B. — Secular 
 
 Variation of Magnetic Declination- 
 Concluded. 
 
 -Eastern Group of Stations — 
 
 5 ^ 
 
 
 
 1-3 
 
 O 
 
 6 
 
 g 
 
 u 
 
 a 
 
 p. 
 
 C3 
 
 a 
 J2; 
 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 6 
 
 <3 
 
 O 
 
 •i 
 
 IGOO 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 o o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 10 
 20 
 
 
 ! 
 
 
 1 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' i 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1650 
 
 
 [ 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 60 
 70 
 
 
 t 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 + 6. 
 6. 
 6. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 SO 
 
 +8. 
 8. 
 
 +8.0 
 7.6 
 7.0 
 6.4 
 5.7 
 
 +4.9 
 4.2 
 3.0 
 3.2 
 2.9 
 
 + 2.7 
 2.8 
 3.0 
 3.4 
 4.0 
 
 + 4.62 
 4.97 
 5.34 
 5.70 
 6.06 
 
 +6.41 
 6.76 
 7.06 
 7.35 
 7.6 
 
 +7.8 
 
 ...:.:::'' i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 90 
 
 1 1 
 
 +4.7 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1700 
 
 +5.4 
 5.0 
 4.5 
 3.9 
 3.2 
 
 +2.6 
 
 
 
 +6.4 
 5.8 
 5.2 
 4.4 
 3.7 
 
 +2.9 
 2.3 
 1.7 
 1.2 
 0.9 
 
 + 0.8 
 0.9 
 1.1 
 1.5 
 2.00 
 
 + 2.64 
 2.99 
 3.30 
 3.73 
 4.11 
 
 +4.49 
 4.86 
 5.2 
 5.6 
 5.9 
 
 + 6.2 
 
 +4.6 
 4.4 
 4.0 
 3.5 
 2.9 
 
 +2.3 
 1.65 
 1.05 
 0.52 
 
 +0.10 
 
 —0.17 
 
 0.28 
 
 —0. 22 
 
 +0.01 
 
 0.38 
 
 +0.88 
 1.16 
 1.47 
 1.78 
 2.10 
 
 + 2.43 
 2.75 
 3.06 
 3.3 
 3.6 
 
 + 3.9 
 
 + 4.6 
 4.3 
 3.9 
 3.4 
 2.9 
 
 +2.3 
 1.8 
 1.2 
 0.8 
 0.45 
 
 + 0.24 
 0.17 
 0.25 
 0.47 
 0.82 
 
 + 1.27 
 1.53 
 1.80 
 2.08 
 2.37 
 
 +2.66 
 2.94 
 3.22 
 3.5 
 3.7 
 
 +3.9 
 
 
 
 +0.0 
 
 —0.5 
 
 1.2 
 
 1.8 
 
 2.5 
 
 —3.1 
 3.7 
 4.1 
 4.4 
 4.55 
 
 -4. 55 
 4.37 
 4.05 
 3.59 
 3.03 
 
 —2.39 
 2.06 
 1.73 
 1.39 
 1.07 
 
 -0.75 
 0.45 
 
 —0.17 
 
 +0.09 
 0.3 
 
 + 0.5 
 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1750 
 
 
 +1.6 
 1.0 
 0.5 
 
 + 0.2 
 —0.0 
 
 -0.1 
 
 —0.0 
 
 + 0.3 
 
 0.7 
 
 1.19 
 
 +1.78 
 2.10 
 2.42 
 2.74 
 3.06 
 
 + 3.37 
 3.66 
 3.93 
 4.18 
 4.40 
 
 +4.6 
 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 2. 
 
 
 
 
 70 
 80 
 90 
 
 1800 
 
 1.46 
 1.04 
 0.76 
 
 + 0.64 
 0.68 
 0.88 
 ].2{ 
 1.70 
 
 + 2.27 
 2.58 
 2.90 
 3. 23 
 3. .55 
 
 +3.87 
 4.17 
 4.47 
 4.74 
 5.0 
 
 +5.2 
 
 
 —1.6 
 1.9 
 2.1 
 
 —2.11 
 1.96 
 1.66 
 1.23 
 0.70 
 
 —0.09 
 
 +0. 22 
 
 0.54 
 
 0.86 
 
 1.17 
 
 +1.46 
 1.74 
 2.01 
 2.25 
 2.45 
 
 +2.6 
 
 -5.0 
 5.3 
 5.6 
 5.6 
 5. 55 
 
 —5.33 
 5.17 
 4.98 
 4.76 
 4.51 
 
 -4.24 
 3.96 
 3.66 
 3.36 
 3.1 
 
 —2.7 
 
 
 10 
 20 
 30 
 40 
 
 1850 
 55 
 60 
 65 
 70 
 
 1875 
 80 
 85 
 90 
 95 
 
 1900 
 
 '+2.'6i' 
 
 +3.22 
 3.50 
 3.79 
 4.08 
 4.36 
 
 +4.65 
 4.93 
 5.21 
 5.50 
 5.8 
 
 4-6.1 
 
 -4.7 
 4.7 
 4.5 
 4.2 
 
 —3.78 
 3.54 
 3.27 
 2.98 
 2.68 
 
 -2.37 
 2.06 
 1.76 
 1.45 
 1.2 
 
 —0.9
 
 92 
 
 Tablk C. — Secular Variation of Magnetic Declination — Middle Group of Stations. 
 
 
 — a 
 
 
 m a 
 
 •a 
 o 
 
 2 
 
 o 
 H 
 
 Grand Haven, 
 Mich. 
 
 V 
 
 1 
 
 o" 
 
 a 
 a 
 
 
 a 
 o 
 a 
 .a 
 
 M 
 
 o 
 
 1 
 
 n 
 
 o 
 
 1650 
 GO 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 :: .. 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 +9.9 
 10.1 
 10.2 
 
 + 10.1 
 9.8 
 9.8 
 8.6 
 
 7.8 
 
 + 7.0 
 6.1 
 5.2 
 4.4 
 3.76 
 
 +3.26 
 2.89 
 2.74 
 2.80 
 3.05 
 
 +3.52 
 3.81 
 4.13 
 4.49 
 
 4.88 
 
 + 5.29 
 5.71 
 6.14 
 6.58 
 7.03 
 
 + 7.5 
 
 
 
 80 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 90 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1700 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 1750 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 j 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 80 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 90 
 
 
 +0.0 
 
 —0.5 
 0.9 
 1.1 
 1.16 
 1.04 
 
 -0.76 
 
 0.57 
 
 0.34 
 
 —0.07 
 
 -1-0.21 
 
 -F0.52 
 0.84 
 1.18 
 1.52 
 1.9 
 
 -1-2.2 
 
 ::::;::::::: 
 
 
 
 +0.44 
 
 + 0.22 
 0.21 
 0.41 
 
 -0.47 
 
 -0.55 
 
 0.46 
 
 -0.21 
 
 
 
 1800 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -3.1 
 3.06 
 
 2.84 
 2.49 
 2.04 
 
 —1.55 
 1.22 
 0.93 
 0.64 
 0.34 
 
 —0.05 
 
 +0.23 
 
 0.49 
 
 0.74 
 
 0.96 
 
 + 1.2 
 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 + 2.6 
 3.05 
 
 
 —5.0 
 
 —7.4 
 7.2 
 6.9 
 6.6 
 6.2 
 
 -5.8 
 5.4 
 5.0 
 4.5 
 4.1 
 
 —3.6 
 
 -5.7 
 
 30 
 
 
 4-0. 8 1 5. 2 
 
 0.79 1 fO. 20 
 1.35 1 0.73 
 
 5.84 
 
 40 
 
 
 3.72 1 ' 1.32 1 5.2 
 
 5.71 
 
 1850 
 55 
 60 
 65 
 70 
 
 1875 
 80 
 85 
 90 
 95 
 
 1900 
 
 —9.8 
 9.9 
 10.02 
 10.08 
 10.11 
 
 —10. 10 
 
 10.06 
 
 9.98 
 
 9.9 
 
 9.7 
 
 —9.5 
 
 +4. 52 
 4.96 
 5.41 
 5.87 
 6.33 
 
 + 6.79 
 7.23 
 7.6 
 8.0 
 8.4 
 
 + 8.8 
 
 +1.G0 
 1.85 
 2.17 
 2.39 
 2.66 
 
 + 3.14 
 3.62 
 3.88 
 4.12 
 4.5 
 
 + 4.-8 
 
 —4.95 
 4.74 
 4.45 
 4.11 
 3.71 
 
 —3. 25 
 2.73 
 2.15 
 1.5 
 
 -1.0 
 
 + 2.05 
 2.43 
 2.84 
 3.25 
 3.67 
 
 +4. 09 
 4.51 
 4.91 
 5.30 
 5.66 
 
 +6.0 
 
 +1.36 
 1.70 
 2.05 
 2.40 
 2.75 
 
 + 3.10 
 3.43 
 3.75 
 4.05 
 4.3 
 
 +4.5 
 
 -5.33 
 5.06 
 4.74 
 4.37 
 3.96 
 
 —3.52 
 3.04 
 2.55 
 2.04 
 1.53 
 
 —1.0
 
 93 
 
 Table C. — Secular Variation of Magnetic Declination — Middle Group of Stations- 
 Continued. 
 
 a . 
 
 c ■ 
 p. 
 
 C3 
 
 .2" 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 CS 
 
 5 
 p 
 
 ce_: 
 
 _tJO = 
 
 ce 
 
 
 
 p., 
 u 
 9 
 
 C3 
 
 
 
 P-l 
 
 p-i 
 
 d 
 '0 
 
 t.' 
 
 ? 
 a 
 
 
 
 C3 
 
 IS 
 
 6 
 3 
 
 
 1 
 
 1650 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 80 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 90 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 1700 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 30 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 40 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1750 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 80 
 
 
 46.2 
 
 -0.2 
 
 —0.46 
 
 0..o2 
 
 0.39 
 
 —0.09 
 
 + 0.36 
 
 +0.94 
 1. 26 
 1.6U 
 1.94 
 2.30 
 
 +2. 65 
 2.99 
 3. 32 
 3.62 
 3.9 
 
 +4.2 
 
 
 
 
 —0.42 
 0.85 
 
 -1.15 
 1.30 
 1.28 
 
 
 
 
 
 90 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 —1.73 
 
 —1.76 
 1.66 
 1.43 
 1.10 
 0.66 
 
 —0.16 
 +0.11 
 
 0.39 
 
 0.67 
 
 0.96 
 
 + 1.25 
 
 1.52 
 
 1.79 
 
 2.05 
 
 2.3 
 +2.5 
 
 —12.6 
 12.6 
 12.6 
 12.33 
 
 -11.96 
 11.73 
 11.47 
 11.19 
 10.89 
 
 —10. 56 
 10. 23 
 9.89 
 9.56 
 9.2 
 —8.9 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 4.0 
 
 1800 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4 1 
 
 10 
 
 —4.15 
 3.65 
 3.01 
 2.25 
 
 —1.44 
 
 1.03 
 
 0.62 
 
 —0.21 
 
 +0.18 
 
 + 0. 55 
 0. 89 
 1.20 
 1.48 
 1.7 
 
 +1.9 
 
 
 
 
 
 —2.9 
 2.8 
 2.7 
 2.33 
 
 —1.86 
 1.57 
 1.27 
 0.94 
 0.60 
 
 —0.26 
 
 + 0.10 
 
 0.45 
 
 0.79 
 
 1.1 
 
 +1.4 
 
 4 1 
 
 20 
 
 -6.12 
 6.28 
 0.25 
 
 —6.04 
 5.88 
 5.67 
 5. 42 
 5.15 
 
 —4.84 
 ^.52 
 4.17 
 3.81 
 3.45 
 
 —3.1 
 
 "'-h'.h' 
 5.4 
 
 —5.0 
 4.8 
 4.6 
 4.3 
 4.0 
 
 -3.8 
 3.5 
 3.2 
 2.9 
 2.6 
 
 -2.3 
 
 
 
 
 3.9 
 
 30 
 40 
 
 1850 
 55 
 60 
 65 
 70 
 
 1875 
 80 
 85 
 90 
 95 
 
 1900 
 
 1.11 
 0.78 
 
 —0.32 
 
 —0.06 
 
 +0.23 
 
 0.54 
 
 0.86 
 
 +1.19 
 1.52 
 1.85 
 2.18 
 2.49 
 
 +2.8 
 
 '+0.18' 
 
 +0.63 
 0.96 
 1.26 
 1.56 
 
 1.87 
 
 +2.18 
 2.49 
 2.78 
 3.06 
 3.3 
 
 +3.5 
 
 —ih'.ii 
 
 15. 02 
 
 14.88 
 
 —14. 71 
 14. 52 
 
 14.30 
 14.06 
 —13.8 
 
 3.60 
 3.15 
 
 —2.61 
 2.31 
 2.00 
 1.68 
 1.36 
 
 -1.04 
 0.73 
 0.43 
 —0.14 
 + 0.12 
 +0.4
 
 94 
 
 Table C. — Secular Variation of Magnetic Declination — Middle Group of Stations- 
 Concluded, 
 
 t". 
 
 i . 
 
 .2 
 
 '.a 
 o 
 
 « 
 a 
 
 a 
 'o 
 
 n 
 C 
 
 6 
 
 '3 
 
 o 
 
 n 
 a 
 
 H 
 
 V 
 
 a 
 
 u 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 1 
 
 o 
 
 ee 
 m 
 
 a 
 
 <u 
 
 M 
 H 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 o" 
 
 
 o 
 
 e ^ 
 
 H 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 1 
 
 O 
 
 
 1650 
 60 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 80 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 90 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1700 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -2.2 
 2.2 ■ 
 2.4 
 2.7 
 3.1 
 
 —3.7 
 4.4 
 5.1 
 5.8 
 6.5 
 
 -7.12 
 7.62 
 7.96 
 8.15 
 8.16 
 
 —8. 00 
 7.85 
 7.66 
 7.44 
 7.18 
 
 —6.90 
 6.59 
 6.26 
 5.91 
 5.6 
 
 —5.2 
 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ......... 
 
 
 
 
 1750 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 
 
 
 
 —4.1 
 
 4.87 
 5.61 
 6.28 
 
 —6.84 
 7.25 
 7.50 
 7.56 
 7.43 
 
 —7.12 
 
 6.90 
 6.65 
 6.36 
 6.05 
 
 -5.71 
 5.34 
 4.97 
 4.59 
 4.20 
 
 —3.8 
 
 
 
 -ii.'o" 
 
 10.7 
 
 —10. 20 
 9.97 
 9.74 
 9.50 
 9.27 
 
 —9.03 
 8.80 
 8.57 
 8.34 
 8.1 
 
 -7.9 
 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 80 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 90 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1800 
 
 —4.9 
 5.01 
 4.99 
 
 4.82 
 4.51 
 
 —4.08 
 3.8S 
 3.57 
 3. :i8 
 2.99 
 
 —2.69 
 2.39 
 2.09 
 1.80 
 1.53 
 
 —1.3 
 
 
 
 
 —5.8 
 6.30 
 6.71 
 6.97 
 
 7.07 
 
 —6.99 
 6.90 
 6. 75 
 6.57 
 6.36 
 
 —6.12 
 5.84 
 5.54 
 5.23 
 4.9 
 
 -^.6 
 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 —6.5 
 
 6.58 
 6.54 
 6.37 
 
 —6.11 
 5.93 
 5.74 
 5.53 
 5.30 
 
 —5. 1)6 
 4.81 
 4.55 
 4.28 
 4.02 
 
 —3.8 
 
 
 
 
 20 
 30 
 40 
 
 1850 
 55 
 60 
 65 
 70 
 
 1875 
 80 
 85 
 90 
 95 
 
 1900 
 
 " '— s.'o' 
 
 8.6 
 
 -8.2 
 8.0 
 7. 7 
 7.4 
 7.1 
 
 —6.7 
 6.4 
 6.0 
 5.6 
 5.3 
 
 —4.9 
 
 - 6.7 
 6.9 
 6.9 
 
 —6.7 
 6.5 
 6.3 
 6.1 
 
 5.78 
 
 —5.46 
 5.13 
 4.78 
 4.40 
 4.0 
 
 —3.6 
 
 -9.8 
 10.1 
 10.3 
 
 -10.31 
 10. 25 
 10.16 
 10. 03 
 9.86 
 
 -9.66 
 9. 43 
 9.17 
 8.89 
 8.6 
 
 -8.3 
 
 —8.9 
 8.90 
 8.84 
 8.74 
 8.59 
 
 —8.40 
 8.16 
 7.88 
 7.56 
 
 —7.2 
 
 — 6.9 
 6.5 
 6.03 
 
 —5.47 
 5.17 
 4.85 
 4.53 
 4.21 
 
 —3.88 
 3.57 
 3.26 
 2.96 
 2.7 
 
 -2,4
 
 .95 
 
 Table D. — Secular Variation of Magnetic Declination — Western Grotip of Stations, 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 "3 
 
 
 
 ■3 
 
 
 
 
 00 
 
 0' 
 
 .9 
 '3 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 2 -a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 a 
 
 H 
 0" 
 
 Ph 
 
 
 
 R 
 
 a 
 
 CO 
 
 CS-: 
 
 a 
 
 u 
 
 B 
 
 
 3 
 
 is 
 
 02 
 
 
 
 Ms 
 1 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 > 
 
 5^ 
 n 
 
 <S (S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1700 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 
 -7.3 
 7.3 
 7.45 
 
 7.7 
 
 —8.1 
 8.5 
 9.0 
 9.5 
 
 —8.2 
 8.2 
 8.3 
 8.5 
 
 —8.9 
 9.3 
 
 9.8 
 10.4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1750 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 80 
 
 
 —11.4 
 
 —12.6 
 
 —14.2 
 
 
 —15.6 
 
 
 —17.1 
 
 90 
 
 
 10.1 
 
 11.0 
 
 11.8 
 
 13.1 
 
 14.7 
 
 
 16.1 
 
 
 17.3 
 
 1800 
 
 
 —10.7 
 
 -11.6 
 
 —12. 33 
 
 -13.6 
 
 —15. 1 
 
 
 —16.8 
 
 
 —17.7 
 
 10 
 
 
 11.3 
 
 12 3 
 
 12 86 
 
 14.1 
 
 15 6 
 
 
 17 5 
 
 
 18 2 
 
 20 
 
 
 11.8 
 
 12.9 
 
 13.40 
 
 14. 54 
 
 16.0 
 
 
 
 18.2 
 
 
 18.7 
 
 30 
 
 
 12.27 
 
 13.43 
 
 13.93 
 
 15.00 
 
 16.5 
 
 
 18.9 
 
 
 19.2 
 
 40 
 
 
 12 67 
 
 13 90 
 
 14 45 
 
 15 42 
 
 16 9 
 
 
 19 6 
 
 
 19 8 
 
 1850 
 
 -12. 31 
 
 —12. 99 
 
 —14. 30 
 
 —14. 91 
 
 —15.79 
 
 —17.2 
 
 —16.0 
 
 —20. 17 
 
 —20.4 
 
 —20. 31 
 
 55 
 
 12.41 
 
 13.11 
 
 14.46 
 
 15.13 
 
 15.96 
 
 17.3 
 
 16.3 
 
 20. 41 
 
 20.6 
 
 20.56 
 
 60 
 
 12.47 
 
 13.21 
 
 14.60 
 
 15. 32 
 
 16.10 
 
 17.4 
 
 16.45 
 
 20.62 
 
 20.8 
 
 20.80 
 
 65 
 
 12.48 
 
 13.28 
 
 14.70 
 
 15. 49 
 
 16.23 
 
 •17.5 
 
 16.58 
 
 20.78 
 
 20.9 
 
 21.02 
 
 70 
 
 12.45 
 
 13. 32 
 
 14.78 
 
 15.65 
 
 16.34 
 
 17.6 
 
 16.64 
 
 20.91 
 
 21.0 
 
 21.22 
 
 1875 
 
 —12.38 
 
 —13. 34 
 
 —14. 82 
 
 —15. 78 
 
 —16. 44 
 
 —17.6 
 
 —16. 64 
 
 —21. 00 
 
 —21. 1 
 
 —21. 40 
 
 80 
 
 12.26 
 
 13.32 
 
 14.84 
 
 15.89 
 
 16.51 
 
 17.69 
 
 16.58 
 
 21.04 
 
 21.1 
 
 21.56 
 
 85 
 
 12.11 
 
 13.28 
 
 14. 82 
 
 1.5.98 
 
 16.56 
 
 17.70 
 
 16.45 
 
 21.05 
 
 21.1 
 
 21.69 
 
 90 
 
 11.91 
 
 13. 22 
 
 14.8 
 
 16.04 
 
 16. .58 
 
 17.69 
 
 16.3 
 
 21.0 
 
 21.0 
 
 21.79 
 
 95 
 
 11.7 
 
 13.12 
 
 14.7 
 
 16.1 
 
 16.59 
 
 17.7 
 
 16.0 
 
 20.9 
 
 20.9 
 
 21.9 
 
 1900 
 
 —11.4 
 
 —13.0 
 
 —14.6 
 
 —16.1 
 
 —16. 57 
 
 —17.6 
 
 —15.7 
 
 —20.8 
 
 —20.8 
 
 — 21.9 
 
 ! 
 
 1 
 
 £ 
 1 
 
 
 
 c a 
 
 Si 
 
 Iliuliuk Harbor, 
 I'ualaska Is- 
 land, Alaska. 
 
 00 
 
 < 
 ci 
 
 11 
 
 "H i: rt 
 ^■5.2 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ph 
 
 
 
 CJ 
 
 a . 
 u * 
 
 
 Ph 
 
 a a-^ 
 
 
 
 1700 
 10 
 20 
 30 
 40 
 
 1750 
 60 
 70 
 80 
 90 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 —28.0 
 29.0 
 30.0 
 
 —30.0 
 30.0 
 30.5 
 30.0 
 30.0 
 
 -30.0 
 29.0 
 28.4 
 27.6 
 26.7 
 
 i-25.7 
 25.3 
 24. 8 
 24.4 
 24.0 
 
 -23.6 
 23.2 
 22.9 
 22.6 
 
 —22. 
 
 32 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 32 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 33 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 33 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 
 
 
 
 —24.5 
 25.1 
 25.7 
 
 -26. 39 
 
 27.06 
 27.68 
 28.22 
 28.66 
 
 —28. 95 
 29.06 
 29.13 
 29. 15 
 29.13 
 
 —29. 08 
 
 29. 
 
 29. 
 —29. 
 
 -22.2 
 23.4 
 24.5 
 
 -25. 54 
 26.37 
 26.98 
 27. 32 
 27.38 
 
 —27. 15 
 26. 93 
 26.65 
 26.31 
 25.90 
 
 —25. 45 
 24.96 
 24.4 
 23.9 
 
 —23. 
 
 —23. 
 24.5 
 26. 
 
 —27.5 
 29. 
 30. 
 31. 
 31.5 
 
 —31.7 
 31.7 
 31.6 
 31.4 
 31.0 
 
 -30.8 
 30.4 
 30. 
 29. 
 
 —29. 
 
 -22.5 
 24.4 
 26.2 
 
 -27. 84 
 29.28 
 30.44 
 31.22 
 31.58 
 
 —31. 50 
 31. 30 
 30.99 
 30.59 
 30.09 
 
 —29. 49 
 28.8 
 28.1 
 27.3 
 
 —26. 
 
 34 
 
 
 
 —16.8 
 17.4 
 
 —18.1 
 18.8 
 19.6 
 20.3 
 20.9 
 
 —21. 38 
 21. .57 
 21.70 
 21.79 
 21.83 
 
 —21. 83 
 21.78 
 21.68 
 21. 54 
 21.3 
 
 —21.1 
 
 —17.3 
 17.8 
 
 —18.3 
 18.9 
 19.6 
 20.3 
 21.0 
 
 —21. 64 
 21.90 
 22. 13 
 22.33 
 22.50 
 
 -22. 62 
 22.70 
 22.74 
 22.73 
 22.7 
 
 —22.6 
 
 —18.4 
 18.9 
 
 —19. 27 
 19. .59 
 19.80 
 19. 90 
 19.89 
 
 -19.76 
 19.05 
 19.52 
 19. 37 
 19.19 
 
 — 18.99 
 18.78 
 18.55 
 18.31 
 18.1 
 
 —17.8 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 1800 
 
 
 33 5 
 
 10 
 
 
 33.0 
 32 3 
 
 20 
 
 
 30 
 
 
 31.5 
 30 6 
 
 40 
 
 
 1850 
 55 
 60 
 65 
 
 70 
 
 1875 
 80 
 85 
 90 
 95 
 
 -21.3 
 21.6 
 21.8 
 22.0 
 22.13 
 
 —22. 23 
 22.28 
 22.29 
 22.25 
 22.2 
 
 -22.1 
 
 —29.7 
 29.2 
 28.8 
 28.4 
 27.9 
 
 -27.5 
 27.2 
 26.8 
 26.5 
 26. 
 
 1900 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 96 
 
 The following table contains the latitude and longitude of each of the 
 secular variation stations, together with the annual change of the 
 declination for the epochs 1890, 1895 and 1900, as far as known at pres- 
 ent. Increasing westerly declination, or what is the same, decreasing 
 easterly declination, has a + sign prefixed to its annual change, 
 whereas decreasing westerly or increasing easterly declination is indi- 
 cated by a — sign. 
 
 Table E. — Latitude and Limcjitude of places of Magnetic Ohservation, and Anntial Vari- 
 ation of Magnetic Declination. 
 
 Name of place. 
 
 Eastern Group. 
 
 Eastport, Me 
 
 Bangor, Me 
 
 Burlington, Vt 
 
 Hanover, N. H 
 
 Portland, Me 
 
 Rutland, Vt 
 
 Portsmouth, N. H 
 
 Chesterfleld, N. H 
 
 Newburyport, Mass 
 
 Williamstowu, Mass 
 
 Albany, N. Y 
 
 Salem, Mass 
 
 Oxford, N. y 
 
 Cambridge, Mass 
 
 Boston, Mass 
 
 Provincetown, Mass 
 
 Providence, R.I 
 
 Hartford, Conn 
 
 New Haven, Conn 
 
 Nantucket, Mass 
 
 Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y 
 
 New Yorli. N. Y 
 
 South Betlilehcm, Pa 
 
 Huntingdon, Pa 
 
 New Brunswick, N. J 
 
 Jamesburg, N. J 
 
 Harrisburir, Pa 
 
 Hatboro. Pa 
 
 Philadelphia, Pa 
 
 Chambersburg, Pa 
 
 West Ci^ek, N. J 
 
 Baltimore, Md 
 
 Cape May, N. J 
 
 Washington, D. C 
 
 Uape Heulopen, Del 
 
 Williamsburg. Va 
 
 Cape Henry, Va 
 
 Newbern, N. C 
 
 Milledgeville, (Ja 
 
 Charleston, S. C 
 
 Savannah, G a 
 
 3Iiddle group. 
 
 Duhith, Minn., and Superior, AVis. . 
 
 Sault dc Ste. :\rarie, Mich , 
 
 Pierrcpoiit Manor, N. Y 
 
 Toronto, Cau 
 
 Grand Haven, Mich 
 
 Milwaukee, Wis 
 
 BiiHiilo, N. Y 
 
 Dunkirk, N.Y 
 
 Ithaca, N.Y 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 44 54. 4 
 44 48 2 
 44 28. 5 
 43 42. 3 
 43 38.8 
 
 43 36. .5 
 43 04. 3 
 42 53.5 
 42 48. 9 
 42 42. 8 
 
 42 39. 2 
 42 31. 
 42 26. 5 
 42 22. 9 
 42 21. 5 
 
 42 03. 1 
 
 41 50. 2 
 41 45. 9 
 41 18.5 
 41 17.0 
 
 40 52 
 40 42.7 
 40 36. 4 
 40 31 
 40 29. 9 
 
 40 21 
 40 15.9 
 40 12 
 39 56. 9 
 39 55 
 
 39 38 
 39 17. 8 
 38 56. 
 38 53. 3 
 38 46. 7 
 
 37 16.2 
 36 55. 6 
 35 06 
 33 04.2 
 32 46. 6 
 
 32 04. 9 
 
 46 45. 5 
 40 29.9 
 43 44. 5 
 43 39. 4 
 
 43 05. 2 
 43 02.5 
 42 52. 8 
 42 29. 6 
 42 26, 8 
 
 Longi- 
 tude 
 west. 
 
 66 59. 2 
 68 46. 9 
 73 12.0 
 72 17. 1 
 70 16. 6 
 
 72 55.5 
 70 42. 5 
 
 72 24 
 70 49. 2 
 
 73 13.4 
 
 73 45. 8 
 
 70 52. 5 
 75 40. 5 
 
 71 07.7 
 
 71 03. 9 
 
 70 11.3 
 7! 23.8 
 
 72 40.4 
 
 72 55. 7 
 70 06. 
 
 73 28 
 
 74 on. 4 
 
 75 22. 9 
 
 78 (12 
 74 26.8 
 
 74 27 
 
 76 52. 9 
 
 75 07 
 
 75 09. 
 
 77 40 
 
 74 19 
 
 76 37. 
 
 74 57. 6 
 
 77 00. 6 
 
 75 05. 
 
 76 42. 4 
 
 76 00.4 
 
 77 02 
 83 12 
 
 79 55. 8 
 
 81 05.5 
 
 92 04. 5 
 84 20. 1 
 76 03. 
 79 23. 5 
 
 86 12.6 
 
 87 54. 2 
 
 78 .53.5 
 
 79 21.3 
 76 28. 9 
 
 Annual change of 
 decl. for — 
 
 + 0.8 
 +2.2 
 +2.8 
 +3.5 
 +2.6 
 
 +4.2 
 +2.9 
 -r2.7 
 + 2.6 
 + 3.4 
 
 +3.7 
 +3.6 
 
 +3.7 
 +1.5 
 
 +L9 
 +4.4 
 + 3.3 
 +3.8 
 +1.2 
 
 +2.6 
 + 3.8 
 +4.3 
 +4.1 
 +2.2 
 
 + 3.6 
 +2.3 
 
 +4.4 
 +4.4 
 +4.9 
 
 +3.3 
 +3.1 
 
 + 3.4 
 + 2.4 
 + 4.0 
 
 + 3.4 
 +3.0 
 +2.7 
 +3.7 
 +2.9 
 
 +3.6 
 
 +4.1 
 + 4.6 
 + 3.8 
 
 +5.4 
 +4.5 
 + 3.4 
 +5.3 
 
 + 0.2 
 + 1.7 
 + 2.4 
 +3.0 
 +2.2 
 
 + 3.8 
 +2.5 
 + 2.2 
 + 2.2 
 +3.0 
 
 +3.4 
 + 3.0 
 + 3.4 
 + 1.2 
 +1.9 
 
 +1.5 
 +3.6 
 
 +3.0 
 +3.4 
 +0.8 
 
 +2.3 
 +3.8 
 + 4.0 
 + 3.9 
 +1.8 
 
 + 3.3 
 
 + 1.8 
 +3.3 
 +4.4 
 +4.8 
 
 +2.9 
 
 +2.8 
 
 + 2.0 
 
 + 3.7 
 
 +3.2 
 +2.8 
 + 2.3 
 + 3.7 
 +2.5 
 
 + 3.4 
 
 +4.1 
 +4.2 
 +4.4 
 
 +5.5 
 +4.2 
 + 3.1 
 +5.2
 
 97 
 
 Table E. — LntUxde aud Lomjitude of places of Magnetic Observation, etc. — Concluded. 
 
 Name of place. 
 
 Middle Oroup — Continued. 
 
 Pptroit, Mich 
 
 Kalamazoo, Midi 
 
 Ypsilanti, Mich 
 
 Erie, Pa 
 
 Chicago, 111 
 
 Michigan City, Ind 
 
 Cleveland, Ohio 
 
 Omaha, Is't'b 
 
 Beaver, Pa 
 
 Pittshurg, Pa 
 
 Denver, Colo 
 
 Marietta, Ohio 
 
 Athens, Ohio 
 
 Cincinnati, Ohio 
 
 St. Louis, Mo 
 
 Nashville, Tenu 
 
 Florence, Ala , 
 
 Mobile, Ala 
 
 Pensacola, Fla 
 
 Austin, Tex 
 
 New Orleans, La 
 
 San Antonio, Tex 
 
 Gal veston, Tex 
 
 Key West, Fla 
 
 Western grotip. 
 
 El Paso, Tex 
 
 San Dieao, Cal 
 
 Santa Barbara, Cal 
 
 Monterey, Cal 
 
 San Francisco, Cal 
 
 Cape Mendocino, Cal 
 
 Salt Lake City, Utah 
 
 Vancouver, Wash 
 
 Walla Walla, Wash 
 
 Cape Disai)pointment, Wash 
 
 S.'attle, Wash 
 
 Port Townsend, Wash 
 
 Nce-ah Bay, Wash 
 
 Iliuliuk Harbor, ITnalaska Isl., Alaska .. 
 Sitka, Alaska 
 
 St. Paul, Kadiak Isl., Alaska 
 
 Port Mulgrave, Yakutat Bay, Alaska 
 
 Port Ktclies, Alaska 
 
 Port ( 'larence, Alaska 
 
 Ciiandsso Isl., Kotzebue Sound, Alaska. . . 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 42 20. 
 42 17.4 
 42 14 
 42 07. 8 
 41 50. 
 
 41 43.4 
 41 30.4 
 41 15.7 
 40 44 
 40 27. 6 
 
 39 45. 3 
 39 25 
 39 19 
 39 06.4 
 38 38. 
 
 36 08. 9 
 34 47. 2 
 30 41.4 
 30 20. 8 
 30 16.4 
 
 29 57. 2 
 29 26. 8 
 29 17.4 
 24 33. 5 
 
 31 45. 5 
 
 32 42. 1 
 34 24. 2 
 
 36 36. 1 
 
 37 47. 5 
 
 40 26. 3 
 40 46. 1 
 
 45 37. 5 
 
 46 04 
 
 46 16. 7 
 
 47 35. 9 
 
 48 07. 
 48 21. 8 
 53 52.6 
 57 02. 9 
 
 57 48. 
 
 59 33. 7 
 
 60 20. 7 
 
 65 16 
 
 66 13 
 
 Longi- 
 tiide 
 
 west. 
 
 83 03. 
 
 85 35.2 
 
 83 38 
 
 80 05. 4 
 87 36.8 
 
 86 54. 4 
 
 81 41.5 
 95 56. 5 
 80 20 
 
 80 00. 8 
 
 104 59. 5 
 
 81 28 
 
 82 02 
 
 84 29. 8 
 90 12. 2 
 
 86 48. 2 
 
 87 41. 7 
 
 88 02. 5 
 87 18. 3 
 
 97 44. 2 
 
 90 03. 9 
 
 98 27. 9 
 94 47 
 81 48. 5 
 
 106 27. 
 
 117 14. 3 
 119 43 
 
 121 53. 6 
 
 122 27. 3 
 
 124 24. 3 
 111 53.8 
 122 39. 7 
 
 118 22 
 124 02. 8 
 
 122 20. 
 122 44. 9 
 124 38. 
 166 31. 5 
 135 19. 7 
 
 Annual change of 
 decl. for — 
 
 1890. 
 
 +2.8 
 + 6.1 
 +3.1 
 +3.5 
 +4.3 
 
 +3.5 
 +3.0 
 + 4.1 
 + 3.8 
 +3.2 
 
 +2.6 
 + 1.0 
 +0.7 
 —0.6 
 -0.2 
 
 +0.8 
 +2.0 
 + 0.3 
 +2.9 
 -2.0(?) 
 
 ir.2 21. 3 
 
 +6.9 
 
 139 45. 9 
 
 +0.0(?) 
 
 146 37. 6 
 
 +9.9 
 
 166 50 
 
 + 3.4 
 
 161 49 
 
 +3.5 
 
 1895. 
 
 +7.2 
 
 +2.9 
 +3.0 
 
 +2.2 
 
 +4.4 
 
 +4.0 
 
 +3.1 
 
 It will be observed tliat the character of the secular change is fairly 
 uniform over large areas, though each locality apparently has or may 
 have minor features not shared by surrounding stations. It is, however, 
 difficult to distinguish with certainty real from apparent deviations, in 
 con.sequence of the imperfect data at our command. The following 
 summary of the most probable vjilues for the annual change about the 
 epoch ]<S93 has been made up from the preceding tabular values and 
 from other less reliable information, but for many States or special sub- 
 divisions it can only be a rough approximation, 
 380 7
 
 98 
 
 Table F. — Approximate average Annual Change of the Magnetic Declination about the 
 epoch lS9:i, for the central part of each State, Territory, or geographical aubdivision. 
 
 [As before, a + sign indicates increasing west declination or decreasing east declination, a — sign 
 
 indicates the contrary.] 
 
 Locality. 
 
 Alabama 
 
 Alaska : 
 
 Pixon Entrance 
 
 Sitka Hay 
 
 Coast oil' Mount St. Elias 
 
 Boring Strait 
 
 Arizona Territory 
 
 Arkansas 
 
 California: 
 
 Southern coast 
 
 Coast, central part 
 
 Kort hern coast 
 
 Colorado 
 
 Con necticut 
 
 Delaware 
 
 District of Columbia 
 
 Florida : 
 
 Northwestern part 
 
 Peninsula part 
 
 Georgia 
 
 Idaho 
 
 Illinois 
 
 Indiana 
 
 Indian Territory 
 
 Iowa 
 
 Kansas 
 
 Kentucky 
 
 Louisiana 
 
 Maine: 
 
 Western part 
 
 Eastern part 
 
 Maryland 
 
 Massachusetts : 
 
 Western part 
 
 E.istern jiart 
 
 Michigan: 
 
 Soutliern part 
 
 Northern part 
 
 Minnesota 
 
 Mississippi 
 
 Annual 
 change. 
 
 +3.7 
 
 -1 ( 
 
 -2 ( 
 +0 ( 
 
 + 4 ( 
 +2 
 + 3 
 
 + 1 
 -0.5 
 + 1 
 + 2.8 
 + 3. 
 + 3. 
 + 2. 
 
 +3. 
 
 + 3. 
 +3. 
 +1. 
 +3. 
 +3. 
 +3. 
 +4. 
 + 3. 
 + 3. 
 + 3. 
 
 + 2. 
 + 1 
 + 3. 
 
 + 3. 
 +2. 
 
 + 3. 
 +4 
 + 3 
 + 3. 
 
 4 
 4 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 5 
 5(?) 
 
 5 
 
 
 5 
 4 
 6 
 6(?) 
 
 3 
 2 
 
 5(?) 
 (?) 
 (0 
 
 5 
 
 Locality. 
 
 Missouri 
 
 Montana 
 
 Nebraska : 
 
 Western part... 
 
 Eastern part 
 
 Nevada 
 
 New Hampshire 
 
 New Jersey: • 
 
 Northern part . . 
 
 Southern jtart... 
 
 New Mexico 
 
 New York : 
 
 Long Island 
 
 Western part. .. 
 
 North Carolina 
 
 Nortli Dakota 
 
 Ohio 
 
 Oklahoma Territory 
 Oregon : 
 
 AVestern part — 
 
 Eastern part . . . 
 
 Pennsylvania 
 
 llliode" Island 
 
 South Carolina 
 
 South Dakota 
 
 Tennessee 
 
 Texas : 
 
 Eastern pail 
 
 Central part 
 
 Southern part 
 
 Utah 
 
 Vermont 
 
 Virginia 
 
 VVasliington: 
 
 Western part... 
 
 Eastern part 
 
 West Virginia 
 
 Wisconsin 
 
 Wyoming 
 
 Annual 
 change. 
 
 + 4.0 
 + 2 (?) 
 
 +3 ( 
 +4 ( 
 + 2 ( 
 + 4.0 
 
 + 3.8 
 +3.3 
 
 + 2.7 
 
 +3.2 
 +4.0 
 + 3.2 
 + 3 (?) 
 +3.4 
 +3 
 
 +1 (?) 
 + 2 (!) 
 +3.8 
 4 3. 3 
 +3.0 
 +4 (?) 
 + 3.6(?) 
 
 +3 (?) 
 +3.4 
 +3 (?) 
 + 2.5 
 +4 
 +3.0 
 
 (?) 
 +1 (?) 
 
 + 3.2 
 +4 (?) 
 +3 (?) 
 
 It is highly desirable to render the above list more i^recise and com- 
 prehensive, but this can only be done by an increase of reliable data, 
 which, to some extent, should be proportioned to the vast areas now, 
 magnetically, almost a complete blank. The tabular numbers may be 
 used for a few years (say live) without serious error being introduced. 
 
 Tlie diurnal variation of the declination. — Next in order of magnitude 
 of systematic changes, and for which special attention is required when 
 running a compass course, is the diurnal motion of the magnetic needle. 
 In general, about the time of snnrise, or soon after it, the north-seeking 
 end of the needle is found approaching to or near its eastermost j)Osi- 
 tion, i. e., near or at its eastern elongation of the solar day period. On 
 the yearly average this phase happens, for instance, at Philadelphia, 
 Pa., about 8 a. m. ; at Key West, Fla., about 8| a. m.; at Los Angeles, 
 Cal., shortly after 8 a. m. However, the time of occurrence is subject 
 to an annual variation, the eastern elongation being reached about half 
 an hour earlier during summer and about half an hour later during win- 
 ter than its average epoch. The direction of the needle, after remain- 
 ing nearly stationary about this time, soon begins its principal daily 
 motion towards the west, at first slowly, but after about 9i a. m. (juite 
 rapidly, but slackening again in speed when nearing its western extreme 
 position known as the western elongation. It occurs about l.J'' p. m. 
 On the yearly average this phase is reached at Philadelj)hia about 1^*^
 
 99 
 
 p. m., at Key West uLout l.V' p. m., at Los Angeles about l^'^ p. in. 
 Like the moriiiug extreme it is subject to an annual change, occurring 
 less than ^ of an hour earlier in summer and the same amount later in 
 winter. After this second temporary stand, the needle reverses its 
 anguhtr motion and gradually returns to the position from which it had 
 set out in the early morning, not however without experiencing diu-ing 
 the night a secondary but small retrograde motion. 
 
 The average position of the needle during the daily period is reached 
 about 10.^^' a. m., and within ^ of an hour of this epoch at all places 
 within the United States (Alaska excepted), yet it is subject to a dis- 
 placement to 10'' a. m. in summer and to Hi'' a. m. in winter. The 
 needle crosses a second time the average magnetic meridian between 
 7'' and 8'" p. m., but this time is less distinctly marked. The amount of 
 angular motion between the morning and afternoon is called the diurnal 
 range. It amounts to about 8' at riiiladelphia, 5' at Key West, and 6' at 
 Los Angeles, on the average, but during midsummer it rises to 12', 8', 
 and 9' at these places, respectively, and recedes too', 3', and 4', respec- 
 tively, during nudwinter. The solar diurnal variation is further sub- 
 ject to a periodic inequality dei)cuding on the sun-S])ot cycle of about 11 
 years. The diurnal range is least in years of minimum spots, as iu 
 1878 and 1889, and is greatest iu years of maximum spots, which years 
 occur generally aboiit four years after the minimum yeais, as in 1883 and 
 near tlie current year. In years of least sun-spot activity, the range is 
 about 0.8, and in years of greatest activity, about 1.3, the average range 
 of the diurnal motion as given above. It must not be supposed that 
 the diurnal variation can be observed regularly, day for day. It is at all 
 times subject to more or less irregularity and occasionally to an extent 
 overpowering the daily range altogether; this happens particularly in 
 the winter season, when the regular motion is small, and in the months 
 of March and September, i. e., the equinoctial months, September pre- 
 ponderating; on the other hand, greater regularity or less interruption 
 from occasional disturbances may be expected during the solstitial 
 mouths, June and December. In every month there are a few days — 
 about half a dozen, more or less — on which the hourly progression of 
 the diurnal motion is quite regular; such days have been called "quiet 
 days " as representing type curves. The character of the diurnal vari- 
 ation is the same for all places within the temjierate zone, but changes 
 as we approach the equatorial (magnetic dip small) region, as well as 
 upon approaching the polar (magnetic dip large) region ; thus in Alaska 
 we find diurnal ranges of half a degree and over, with the epochs of the 
 daily extremes shifted to earlier hours. For a satisfactory determina- 
 tion of the declination it is recommended to extend the observations 
 over not less than three days in order to secure data for the elimination 
 of the diurnal motion. It is best to observe the needle, say every ten 
 minutes, about the expected times of the elongations, so as to include 
 them, and to adopt the mean declination obtained for these two epochs. 
 
 The following table will be found useful for reducing observed declina- 
 tions taken at any time of the day between 6*^ a. m. and 6'' p. m. on any 
 day of the year, to the average value of the day or that value which 
 would have been obtained had hourly or continuous observations been 
 made throughout the twenty-four hours. The tabular value answers 
 approxinuitely to the middle part of a sun-spot cycle. Considering the 
 ordinary irregularities in the diurnal variation, it suffices to take the 
 nearest whole minute of arc from the table. These tabular qnantities 
 are nothing more than the deflections at any hour from the mean of 
 twenty-four hours, with reference to the seasons of the year arid to
 
 100 
 
 geographical position of the station. Two sets of figures are given, 
 those for northern places, for latitude between 49'^ and 37° about, and 
 for southern places, for latitude between 37° and 25°. For the upper 
 geographical zone the observations at Philadelphia, Toronto, and Mad- 
 ison were utilized; for the lower zone, those at Key West and Los 
 Angeles. 
 
 Reduction of the result of a declination observed at any hour to the 
 average or mean declination of the day. 
 
 The letter W affixed to a number indicates that the direction of the 
 needle at that time is to the west of its average position and by the 
 amount given; the letter E indicates that the needle deviates to the 
 east of the average, and the corrections must be made accordingly. 
 
 Table G. — For finding mean Declination for the day. 
 
 Season, and position in latitude. 
 
 December, January, February : 
 
 North ern part 
 
 Southern ])art 
 
 Marrh. Ajiril, May: 
 
 Northern part 
 
 Southern part 
 
 June, July, August: 
 
 Northern part 
 
 Southern part 
 
 September, October, November: 
 
 Northern part 
 
 Southern part 
 
 Local mean time; morning hours. 
 
 0.7E 
 0. 1 W 
 
 2.6E 
 1.6E 
 
 4. OE 
 2.4E 
 
 1.8E 
 0.9E 
 
 I.IE 
 O.IE 
 
 3.8E 
 2.8E 
 
 5.6E 
 4.0E 
 
 2. 6E 
 2. IE 
 
 1.9E 
 l.OE 
 
 4.4 E 
 3.3E 
 
 5.7E 
 4.2E 
 
 3. IE 
 
 2.6E 
 
 9" 
 
 2.2E 
 
 2.0E 
 
 3.5E 
 2.6E 
 
 4.5E 
 2.9E 
 
 2.5E 
 2. IE 
 
 lOh 
 
 lit 
 
 1.5E 
 
 2.2E 
 
 1.2E 
 I.IE 
 
 1.7E 
 0.5E 
 
 l.OE 
 0.6E 
 
 0.1 W 
 I.IE 
 
 1.6E 
 0.6 W 
 
 1.6E 
 1.6 W 
 
 1.5E 
 0.9 W 
 
 12i> 
 
 1.8 W 
 0.5 W 
 
 3.8 W 
 
 1.9 W 
 
 4.1 W 
 2. 8 W 
 
 3.3 W 
 2.1 W 
 
 Season, and position in latitude. 
 
 December, January, February : 
 
 Northern part 
 
 Sout hern part 
 
 March, A pril, ]^Iay : 
 
 Nort lii-rn ])art 
 
 Southern part 
 
 June, July, Augu.st: 
 
 Northern part 
 
 Southern part 
 
 Septemlier, October, November: 
 
 Northern part 
 
 Southern part 
 
 Local mean time: afternoon hours. 
 
 1.8 W 
 0.5 W 
 
 3.8 W 
 
 1.9 W 
 
 4.1 W 
 
 2.8 W 
 
 3.3 W 
 2.1 W 
 
 2.9 W 
 1.5W 
 
 2.&W 
 1.8 W 
 
 4. 8 W 4. 6 W 
 2. 6 W 2. 8 W 
 
 5.6 W 
 3.2 W 
 
 4.0 W 
 2.3 W 
 
 5.6 W 
 3.1 W 
 
 3.4W 
 1.9 W 
 
 3i> 
 
 4h 
 
 S^ 
 
 2.1 W 
 1.6 W 
 
 1.3 W 
 1. W 
 
 0.7 W 
 0.4 AV 
 
 3.8 W 
 2.4 W 
 
 2.5 W 
 1.6W 
 
 1.4 W 
 
 0.9 AV 
 
 4.6W 
 
 2.4 W 
 
 3.0 W 
 
 1. 5 W 
 
 1.4 W 
 0. 8 AV 
 
 2.3 W 
 1.2 W 
 
 1.2 W 
 0.7 W 
 
 0.6 W 
 0. 4 \V 
 
 0.2 W 
 
 0.1 w 
 
 0.7 W 
 0.5 AV 
 
 0.6 W 
 0.4 W 
 
 0.1 W 
 0.2 W 
 
 The application of the tabular values to observations as to magnitude 
 and sign is obvious. 
 
 Magnetic disturbances. — These disturbances when of great amount 
 and large extent are known asmagnetic storms and are not infrequently 
 a source of annoyance to the surveyor; they may occur at any time and 
 are, when taken individually, beyond our power of prediction, but when 
 averages are taken of many hundreds or thousands, and discussed, 
 they are nevertheless found to be subject to precise laws. Their pres- 
 ence is generally indicated by sudden deflections and by rapid and 
 large fluctuations from the normal direction of the needle at the time, 
 and they often take place simultaneously over large regions of the globe, 
 even involving both hemispheres. They may last from a few hours to 
 three and sometimes more days, and are not infrequently accompanied 
 by auroral displays. These disturbances are supposed to originate in 
 the solar envelope and are felt here by inductive action. The hours 
 most frequently subject to disturbances aie from 7 to 10 a. m. ; those 
 Jeast disturbed between 2 and 6 p. m. They are more energetic during
 
 101 
 
 the equinoctial months and less so during the solstitial months; the 
 larger storms occur predominantly during years of maximum sun-spot 
 activity. Within the area of the United States, Alaska excepted, 
 deflections from the normal for the time of day of ^° are common. 
 Deflections of ^° occur occasionally, but those exceeding 1° or 2° are 
 rare; in the higher magnetic latitudes they may even reach the greater 
 part of a quadrant. 
 
 Minor ckarKjes in the direction of the magnetic needle. — It suffices to 
 mentiou here a few of the smaller fluctuations, not only as matter of 
 general interest* but as showing relations and interdependence of ter- 
 restrial and cosmical magnetisms. Of this character are the laws found 
 to govern the direction of the needle with respect to the position of the 
 moon. The principal inequality is that known as the lunar-diurnal vari- 
 ation. It exhibits every lunar day two deflections to the east and two 
 to the west of the normal direction; the range is nearly 27" at Phila- 
 delphia, 43" at Toronto, and 16" at Los Angeles. There are also rela- 
 tions depending on the moon's phases and parallax. Of solar inequali- 
 ties we may mention the annual inequality of about 1^' (or less) of 
 angular range and the very remarkable one depending on the sun's 
 rotation about its axis, for which period the observations of the needle 
 assign about 26 days. 
 
 Remarlcs on instrumental means and metliods for observing the declina- 
 tion. — The accuracy with which the declination may be determined 
 depends chiefly upon the instruments at command and upon the ability 
 and care of the observer in using them. It rests with him to select 
 the i)roper instrument, the proper method and time for observing. 
 The instruments ordinarily in the hands of the surveyor are suflicieiitly 
 described in books on sur^■eyillgor in catalogues of instrument makers, 
 but it may not be superfluous to call renewed attention to the impor- 
 tance of thedetermination of the so-called index correction. Fordescrip- 
 tion and illustration of more refined magnetic instruments as well as 
 for their adjustment and method of using them the reader may consult 
 Coast and Geodetic Survey Report for 1881, Appendix No. 8, entitled, 
 '* Directions for measurement of terrestrial magnetism". The method 
 to be folloAved will dei)end greatly upon circumstances. Thus the sun 
 or the pole star may be observed for azimuth ; local time may be had 
 by the method of equal altitudes of the sun, for which the latitude of 
 the place need only to be known roughly. Observations of the pole 
 star for the true azimuth are generally preferred, since no great ])re- 
 cision in the local time is required. The following tables and explan- 
 atory remarks have been inserted to facilitate the use of this method. 
 It will serve for the period ISIK) to 1910. 
 
 *The reader may consult here Appeudix No. 9, Coast aud Geodetic Survey Report 
 for 1890.
 
 102 
 
 Table H. — Approximate local mean {astronomical*) tinicfi of the Culminations and Elon- 
 gations of Polaris in the year 1893. 
 
 [Computed for latitude + 40° north, and longitude 6'' west from Greenwich.] 
 
 
 East 
 
 Upper 
 
 West 
 
 Lower 
 
 Date. 
 
 elonga- 
 
 culmina- 
 
 elonga- 
 
 culmina- 
 
 
 tion. 
 
 tion. 
 
 tion. 
 
 tion. 
 
 1893. 
 
 ft. 
 
 m. 
 
 ft. 
 
 m. 
 
 ft. 
 
 m. 
 
 ft. 
 
 m. 
 
 Jan. 1 
 15 
 
 
 
 37.2 
 
 € 
 5 
 
 32.0 
 36.7 
 
 12 
 11 
 
 26.8 
 31.5 
 
 18 
 17 
 
 30.0 
 34.7 
 
 '£.i 
 
 38.0 
 
 Peb. 1 
 
 22 
 
 30.8 
 
 4 
 
 21). 6 
 
 10 
 
 24.4 
 
 16 
 
 27.6 
 
 15 
 
 21 
 
 35. C 
 
 3 
 
 34.3 
 
 9 
 
 29. 2 
 
 15 
 
 32.3 
 
 Mar. 1 
 
 20 
 
 40.4 
 
 2 
 
 39.1 
 
 8 
 
 33^9 
 
 14 
 
 37.1 
 
 15 
 
 19 
 
 45.3 
 
 1 
 
 44.1 
 
 7 
 
 38.8 
 
 13 
 
 42.1 
 
 Apr. 1 
 15 
 
 18 
 17 
 
 38.3 
 43.3 
 
 
 
 37.0 
 
 6 
 5 
 
 31.8 
 36.8 
 
 12 
 
 11 
 
 35.1 
 40.1 
 
 23- 
 
 38.1 
 
 May 1 
 
 16 
 
 40.5 
 
 22 
 
 35.2 
 
 4 
 
 34.0 
 
 10 
 
 37.2 
 
 15 
 
 15 
 
 45.6 
 
 21 
 
 40.3 
 
 3 
 
 39. 1 
 
 9 
 
 42.3 
 
 June 1 
 
 14 
 
 38.9 
 
 20 
 
 33.7 
 
 2 
 
 32.4 
 
 8 
 
 35.7 
 
 15 
 
 13 
 
 44.0 
 
 19 
 
 38.8 
 
 1 
 
 37.5 
 
 7 
 
 40.8 
 
 July 1 
 15 
 
 12 
 11 
 
 41.4 
 46.5 
 
 18 
 17 
 
 36.2 
 41.3 
 
 
 
 34.9 
 
 6 
 
 5 
 
 38.2 
 43.3 
 
 ir 
 
 30.1 
 
 Aug. 1 
 
 10 
 
 40.0 
 
 16 
 
 34.8 
 
 22 
 
 29.0 
 
 4 
 
 36.8 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 45.1 
 
 15 
 
 :;9. 9 
 
 21 
 
 34.7 
 
 3 
 
 41.9 
 
 Sept. 1 
 
 8 
 
 38.5 
 
 14 
 
 33.3 
 
 20 
 
 28.1 
 
 2 
 
 35.3 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 43.6 
 
 13 
 
 38.4 
 
 19 
 
 33.2 
 
 1 
 
 40. 4 
 
 Oct. 1 
 15 
 
 6 
 5 
 
 40.8 
 45.8 
 
 12 
 11 
 
 35.6 
 40.6 
 
 18 
 17 
 
 30.4 
 35.4 
 
 
 
 37.6 
 
 23 
 
 38.7 
 
 Nov. 1 
 
 4 
 
 39.0 
 
 10 
 
 33.8 
 
 16 
 
 28.6 
 
 22 
 
 31.8 
 
 15 
 
 3 
 
 43.8 
 
 9 
 
 38.6 
 
 15 
 
 33.4 
 
 21 
 
 36.6 
 
 Dec. 1 
 
 2 
 
 40.8 
 
 8 
 
 35.6 
 
 14 
 
 30.4 
 
 20 
 
 33.6 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 45.5 
 
 7 
 
 40.3 
 
 13 
 
 35.1 
 
 19 
 
 38.3 
 
 To refer to any calendar day other than the first and fifteenth of 
 each inontli, .subtract 3.94™ for every day between it and tlie precediiij": 
 tabular day, or add 3.94"' for every day between it and the succeeding 
 tabular day. 
 
 It will be noticed that for the tabular year two eastern elongations 
 occur on January 10, and two western elongations on July 9; there are 
 also two upper culminations on April 10 and two lower culminations 
 on October 10. 
 
 The lower culmination either follows or i)recedes the upper culmina- 
 tion at an interval of ll'' 58.0™. Also east elongation either follows 
 west elongation at an interval of 12'' 06.5'", or precedes it at an inter- 
 val of 11" 49.6"^ 
 
 For dates and positions other than those directly given by the table, 
 the following corrections need to be applied: 
 
 To refer the tabular times to any year subsequent to the year 1893, 
 add 0.25 m. (nearly) for every additional year.t 
 
 To refer the tabular times, corre(;ted as above, to any year in a quad- 
 renniuin, observe that for the first year after a leap year the table is 
 correct; for the second year after a leap year add 0.9'" to the tabular 
 value; for the tbird year after a leap year, add 1.7'" to the tabular 
 value; for leap year before March 1, add 2.6"' to the tabular time, and 
 /rom and after March 1 subtract 1.2'" from the same. 
 
 The longitude correction will be 0.16"' for each hour from the merid- 
 ian of 6'', subtractive when west, additive when east of it. 
 
 •To refer to any other than the tabular latitude between the limits of 
 250 and 50° north, add to the time of west elongation 0.13'" for every 
 
 *Coiiute(l from noon, and from to 24 honrs. 
 
 tTlie annual change is dimiuishing, and after 1900 the annual change, 0.2" 
 be closer. 
 
 will
 
 103 
 
 dejjree south of latitude 40°, and subtract from the time of west elon- 
 jiatioii 0.18"' for every degree uorth of 40°; reverse these signs for 
 corrections to the times of east elongation. For latitudes as liigli as 
 60°, diminish the times of west elongation and increase the times of 
 east elongation by 0:23"' for every degree north of latitude 40°. 
 
 It will not be considered out of place here to direct attention to the 
 circumstance that the year 1900 will not be a leap year, and this should 
 bo kept in view Avhen dealing with dates from and after JNIarch 1 of 
 that year. The twentieth century will begin after the expiration of 
 Deceluber 31, 1900. 
 
 The tabular times thus deduced may generally be depended upon to 
 have no greater error than ±0.3™. 
 
 Table J. — Azimuths of Polaris tvhen at elongation for any year between ISOfi and 1910, 
 and for any latitude between •Jo'^ and 72'^ north. The tabular numbers apply more par- 
 ticularly to the middle of April and the middle of September for each year. 
 
 Lati- 
 tude. 
 
 1890. 
 
 1891. 
 
 1892. 
 
 1893. 
 
 1894. 
 
 1895. 
 
 J896. 
 
 1897. 
 
 1898. 
 
 1899. 
 
 o 
 
 • 
 
 O ' 
 
 6 1 
 
 O 1 
 
 O ' 
 
 ' 
 
 ' 
 
 o / 
 
 o / 
 
 o / 
 
 25 
 
 1 24.6 
 
 1 24.3 
 
 1 23.9 
 
 1 23.6 
 
 1 23.2 
 
 1 22.9 
 
 1 22. 5 
 
 1 22.2 
 
 1 21.8 
 
 1 21.5 
 
 26 
 
 25.3 
 
 25.0 
 
 24.6 
 
 24.3 
 
 23.9 
 
 23.6 
 
 23.2 
 
 22.9 
 
 22.5 
 
 22. 2 
 
 27 
 
 26.0 
 
 25.7 
 
 25.4 
 
 25.1 
 
 24.7 
 
 24.3 
 
 24.0 
 
 23.6 
 
 23.3 
 
 22.9 
 
 28 
 
 26.8 
 
 26.5 
 
 26.2 
 
 25.8 
 
 25.4 
 
 25.1 
 
 24.7 
 
 24.4 
 
 24.0 
 
 23.7 
 
 29 
 
 27.6 
 
 27.3 
 
 27.0 
 
 26.6 
 
 26.3 
 
 25.9 
 
 25. 5 
 
 25.2 
 
 24.8 
 
 24.5 
 
 30 
 
 1 28.5 
 
 1 28.2 
 
 1 27.8 
 
 1 27.5 
 
 1 27.1 
 
 1 26.8 
 
 1 26.4 
 
 1 26.0 
 
 1 25.7 
 
 1 25.3 
 
 31 
 
 29.4 
 
 29.1 
 
 28.8 
 
 28.4 
 
 28.0 
 
 27.6 
 
 27.3 
 
 26.9 
 
 26.5 
 
 20. 2 
 
 32 
 
 30.4 
 
 30.1 
 
 29.7 
 
 29.3 
 
 29.0 
 
 28.6 
 
 28.2 
 
 27.9 
 
 27.5 
 
 27.1 
 
 33 
 
 31.4 
 
 31.1 
 
 30.7 
 
 30.3 
 
 30.0 
 
 29.6 
 
 29.2 
 
 28.8 
 
 28.5 
 
 28.1 
 
 34 
 
 32.5 
 
 32.1 
 
 31.8 
 
 31.4 
 
 31.0 
 
 30.6 
 
 30.2 
 
 29.9 
 
 29.5 
 
 29.1 
 
 35 
 
 1 33.6 
 
 1 3X2 
 
 1 32.9 
 
 1 32.5 
 
 1 32.1 
 
 1 31.7 
 
 1 31. 3 
 
 1 30.9 
 
 1 30. 6 
 
 1 30.2 
 
 36 
 
 34.8 
 
 34.4 
 
 34.0 
 
 33.6 
 
 33.2 
 
 32.9 
 
 32.5 
 
 32.1 
 
 31.7 
 
 31.3 
 
 37 
 
 36.0 
 
 35.6 
 
 35.2 
 
 34.8 
 
 34.5 
 
 34.1 
 
 33.7 
 
 33.3 
 
 32.9 
 
 32. 5 
 
 38 
 
 37.3 
 
 36.9 
 
 36.5 
 
 36.1 
 
 35.7 
 
 35.3 
 
 35.0 
 
 34.0 
 
 34.2 
 
 33.8 
 
 31) 
 
 38.7 
 
 38.3 
 
 37.9 
 
 37.5 
 
 37.1 
 
 36.7 
 
 36.3 
 
 35.9 
 
 35.5 
 
 35.1 
 
 40 
 
 1 40.1 
 
 1 39.7 
 
 1 39.3 
 
 1 38.9 
 
 1 38.5 
 
 1 38.1 
 
 1 37.7 
 
 1 37.2 
 
 1 36.8 
 
 1 36.4 
 
 41 
 
 41.6 
 
 41.2 
 
 40.8 
 
 40.4 
 
 40.0 
 
 39.6 
 
 39.1 
 
 38.7 
 
 38.3 
 
 37.9 
 
 42 
 
 43.2 
 
 42.8 
 
 42.4 
 
 42.0 
 
 41.5 
 
 41.1 
 
 40.7 
 
 40.3 
 
 39.8 
 
 39.4 
 
 43 
 
 44.9 
 
 44.4 
 
 44.0 
 
 43.6 
 
 43.2 
 
 42.7 
 
 42. 3 
 
 41.9 
 
 41.4 
 
 41.0 
 
 44 
 
 46.6 
 
 46.2 
 
 45.8 
 
 45.3 
 
 44.9 
 
 44.4 
 
 44.0 
 
 43.6 
 
 43.1 
 
 42.7 
 
 45 
 
 1 48.5 
 
 1 48.1 
 
 1 47.6 
 
 1 47.1 
 
 1 46.7 
 
 1 46.2 
 
 1 45.8 
 
 1 45. 4 
 
 1 44.9 
 
 1 44. 5 
 
 46 
 
 50.4 
 
 50.0 
 
 49.5 
 
 49.0 
 
 48.6 
 
 48.2 
 
 47.7 
 
 47.2 
 
 46.8 
 
 46.3 
 
 47 
 
 52.5 
 
 52.0 
 
 51.5 
 
 51.0 
 
 50.6 
 
 50.2 
 
 49.7 
 
 49.2 
 
 48.8 
 
 48.3 
 
 48 
 
 54.6 
 
 54.2 
 
 53.7 
 
 53.2 
 
 52.8 
 
 52.3 
 
 51.8 
 
 51.3 
 
 50.9 
 
 50.4 
 
 49 
 
 56.9 
 
 56.5 
 
 56.0 
 
 55. 5 
 
 55.0 
 
 54.^ 
 
 54.1 
 
 53.6 
 
 53.1 
 
 52.6 
 
 50 
 
 1 59.3 
 
 1 58.8 
 
 1 58.3 
 
 1 57.9 
 
 1 57.4 
 
 1 56.9 
 
 1 .56.4 
 
 1 .55.9 
 
 1 55.4 
 
 1 54.9 
 
 51 
 
 2 01.9 
 
 2 01.4 
 
 2 00.9 
 
 2 00. 4 
 
 59.9 
 
 59.4 
 
 58.9 
 
 .58. 4 
 
 57.9 
 
 57.4 
 
 52 
 
 04.6 
 
 04.1 
 
 03.6 
 
 03.0 
 
 2 02.5 
 
 2 02. 
 
 2 01.5 
 
 2 01.0 
 
 2 00. 5 
 
 2 00.0 
 
 53 
 
 07.5 
 
 07.0 
 
 06.4 
 
 05.9 
 
 05.3 
 
 04.8 
 
 04.3 
 
 03.8 
 
 03. 2 
 
 02.7 
 
 54 
 
 10.5 
 
 10.0 
 
 09.4 
 
 08.9 
 
 08.3 
 
 07.8 
 
 07.3 
 
 06.7 
 
 06.2 
 
 05.6 
 
 55 
 
 2 13.7 
 
 2 13.2 
 
 2 12. 6 
 
 2 12.1 
 
 2 11.5 
 
 2 11.0 
 
 2 10.5 
 
 2 09. 9 
 
 2 09.4 
 
 2 08.8 
 
 56 
 
 17.2 
 
 16.6 
 
 16.1 
 
 15.5 
 
 15.0 
 
 14.4 
 
 13.8 
 
 13.3 
 
 12.7 
 
 12.2 
 
 57 
 
 20.9 
 
 20.3 
 
 19.7 
 
 19.2 
 
 18.6 
 
 18.0 
 
 17.4 
 
 16.8 
 
 16.3 
 
 15.7 
 
 58 
 
 24.8 
 
 24.2 
 
 23.6 
 
 23.0 
 
 22.4 
 
 21.8 
 
 21.2 
 
 20.6 
 
 20.0 
 
 10.4 
 
 59 
 
 29.0 
 
 28.4 
 
 27.8 
 
 27.1 
 
 26.5 
 
 25.9 
 
 25.3 
 
 24.7 
 
 24.0 
 
 23. 4 
 
 60 
 
 2 33.5 
 
 2 32.9 
 
 2 32.2 
 
 2 31.6 
 
 2 30.9 
 
 2 30.3 
 
 2 29.7 
 
 2 29.0 
 
 2 28.4 
 
 2 27.7 
 
 61 
 
 38.3 
 
 37.6 
 
 37.0 
 
 36.3 
 
 35.7 
 
 35.0 
 
 34.3 
 
 33.7 
 
 33. 
 
 32.4 
 
 62 
 
 43.4 
 
 42.7 
 
 42.0 
 
 41.4 
 
 40.7 
 
 40.0 
 
 39.3 
 
 38.7 
 
 38. 
 
 37.4 
 
 63 
 
 49.0 
 
 48.3 
 
 47.6 
 
 47.0 
 
 46.3 
 
 45.6 
 
 44.9 
 
 44.2 
 
 43.5 
 
 42.8 
 
 64 
 
 55.0 
 
 54.3 
 
 53.6 
 
 52.8 
 
 52.1 
 
 51.4 
 
 50.7 
 
 50.0 
 
 49.2 
 
 48.5 
 
 65 
 
 3 01.6 
 
 3 00.8 
 
 3 00.1 
 
 2 59.3 
 
 2 58.6 
 
 2 57.8 
 
 2 57.1 
 
 2 56.3 
 
 2 .55. 6 
 
 2 54.8 
 
 66 
 
 08.7 
 
 07.9 
 
 07.1 
 
 3 06.4 
 
 3 05.6 
 
 3 04.8 
 
 3 04.0 
 
 3 03. 2 
 
 3 02. 5 
 
 3 01.7 
 
 67 
 
 16.4 
 
 15.6 
 
 14.8 
 
 14.0 
 
 13.2 
 
 12.4 
 
 11.6 
 
 10.8 
 
 09.9 
 
 09. 1 
 
 68 
 
 24.9 
 
 24.0 
 
 23.2 
 
 22. 3 
 
 21.5 
 
 20.6 
 
 19.8 
 
 18.9 
 
 18.1 
 
 17.2 
 
 69 
 
 34.1 
 
 33.2 
 
 32.3 
 
 31.5 
 
 30.6 
 
 29.7 
 
 28.8 
 
 27.9 
 
 27.1 
 
 26.2 
 
 70 
 
 3 44.4 
 
 3 43.5 
 
 3 42.6 
 
 3 41.6 
 
 3 40.7 
 
 3 39.8 
 
 3 38.9 
 
 3 38.0 
 
 3 37.0 
 
 3 36.1 
 
 71 
 
 55.8 
 
 54.8 
 
 5\9 
 
 52.9 
 
 52.0 
 
 51.0 
 
 50.0 
 
 49.0 
 
 48.1 
 
 47.1 
 
 72 
 
 4 08.4 
 
 4 07.4 
 
 4 06.4 
 
 4 05.3 
 
 4 04.3 
 
 4 03.3 
 
 4 02.3 
 
 4 01.3 
 
 4 00.2 
 
 59.2
 
 104 
 
 Table J. 
 
 -Jzlmnlhs of Polaris lohen at elongation for any year between 1890 and 1910, 
 and for any latitude between 25" and 75'^ north, etc. — Concluded. 
 
 Lati- 
 tude. 
 
 25 
 26 
 27 
 28 
 29 
 
 30 
 31 
 32 
 
 33 
 34 
 
 35 
 36 
 37 
 38 
 39 
 
 40 
 41 
 42 
 43 
 44 
 
 45 
 46 
 47 
 48 
 49 
 
 50 
 51 
 52 
 53 
 54 
 
 55 
 56 
 57 
 58 
 59 
 
 60 
 61 
 62 
 63 
 64 
 
 65 
 
 66 
 67 
 68 
 69 
 
 70 
 71 
 72 
 
 o / 
 
 ' 
 
 1 21.2 
 
 1 20.8 
 
 21.8 
 
 21.5 
 
 22.5 
 
 22.2 
 
 23.3 
 
 23.0 
 
 24.1 
 
 23.8 
 
 1 24.9 
 
 1 24.6 
 
 25.8 
 
 25.5 
 
 26.7 
 
 26.4 
 
 27.7 
 
 27.3 
 
 28.7 
 
 28.4 
 
 1 29.8 
 
 1 29.4 
 
 30.9 
 
 30.5 
 
 32.1 
 
 31.7 
 
 33.4 
 
 33.0 
 
 34.7 
 
 34.3 
 
 1 36.0 
 
 1 35.6 
 
 37.5 
 
 37.1 
 
 39.0 
 
 38.6 
 
 40.6 
 
 40.2 
 
 42.3 
 
 41.8 
 
 1 44.0 
 
 1 43.6 
 
 45.9 
 
 45.5 
 
 47.9 
 
 47.4 
 
 49.9 
 
 49.5 
 
 52.1 
 
 51.7 
 
 ] 54.4 
 
 1 54.0 
 
 56.9 
 
 56.4 
 
 59.5 
 
 59.0 
 
 2 02.2 
 
 2 01.7 
 
 05.1 
 
 04.6 
 
 2 08.3 
 
 2 07.8 
 
 11.6 
 
 11.0 
 
 15.1 
 
 14.5 
 
 18.8 
 
 18.2 
 
 22.8 
 
 22.2 
 
 2 27.1 
 
 2 26.5 
 
 31.7 
 
 31.1 
 
 36.7 
 
 36.0 
 
 42.1 
 
 41.4 
 
 47.8 
 
 47.1 
 
 2 54.1 
 
 2 53.4 
 
 3 00.9 
 
 3 00.1 
 
 08.3 
 
 07.5 
 
 16.4 
 
 15.6 
 
 25.3 
 
 24.4 
 
 3 35.2 
 
 3 34.3 
 
 46.1 
 
 45.1 
 
 58.2 
 
 57.2 
 
 1 20.5 
 21.1 
 21.9 
 22.6 
 23.4 
 
 1 24.2 
 25.] 
 2G. 
 27.0 
 28.0 
 
 1 29.0 
 30.1 
 31.3 
 32.6 
 33.9 
 
 1 35.2 
 36.7 
 38.2 
 39.8 
 41.4 
 
 1 43.2 
 45.0 
 46.9 
 49.0 
 51.2 
 
 1 53.5 
 55.9 
 58.5 
 
 2 01.2 
 04.1 
 
 2 07.2 
 10.5 
 14.0 
 17.6 
 21.6 
 
 2 25.9 
 30.4 
 35.4 
 40.7 
 46.4 
 
 2 52.6 
 59.4 
 
 3 06.7 
 14.8 
 23.6 
 
 3 33.4 
 44.2 
 56.2 
 
 1 20.1 
 20.8 
 21.5 
 22.2 
 23.0 
 
 1 23.9 
 24.7 
 25.6 
 26.6 
 27.6 
 
 1 28.7 
 29.8 
 30.9 
 32.2 
 33.5 
 
 1 34.8 
 36.2 
 37.7 
 39.3 
 41.0 
 
 1 42.7 
 44.6 
 46.5 
 48.6 
 50.7 
 
 1 53.0 
 55.4 
 
 58.0 
 
 2 00.7 
 03.5 
 
 2 06.6 
 09.9 
 13.4 
 17.1 
 21.0 
 
 1 19.8 
 20.5 
 21.2 
 21.9 
 '22.1 
 
 1 23.5 
 24.4 
 25.3 
 26.2 
 
 27. 2 
 
 1 28. 3 
 29.4 
 30.5 
 31.8 
 33.1 
 
 1 34.4 
 35.8 
 37.3 
 38.9 
 40.5 
 
 1 42.3 
 44.2 
 46.0 
 48.1 
 50.2 
 
 1 52.5 
 54.9 
 
 57. 5 
 
 2 00.2 
 03.0 
 
 2 06. 1 
 09.4 
 12.8 
 16.5 
 20.4 
 
 2 25. 2 ( 2 24. 6 
 
 29.8 
 34.7 
 40.0 
 45.7 
 
 2 51.9 
 
 58.6 
 
 3 ^.9 
 
 217 
 
 3 32.5 
 43.2 
 55.2 
 
 29.] 
 34.1 
 39.3 
 45.0 
 
 2 51.2 
 57.9 
 
 3 05.1 
 13.1 
 21.9 
 
 3 31.6 
 42.3 
 54.2 
 
 1905. 
 
 1 19.4 
 20.1 
 20.8 
 21.6 
 22.4 
 
 1 23.1 
 24.0 
 24.9 
 25.9 
 26.9 
 
 1906. 
 
 1 19.1 
 19.8 
 20.5 
 21.3 
 22.1 
 
 1 22.8 
 23.6 
 24.5 
 25.5 
 26.5 
 
 1 27. 9 1 27. 5 
 
 29.0 
 30.1 
 31.4 
 32.7 
 
 1 34.0 
 
 35.4 
 36.9 
 -38.5 
 40.1 
 
 1 41.8 
 43.7 
 45.6 
 
 47.7 
 49.8 
 
 1 52.0 
 
 54.4 
 .57. 
 59.6 
 
 2 02. 5 
 
 2 05.6 
 08.8 
 12.2 
 15.9 
 19.8 
 
 2 24.0 
 28.5 
 33.4 
 38.6 
 44.3 
 
 2 50.4 
 57.1 
 
 3 04.4 
 12.3 
 21.0 
 
 3 30.6 
 41.3 
 53.2 
 
 28.6 
 29.7 
 31.0 
 32.3 
 
 1 33.6 
 35.0 
 36.5 
 38.1 
 39.7 
 
 1 41.4 
 43.2 
 45.1 
 
 47.2 
 49.3 
 
 1 51.5 
 54.0 
 .56.4 
 59.1 
 
 2 02.0 
 
 2 05.0 
 08.2 
 11.7 
 15.3 
 19.2 
 
 2 23.4 
 27.9 
 32.7 
 38.0 
 43.6 
 
 2 49.7 
 56.3 
 
 3 03.6 
 11.5 
 20.1 
 
 3 29.7 
 40.3 
 52.1 
 
 1907. 
 
 1 18.7 
 19.4 
 20.1 
 20.9 
 21.7 
 
 1 22.4 
 23.2 
 24.1 
 25.1 
 26.1 
 
 1 27.1 
 
 28.2 
 29.3 
 30.6 
 31.8 
 
 1 33.2 
 34.6 
 36.0 
 37.6 
 39.2 
 
 1 40.9 
 42.7 
 44.6 
 46.7 
 48.8 
 
 1 51.0 
 53.5 
 55.9 
 58.6 
 
 2 01.5 
 
 2 04.4 
 07.7 
 11.1 
 14.7 
 18.6 
 
 2 22.8 
 27.2 
 32.1 
 37.3 
 42.9 
 
 2 49.0 
 5.5.6 
 
 3 02. 8 
 10.7 
 19.3 
 
 3 28.8 
 39.4 
 51.1 
 
 1 18.4 
 19.1 
 19.8 
 20.5 
 21.3 
 
 1 22.1 
 22.9 
 23.8 
 24.7 
 25.7 
 
 1 26.8 
 27.9 
 
 29.0 
 30.2 
 31.4 
 
 1 32.8 
 34.2 
 35.6 
 37.2 
 38.8 
 
 1 40.5 
 42.3 
 44.2 
 46.3 
 
 48.4 
 
 1 50. 6 
 53.0 
 55.4 
 58.1 
 
 2 00.9 
 
 2 03.9 
 07.1 
 10.5 
 14.2 
 18.0 
 
 2 22.1 
 26.6 
 31.4 
 36.6 
 42. 2 
 
 2 48.3 
 54.8 
 
 3 02.0 
 09.8 
 18.4 
 
 3 27.9 
 38.4 
 50.1 
 
 1909. 
 
 1 18.1 
 18.7 
 19.4 
 20.1 
 20.9 
 
 1 21.7 
 22.5 
 23.4 
 24.3 
 25.3 
 
 1 26.4 
 27.5 
 28.6 
 29.8 
 31.0 
 
 1 32.4 
 33.8 
 35.2 
 36.8 
 38.4 
 
 1 40.1 
 41.9 
 43.7 
 45.8 
 47.9 
 
 1 50.1 
 52.5 
 54.9 
 57.6 
 
 2 00.4 
 
 2 03.4 
 06.6 
 10.0 
 13.6 
 17.4 
 
 2 21.5 
 25.9 
 30.8 
 35.9 
 41.5 
 
 2 47.5 
 54.1 
 
 3 01.2 
 09.0 
 17.0 
 
 3 27.0 
 37.5 
 49.1 
 
 1 17.7 
 18.4 
 19.1 
 19.8 
 20.5 
 
 1 21.3 
 22.2 
 23.1 
 24.0 
 25.0 
 
 1 26.0 
 27.1 
 
 28.2 
 29.4 
 30.6 
 
 1 32.0 
 33.4 
 34.8 
 36.3 
 37.9 
 
 1 39.6 
 41.4 
 43.3 
 45.3 
 
 47.4 
 
 1 49.6 
 ,52.0 
 54.4 
 57.1 
 59.9 
 
 2 02.8 
 06.0 
 09.4 
 13.0 
 16.8 
 
 2 20.9 
 25.3 
 30.1 
 35.2 
 40.8 
 
 2 46.8 
 53.3 
 
 3 00.4 
 08.2 
 16.7 
 
 3 26.1 
 36.5 
 48.1 
 
 The preceding table was computed with the mean place (declination) 
 of Polaris for each year. A closer result will be had by applying to 
 the tabular results the following correction, which depends upon the 
 ditterence of the mean and the apparent declinations of the star: 
 
 Table K. — Correction of Azimuths from Polaris Ohserrations for each Month. 
 
 For middle of- 
 
 .1 an nary ... 
 Feliiuary . . 
 
 Mai'uli 
 
 AjH'il 
 
 M ay 
 
 June 
 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 
 25°. 
 
 40°. 
 
 55°. 
 
 70°. 
 
 --0. 3 
 
 —0.4 
 
 -0.5 
 
 —0.9 
 
 —0.3 
 
 —0.3 
 
 —0.4 
 
 —0.7 
 
 —0.1 
 
 —0.2 
 
 —0.2 
 
 —0.4 
 
 0.0 
 
 0.0 
 
 0.0 
 
 0.0 
 
 + 0.2 
 
 +0.2 
 
 + 0.2 
 
 + 0.4 
 
 + 0.2 
 
 +0.3 
 
 + 0.4 
 
 + 0.6 
 
 For middle of- 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 July 
 
 Aufjust 
 
 Sciitember 
 
 October 
 
 Koveiuber 
 
 December ...V 
 
 + 0.2 
 +0.1 
 0.0 
 —0.2 
 - -0. 5 
 —0.6 
 
 +0.3 
 + 0.1 
 —0.1 
 —0.3 
 —0.6 
 —0.8 
 
 55°. 
 
 +0.4 
 + 0.2 
 —0.1 
 —0.4 
 —0.7 
 —0.9 
 
 +0.6 
 + 0.3 
 —0.1 
 —0.6 
 —1.1 
 — L5
 
 105 
 
 Tbe tabular azimnth thus corrected may generally be depended upon 
 with 110 greater error than ± 0'.2, except for high latitude, where it 
 must be somewhat increased. 
 
 The pole star is now distant from the pole of the equator 1° 16'; it 
 will continue to approach it for very nearly two and a quarter cen- 
 turies yet, when it will be at the minimum distance — somewhat less 
 than half a degree. 
 
 Among the simple methods for tracing out on the ground a true north 
 and south line, and one demanding only a very slender instrumental 
 outfit, is that given in Lalaude's Astronomy, publislied more than a 
 century ago; the method was used by Andrew Ellicott in his boundary 
 survey work of Pentisylvania and was again brought to notice in the 
 present century by Dr. Charles Davies. It consists in watching for 
 the time when Polaris and a given bright star come to the same ver- 
 tical, and then after a short lapse of time, given in a table, Polaris will 
 be found exactly on the meridian, and hence can be referred to the 
 horizon and to any meridian mark placed there. 
 
 The verticality may be ascertained by a plumb lineor by the vertical 
 tliread of a transit instrument; the method demands neither a gradu- 
 ated circle, nor a chronometer, nor any exact knowledge of the local 
 time, an ordinary watch being sufficient to measure the short tabular 
 interval. 
 
 Early in the present century the star Alioth (f Ursne Majoris) was 
 favorably situated for use of the method; however in 1850 the interval 
 between times of verticality and of culmination already amounted to 
 17 minutes, which interval now (1893) has grown to 28.-5"' for lower 
 culmination and to 29.5"' for upper culmination, hence this star is no 
 longer suitable. Z Ursae Majoris or 6 Cassiopeia? should now be sub- 
 stituted for it, both these stars being now in very favorable positions. 
 C Ursfe Majoris or Mizar is the middle one of the three stars in the 
 tail of the Great Bear and 6 Cassiopeia? is at the bottom of the first 
 stroke of the letter W,as frequently imagined to unite roughly the five 
 brightest stars of this constellation. At present the pole star culmi- 
 nates nearly at the time when it is on the same vertical circle with 
 C Ursfe Majoris; the table is given below showing the interval for each 
 star in the years 1890 and 1900. i^'\ ^ 
 
 For Z Urate Miijoria in I iu()oj_'> firn ( annual increase 0.35"° / 
 
 For S Cassiopeiae in < iqQoiQiiii ( annual increase 0.33™ 
 
 In the higher latitudes the lower culmination is preferable to the 
 upper, but in all cases special attention is to be paid to the correct pro- 
 jection of the star to the horizon. {June 1, 1893. C. A. iS.) 
 
 TO DETERMINE THE TRUE MERIDIAN BY OBSERVATION ON POLARIS AT 
 ELONGATION, WITH THE ENGINEER'S OR SURVEYOR'S TRANSIT. 
 
 1. Set a stone, or drive a wooden plug, firmly in the ground, and 
 upon the top thereof make a small distinct mark. 
 
 2. About thirty minutes before the time of the eastern or western 
 elongation of Polaris, as given by the tables of elongation, set up the 
 transit firmly, with its vertical axis exactly over the mark, and care- 
 fully level the inst^-ument. 
 
 3. Illuminate the cross wires by the light from a bull's-eye lantern 
 or other source, the rays being directed into the object end of the
 
 106 
 
 telescope by an assistant; while great care will be taken to see that the 
 line of (iolliination describes a trnly vertical plane. 
 
 4. Place the vertical wire npon the star, which, if it has not reached 
 its elongation, will move to the right for eastern, and to the lett for 
 western elongation. 
 
 5. While the star moves towards its point of elongation, by means 
 of the tangent screw of the vernier jilate it will be continually covered 
 by the vertical wire, until a point is reached where it will appear to 
 rejnain on the wire for some time, then leave it in a direction contrary 
 to its former motion; thus indicating the point of elongation. 
 
 C. At the instant the star appears to thread the vertical wire, depress 
 the telescope to a horizontal position; five chains north of the place of 
 observation, set a stone or drive a wooden plug, upon which by a 
 strongly illuminated pencil or other slender object, exactly coincident 
 with the vertical wire, mark a j^oint in the line of sight thus deter- 
 mined ; then, quiclcly revolve the vernier plate 180°, repeat the observa- 
 tion, and as before mark a point in the new direction ; then, the middle 
 point between the two marks, with the i^oint under the instrument, will 
 define on the ground the trace of the vertical plane through Polaris at 
 its eastern or western elongation, as the case may be. 
 
 7. By daylight, lay off to the east or west, as the case, may require, 
 the proper azimuth taken from the table on page 104; the instrument 
 will then define the true merUlian* which may be i)ermanently marked 
 by monuments for future reference. 
 
 TO DETERlVnNE THE TRUE MERIDIAN BY OBSERVATION ON POLARIS 
 AT ELONGATION, WITH A PLUMB-LINE AND PEEP SIGHT. 
 
 1. Attach the plumb line to a support situated as far above the 
 around as practicable, such as the limb of a tree, a piece of board nailed 
 or otherwise fastened to a telegraph pole, a house, barn, or other build- 
 ing, affording a clear view in a north and south direction. 
 
 Tiie plumb bob may (ionsist of some weighty material, such as a brick, 
 a piece of iron or stone, weighing four to five pounds, which will hold 
 the i)lu7nb line straight and vertical, fully as well as one of turned and 
 finished metal. 
 
 Strongly illuminate the plumb line just below its support by a lamp 
 or candle, care being taken to obscure the source of light from the view 
 of the observer by an opacpie screen. 
 
 2. For a peep sight, cut a slot about one-sixteenth of an inch wide in 
 a thin piece of board, or nail two strips of tin, with straight edges, to 
 a square block of wood, so arranged that they will stand vertical when 
 the block is placed fiat on its base upon a smooth horizontal rest, which 
 will be ])laced at a convenient height south of the plumb line and firndy 
 secured in an east and west direction, in such a position that, when 
 viewed through the peep sight, Polaris will appear about a foot below 
 the support of the phimb line. 
 
 The position may be practically determined by trial, the night pre 
 ceding that set for the observation. 
 
 3. About thirty minutes before the time of elongation, as given in the 
 tables of elongation, bring tlie peep sight into the same line of sight 
 with the i)lumb line and Polaris. 
 
 'The iiiajinetic declination maybe obtained from a true meridian, as follows: 
 Take the magnetic bearinji; of the true meridian; then the angle expressed by said 
 magnetic bearing will be the observed magnetic' declination, named like the depar- 
 ture if the ijearing is taken from the south, but the reverse if taken from the north.
 
 107 
 
 To reach elongation, the star will move oft' the plumb line to the east 
 for eastern elongation, or to the west for western elongation, tliereforo by 
 moving the peep sight in the proper direction, east or west, as the case 
 may be, keep the star on the plumb line until it appears to remain sta- 
 tionary, thus indicating that it has reached its point of elongation. 
 
 The peep sight will now be secured in place by a clamp or" weight, 
 and all further operations will be deferred until the next morning. 
 
 4. By daylight, place a slender rod at a distance of two or three 
 hundred feet from the peep sight, and exactly in range with it and the 
 plumb line; carefully measure this distance. 
 
 Take from the table on page 103, the azimuth of Polaris corresponding 
 to the latitude of the station and year of observation; lindthe natural 
 tangent of said azimuth and multiply it by the distance from the peep 
 sight to the rod ; the product will express the distance to be laid oft" 
 from the rod exactly at right angles to the direction already determined 
 (to the west for eastern elongation or to the east for western elonga- 
 tion), to a point, which with the peep sight, will define the direction of 
 the true meridian with sufticient accuracy for the needs of local sur- 
 veyors. 
 
 TO DETERMINE THE TRUE MERIDIAN BY OBSERVING THE TRANSITS 
 OF POLARIS AND ANOTHER STAR ACROSS THE SAME VERTICAL 
 PLANE. 
 
 1. A very close approximation to a true meridian may be had by 
 remembering that Polaris very nearly reaches the true meridian when 
 it is in the same vertical plane with the star Delta [6) in the constella- 
 tion Cassiopeia. Using the apparatus just described, place the " peep 
 sight" in Hne with the plumb line and Polaris, and move it to the ^nest 
 as Polaris moves east^ until Polaris and Delta appear upon the plumb - 
 line together, and carefully note the time by a clock or watch; then, by 
 moving the peep sight, preserve its alinement with Polaris and the 
 plumb line (paying no further attention to the other star) ; at the expira- 
 tion of the small interval of time* derived from the table on page 105 
 the peep sight und plumb line will detine the true meridian, which may 
 be permanently marked for future use. 
 
 2. This method is practicable only when the star Delta is below the 
 pole during the night; when it passes the meridian above the pole, it 
 is too near the zenith to be of service, in which case the star Zeta (T), 
 the last star but one in the tail of the Great Bear, may be used instead. 
 
 Delta {6) Cassiopeijc is on the meridian below Polaris and the pole, 
 at midnight about April 10, and is, therefore, the proper star to use at 
 that date and lor some two or three months before and after. 
 
 Six months later, the star Zeta (C), in the tail of the Great Bear, will 
 sui>ply its place, and will be used in precisely the same numner. 
 
 Tlie method given in this article for liuding the true meridian can 
 not be used with advantage on account of the haziness of the atmos- 
 phere near the horizon, at places below about 38° north latitude. 
 
 The diagram,! drawn to scale, exhibits the principal stars of the con- 
 stellations Cassiopeia and Great Bear, with Delta {6) Cassiopeia, Zeta 
 
 * For this year (1891), the "small interval of time" is for Delta {8) Cassiopeiie, 
 1.4'"; for Zi'ta (C) Ursin Majoris ((heat Bear), 0.5"'; during such brief intervals, 
 probably no change in the position of Polaris would be observed by tlie unaided eye ; 
 but, as these intervals are increasing at the rate of about one-third'of a minute annu- 
 ally, it was deemed best to provide for the proper ap])licatiou of the time intervals, 
 in the method described. 
 
 t See next page.
 
 108 
 
 (C) of tlie Great Bear, and Polaris on tlie meridian, represented by tLe 
 straight line; Polaris being at lower culmination. 
 
 This method is given in Lalande's Astronomy and was practiced by 
 A. Ellicott, in 1785, on the Ohio and Pennsylvania boundary. 
 
 ^vog: 
 
 
 0< 
 
 V 
 
 'Polari 
 
 ■s\ 
 
 ■ Cassi 
 
 
 y.Pole, 
 
 — • / /■' 
 
 opeia., 
 
 The (liaf^rain held perpendicular to the line of siolit directed to the pole, with the 
 right hand wide of the page uppermost, will re])re.sent the ooiilijiuiation of the cou- 
 Btellations with I'olaris near eastern elongation at midnight about July 10 — inverted, 
 it will Nhow Zeta (C) of the Great Bear and Polaris on the meridian (the former 
 hdow and the latter ahove the pole) at midnight about October 10; and held ^^ ith 
 Ifft l):ind side uppermost the diagram will indicate relative situations for midnight 
 about January 10, with Polaris near wentern elongation. The arrows indicate the 
 direction of aiqjareut motitm. Zeta (?) of the Great Bear (also sometimes called the 
 Great Dipper), was called Mizar by the ancient Arabians, and the small star near it 
 Alcor. Mizar is the second star from the end of the handle of the dipper.
 
 109 
 
 The foregoing methods for the determination of the true meridian 
 are excellent in themselves when available, as they answer the require- 
 ments of the surveyor and give results with all desirable precision. 
 They do not require an accurate knowledge of the time, which is tlieir 
 principal advantage. The relative motion of the stars employed, when 
 near the meridian and the unchangeable azimuth of Polaris at elonga- 
 tion ) so far as the surveyor is concerned), indicate with sufficient exact- 
 ness the moment when the observation should be made. Stormy 
 weather, a hazy atmo5?i^here, or the presence of clouds, may interfere 
 with or entirely prevent observation when the star is either at elonga- 
 tion or on the meridian, and both events sometimes occur in broad day- 
 light or at an inconvenient hour of the night. Under such circum- 
 stances, a simi^le method' applicable at any time (Polaris being visible), 
 may be acceptable, and can often be used by the surveyor when other 
 methods fail. 
 
 DETERMINATION OF THE AZIMUTH OP POLARIS AND TRUE MERIDIAN 
 AT ANY HOUR, THE STAR BEING VISIBLE, AND THE CORRECT LOCAL 
 MEAN TIME BEING KNOWN. 
 
 Many years ago a table was published giving azimuths of Polaris at 
 stated times during one year, but as it was arranged for a kind of time 
 with which surveyors are generally unacquainted, and was explained 
 in unfamiliar astronomical terms, and required the use of tables and 
 data not always accessible, it met with little favor and never came into 
 general use. 
 
 In this article it is ])roposed to simplify the work, omit all technical- 
 ities requiring a knowledge of astronomy, and present the method, with 
 two new and compact tables adapted to common clock time, with such 
 plain directions for use that any person of ordinary intelligence can 
 understand and apply them. 
 
 As the surveyor should have a perfectly clear idea of what is meant 
 by Astronomical Time (used to simplifj^ computations), and the Hour 
 ji iKjle of Folaris, these terms will now be explained. 
 
 The Civil Day, according to the customs of society, commeTices at midnight and 
 comprises twenty-four hours from one midnight to the next following. The hours 
 are counted from to 12 from midnight to noon, after which they are again reckoned 
 from to 12 from noon to midnight. Thus the day is divided into two periods of 12 
 hours each; the first of which is marked a. m., the last j). m. 
 
 The Astronomical Day commences at noon on the civil day of the parae date. It 
 also comprises twenty-four hours ; but they are reckoned from to 24, and from the 
 noon of one day to that of the next following. 
 
 The civil day begins twelve hours before the astronomical day; therefore the firs* 
 period of the civil day answers to the last part of the preceding astronomical day, 
 and the last part of the civil day corresponds to the first part of the astronomical 
 day. Thus, January 9, 2 o'clock p. m., civil time, is also January 9, 2'', astronomical 
 time; and January 9, 2 o'clock a. m., civil time, is Januarys, U^, astronomical time. 
 
 The rule, then, for the transformation of civil time into astronomical 
 time is this: If the civil time is marked p. m., tal-e away the designation 
 p. /»., and the astronomical time is hadwithout further change; if the civil 
 time is marlied a. m., talie one from the day and add twelve to the hours, 
 remove the initials a. m., and the result is the astronomical time wanted. 
 
 The substance of the above rule may be otherwise stated, as follows: 
 when the surveyor takes an observation during p. m. hours, civil time, 
 he can say: the astronomical time is the hours and minutes passed since 
 the noon of this day, and when observing in the a. m. hours he can say 
 the astronomical time is the hours and minutes elapsed since the noon 
 of yesterday J in either case omitting the designation a. m. or p. m., and
 
 110 
 
 writing for the day of the month, that civil date on which tne noon falls, 
 from which the time is reckoned. Finally, the astronomical time may be 
 called the hours and minutes elapsed since the noon LAST past, the 
 astronomical DATE being that of the civil day to which the noon beloiufs. 
 Tims, April 23, 4.15 p. m., civil time, is Ax)ril "23, 4*^ 15'", astronomical 
 time, and April 23, 4.15 a. m., civil time, is April 22, 16^ 15">, astro- 
 nomical time. 
 
 The surveyor should thoroughly master this transformation* of the 
 civil time into astronomical time, as it will he the hrst duty he will 
 have to perform after observing Polaris out of the meridian. 
 
 Hour Angle of Folaris. — In tig. 2, Plate I, tlie full vertical line rep- 
 resents a portion of the meridian passing through the zenith Z (the 
 point directly overhead), and intersecting the northern horizon at the 
 north i^oint N, from which, for surveying purposes, the azimuths of 
 Polaris are reckor.ed east or west. The meridian is pointed out by the 
 13lun)b line when it is in the same plane with the eye of the observer 
 and Polaris on the meridian, and a visual representation is also seen 
 in the vertical wire of the transit, when it bisects the star on the 
 meridian. 
 
 When Polaris crosses the meridian it is said to culminate; above the 
 pole (at S), the passage is called the Upper Culmination, in contradis- 
 tinction to t\\Q, JjOKcr Culmination (at S'). 
 
 In the diagram, — which the surveyor may better understand by hold- 
 ing it up ])erpendicul<ar to the line of sight when he looks toward the 
 pole, — Polaris is supposed to be on the meridian, where it will be about 
 noon on April 10th of each year. The star appears to revolve around 
 the pole, in the direction of the arrows, once in every 23'' 5G"'.lt of mean 
 solar time; it consequently comes to and crosses the meridian, or cul- 
 minates, nearly four minutes earlier each successive day. The appar- 
 ent motion of the star being uniform, one quarter of the circle will 
 (omitting fractions) be described in 5'' 59'", one half in 11'' 58'", and 
 three quarters in IT** 57"". For the positions s,, S2, S3, etc., the angles 
 SPsi, 81'S;., yPs.-„etc., are called Hour Angles of Folaris for the instant 
 the star is at Si, S2, or S3, etc., and they are measured by tne arcs Ssi, 
 Ss2, SS3, etc., expressed (in these instructions) in mean solar (common 
 clock) time, and are always counted from the upper meridian (at S), to 
 the iccst, around the circle from 0'' ()"' to 23'' 50"'. 1, and may have any 
 value between the limits named. The hour angles, measured by the 
 arcs Ssi, Ss2, SS3, SS4, Sss, and Ssb, are a])i)roximately 1'' 8'", 5'' 55"', 
 i)u 4.,,^ 1411 52..,^ ij^h oi>",:j: and 22'' 48"' respectively; their extent is also 
 indicated, graphically, by broken fractional circles about the pole. 
 
 Supi)ose the star observed (e. g.) at the point 83; the time it was at 
 S, (the time of upper culmination), taken from the whole circle, 23'' 5G'".l, 
 will leave the arc SS|, vS2, S3, or the hour angle at the instant of observa- 
 tion; similar relations will obtain when the star is observed in any 
 other ])osition; therefore, in general: 
 
 Subtract the time of Upper Culmination from the correct local mean 
 time of observation; the remainder will be the Hour Angle of Folaris. 
 
 *The change can always be made mentally, no written work being required. 
 Table I might be easily^altered to give the times by the civil count marked a. m. and 
 p. m., but sm-h an arrangement would greatly extend and complicate the following 
 rules and oxamplus, and corresjjondingly increase the chances lor making mistakes. 
 
 + A closer value is 23 hours, 5(5 minutes, 4.0i> seconds. 
 
 tThe hour angles, 5'' 55'" and 18'" 01™ are those at west and east elongation, respec- 
 tively, in latitude 40'-' N.
 
 Ill 
 
 The observation will be made as directed on page 105, modified as fol- 
 lows: there will be no waiting for the star to reach elongation; the 
 observation may be made at any instant when Polaris is visible, the 
 exact time being carefully noted. 
 
 Table I. 
 
 This table gives, in "Part I," the local mean time of the upper cul- 
 mination of Polaris, on the 1st and 15th of each month, for the years 
 1890 to 1900,* inclusive. The times decrease, in each yeai-, to April 10, 
 when they become zero; then, commencing at 23'' 5G"M, the times again 
 decrease until the following April, and so on, continuously. The quan- 
 tity in the column marked "Difi". for 1 day" is the decrease 2>er day 
 during the interval of time against Avhich it stands, and answers for all 
 the yearn marked in the table. For any intermediate date, the "Dift". for 
 1 day" will be nmltiplied by the days elapsed since the preceding tabu- 
 lar elate, and the product siddractrd from the corresponding /me, to 
 obtain the required time of upper culmiiuition for the date under con- 
 sideration. The table answers directly for 90° west longitude. For 
 places east or west of the assumed meridian, a small correction, t depend- 
 ent on the longitude, may be a])plie(l to the deduced time of culmina- 
 tion. This correction may be taken from Part III, and, with sufficient 
 accuracy, for the longitude Clearest that of the station. Use the correc- 
 tion according to the dir(^ction placed over it. A few examples will 
 illustrate the use of the table. 
 
 1. Required the time of upper culmination of Polaris for a station in longitude 
 116° west, for March 3, 1892. 
 
 h. m. 
 
 Astron. time, U. C. of Polaris, 1892, March 1 2 37.8 
 
 Red. for 2 days is 3'".94x2=7"'.9 (Part II) ) «.„,,._„„. o <> 
 
 Corr. for 116-^ long, is 0"'.3 (Part III) S ^^^^^^'^^ »-^ 
 
 Local mean time U. C. of Polaris, 1892, March 3 2 29. 6 
 
 The required time may also be obtained by using the table in the 
 opposite direction; by taking the time for March 15, and adding the 
 reduction, as follows: 
 
 h. m. 
 
 Astron. time, U. C. of Polaris, 1892, March 15 1 42.6 
 
 Red. forl2day8is3"'.94xl2=47"'.3, add 47.3 
 
 Sum 2 29.9 
 
 Correction for longitude 116^ (Part III), subtract 0. 3 
 
 Local mean time U. C. of Polaris, 1892, March 3 2 29. 6 
 
 In this case the two results are identical. If the computation is 
 made both ways, the results will check each other. 
 
 Part II has been inserted to save the surveyor the little trouble of 
 making nmltiplications; thus, for the above example, look in Part II, 
 under the proper tabular difference, ;}"'.94, and opposite the day of the 
 month in left hand column is the correction 7'" .9; also in Part III is 
 
 * The surveyor cau extend the table to the year 1910 by following directions in 
 article on "Magnetic Declination." The values for the years following 1896 were 
 thus computed. 
 
 t The correction for longitude-should not be used for dates subsequent to December 
 31, 1896.
 
 112 
 
 found the correction for IIG*^ longitude, 0n».3, the sum being 8™.2. The 
 work may be put down as follows : 
 
 h. m. 
 
 Astrou. time, U. C. of Polaris, 1892, March 1 (Part I) 2 37.8 
 
 Red. (Part II), and correction for long. (Part III), subtract 8.2 
 
 Local mean time, U. C. of Polaris, 1892, March 3 2 29.6 
 
 The longitude correction being sinall, may generally be omitted; it will 
 not be considered in the following examples. 
 
 Computing from n preceding date, for days between April 11 and 15 
 of any year, the reduction in Part II will be greater than the tabu- 
 lated time of culmination, in which case 23'' 56™. 1 will be added, to make 
 the subtraction possible. 
 
 2. Required, for a station in long. 90° west, the time of U. C. of Polaris for April 14, 
 1891: 
 
 h. m. 
 
 Astron. time, U. C. of Polaris, 1891, April 1 (Part I) 38.4 
 
 Add 23 56.1 
 
 Sum 24 .34.5 
 
 Reduction to April 14, (Part II), subtract 51.1 
 
 Local mean time, U. C . of Polaris, April 14 23 43.4 
 
 Working from a following date, for days between 9th and 15th of 
 April, the sum will exceed 23'' 56"'.l, and when this occurs subtract 23'* 
 SOni.l from the sum, and the remainder will be the required time. 
 
 3. Required, for a station in long. 90° west, the time of U. C. of Polaris for April 
 10,1892: 
 
 h. ID. 
 
 Astron. time, U. C. of Polaris, 1892, April 15 (Part I) 23 36.8 
 
 Reduction for 5 days (Part II), add 19.6 
 
 Sum 23 56.4 
 
 Subtract 23 56.1 
 
 Local mean time, U. C. of Polaris, 1892, April 10 0.3 
 
 This example, worked like the last one, from thepreceding date (April 
 1), will give precisely the result above written. (See example above.) 
 If to the above time of culmination we add 23'' 56"'. 1, and then sub- 
 tract 3"\9, we obtain 23'' 52"'.5, the time of the second upi)er culmina- 
 tion on April 10, since botli occur within 24 hours of noon and con- 
 sequently on the same day. The up])er culmination, to be used at any 
 time, will always be the last one that occurs before the observation. 
 In this instance it is, of course, the first one that takes place on the 
 10th.* 
 
 The surveyor should be careful to employ Part II, Table I, correctly. 
 When the table is used in regular order, the "Eeduction" maybe 
 taken from Part II with the argument,! "Day of the month " in left 
 hand column, or " Number of days elapsed" in right hand column, as 
 may be preferred. In example 2, Part II, may be entered in with the 
 argument 13 days elapsed (from 1st to 14th) in right hand column; 
 then the reduction, 51'". 1, results, as above written; but, when work- 
 iug from a following date (example 3), the day of the month in left hand 
 column can not be used. 
 
 Mistakes aie often made by using the wrong column in Part I; as a 
 
 * The Bccoiid culmination occurs 7™. 5 before noon of April 11, and consequently 
 in broad davlight. 
 t "Argument", the quantity on whiQh another c^uaqtitjr in 9> tal)le depends.
 
 113 
 
 matter of course, the time should always be taken out for the current 
 year. 
 
 The foregoing examples embrace all cases which can occur ia the use 
 of Table I, and will be a sufficient guide for its application. 
 
 Taulk I. — Local mean (astronomical) time of the upper culmination of Polaris, computed 
 for longitude 6 hours {00°) west of Greenwich. 
 
 [The time on line with any date in Part I is the hours and minutes elapsed ("measured by a com- 
 mon clock or watch) since the preceding noon.] 
 
 Part I. 
 
 Date. 
 
 1890. 
 
 1891. 
 
 1892. 
 
 1893. 
 
 1894. 
 
 1895. 
 
 1896. 
 
 1897. 
 
 Diff. for 
 1 day. 
 
 
 h. m. 
 
 h. m. 
 
 h. m. 
 
 h. m. 
 
 h. m. 
 
 h. m. 
 
 h. m. 
 
 h. m. 
 
 m. 
 
 Jan. 1 
 
 6 32.2 
 
 6 33.4 
 
 6 34.6 
 
 6 32.0 
 
 6 33.3 
 
 6 34.7 
 
 6 36. 1 
 
 6 33.0 
 
 3.95 
 
 15 
 
 5 36.9 
 
 5 38.1 
 
 5 39.3 
 
 5 36. 7 
 
 5 .38. 
 
 5 .39. 4 
 
 5 40.8 
 
 5 37.7 
 
 3.95 
 
 Feb. 1 
 
 4 29.8 
 
 4 31.0 
 
 4 32.2 
 
 4 29.6 
 
 4 30.9 
 
 4 32.3 
 
 4 .33. 7 
 
 4 30.6 
 
 3.95 
 
 15 
 
 3 34.5 
 
 3 35.7 
 
 3 37.0 
 
 3 34.3 
 
 3 35. 7 
 
 3 37.1 
 
 3 38.5 
 
 3 35.3 
 
 3.95 
 
 Mar. 1 
 
 2 39. 3 
 
 2 40. 5 
 
 2 37.8 
 
 2 39.1 
 
 2 40. 4 
 
 2 41.8 
 
 2 39.3 
 
 2 40.1 
 
 3.94 
 
 15 
 
 1 44.2 
 
 1 45.4 
 
 1 42.6 
 
 1 43.9 
 
 1 45. 3 
 
 1 46.7 
 
 1 44. 1 
 
 1 44.9 
 
 3.94 
 
 Apr. 1 
 
 37.2 
 
 38.4 
 
 35.7 
 
 37.0 
 
 38.4 
 
 39.7 
 
 .37. 2 
 
 38.0 
 
 3.94 
 
 15 
 
 23 38.3 
 
 23 39. 5 
 
 23 36.8 
 
 23 38. 1 
 
 23 39. 4 
 
 23 40. 8 
 
 23 38. 3 
 
 23 39. 1 
 
 3.93 
 
 May 1 
 
 22 35.4 
 
 22 36. 6 
 
 22 34. 
 
 22 35. 2 
 
 22 30. 6 
 
 22 38.0 
 
 22 35. 5 
 
 22 36. 2 
 
 3.93 
 
 15 
 
 21 40. 5 
 
 21 41.7 
 
 21 39. 
 
 21 40.3 
 
 21 41.7 
 
 21 43.0 
 
 21 40. 6 
 
 21 41.3 
 
 3.92 
 
 June 1 
 
 20 33. 9 
 
 20 35. 1 
 
 20 32. 4 
 
 20 33. 7 
 
 20 35. 
 
 20 36.4 
 
 20 33. 9 
 
 20 34. 7 
 
 3.92 
 
 15 
 
 19 39.0 
 
 19 40.2 
 
 19 37. 5 
 
 19 38.9 
 
 19 40. 2 
 
 19 41.6 
 
 19 39. 1 
 
 19 39. 9 
 
 3.92 
 
 July 1 
 
 18 36.4 
 
 18 37. 6 
 
 18 34.9 
 
 18 36. 2 
 
 18 37.6 
 
 18 38. 9 
 
 18 36. 5 
 
 18 37. 2 
 
 3.92 
 
 15 
 
 17 41.5 
 
 17 42.8 
 
 17 40. 1 
 
 17 41.4 
 
 17 42. 7 
 
 17 44.1 
 
 17 41.7 
 
 17 42. 4 
 
 3.92 
 
 Aup. 1 
 
 16 35. 
 
 16 36.2 
 
 16 33.5 
 
 16 34. 8 
 
 16 36. 2 
 
 16 37. 6 
 
 16 35. 1 
 
 16 35.8 
 
 3.91 
 
 15 
 
 15 40. 1 
 
 15 41.3 
 
 15 38. 7 
 
 15 40. 
 
 15 41.3 
 
 15 42.7 
 
 15 40.3 
 
 15 41.0 
 
 3.92 
 
 Sept. 1 
 
 14 33.5 
 
 14 34.7 
 
 14 32.0 
 
 14 33. 3 
 
 14 34.7 
 
 14 36. 1 
 
 14 33. 7 
 
 14 34. 3 
 
 3.92 
 
 15 
 
 13 38.6 
 
 13 39.8 
 
 13 37. 1 
 
 13 38. 4 
 
 13 39. 8 
 
 13 41. 2 
 
 13 38. 8 
 
 13 39.4 
 
 3.92 
 
 Oct. 1 
 
 12 35. 7 
 
 12 37.0 
 
 12 34.3 
 
 12 35. 6 
 
 12 37. 
 
 12 38. 4 
 
 12 36. 
 
 12 36. 6 
 
 3.93 
 
 15 
 
 11 40. 7 
 
 11 42.0 
 
 11 39.3 
 
 11 40. 6 
 
 11 42.0 
 
 11 43. 4 
 
 11 41.0 
 
 11 41.6 
 
 3.93 
 
 Nov. 1 
 
 10 33.9 
 
 10 35. 1 
 
 10 32.4 
 
 10 33. 8 
 
 10 35. 1 
 
 10 36. 6 
 
 10 34. 1 
 
 10 34.8 
 
 3.93 
 
 15 
 
 9 38.8 
 
 9 40.0 
 
 9 37.3 
 
 9 38.6 
 
 9 40.0 
 
 9 41.5 
 
 9 39. 
 
 9 39.6 
 
 3.94 
 
 Dec. 1 
 
 8 35.7 
 
 8 36.9 
 
 8 34.3 
 
 8 35.6 
 
 8 37.0 
 
 8 38.4 
 
 8 35.9 
 
 8 36.6 
 
 3.94 
 
 15 
 
 7 40.5 
 
 7 41.7 
 
 7 39.1 
 
 7 40.4 
 
 7 41.8 
 
 7 43.2 
 
 7 40.7 
 
 7 41.4 
 
 3.94 
 3.95 
 
 Part I— Continued. 
 
 Part n. 
 
 Date. 
 
 1898. 
 
 1899. 
 
 1900. 
 
 Diff. 
 for 
 
 Reduction of tabular times to intermediate dates. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Iday. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Subtract the reduction 
 
 when computing from a pre- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 h. m. 
 
 h. m. 
 
 h. m. 
 
 m. 
 
 oeding, 
 date. 
 
 or add 
 
 it when working from a following 
 
 Jan. 1 
 
 6 34.1 
 
 6 35.2 
 
 6 36.3 
 
 3.95 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 15 
 
 5 38.8 
 
 5 39.9 
 
 5 41.0 
 
 3.95 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Feb. 1 
 
 4 31.7 
 
 4 32.8 
 
 4 33.9 
 
 3.95 
 
 
 Reduction. Are.— "Diff. for 1 dav." 
 
 
 15 
 
 3 36.4 
 2 41.2 
 1 46.0 
 39.1 
 23 40.2 
 
 3 37.5 
 2 42.3 
 1 47.1 
 40.2 
 23 41. 3 
 
 3 38.6 
 2 43.4 
 1 48.2 
 41.3 
 23 42. 4 
 
 3.95 
 3.94 
 3.94 
 3.94 
 3.93 
 
 Day of 
 
 the 
 month. 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■^ 
 
 No. of 
 
 Mar. 1 
 15 
 
 Apr. 1 
 
 m. 
 3.91. 
 
 m. 
 3.92. 
 
 m. 
 3.93. 
 
 m. 
 3.94. 
 
 m. 
 3.95. 
 
 days 
 elapsed. 
 
 15 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 May 1 
 
 22 37. 3 
 
 22 38. 4 
 
 22 39. 5 
 
 3.93 
 
 
 m. 
 
 m. 
 
 m. 
 
 m. 
 
 
 
 15 
 
 21 42.4 
 
 21 43. 5 
 
 21 44.6 
 
 3.92 
 
 2 or 16 
 
 3.9 
 
 3.9 
 
 3.9 
 
 3.9 
 
 3.9 
 
 1 
 
 June 1 
 
 20 35. 8 
 
 20 36. 9 
 
 20 38. 
 
 3.92 
 
 3 or 17 
 
 7.8 
 
 7.8 
 
 7.9 
 
 7.9 
 
 7.9 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 19 41.0 
 
 19 42. 1 
 
 19 43. 2 
 
 3.92 
 
 1 4 or 18 
 
 11.7 
 
 11.8 
 
 11.8 
 
 11.8 
 
 11.8 
 
 3 
 
 July 1 
 
 18 38.3 
 
 18 39. 4 
 
 18 40. 5 
 
 3.92 
 
 5 or 19 
 
 1.5.6 
 
 15.7 
 
 15 7 
 
 15.8 
 
 15.8 
 
 4 
 
 15 
 
 17 43.5 
 
 17 44. 6 
 
 17 45.7 
 
 3.92 
 
 6 or 20 
 
 19.5 
 
 19.6 
 
 19.6 
 
 19.7 
 
 19.7 
 
 5 
 
 Aug. 1 
 
 16 36. 9 
 
 16 38. 
 
 16 39.1 
 
 3.91 
 
 7 or 21 
 
 23.5 
 
 23.5 
 
 23.6 
 
 23.6 
 
 23.7 
 
 6 
 
 15 
 
 15 42. 1 
 
 15 43.1 
 
 15 44.3 
 
 3.92 
 
 8 or 22 
 
 27.4 
 
 27.4 
 
 27.5 
 
 27.6 
 
 27.6 
 
 7 
 
 Sept. 1 
 
 14 35. 4 
 
 14 46. 5 
 
 14 37. 6 
 
 3.92 
 
 9 or 23 
 
 31.3 
 
 31.4 
 
 31.4 
 
 31.5 
 
 31.6 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 13 40. 5 
 
 13 41.6 
 
 13 42. 7 
 
 3.92 
 
 lOor 2t 
 
 35.2 
 
 35.3 
 
 35.4 
 
 35.5 
 
 35.5 
 
 9 
 
 Oct. 1 
 
 12 37. 7 
 
 12 38. 8 
 
 12 39. 9 
 
 .3.93 
 
 11 or 2.") 
 
 39.1 
 
 39.2 
 
 39.3 
 
 39.4 
 
 39.5 
 
 10 
 
 15 
 
 11 42.7 
 
 11 43.8 
 
 11 44.9 
 
 3.93 
 
 12 or 26 
 
 43.0 
 
 43.1 
 
 43.2 
 
 43.3 
 
 43.4 
 
 11 
 
 Nov. 1 
 
 10 35. 9 
 
 10 37. 
 
 10 38. 1 
 
 3. 93 
 
 13 or 27 
 
 47.0 
 
 47.0 
 
 47.2 
 
 47.3 
 
 47.4 
 
 12 
 
 15 
 
 9 40. 7 
 
 9 41.8 
 
 9 42.9 
 
 3.94 
 
 14 or 28 
 
 50.8 
 
 51.0 
 
 ,51.1 
 
 51.2 
 
 51.3 
 
 13 
 
 Dec. 1 
 
 8 37.7 
 
 8 38.8 
 
 8 39.9 
 
 3.94 
 
 29 
 
 54.7 
 
 54.9 
 
 55.0 
 
 55.2 
 
 55.3 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 7 42.5 
 
 7 43.6 
 
 7 44.7 
 
 3.94 
 
 30 
 
 58.6 
 
 58.8 
 
 58.9 
 
 59.1 
 
 59.2 
 
 15 
 
 
 
 
 
 3.95 
 
 31 
 
 62.6 
 
 62.7 
 
 62.9 
 
 63.0 
 
 63.2 
 
 16 
 
 386-
 
 114 
 
 Applications of Tables I and II. 
 
 4. Required the Hour Angle aud Azimuth of Polaris, for a station in latitude 46° N., 
 longitude 90- W., at 8" 24 <" p. m., November 1, 1891. 
 
 h. m. 
 
 Astronomical time of observation, 1891, Nov. 7 8 24.0 
 
 » ~ h. m. 
 
 Astron. time, U. C. Polaris, Nov. 1 (Table 1, Part 1) .... 10 35.1 
 Eednction to Nov. 6* (Part II), subtract 1 19.7 
 
 Astron. time, U. C. Polaris, Nov. 6 10 1.5.4, subtract. .UO 15.4 
 
 Hour Angle of Polaris, at observation 22 8.6 
 
 Subtract from ^23 .56. 1 
 
 Time Argument for Table II 1 47.5 
 
 Azimuth of Polaris, at observation 1° 51' E. 
 
 Part III. — Correction of the tabular time for longitude. 
 
 LoDgitude. 
 
 63° 
 
 72° 
 
 9,1° 
 
 90° 
 
 99° 
 
 108° 
 
 117° 
 
 127° 
 
 
 Add 
 m. 
 0.3 
 
 Add 
 m. 
 0.2 
 
 Add 
 0.1 
 
 Add 
 m. 
 0.0 
 
 Subtract 
 in. 
 0.1 
 
 Subtract 
 m. 
 0.2 
 
 Subtract 
 in. 
 0.3 
 
 Subtract 
 m. 
 0.4 
 
 
 
 
 
 5. Required the Hour Angle and Azimuth of Polaris, for a station in latitude 41° 
 12' N., longitude 94- W., at'6'' 16^" a. m., Nov." 19, 1X98. 
 
 h. m. 
 
 Astronomical time of observation, 1898, Nov. 18 18 16.0 
 
 h. m. 
 Astron. time, U. C. Polaris, Nov. 15 (Table I, Part I) . . . . 9 40.7 
 Reduction to Nov. 19 (Part II), subtract 15.8 
 
 Astron. time, U. C. Polaris, Nov. 19 9 24.9, subtract .. 9 24.9 
 
 Hour Angle of Polaris, at observation, and Time Argument for Table II || 8 51.1 
 
 Azimuth of Polaris, at observation (Table II) ^ 1° 11' W. 
 
 Table II. 
 
 This table gives, for various hour angles, expressed in mean solar 
 time, and for even degrees of latitude from 30 to 50 degrees, the Azi- 
 muihx of Polaris during the remainder of this century, computed for 
 average values of the uorth pohir distance of tlu», star — the arguments 
 (reference numbeis), being tlie hour atujle (or 23'' 56'".1, minus the hour 
 angle, when the latter exceeds 11"' 58'"), which is termed the Time 
 
 * By reference to tlie above table, the surveyor will observe that the times, 
 between Nov. 1 and 15, are greater than 8'' 24'"; consequently, the culmination for 
 one (hiy earlier, Nov. 6, will Ije used; see directions on page 111; also, last clause of 
 exanqde 3, page 112. 
 
 t From Part II, Table I, opposite 6th day of month, aud under "3.94'"." 
 
 JTo subtract, take 1 day from Nov. 7, and add its e(|uivalent, 24'', to 8'' 24'". mnk- 
 iug, Nov. 6, 32'' 24"' (whicli is the time expressed by Nov. 7, 8'' 24'"); then subtract 
 in the usual manner. 
 
 ^ See last clause of footuote, page 115. 
 
 II In case the Hour Angle comes out </rea/er than 11'' 58'", subtract it from 23*^ 56.1'": 
 see example 4, above. 
 
 H The Hour Angle being less than 11'' 58'", the Azimuth is west; see precepts, top of 
 Table II.
 
 115 
 
 Arf/HDieut;* and the latitude of the place of observation. The table is 
 so extended that azimiitlis maybe taken out by mere inspection and 
 all iiiterpohition avoide<l, exce])t such as can be ijerformed mentally. 
 
 The hoursiit the '• time ar<iuincnts" are placed in the columns headed 
 " Hours," on left of each i)a^e. The minutes of the time arguments will 
 be found in the columns nnirked " m.," under the years for which they 
 are computed, and they are included between the same heavy zigzag 
 lines which inclose; the houis to which they belong. 
 
 The time arguments are given to tlie nearest half minute; the occur- 
 rence of a period after the minutes of any one of them, indicates that 
 its value is 0.5"' greater than printed, the table being so arranged to 
 economize space. 
 
 The table will be used as follows: Find the HOURS of the time argu- 
 ment in the left-hand column of either page; then., between the heavy lines 
 which inclose the hours, find, the minutes in the column marJced at the 
 top with tJie current year. On the same horizontal line with the MINUTES, 
 the azimuth will be found under the giren latitude, which is marked at the 
 top of the right-hand half of each page. Thus, for 18!)2, time argument, 0^ 
 40'", "latitude 415^; find 0'' on left-hand page and under 1.S02J tind 40"°, 
 on tenth line from the top, and on same line with the minutes, under 
 latitude 4l{o, is the azinmth O'^ 18'. For 1S9G, time argument 7'' 58™, 
 lat. oCP, the azimuth is 1° 19', found on the 9th line from bottom of 
 right-hand page. 
 
 If the exact time argument is not found in the table, the azimuth 
 should be proportioned to the difference between the given and tabular 
 values of said argument. Thus, if the time argument in the first of 
 the above examples (for 1892) was 0" 42"', instead of 0'' 40'", the azi- 
 muth would be the mean between 0^ 18' and 0^ 20', or 0° 19'. In a sim- 
 ilar manner, if the latitude is nearer an odd than an even degree, the 
 mean of the azimuths for the next greater and next less latitude will 
 be nsed; thus, in the above example for 1890, if the given latitude was 
 37'^, the mean betweeii \'^ 19' and 1° 21', or 1° 20', would be the corre- 
 sponding azimuth. The table has been arranged to give the azimuths 
 as exemi)lified above, by simple ins])ection. No written arithmetical 
 work is required, all l)eing performed mentally. It will always be suf- 
 ficient to take the nearest whole degree of latitude and use it as above 
 directed, except for a few values near the bottom of either page, where 
 the difference of azinuiths, for 2° difference of latitude, amounts to 4 
 or .» minutes of arc; for example, 1890, time argument, 7'' 29'", lat. 40° 
 40', In this case the latitude may be taken to the nearest half degree 
 (4()i°); the corresponding azimuth is 1° 42'. See another example in 
 Specimen Field Notes, page 158. 
 
 3. The attention of the surveyor is directed to the fact that he should 
 always use one day of twenty-four hours as the unit when he subtracts 
 
 " The vertical diameter SS', Plate I, fig. 2, divides the apparent path of Polaris 
 into two equal parts, aud for the star at any point Sr on the east side, there is a cor- 
 resi>(>n(lin<j:; ])oint S|, on the west side of the meridian, for which the azimutii Nw, is 
 equal to the azimuth Ne. The arc SsiS'sn, taken from the entire circle (or 23'' 56'". I), 
 leaves the an- Ssp, and its e(|ual, Ssi, expressed in time, may he used to find, from 
 Tahlc II, the azimuth Nw, which is efjual to Ne. 
 
 Tiie hour angles entered in Tahle II include only those of the west half of the cir- 
 cle ending at S', and when an hour angle greater than 11'' 58"' results from ohserva- 
 tion, it will he siibtravled fV(im 23'' ot)'".!, and the remainder will be used as the "time 
 argniiieiit" for the tahle. The surveyiu' should not confonntl these two (|uantitie8. 
 The lioiir arn/le itself always decides the direction of the azimuth and <lefines the])lace 
 of the star with reference to the pole aud meridian, as rioted at top of Tahle II, 
 See examples below Table 1, page 114,
 
 116 
 
 the time of culmination from the time of ohservation. See example 4, 
 ]);ige 114. In any case when the time of upper culmination, taken from 
 Table I, for the §iven date, would be numeiically f/reatcr than the 
 astronomical time of observation, the former time will be taken out for 
 a date one day earlier than the date of observation. The i^urveyor will 
 decide when such condition exists by comparing the time given in the 
 table with his astronomical time of observation. See example 4 and 
 ex])lauations in footnotes below Table I, page 114. 
 
 When an hour angle comes out within one minute of either 0'' 0™, or 
 23'' 50"-. 1, the observation may be regarded as having been taken with 
 the star on the meridian, above the pole; if within one minute of Jl'' 
 58'", Polaris may be considered on the meridian below the pole at the 
 time of observation. 
 
 At elongation Polaris is nearly o^ 55™ west (or east) of its position at 
 ui)per culmination; consequently if the hour angle for any observation 
 comes out within five minutes of 5^ 55'" or 18'' 1'", the star may be 
 assumed to be at elonf/ation, west for the first and east for the second 
 hour angle, and itsazinmth maybe taken from a preceding table, which 
 gives its value at elongation, from 1890 to 1910,* inclusive. 
 
 Should the surveyor wish the time of Lower Culmination, for use with 
 the plumb-line method, described on page 107, or for any other purpose, 
 he will first determine the time of upper culmination for the date (Table 
 I), and then subtract IP' 58'" for the preceding lower culmination, or add 
 IP' 58'" for the lower culmmation following the derived time fi)r upper 
 culmination, attending to the addition or subtraction of 23'' 5G'".l, as 
 directed on page 112. 
 
 The time to be used when making observations on Polaris off the 
 meridian, should be as accurate as can be obtained. Looking at Table 
 II, near the top of either page, the surveyor will observe, that for a dif- 
 ference oH four minutes in the time argument, there is a change of 
 about tivo minutes in azimuth; consequently, to obtain the azimuth to 
 the nearest whole minute of arc, the local mean time, upon which all 
 depends, should be known within two minutes. When the surveyor 
 uses a solar instrument, he can readily determine the time for himself 
 during the afternoon before observing Polaris, or in the morning after 
 observation, and, without moving the hands of his watch, apply the 
 necessary correction to his observed watch time, as exemplified in Si)ec- 
 imen Field Notes, page 172. When the surveyor uses standard railroad' 
 time, he will correct the same for the difference of longitude between his 
 station and the standard meridian for which the time is given, at the rate 
 of four minutes of time/or each degree of the difference in arc. Thus, if 
 the difference of longitude is 0° 45', the equivalent in time will be 27 
 minutes. The difference of longitude may be taken from a good map. 
 The number of seconds taken from the 5th column of Table X, (opposite 
 the proper latitude), multiplied by the number of ranges, will give the 
 correction for longitude in seconds of time. The correction will be 
 subtracted from the standard railroad time of observation, when the 
 surveyor's station is irest, or added when east of the standard meridian, 
 as the case may require, to obtain local time. It is immaterial where 
 the surveyor obtains the standard time, provided he gets it right; a 
 result which will be determined in the most satisfactory manner, by a 
 direct comparison at telegraph office, personally conducted. 
 
 *See table prepared in office of U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey; article on Mag- 
 netic Declination, page 103.
 
 117 
 
 Generally, the surveyor will have only two or three simple additions 
 or subtraotions to make, and ten minutes will be ample time in which 
 to make tlie obscrvaticKU and perform the little comi)utatiou required. 
 
 Note. — The azimuths entered in the following table were calculated 
 with the meaTi North Polar Distance of Polaris (1° 16' 32'), the assumed 
 latitudes of the tabic and the stated hour an(/lef> for the year 1890. The 
 resultino- values lia\in,u' been tabulated, thf^ process was reversed, and 
 with the mean N. P. 1). of the star, for the 1st of July of each of the 
 remaining- ten years of the series, the latiiufJen named, and azimuths 
 already determined, the corresponding hoKr angles were found. By this 
 artifice, the table (which, if computed for the same hour angles for each 
 year, would cover twenty two pages of this book), is here confined to 
 two i)ages, and this without any sacrifice of precision, and with the 
 additional advantage of presenting all the azimuths for eleven years^ at 
 one opening of the book, an arrangement which will be appreciated by 
 those surveyors who may have occasion to use this method in the dis- 
 charge of their professional duties. 
 
 VERIFYING RESULTS OF SOLAR WORK. 
 
 Surveyors general and their deputies have sometimes failed to appre- 
 ciate the requirements of the Manual on testing the adjustment of the 
 solar compass and verifying the accuracy of its work. In some cases 
 a wholly erroneous idea thereon has been entertained, making it neces- 
 sary to instruct de])uties that the adjustments of a solar compass are 
 not proved correct by its own meridian, obtained at a single setting; 
 but that its meridian must be verified by a proper Polaris observation, 
 to render the field notes reliable. 
 
 If a solar instrument standing unmoved, both forenoon and after- 
 noon, gives an unvarying result, it is presumed to be accurately set, 
 and all its parts in adjustment; but the requirement of a careful test 
 of the solar by stellar observation, will be rigidly adhered to. 
 
 The practice of permitting field examinations to l)e made by exam- 
 iners using needle compasses only will be henceforth discontinued. Sur- 
 veyors general should ap])oint for inspectors of field work only such as 
 are competent to make critical examination of the courses of surveyed 
 lines.
 
 118 
 
 Table II. — Azimuths of Polaris 
 [The hour augles are expressed in mean solar time. Tlie occurrence of a period 
 
 Star akd Azimuth. 
 
 "SV. of N. when hour anale is less than ll* 58". 
 E. of N. when hour angle is greater that ll"" 58"". 
 
 Time argument, the star's liour angle (or 23'' 50'". 1 
 minus the star's hour angle), for the year— 
 
 Polaris above the Pole 
 
 To detemiine the true meridian, the azimuth 
 will be laid off to the east when the hour 
 angle is less than ll"" 58'", and to the west 
 w lien greater than 11'' 58'".
 
 119 
 
 for the use of land ititrreijors. 
 
 after minutes of an hour angle indicates that its value is 0'".5 greater than printed.] 
 
 Star 
 
 AND Azimuth. 1 
 
 
 
 Polaris below 
 
 THE 
 
 Pole. 
 
 
 
 W. of N. when luiur angle is I 
 E. of N. wlien hour angle is <j 
 
 Time argument, the star's ho 
 rniyius the star's hour angl 
 
 esi than 
 •eater th 
 
 ur angle 
 
 111" 58™. 
 m 111" 58". 
 
 or 231' 56'" 1. 
 year— 
 
 To determine the true merit 
 will be laid off to the eas 
 angle is less than 11'' 58"', 
 when greater than ll"" 58'". 
 
 ian, the azimuth 
 when the hour 
 and to the west 
 
 i), for the 
 
 s 
 o 
 
 ss 
 
 
 » 
 
 ■JO 
 
 1H 
 
 
 
 19 
 
 O 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 55 
 
 ao 
 
 i 
 
 Si 
 
 Azimuths for latitude— 
 
 o 
 30 
 
 o 1 
 32 j 
 
 o 
 
 34 
 
 o 
 
 3C 
 
 o 
 38 
 
 o 
 40 
 
 o 
 42 
 
 o 
 44 
 
 o 
 46 
 
 48 
 
 60 
 
 h. 
 11 
 
 m. 
 54 
 50 
 46 
 42 
 
 m. 
 54 
 
 50 
 46 
 42 
 
 7>l. 
 
 54 
 50 
 46 
 42 
 
 m. 
 54 
 50 
 46 
 42 
 
 m. 
 54 
 50 
 46 
 42 
 
 m. 
 .54 
 50 
 46 
 42 
 
 m. 
 54 
 50 
 46. 
 41. 
 
 m. 
 54 
 50 
 45. 
 41. 
 
 m. 
 54 
 50 
 45. 
 41. 
 
 m. 
 54 
 5J 
 46. 
 41. 
 
 in. 
 54 
 50 
 45. 
 41. 
 
 O 1 
 
 1 
 3 
 5 
 6 
 
 / 
 
 1 
 3 
 5 
 6 
 
 o / 
 
 1 
 3 
 5 
 6 
 
 o / 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 O ' 
 
 2 
 3 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 3 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 3 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 o / 
 
 2 
 4 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 o / 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 ' 
 
 2 
 4 
 6 
 
 e 
 
 o / 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 
 38 
 34 
 30 
 2f. 
 22 
 
 38 
 34 
 30 
 26 
 22 
 
 38 
 34 
 30 
 26 
 22 
 
 37. 
 33. 
 29. 
 25. 
 21. 
 
 37. 
 33. 
 29. 
 25. 
 21. 
 
 37. 
 33. 
 29. 
 25. 
 21 
 
 37. 
 33. 
 29. 
 25. 
 21 
 
 37. 
 33. 
 
 2a 
 21 
 
 37. 
 33. 
 29 
 25 
 21 
 
 37. 
 33 
 29 
 25 
 21 
 
 37. 
 33 
 29 
 25 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 9 
 11 
 
 !; 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 10 
 11 
 13 
 15 
 
 8 
 10 
 12 
 13 
 15 
 
 8 
 10 
 12 
 14 
 15 
 
 9 
 11 
 
 12 
 14 
 16 
 
 9 
 11 
 13 
 14 
 16 
 
 9 
 11 
 13 
 15 
 17 
 
 10 
 12 
 14 
 15 
 17 
 
 10 
 12 
 14 
 16 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 14 
 10 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 18 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 17. 
 13. 
 
 9. 
 
 5. 
 
 1. 
 
 17. 
 13. 
 
 9. 
 
 5. 
 
 1. 
 
 17. 
 13. 
 
 9. 
 
 5. 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 13 
 
 .) 
 1 
 
 17 
 13 
 
 8. 
 
 4. 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 12. 
 
 8. 
 
 i: 
 
 16. 
 12. 
 
 8. 
 4. 
 
 0. 
 
 55. 
 .50. 
 45. 
 40. 
 35 
 
 16. 
 
 12. 
 8 
 4 
 
 
 
 55. 
 50. 
 45 
 40 
 35 
 
 15 
 17 
 18 
 20 
 21 
 
 23 
 24 
 26 
 28 
 30 
 
 15 
 17 
 18 
 20 
 21 
 
 23 
 25 
 27 
 29 
 30 
 
 16 
 17 
 19 
 20 
 22 
 
 24 
 25 
 27 
 29 
 31 
 
 10 
 18 
 19 
 21 
 23 
 
 24 
 20 
 28 
 30 
 32 
 
 17 
 18 
 20 
 22 
 23 
 
 25 
 27 
 29 
 31 
 33 
 
 17 
 19 
 20 
 22 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 29 
 31 
 34 
 
 18 
 19 
 21 
 23 
 24 
 
 26 
 28 
 30 
 32 
 35 
 
 18 
 20 
 22 
 23 
 25 
 
 27 
 29 
 31 
 33 
 36 
 
 19 
 
 21 
 22 
 24 
 26 
 
 28 
 30 
 32 
 35 
 37 
 
 19 
 21 
 23 
 25 
 
 27 
 
 29 
 31 
 34 
 36 
 38 
 
 20 
 22 
 25 
 26 
 28 
 
 30 
 32 
 35 
 37 
 40 
 
 10 
 
 58 
 53 
 48 
 43 
 38. 
 
 57. 
 52. 
 47. 
 42. 
 38 
 
 57. 
 52. 
 47. 
 42. 
 37. 
 
 57 
 52. 
 47. 
 42. 
 37. 
 
 57 
 52 
 47 
 42. 
 37 
 
 56. 
 51. 
 46. 
 41. 
 36. 
 
 56. 
 51. 
 46. 
 41. 
 36 
 
 56. 56. 
 51 ! 51 
 46 46 
 41 40. 
 35. 35. 
 
 
 33. 
 
 28. 
 23. 
 18. 
 13. 
 
 33 
 28 
 23 
 18 
 13 
 
 32. 
 
 IT. 
 12. 
 
 32. 
 27 
 22 
 17 
 12 
 
 32 
 26. 
 21. 
 16. 
 11. 
 
 31. 
 26 
 21 
 16 
 11 
 
 31 
 26 
 21 
 15. 
 10. 
 
 30. 
 25. 
 20. 
 15. 
 10 
 
 30. 
 25 
 20 
 15 
 9. 
 
 30 
 24. 
 19. 
 14. 
 
 29. 
 24. 
 11) 
 14 
 8. 
 
 32 
 33 
 35 
 37 
 39 
 
 32 
 34 
 30 
 38 
 39 
 
 33 
 35 
 37 
 39 
 40 
 
 34 
 36 
 37 
 39 
 41 
 
 35 
 37 
 39 
 40 
 42 
 
 36 
 38 
 40 
 41 
 43 
 
 37 
 39 
 41 
 43 
 45 
 
 38 
 40 
 42 
 44 
 46 
 
 39 
 41 
 43 
 46 
 
 48 
 
 41 
 43 
 45 
 47 
 49 
 
 42 
 44 
 47 
 49 
 51 
 
 10 
 
 8. 
 
 3. 
 
 58.' 
 53. 
 48. 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 "58" 
 
 53 
 
 48 
 
 7. 
 2. 
 '57. 
 52. 
 47. 
 
 7 
 2 
 
 52 
 46. 
 
 6. 
 
 1. 
 
 "be" 
 
 51 
 
 46 
 
 6 
 
 5. 
 
 5 
 
 4. 4 
 
 3. 
 
 40 
 42 
 44 
 45 
 
 47 
 
 41 
 
 43 
 45 
 46 
 
 48 
 
 42 
 
 44 
 46 
 47 
 49 
 
 43 
 45 
 47 
 48 
 50 
 
 44 
 46 
 48 
 50 
 51 
 
 45 
 47 
 49 
 51 
 53 
 
 47 
 49 
 51 
 53 
 54 
 
 48 
 50 
 52 
 54 
 56 
 
 50 
 52 
 54 
 56 
 
 58 
 
 54 
 56 
 
 58 
 
 1 
 
 54 
 56 
 
 58 
 
 1 
 2 
 
 __1_; 
 
 55. 1 55. 
 50. 50. 
 45. ; 44. 
 
 I 59. 
 54. 
 49 
 44 
 
 59 
 
 54 
 
 49 
 
 ' 43. 
 
 58. 
 53 
 48 
 43 
 
 58 
 53 
 47. 
 42 
 
 
 43. 
 
 38. 
 33. 
 28. 
 23. 
 
 43 
 38 
 32. 
 28 
 23 
 
 42 
 37 
 32 
 27 
 22 
 
 41. 
 36. 
 31. 
 26. 
 21. 
 
 40. 
 35. 
 30. 
 25. 
 20. 
 
 40. 39. 
 35 34. 
 30 1 29 
 25 1 24 
 19. 19 
 
 39 38. 
 33. 33 
 28. . 28 
 23 22. 
 18 17. 
 
 37. 
 32 
 27 
 21. 
 16. 
 
 37 
 31. 
 26. 
 21 
 15. 
 
 49 
 50 
 51 
 53 
 55 
 
 50 
 51 
 53 
 54 
 56 
 
 51 
 52 
 54 
 
 56 
 57 
 
 52 
 53 
 55 
 57 
 58 
 
 53 
 ,55 
 
 57 
 
 58 
 
 1 
 
 55 
 56 
 
 58 
 
 1 
 2 
 
 56 
 
 58 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 4 
 
 58 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 5 
 
 1 
 2 
 
 4 
 6 
 8 
 
 2 
 4 
 6 
 8 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 9 
 11 
 13 
 
 
 18. 
 13. 
 
 17. 17 
 12. 12 
 
 16 
 11 
 
 15 
 10 
 
 14. 13. 
 9. 8. 
 
 12. 12 
 7. 6. 
 
 11 
 5. 
 
 10 
 
 56 
 
 58 
 
 57 
 59 
 
 59 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 2 
 
 2 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 9 
 
 10 
 11 
 
 12 
 14 
 
 15 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 8. 
 3. 
 
 7.| 7 
 
 6 
 
 55. 
 
 5 
 
 4 1 3 1 2 1 1.1 0. 
 
 159. 
 54 
 49 
 
 59 
 
 1 
 2 
 
 1 
 2 
 3 
 
 2 
 3 
 5 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 10 
 
 9 
 10 
 12 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 14 
 
 13 
 15 
 17 
 
 16 
 18 
 20 
 
 19 
 21 
 23 
 
 2. 
 
 2 
 
 59. 
 54. 
 
 58 1 58 
 54 52. 
 
 57 [ 56 
 52 51 
 
 55 
 49. 
 
 5 6 
 
 6 8 
 
 8 
 
 58. 
 
 57. 
 
 56. 
 
 
 52. 
 46. 
 
 40. 
 34. 
 28. 
 
 51. 
 
 45. 
 39. 
 33. 
 27. 
 
 50. 
 44. 
 38. 
 32. 
 26 
 
 49. 
 43. 
 37. 
 31 
 25 
 
 48. 
 42. 
 36 
 29. 
 23 
 
 47. 
 41. 
 35 
 
 28. 
 21. 
 
 46. 
 40 
 33. 
 27 
 21 
 
 45. 
 39.' 
 
 32. 
 27 
 19. 
 
 44. 
 
 38 
 31. 
 25 
 17. 
 
 43 
 
 36. 
 30 
 23. 
 17 
 
 42. 
 
 35. 
 29 
 23. 
 15. 
 
 3 
 5 
 7 
 8 
 U) 
 
 5 
 6 
 8 
 9 
 11 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 10 
 11 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 11 
 13 
 14 
 
 10 
 11 
 13 
 15 
 16 
 
 12 
 13 
 15 
 17 
 18 
 
 14 
 16 
 17 
 19 
 21 
 
 16 
 18 
 20 
 22 
 23 
 
 19 
 21 
 22 
 24 
 26 
 
 22 
 24 
 26 
 28 
 29 
 
 25 
 27 
 29 
 31 
 33 
 
 
 21. 
 
 20. 
 
 19 
 
 18 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 13. 
 
 12 
 
 10. 
 
 9 
 
 7. 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 20 
 
 23 
 
 25 
 
 28 
 
 31 
 
 35 
 
 
 14. 
 
 13 
 
 12 
 
 10. 
 
 8. 
 
 7.| 5. 
 
 4 1 2. 
 
 1 1 59T 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 20 
 
 22 
 
 25 
 
 27 
 
 30 
 
 33 
 
 37 
 
 1^ 
 
 7. 
 
 6 
 
 ."i 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 ^ 58 
 
 1 48 
 1 37 
 
 56. 55 1 53 j 51. 
 46. , 44. 1 42. ' 40. 
 35 I 33 1 30. i 28. 
 
 14 
 16 
 18 
 
 16 
 18 
 19 
 
 18 
 19 
 21 
 
 19 
 21 
 23 
 
 21 
 24 
 26 
 
 24 
 20 
 28 
 
 26 
 28 
 31 
 
 29 
 31 
 
 33 
 
 32 
 34 
 37 
 
 35 
 38 
 40 
 
 39 
 42 
 44 
 
 J 58. 1 57 1 55 54 
 1 1 48. 1 47 1 45 43. 
 
 51. , 60 
 40. i 39 
 
 ! 38. 1 30. i 34. 32. 
 
 29. 
 
 iK. 
 
 1 
 
 28 ! 25 
 16. i 13. 
 
 23 20. 18 15. 
 
 10. ' 7. 4. ! 1. 
 
 20 
 .21 
 23 
 25 
 27 
 1 29 
 
 21 
 23 
 25 
 27 
 29 
 1 30 
 
 23 
 25 
 27 
 29 
 31 
 1 32 
 
 25 
 27 
 29 
 31 
 33 
 1 35 
 
 27 
 29 
 32 
 34 
 36 
 1 37 
 
 30 
 32 
 34 
 36 
 38 
 1 40 
 
 33 
 35 
 3T 
 39 
 41 
 1 43 
 
 35 
 37 
 40 
 42 
 44 
 1 47 
 
 39 
 41 
 
 43 
 46 
 
 48 
 1 50 
 
 43 
 45 
 
 47 
 
 50 
 
 52 
 
 1 55 
 
 47 
 49 
 52 
 54 
 
 57 
 1 59 
 
 7 14 11 8 15 
 
 58 i 54 
 
 37.; 30 
 
 50 1 45. 
 22. 11 
 
 41 ;!.->. 
 
 (i 5m ,5.-. , 51. j 47. 
 
 41 
 
 i....i.... 
 
 1 5 55 
 
 52. 1 20 5 16. 
 
 
 
 
 ........ 
 
 .. 1 
 
 :•-■•, ■--■|.... 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 1 
 
 1 
 

 
 120 
 
 SURVEYING BASE LINES AND STANDARD PARALLELS BY OFFSETS 
 FROM STRAIGHT LINES. 
 
 [See Plate II, fig. 5.] 
 
 The corners on a Base Line or Standard Parallel could be estab- 
 lislied from chords of the latitude curve, joining successive township 
 corners; from a tangent to the true latitude curve at a point midway 
 between the township corners; or from an intermediate straight line 
 parallel to the lines above mentioned. In the Jirst case, all the offsets 
 would be measured south; in the second case, all offsets would be 
 measured 7iorth; and, in both cases, the maximum offset, or greatest 
 distance of the latitude curve from the reference lines, would be one- 
 fourth of the greatest offset from a tangent six miles long, (i. e.) the 
 offset found in table V, opposite the proper latitude, and in the column 
 headed "3 miles"; while the initial hearings of the three lines, (i. e.) 
 the angles K, M, and L, would be eq^ial to each other; similar relations 
 between the bearings at corresponding points, would obtain through a 
 rauge. 
 
 The method of establishing corners on a true latitude curve by offsets 
 from a line situated between and .parallel to the chord and tangent, 
 which was devised to meet a demand for short offsets, will now be 
 described. 
 
 SECANT METHOD. 
 
 [See Plate II, figs. 1, 2, and 5.] 
 
 This method consists of running out a connected series of straight 
 lines, each .six miles long, on such courses that any one of the lines 
 will intersect the curve of the parallel of latitude in two points, sep- 
 arated by an interval of four miles; and, from the lines thus estab- 
 lished, measuring north or south, as the case may be, to attain other 
 required points on the latitude curve. For the sake of brevity, said 
 straight lines will be called secants.
 
 121 
 
 Taiu.k III. — Azimuths of the Sertnif, and 0(f'^els, in Feel, to the Parallel. 
 
 Argiinioiits: latiliule iu left hand coluinu anil ilistanic from starting point at top or bottom of the 
 
 table.* 
 
 I.ati- 
 
 
 
 Azimuths and offHets at- 
 
 - 
 
 
 Deflec- 
 tion Ansile 
 and iiat. 
 tan. to 
 Rad. 66 ft. 
 
 tude. 
 
 miles. 
 
 ^ mile. 
 
 1 mile. 1^ miles. 
 
 2 miles. 
 
 2i miles. 
 
 3 miles. 
 
 • 
 
 1 1 
 ° 1 1 
 30 89° 58'. 5 
 [ 1.93 N. 
 
 89° 58'. 7 1 
 0.87 X. 
 
 89°59'.0 89° .59'. 2 
 0.00 0.G7 S. 
 
 89° 59'. 5 
 1.15 S. 
 
 89° 59'. 7 
 1.44 8. 
 
 9;)° (E. or W.) 
 1.64 8. 
 
 3' 00".2 
 O.GO ins. 
 
 31 
 
 89° 58'. 4 
 2.01 X, 
 
 89° 58'. 6 
 0.91 X. 
 
 89° 58'. 9 ! 88°59'.2 
 0.00 0.70 8. 
 
 83° 59'. 5 
 1.20 S. 
 
 89° 59'.7 
 1..50 S. 
 
 90° (K. or W.) 
 l.GO S. 
 
 3' 07".4 
 0.72 ins. 
 
 32 
 
 89° 58'.4 
 2.05) X. 
 
 89° 58'. 6 
 0.94 X. 
 
 89° 58'. 9 89° .59'. 2 
 0.00 , 0.73 S. 
 
 89° 59'.5 
 1.25 S. 
 
 89° 59'. 7 
 1.5U 8. 
 
 90° (E. or W.) 
 1.G7 8. 
 
 3' 15".0 
 0.76 ins. 
 
 83 ! 8t)o58'.3 
 1 2.17 X. 
 
 89° 58'. 5 
 0.97 X. 
 
 1 
 89° 58' .8 89°5D'.l 
 0.00 0.76 S. 
 
 89° 59'. 4 
 1.30 8. 
 
 89°59'.7 
 1.62 8. 
 
 90° (E. or W.) 
 1.73 8. 
 
 3' 22".6 
 0.78 ins. 
 
 34 89° 58'. 2 
 2.25 N. 
 
 89° 58', 5 
 1.01 X. 
 
 89° 58'. 8 89°,59'.l 
 0.00 1 0.79 S. 
 
 89° 59' .4 
 1.35 S. 
 
 89° 59'. 7 
 1.69 8. 
 
 90° (E. or W.) 
 1.80 8. 
 
 3' 30".4 
 0.81 ins. 
 
 36 89° 58'. 2 
 1 2.33 N. 
 
 89° 58 '.5 
 1.05 X. 
 
 89°58'.8 89°59'.l 
 0.00 , 0.82 S. 
 
 89° 59'. 4 
 1.40 S. 
 
 89° 59'. 7 
 1.75 8. 
 
 90° (E.or W.) 
 1.87 8. 
 
 3' 38". 4 
 0.84 ins. 
 
 36 1 89°58'.l 
 2.42 N, 
 
 89° .58'. 4 
 1.09 X. 
 
 89° 58'.7 
 0.00 
 
 89° 59'.0 
 0.85 S. 
 
 89° 59'. 4 
 1.4G 8. 
 
 89° 59'.7 
 1.82 8. 
 
 00° (E. or W.) 
 1.94 S. 
 
 3' 46".4 
 0.87 ins. 
 
 37 ! 89°58'.0 
 2.51 ;\. 
 
 89° 58'.:: 
 1.18 X. 
 
 89°58'.G 
 0.00 
 
 89° .58'. 9 
 0.S8 S. 
 
 89° 59 '.3 
 1.51 8. 
 
 89° 59'. 7 
 1.89 S. 
 
 90° (E. or W.) 
 2.01 8. 
 
 3' 55".0 
 0.90 ins. 
 
 88 
 
 89°58'.0 
 2.GI N. 
 
 89° 58'. 3 
 1.17 X. 
 
 89° 58 '.6 
 0.00 
 
 89° 58'. 9 
 0.91 S. 
 
 89° 59'. 3 
 1.56 8. 
 
 89° 59'. 7 
 1.95 8. 
 
 90° (E. or \V.) 
 2.08 S. 
 
 4' 03". 
 0.93 ins. 
 
 89 
 
 89° 57'.9 
 2.70 X. 
 
 89° 58'. 2 
 1.21 X. 
 
 89o58'.G 
 0.00 
 
 89° 58'. 9 
 0.94 S. 
 
 89° 59'.3 
 1.62 8. 
 
 89° 59'. 7 
 2.02 8. 
 
 90° (E. or W.) 
 2.16 8. 
 
 4' 12".6 
 0.97 ins. 
 
 40 89° 57'. 8 
 2.79 X. 
 
 89°58'.l 
 1.25 X. 
 
 89° 58'. 5 89°58'.9 
 0.00 0.98 S. 
 
 89° 59'. 3 
 1.68 8. 
 
 890 59'.7 
 2.10 8. 
 
 90° (E. or W.) 
 2.24 8. 
 
 4' 21". 6 
 1.00 ins. 
 
 41 
 
 89° 57'.7 
 2.S9 X. 
 
 89o.58'.0 
 1.30 X. 
 
 89° 58'. 4 1 89° 58'. 8 
 0.00 I 1.02 S. 
 
 89° 59'. 2 
 1.74 8. 
 
 89° 59'. 6 
 2.17 S. 
 
 90° (E. or W.) 
 2.32 8. 
 
 4' 31". 2 
 1.04 ins. 
 
 42 
 
 89° 57'. 7 
 3.00 X. 
 
 a9°.58'.0 
 1.35 X. 
 
 89°58'.4 ■ 89° 58'. 8 
 O.OU 1.05 S. 
 
 89° 59'.2 
 1.80 S. 
 
 89° 59'.6 
 2.25 8. 
 
 90° (E. or W.) 
 2.40 8. 
 
 4' 40". 8 
 1.08 ins. 
 
 43 89°57'.r, 
 3.11 N. 
 
 89° ,58'. 
 1.40 X. 
 
 89°58'.4 i 89°58'.8 
 0.00 1.08 S. 
 
 89° 59 '.2 
 1.86 8. 
 
 89° 59'. 6 
 2.33 S. 
 
 90° (E. or W.) 
 2.4S. 8. 
 
 4' 50". 8 
 1.12 ins. 
 
 44 ; 89°57'.5 
 j 3.22 N. 
 
 89° 57'.9 
 1.45 X. 
 
 89°.58'..'? 
 0.00 
 
 89° 58'. 7 
 1.12 S. 
 
 89° 59'. 2 
 1.93 S. 
 
 89° 59'.6 
 2.41 S. 
 
 90° (E. or W.) 
 2.57 8. 
 
 5' 01". 
 1.16 ins. 
 
 45 
 
 89° 57'. 4 
 3.33 X. 
 
 89° ,57 '.8 
 1.50 X. 
 
 89° 58'. 3 
 0.00 
 
 89° 58'.7 
 I.IG S. 
 
 89° 59'. 1 
 2.00 8. 
 
 89° 59'.5 
 2.49 S. 
 
 90° (E. or AV.) 
 2.GG 8. 
 
 5' 11". 8 
 1.20 ins. 
 
 4G 
 
 89o57'.3 
 3.44 X. 
 
 89° 57'. 7 
 1.55 X. 
 
 89° 58'. 2 
 0.00 
 
 89° 58' .0 
 1.21 S. 
 
 89° 59'.1 
 2.07 8. 
 
 89° 59'. 5 
 2.59 8. 
 
 90° (E. or W.) 
 2.76 8. 
 
 5' 22".8 
 1.24 ins. 
 
 47 
 
 89° 57'. 2 
 3.57 X. 
 
 89°57'.6 
 l.Gl X. 
 
 89°58'.l 
 0.00 
 
 89° 58'.6 
 1.25 S. 
 
 89° 59'.1 
 2.14 8. 
 
 89°59'.5 
 2.67 8. 
 
 90° (E. or W.) 
 2. 86 8. 
 
 5' 34".2 
 1.28 ins. 
 
 48 
 
 89°57'.l, 
 3.70 X. 
 
 89° .57'.5 
 1.6G X. 
 
 89°58'.0 89°58'.5 
 0.00 1.30 S. 
 
 89o59'.0 
 2.22 8. 
 
 89° 59'. 5 
 
 2.7H 8. 
 
 90° (E. or W.) 
 2.96 8. 
 
 5' 46".2 
 1.33 ins. 
 
 49 1 89o57'.0 
 3.82 i>. 
 
 89° 57'. 5 
 1.72 X. 
 
 89° 58'.0 89° 58'.5 
 0.00 1.34 S. 
 
 89° 59'.0 
 2.30 8. 
 
 89° 59'.5 
 2.87 8. 
 
 90° (E. or W.) 
 8.06 8. 
 
 5' 58". 6 
 1.38 ins. 
 
 50 89°.-.G'.n 
 . 3.9C X. 
 
 1 
 
 89° 57'.4 
 1.78 X. 
 
 89° 57'. 9 
 0.00 
 
 89° 58'. 4 
 1.39 S. 
 
 89°59'.0 
 2.38 8. 
 
 89° 59'. 5 
 2.97 8. 
 
 90° (E. or W.) 
 3.17 8. 
 
 6' 11".4 
 1.43 ins. 
 
 Lati- 
 
 G miles. 
 
 5^ miles. 
 
 5 miles. 
 
 4^ miles. 
 
 4 miles. 
 
 Similes. 
 
 S miles. 
 
 Deflec- 
 tion Angle 
 and nut. 
 tan. to 
 Bad. 66 ft. 
 
 tude. 
 
 
 
 Aziumths and 
 
 offsets at 
 
 - 
 
 
 * Applications of Table III. — The true bearing of the secant at each mile and lialf-mile point will be 
 eKpiessc<l by the tabular azimutii preceded by the initial meridional letter N, when tlic distance 
 argument is found at the top of the table ; but when said argument is found at the bottom of the table,
 
 122 
 
 The direction of the first secant will be determiued at its initial 
 point by observations on rolorls at elovgafion, and similar observations 
 will be made at inlervals not exceeding 18 miles; while observations by 
 the method given on page 107, et seq., or on Polaris at elongation (as 
 the depnty may prefer), will be taken every night when practicable, to 
 guard against mistakes, detect errors, and check the direction of the 
 line. 
 
 The principal advantage of this method, over that by offsets from a 
 tangent, results directly from the proximity of the secant and the par- 
 allel of latitude, and the consequent reduced length of the maximum 
 offsets; thereby limiting the cutting, which will contain both secant 
 and j^jfMVfV^e/, to a single opening less than four feet in width ; avoiding the 
 necessity for clearing out roads for, and instrumentaUy laying off' the 
 long offsets inseparable from the tangent method ; and permitting the 
 noting of topographical features on tlie lines actually run, a conven- 
 ience unattainable by the tangent method. 
 
 In any given case, the secant lines will bear such relations to the 
 latitude curve, that points on said secants, at one and five miles from 
 either end of any secant, will be coiucident with two points on the 
 latitude curve four miles apart ; between which points the latitude curve 
 will lie south of the secants 5 while the curve will lie north of the secant 
 lines on the first and sixth miles ; tlierefore, each secant will run south 
 of sees. 31 and 5^, in every range, and through all other sections on the 
 north side of the base line or standard i)arallel, as the case may be. 
 (See figs. 1 and 2.) 
 
 Each secant, the azimuth and offsets thereof, and the corresponding 
 part of the ijarallel, will be symmetrically divided by the middle 
 meridian of each range, (i. e.) the bearings and offsets at equal dis- 
 tances on o])posite sides of the central meridian will be equal; the 
 bearings, which continually change, will always be north of east (or 
 west), on the first three miles, and south of east (or west), on the last 
 three miles of each secant. The changes of bearing should not be 
 understood to imply a change of direction of any secant with respect 
 to its initial direction; the change is due to the varying inclination of 
 the meridians to the s^r«/</7i# secant, (i. e.) the etiectof "convergency of 
 meiidiaiis." (See third column of Table X, and Plate II, figs. 1, 2, and 5.) 
 
 Employing the data provided by Table III, the practical application 
 of the method herein outlined will be conducted in the field as follows: 
 
 1. Set up the carefully adjusted transit south of the township corner 
 at which the survey will begin, and at a distance therefrom to be inter- 
 polated for the given latitude, from the column headed "0 miles." By 
 observations on Polaris at elongation, determine and mark a true merid- 
 ian, in accordance with directions on page 105. 
 
 the meridional letter S. will be placed before the azimuth; while the departure letter, E. or W., 
 will be made to agree with tlie directiou of the survey, eaxt or west, as the case luay require. The 
 bearinjis will be takeu from the table, to the /(earest whole minute only, and entered at the beginning of 
 sach mile recorded in the field notes. The direction of the ott'scts or diatance.s from the secant north 
 ->r south to the base line or standard parallel, as the case may be, are indicated by the initial letters, 
 N. or S. following the ott'sets. 
 
 Example 1. — Standard parallel run west, lat. 48° N. ; dist. from initial point of secant, 2 miles; the 
 aearing is N. 89° 59' W., the offset, 2.22 ft. S.; at 5i miles the bearing is S. 89° 57' W., the oUset 
 1.66 ft. N. In all latitude.sthe bearing of the secant at 3 miles will be east or west, agreeing with the 
 lirecti(m of the survey. (See the 8tli column of the table.) 
 
 The offsets may be interpolated ibr miniites of latitude, by siuijdc proportion, as follows: Multiply 
 'he difference between the offnets corresponding to the whole deijrees of latitude, inimediati'ly preceding 
 md/oUowiny tlie yiren latitiid ■. by the minutes, expressed in decimaU of a degree, and add thf product to 
 '.he offset corresponding to tlie Usser latitude,- the sum will be the offset required. 
 
 Examples. — {See Plate 1 1, tigs. 1 and 2.) Lat. 45° 34'. 5; dist., miles or 6 miles; the ditf. between 
 (tisctsiii latitudes 4.5° and 40^ is O.ll ft.; 34'.5 ~0°.575; 0.11 'O.STS^r^O.Oe ft. ; and, 3.33-F0.06=:3.39 ft.. 
 Ill- (ili'sct reijuirod. All ofi'sets written in tigs. 1 and 2 were thus computed. A similar method of 
 nttriwlation may l)e applied to the data in the right-hiuul column. 
 
 iJj-«)rt/jJ«.3._Latitude45o 34'.5; difl'. of angles, is U' 11" ; 11X0..575^G".3; and 5'll".8+6".3=5' 18", 
 jearly; also, 0.04X0.575 = 0.02 ins.; and, 1.20-(-0.02 — 1.22 ins. (SeeaXX).)
 
 123 
 
 2. Lay off tlie azimiitli, fonnd iu tlie table under "0 miles," toward 
 the cast (or west), as the case may be, and remeasure the anyle a suffi- 
 cient number of times to secure an accurate result. 
 
 3. Produce the direction of the secant thus determined, a distance 
 of six miles in a straight line, taking? double back and fore sights at 
 each settinji' of the instrument. At each half mile and mile point, 
 establish on the standard parallel the proj^er quarter section and sec- 
 tion corners by ofi'sets of correct length, north or south, as indicated in 
 the table, by the initial letters "N." or "S." 
 
 The offsets being very short, their direction (perpendicnlar to the 
 secant, witliout sensible error), may be determined by the eye; the 
 I enf/th of oi't'sets should be carefully measured. 
 
 4. At miles on the secant, turn off' to the north the proper deflec- 
 tion angle, given in the right-hand column of the table, thereby defin- 
 ing the direction of a new secant, from which points will be established 
 on the ])arallel, as directed in clause 3, 
 
 The deputy should clearly understand from the foregoing rules and 
 directions that the correct establishment of a staiulard parallel on a 
 true latitude curve, by offsets from secant lines, will depend in the 
 order of sequence upon careful attention to the following points: 
 
 1. Accnratc ohservatious on Polaris at eJo)i(fa1ion, to determine a true meridian. 
 
 2. Close measurement of the azimuth angle, to define the initial direction of the secant, 
 
 3. Careful prolongation of the secant in a straight line, 
 
 4. Correct nteasurenimt of the defection angle. 
 
 With ordinary field instruments, usually reading to single minutes 
 only, fractional parts of the "least count" are generally estimated by 
 the eye. Greater accuracy jnny be attained by making use of a linear 
 measure to lay off deflection angles. Table III supplies the requisite 
 data; "the natural tangent of the angle of deflection to a radius of 
 one chain," inserted in the right-hand column, may be employed as 
 follows : 
 
 Having taken a back sight at the 6-mile i)oint on the secant, at 
 exactly one chain in advance of the center of the instrument, place 
 upon the ground in a horizontal position, and piecisely at right angles 
 to the line, a rule or scale divided into decimal parts of an inch; move 
 the scale north or south until one of its principal lines appears coinci- 
 dent with the vertical wire; then, with thetaugent screw of the vernier 
 plate, carry the wire over the scale toward the north, the required dis- 
 tance (i. e.), the length of tangent* in the right-hand column. The 
 readings of the vernier will check the measurement and guard against 
 mistakes. 
 
 To mark the direction of the new secant thus determined, set a flag 
 on line, and as far in advance of the instrument as practicable. The 
 direction will be verified by another similar observation, to be made 
 after revolving the azimuth circle 180°. 
 
 Theoretically, it is immaterial whether the scale be placed above or 
 below the level of the telescope, provided the horizontal distance from 
 the center of the instrument is accuiately one chain (t!(J ft.); practic- 
 ally, the most satisfactory result will be had on level ground, suitable 
 for correct measurement of the distance. 
 
 * This tangent will have a constant value in any given latitude. A piece of white 
 paper with two (iue parallel lines tlrawu across it, exactly the ]>ropeiui.sL:.nce ;ili;iit, 
 pasted on a thin slip of wood (such as a i)iece of cigar box, 3 inches long by 1 inch 
 wide), will make an accurate and very convenient and portable substitute for a 
 rule or scale. .Several copies may be prepared in advance to replace the original in 
 ease of loss.
 
 124 
 
 The secant metliod, adapted to transit instrnments exclusively, is 
 reconniiouded for its simplicity and accuracy, and the facility with 
 which the line may be extended over rough mountainous land or 
 through dense undergrowth; in deep valleys or canyons where the sun 
 ci'in not be observed in favorable i)Ositions; or anywhere during the 
 continuance of adverse weather conditions and under circumstances 
 when the use of solar apparatus would be, if not impossible, at least 
 inconvenient and unreliable. 
 
 The true bearing of a line joining any two points on a standard par- 
 allel will be obtained from Table IV, by taking it from the column 
 headed with one-half of the distance between said points. Example, 
 (Plate II, tig. 2). ilequired the bearing from corner of sees. 32 and 
 33, \i. 22 E., to corner of sees. 32 and 33 E., R, 21 E. The latitude is 
 45° 34',5, the distaiu^e <> miles. Consequently, the azimuth from the col- 
 umn marked "3 miles" for the given latitude, is N. 89° 57' 20".9 W., 
 the required true bearing. 
 
 The S])ecimen Fiekl Notes No. 1, page 142, exhibit the form for rec- 
 ord of the survey of a standard parallel through two ranges, executed 
 in accordance with these instructions, and the practical method of cor- 
 recting the line when a small deviation from the true latitude curve 
 has been detected by observations on Polaris at elongation. 
 
 Plate II, fig. 1, illustrates a theoretically corre(;t survey of a stand- 
 ard ])arallel; exhibits the bearings along the secant and lengths of 
 offsets; and the deflection angle (at D), and place for the scale or rule 
 recjuired for measurement of the angle; while tig. 2 illustrates the 
 method described in the field notes for correcting the line when error 
 has been discovered. The topography is laid down on Plate III. 
 
 TANGENT METHOD. 
 
 [See Plate II, Fig. 3. ] 
 
 This method consists in haying oft" from a true meridian, established 
 by observations on Polaris at elongation, an angle of 00°, producing 
 the direction thus determined, a distance of 6 miles, in a straight line, 
 and measuring north therefrom, at half mile intervals, distances of cor- 
 rect length, taken from Table Y (interpolated if necessary), for the 
 given latitude, to attain other ])oints on the latitude curve passing 
 through the tangential or initial point.
 
 125 
 
 Table IV. — Azivuifhs of the Tangent to the rarallel. 
 
 Tlip aziniutli in thp unallest aT\g\<* tlio tniisont mnkca with the true meridian •■uul always iTifiAsurerl 
 from tho north and towards the tangential points.] 
 
 Lati- 
 tude. 
 
 1 mile. 
 
 2 miles. 
 
 8 miles. 
 
 4 miles. 
 
 5 miles. 
 
 6 miles. 
 
 Q 
 
 o 
 
 , 
 
 „ 
 
 o 
 
 , 
 
 „ 
 
 o 
 
 , 
 
 „ 
 
 
 
 , 
 
 „ 
 
 o 
 
 , 
 
 „ 
 
 o 
 
 , 
 
 „ 
 
 80 
 
 89 
 
 59 
 
 30.0 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 59.9 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 29.9 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 59.9 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 29.9 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 59.8 
 
 SI 
 
 89 
 
 59 
 
 28.8 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 57.5 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 26.3 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 55.0 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 2:!. 8 
 
 89 
 
 51) 
 
 52. 5 
 
 32 
 
 89 
 
 59 
 
 27.5 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 55.0 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 22. 5 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 50.0 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 17.5 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 45.0 
 
 ;{:{ 
 
 S9 
 
 59 
 
 26.2 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 52.5 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 18.7 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 44.9 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 11.2 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 37.4 
 
 ;u 
 
 89 
 
 59 
 
 24.9 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 49.9 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 14.8 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 39.7 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 04.6 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 29.6 
 
 35 
 
 89 
 
 u* 
 
 23. « 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 47.2 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 10.8 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 34.4 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 58.0 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 21.6 
 
 30 
 
 89 
 
 59 
 
 22.2 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 44.4 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 06.8 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 28.9 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 51.1 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 13.4 
 
 37 
 
 89 
 
 59 
 
 20. 8 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 41.6 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 02.5 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 23.3 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 44.1 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 05.0 
 
 3S 
 
 89 
 
 59 
 
 19.4 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 38.8 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 58.2 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 17.5 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 36.9 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 56.3 
 
 SO 
 
 89 
 
 59 
 
 17.9 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 35.8 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 5.3.7 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 11.6 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 29. 6 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 47.5 
 
 40 
 
 8') 
 
 59 
 
 16.4 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 32.8 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 49.2 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 05.5 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 21.9 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 38.3 
 
 41 
 
 80 
 
 59 
 
 14.8 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 29.6 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 44.4 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 59.3 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 14.1 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 28.9 
 
 42 
 
 89 
 
 59 
 
 13.2 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 26.4 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 39.6 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 52.8 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 06.0 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 19.2 
 
 43 
 
 89 
 
 59 
 
 11.5 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 23.1 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 34.6 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 46.2 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 57.7 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 09.3 
 
 44 
 
 89 
 
 59 
 
 09.8 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 19.6 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 29.5 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 39.3 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 49.1 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 58.9 
 
 45 
 
 89 
 
 59 
 
 08.0 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 16.1 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 24.1 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 32.1 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 40.2 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 48.2 
 
 4<i 
 
 89 
 
 59 
 
 06.2 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 12.4 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 18.6 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 24.8 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 31.0 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 37.2 
 
 47 
 
 89 
 
 59 
 
 04.3 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 08.6 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 12.9 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 17.1 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 21.4 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 25.7 
 
 4S 
 
 89 
 
 59 
 
 02.3 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 04.0 
 
 89 
 
 .57 
 
 06.9 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 09.2 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 11.5 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 13.8 
 
 4» 
 
 89 
 
 59 
 
 Oil. 2 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 00.5 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 00.7 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 00.9 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 01.2 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 01.4 
 
 50 
 
 89 
 
 58 
 
 58.1 
 
 89 
 
 57 
 
 56.2 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 54.3 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 52.6 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 50.5 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 48.5 
 
 Lati- 
 tude. 
 
 7 
 
 miles. 
 
 8 miles. 
 
 9 miles. 
 
 10 miles. 
 
 11 miles. 
 
 12 
 
 miles. 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 , 
 
 ,, 
 
 o 
 
 , 
 
 „ 
 
 o 
 
 , 
 
 „ 
 
 o 
 
 , 
 
 „ 
 
 
 
 , 
 
 „ 
 
 o 
 
 , 
 
 „ 
 
 30 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 29.8 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 59.8 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 29.8 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 59.7 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 29.7 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 59.7 
 
 31 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 21.3 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 50.0 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 18.8 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 47.6 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 16.3 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 45.1 
 
 32 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 12.5 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 40.0 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 07.6 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 35.1 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 02.6 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 30.1 
 
 33 
 
 89 
 
 56 
 
 03.6 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 29.9 
 
 89 
 
 .54 
 
 56.1 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 22.3 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 48.5 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 14.8 
 
 34 
 
 89 
 
 .55 
 
 54.5 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 19.4 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 44.4 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 09.3 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 34.2 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 59.1 
 
 35 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 45.2 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 08.8 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 32.3 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 55.9 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 19.5 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 43.1 
 
 3(i 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 .35.6 
 
 89 
 
 .54 
 
 57.8 
 
 89 
 
 .54 
 
 20.0 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 42.3 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 04.5 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 26.7 
 
 87 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 25.8 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 46.6 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 07.4 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 28.2 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 49.1 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 09.9 
 
 3S 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 15.7 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 35.1 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 54.5 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 13.9 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 33.2 
 
 89 
 
 51 
 
 52.6 
 
 3ft 
 
 89 
 
 55 
 
 05.4 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 23.3 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 41.2 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 59.1 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 17.0 
 
 89 
 
 51 
 
 34.9 
 
 40 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 54.7 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 11.1 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 27.5 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 43.8 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 00.2 
 
 89 
 
 51 
 
 16.6 
 
 41 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 43.7 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 58.5 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 13.4 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 28.2 
 
 89 
 
 51 
 
 43.0 
 
 89 
 
 50 
 
 57.8 
 
 42 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 32.4 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 45.6 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 58.8 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 12.0 
 
 89 
 
 51 
 
 25.2 
 
 89 
 
 50 
 
 38.4 
 
 43 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 20.8 
 
 80 
 
 53 
 
 32. 3 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 43.8 
 
 89 
 
 51 
 
 55.4 
 
 89 
 
 51 
 
 06.9 
 
 89 
 
 50 
 
 18.5 
 
 44 
 
 89 
 
 54 
 
 08.7 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 18.5 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 28.4 
 
 89 
 
 51 
 
 38.2 
 
 89 
 
 50 
 
 48.0 
 
 89 
 
 49 
 
 57.8 
 
 45 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 56.3 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 04.3 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 12.3 
 
 89 
 
 51 
 
 20.4 
 
 89 
 
 .50 
 
 28.4 
 
 89 
 
 49 
 
 36.4 
 
 40 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 43.4 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 49.5 
 
 89 
 
 51 
 
 55.7 
 
 89 
 
 51 
 
 01.9 
 
 89 
 
 50 
 
 08.1 
 
 89 
 
 49 
 
 14.3 
 
 47 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 30.0 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 34.3 
 
 89 
 
 51 
 
 38.6 
 
 89 
 
 50 
 
 42.9 
 
 89 
 
 49 
 
 47.2 
 
 89 
 
 48 
 
 51.4 
 
 48 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 16.1 
 
 89 
 
 .52 
 
 18.4 
 
 89 
 
 51 
 
 20.7 
 
 89 
 
 50 
 
 23.0 
 
 89 
 
 49 
 
 25.3 
 
 89 
 
 48 
 
 27.6 
 
 4ft 
 
 89 
 
 53 
 
 01.7 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 01.9 
 
 89 
 
 51 
 
 02.1 
 
 89 
 
 50 
 
 02.4 
 
 89 
 
 49 
 
 02.6 
 
 89 
 
 48 
 
 02.8 
 
 50 
 
 89 
 
 52 
 
 46.6 
 
 89 
 
 51 
 
 44.7 
 
 89 
 
 50 
 
 42.8 
 
 89 
 
 49 
 
 40.9 
 
 89 
 
 48 
 
 39.0 
 
 89 
 
 47 
 
 37.1 
 
 The azimutb or bearing of the tangent at successive mile points 
 will be taken fiom Table IV to the nearest whole minute only, and 
 will be inserted in the held notes, no interpolation being required, 
 except wheu test sights are taken. The true bearing between two points 
 on a standard parallel will be derived from Table IV by taking it in 
 the column head with one half of the distance between said jjoints. 
 (See example in the secant method, page 122.) The offsets at intervals 
 of one mile are inserted in Table Vj to obtain the length of offsets at
 
 126 
 
 the lialf-mile points, take one- fourth of the offset corresponding to 
 twice the distance of the lialf-mile ])<)int from tlie tangential i)oint. 
 
 Example. — Required the offset at 5^ miles, in latitude 450 .34'. 5. The 
 otfsetatll miles (interpolated for the given latitude) is 82.10 ft., which 
 divided by 4 gives 20.54 ft., the offset required. Tables IV, V, and VI, 
 are extended to 12 miles, in order to ])rovide necessary data; but the 
 tangent will be limited to six miles, as indicated by the full lines of 
 fig. 3. 
 
 Tliis method is suitable for running standard parallels and lati- 
 tudinal townshi]) lines in a level open country, where no intersections 
 with topographical features will be required; but, in all cases the 
 secant method will bo found most convenient. 
 
 The specimen held notes No. 1, ]>age 150, exhibit the form of record 
 of the survey of a Standard raraliel through one range, executed by 
 the tangent method, which notes, considere<l in connection with Plate 
 II, fig. 3, will fully explain the process here outlined. 
 
 Table V. — Offsets, in feet, from Tangent to Parallel. 
 
 Lati- 
 tude. 
 
 1 mile. 
 
 2 miles. 
 
 3 miles. 
 
 4 miles. 
 
 5 miles. 
 
 6 miles. 
 
 
 
 .SO 
 31 
 »2 
 
 Feet. 
 0.39 
 
 0. 40 
 0.42 
 
 Feet. 
 1.54 
 1.60 
 1.67 
 
 Feet. 
 3.47 
 3.61 
 3.76 
 
 Feet. 
 6.17 
 6.42 
 6.67 
 
 Feet. 
 9.64 
 10.03 
 10. 42 
 
 Feet. 
 
 13.88 
 14.44 
 15.02 
 
 3:! 
 34 
 So 
 
 0.43 
 0.45 
 0.47 
 
 1.73 
 
 1.80 
 1.87 
 
 3.90 
 4. 05 
 4.20 
 
 6.93 
 7.20 
 
 7.47 
 
 10.82 
 11.25 
 11.08 
 
 15.60 
 16.20 
 16.81 
 
 30 
 37 
 
 0.48 
 0. .50 
 0,52 
 
 1.94 
 2.01 
 2.08 
 
 4.36 
 4.52 
 4.69 
 
 7.75 
 8.04 
 8.33 
 
 12.11 
 12. 157 
 13. 02 
 
 17.44 
 18.09 
 18.75 
 
 41 
 
 0.54 
 0. 56 
 0.58 
 
 2.16 
 2! 32 
 
 4.86 
 5.03 
 5.21 
 
 8.63 
 8.95 
 9.27 
 
 13.49 
 
 13. 98 
 
 14. 48 
 
 19.43 
 20.11 
 20.85 
 
 4'.? 
 
 4;; 
 44 
 
 0. 00 
 0. 02 
 0. 04 
 
 2.40 
 
 2.48 
 2.57 
 
 5.40 
 5. 59 
 5.79 
 
 9.59 
 
 9.93 
 
 10.29 
 
 14.99 
 15. 52 
 16.07 
 
 21.59 
 22.35 
 23.14 
 
 4.% 
 4I> 
 47 
 
 0. 07 
 0. 09 
 0.71 
 
 2. C6 
 2.76 
 2.85 
 
 5.99 
 6.20 
 6.42 
 
 10.65 
 11.02 
 11.41 
 
 16.64 
 17. 21 
 17. 83 
 
 23.96 
 24.80 
 25.68 
 
 48- 
 
 4!» 
 
 30 
 
 0.74 
 0.76 
 0.79 
 
 2.95 
 3.06 
 3.17 
 
 6.65 
 6.88 
 7.13 
 
 11.82 
 12.24 
 12.68 
 
 18.47 
 19. 12 
 19.80 
 
 26. 59 
 27.54 
 28.52 
 
 Lnti- 
 tude. 
 
 7 miles. 
 
 8 miles. 
 
 9 miles. 
 
 10 miles. 
 
 11 miles. 
 
 12 miles. 
 
 
 
 30 
 31 
 3"' 
 
 Feet. 
 \ S. 89 
 19.06 
 20. 44 
 
 Feet. 
 24. 67 
 25.08 
 26.09 
 
 Feet. 
 31.23 
 32. 49 
 33.78 
 
 Feet. 
 38. 55 
 40. 12 
 41.71 
 
 Feet. 
 40. 65 
 48.54 
 50.47 
 
 Feet. 
 
 55. 52 
 57. 77 
 60.06 
 
 33 
 34 
 3. J 
 
 21.23 
 22. 05 
 22. 89 
 
 27.74 
 28. SO 
 2'J. 89 
 
 35.10 
 36.45 
 37.83 
 
 43.34 
 45. 00 
 46.71 
 
 52. 44 
 54.45 
 56.62 
 
 62.41 
 64. 80 
 67. 26 
 
 3«i 
 37 
 3^* 
 
 23. 74 
 
 24. 62 
 
 25. 52 
 
 31.01 
 32.16 
 33. 33 
 
 39. 25 
 40. 70 
 42.19 
 
 48.45 
 50. 24 
 52.08 
 
 58. 63 
 60.79 
 63. 02 
 
 69. 77 
 72.35 
 75.00 
 
 35) 
 40 
 41 
 
 26. 44 
 
 27. 40 
 28. 37 
 
 34. 54 
 3.5. 78 
 37. 0() 
 
 43. 71 
 45. 29 
 40. 90 
 
 53.97 
 55. 91 
 57.91 
 
 65. ;!0 
 67. 05 
 
 70. 07 
 
 77.71 
 80. 51 
 83. 39 
 
 42 
 
 4.; 
 
 44 
 
 29. 38 
 
 30. 42 
 31.. 50 
 
 38. 38 
 
 39. 74 
 41.14 
 
 48. .57 
 50.29 
 52. 07 
 
 59. 97 
 62. 09 
 64.28 
 
 72. 50 
 75. 13 
 
 77.78 
 
 86. 35 
 89. 41 
 92.57 
 
 45 
 4(( 
 47 
 
 32. 61 
 
 33. 76 
 
 34. 95 
 
 42. 59 
 44.10 
 45. 05 
 
 53. 91 
 
 .55.81 
 57.78 
 
 00. 55 
 <i8. 90 
 71.34 
 
 80. 53 
 83. 37 
 80.32 
 
 95. 84 
 99. 22 
 102. 72 
 
 48 
 49 
 60 
 
 36. 19 
 37.48 
 38.82 
 
 47. 27 
 4S. 95 
 50.70 
 
 59. 83 
 61.96 
 04. 17 
 
 73.86 
 76.49 
 79.22 
 
 89.37 
 92. 55 
 95.86 
 
 106. 36 
 110.15 
 114. 08
 
 127 
 
 Tablk Vr. — Off.tcts, ill Clioins, from Tangent to Parallel. 
 
 Lati- 
 tude. 
 
 1 mile. 
 
 2 miles. 
 
 Smiles. 
 
 4 miles. 
 
 5 miles. 
 
 6 miles. 
 
 80 
 81 
 32 
 
 Chains. 
 0. 006 
 0. 006 
 0.006 
 
 Chaina. 
 0. 023 
 0.024 
 0.025 
 
 Chain i. 
 
 0. 053 
 0.(1.''),'. 
 0. 057 
 
 Chainn. 
 
 e.09 
 0. 10 
 0.10 
 
 Chains. 
 
 0. 14 
 0.15 
 0.16 
 
 Chains. 
 
 0.21 
 0.22 
 0. 23 
 
 »3 
 »4 
 So 
 
 0.007 
 0. 007 
 0. 007 
 
 0. 026 
 
 0.027 
 
 ■ 0.028 
 
 0. 059 
 0. 001 
 0. (J(i4 
 
 0. 10 
 0.11 
 0.11 
 
 0. 1 
 0.17 
 0. 18 
 
 0. 24 
 0. 25 
 0. 25 
 
 86 
 87 
 88 
 
 0. 007 
 0. (108 
 0. 008 
 
 0.029 
 0. 031 
 0.032 
 
 0. OGfi 
 0. (I(J8 
 0.071 
 
 0.12 
 0.12 
 0.13 
 
 0.18 
 0.19 
 0.20 
 
 0.26 
 0.27 
 0.28 
 
 80 
 40 
 41 
 
 0.008 
 0. (108 
 0. 009 
 
 0.033 
 0. 034 
 0.035 
 
 0. 074 
 0. 070 
 0. 079 
 
 0. 13 
 0. 13 
 0.14 
 
 0.20 
 0.21 
 0.22 
 
 0. 29 
 0. 30 
 0.32 
 
 42 
 48 
 44 
 
 0. 009 
 0.009 
 0.010 
 
 0.036 
 0. 038 
 0. 039 
 
 0. 0f!2 
 0. 0S5 
 0. 1)88 
 
 0.14 
 0.15 
 0.16 
 
 0.23 
 0.24 
 0.24 
 
 0.33 
 0.34 
 0.35 
 
 45 
 40 
 47 
 
 0. 010 
 0. (110 
 
 0. oil 
 
 0.010 
 0. 042 
 0.044 
 
 0.091 
 0.094 
 0.097 
 
 0.16 
 0.17 
 0.17 
 
 0.25 
 0.26 
 0.27 
 
 0.36 
 0.37 
 0.39 
 
 48 
 49 
 .50 
 
 0.011 
 0.012 
 0.012 
 
 0.045 
 0.046 
 0.048 
 
 0.101 
 0.104 
 0.108 
 
 0.18 
 0. 19 
 0.19 
 
 0.28 
 0.29 
 0.30 
 
 0. 40 
 0.42 
 0.43 
 
 Lati- 
 tilde. 
 
 7 miles. 
 
 8 miles. 
 
 9 miles. 
 
 10 miles. 
 
 11 miles. 
 
 12 miles. 
 
 o 
 
 so 
 
 81 
 82 
 
 Chains. 
 
 0, 29 
 0. 30 
 0.31 
 
 Chains. 
 
 0.37 
 0.39 
 0.40 
 
 Chains. 
 
 0.47 
 0.49 
 0.51 
 
 Chains. 
 
 (1.58 
 0. CO 
 0.(i3 
 
 Chains. 
 
 0.71 
 0.74 
 0.76 
 
 Chains. 
 
 0. 84 
 0.88 
 0.91 
 
 S3 
 84 
 3.5 
 
 0.32 
 0.33 
 0. 35 
 
 0.42 
 0.43 
 0.45 
 
 0. 53 
 0.55 
 0.57 
 
 0. 65 
 0.68 
 0.70 
 
 0.79 
 0.82 
 0.86 
 
 0.95 
 0.08 
 1.02 
 
 86 
 87 
 
 88 
 
 0.36 
 0.37 
 0.38 
 
 0.47 
 0.48 
 0.50 
 
 0. 59 
 0.61 
 0.64 
 
 0.73 
 0.75 
 
 0.78 
 
 0.89 
 0.91 
 0.95 
 
 1.06 
 1.10 
 1.14 
 
 3» 
 40 
 41 
 
 0.40 
 0.41 
 0.43 
 
 0. 52 
 0.54 
 0.56 
 
 0.66 
 0.68 
 0.70 
 
 0.81 
 0.84 
 0.87 
 
 0.99 
 1.02 
 1.06 
 
 1.18 
 1.22 
 1.26 
 
 42 
 48 
 44 
 
 0.44 
 0.46 
 0.48 
 
 0.58 
 0.60 
 0.62 
 
 0.73 
 0. 75 
 0.79 
 
 0.90 
 0. 93 
 0.97 
 
 1.09 
 1.14 
 1.J8 
 
 1.31 
 1.35 
 1.40 
 
 4.5 
 
 'ir. 
 4/ 
 
 0.49 
 0.51 
 0.53 
 
 0.64 
 0.66 
 0.68 
 
 0.81 
 0.84 
 0.87 
 
 1.00 
 1.04 
 
 1.07 
 
 1.22 
 1.26 
 1.31 
 
 1.45 
 1..50 
 1.56 
 
 48 
 
 i!) 
 .50 
 
 0.55 
 0.57 
 0.59 
 
 0.71 
 0.74 
 0.77 
 
 0.91 
 0.93 
 0.97 
 
 1.12 
 1.16 
 1.20 
 
 1.35 
 1.40 
 1.45 
 
 1.61 
 1.67 
 1.73 
 
 SURVEY OF TOWNSHIP EXTERIORS BY THE SECANT OR TANGENT 
 
 METHODS. 
 
 Wlicn township Hues are survoyed by citlicr of these methods, three 
 lines should be taken into €^ccou]lt, as loliows: 
 
 First : The directing or reference line, wliich will be the secant or tan 
 gent, as the case may be. 
 
 iSecond : Tlie line of teinj^orury cornem set by proper oft'sets; which 
 will be the random line.
 
 128 
 
 Thinl : The true line or random line corrected for the falling in the 
 usual manner, upon which the corners will be established. 
 
 By setting the temporary corners, including, as a matter of course, 
 that of the objective township corner, all complications incidental to 
 the combined falling and offset from the secant or tangent, will be 
 eliminated. 
 
 Table VII. — Correction of Randoms — Links and Minutes of Arc. 
 
 VII A. — Correction, to nearest whole min- 
 ute, for redncing random to true hear- 
 ings. Distance, 80 chains. 
 
 VII B. — Showing departure in running 
 SO.OO chs. at any coarse from I to GO min- 
 utes (or difference in latitude for 90° 
 minus angle.) 
 
 Falling. 
 
 Correc- 
 tion. 
 
 Falling. 
 
 Correc- 
 tion. 
 
 Lin Is. 
 
 Min u tes. 
 
 Links. 
 
 Minutes. 
 
 1 
 
 0- 
 
 31 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 32 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 33 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 34 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 35 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 3 
 
 36 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 37 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 38 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 39 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 40 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 41 
 
 18 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 42 
 
 18 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 43 
 
 18 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 44 
 
 19 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 45 
 
 19 
 
 Ifi 
 
 7 
 
 46 
 
 20 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 47 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 48 
 
 21 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 49 
 
 21 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 50 
 
 21 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 51 
 
 22 
 
 22 
 
 9 
 
 52 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 53 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 54 
 
 23 
 
 25 
 
 11 
 
 55 
 
 24 
 
 26 
 
 11 
 
 56 
 
 24 
 
 27 
 
 12 
 
 57 
 
 24 
 
 28 
 
 12 
 
 58 
 
 25 
 
 29 
 
 12 
 
 59 
 
 25 
 
 30 
 
 13 
 
 GO 
 
 26 
 
 Angle. 
 
 Depart- 
 ure. 
 
 Angle. 
 
 Depart- 
 ure. 
 
 Minutes. 
 
 Links. 
 
 Minutes. 
 
 Links. 
 
 1 
 
 2i 
 
 31 
 
 724 
 
 2 
 
 H 
 
 32 
 
 m 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 33 
 
 77 
 
 4 
 
 94 
 
 34 
 
 794 
 
 5 
 
 llf 
 
 35 
 
 81| 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 36 
 
 84 
 
 7 
 
 164 
 
 37 
 
 864 
 
 8 
 
 18J 
 
 38 
 
 88| 
 
 9 
 
 21 
 
 39 
 
 91 
 
 10 
 
 234 
 
 40 
 
 934 
 
 11 
 
 25| 
 
 41 
 
 95| 
 
 12 
 
 28 
 
 42 
 
 98 
 
 13 
 
 304 
 
 43 
 
 1004 
 
 14 
 
 m 
 
 44 
 
 102f 
 
 15 
 
 35 
 
 45 
 
 105 
 
 16 
 
 374 
 
 46 
 
 1074 
 
 17 
 
 391 
 
 47 
 
 1091 
 
 18 
 
 42 
 
 48 
 
 112 
 
 19 
 
 444 
 
 49 
 
 1H4 
 
 20 
 
 461 
 
 50 
 
 116f 
 
 21 
 
 49 
 
 51 
 
 119 
 
 22 
 
 514 
 
 52 
 
 1214 
 
 23 
 
 53f 
 
 53 
 
 123f 
 
 24 
 
 56 
 
 54 
 
 126 
 
 25 
 
 584 
 
 55 
 
 1284 
 
 26 
 
 601 
 
 56 
 
 130S- 
 
 27 
 
 63 
 
 57 
 
 133 
 
 28 
 
 654 
 
 58 
 
 1354 
 
 29 
 
 67f 
 
 59 
 
 137j 
 
 30 
 
 70 
 
 60 
 
 140 
 
 I' 
 1 
 
 Table VII A. will be used to determine the return from the random 
 course, by the following inles, the meridinns being regarded asj;«rfl//e/. 
 
 1. — If the random line is run east or west, subtract the falling [in min- 
 utes of arcj from 00°, reverse the departure letter of the random, and 
 name the meridional letter 'N. or S., like the falling. 
 
 2. — When the random course is nearly east and west, take the sum 
 of the random course and falling [in minutes of arc], if they are of the 
 same name — that is, both north or both south — but their difference
 
 129 
 
 when of different names; in either case changing the meridional and 
 departure letters of the random line. [This is easily remembered by- 
 bearing in mind the initial letters of Sum and Same, and Ditlerence 
 and Different]. 
 
 3. — In any case when the sum exceeds 90°, the return course is 
 found by subtracting said sum from 180°, and retaining the meridional 
 letter of the random course unchanged. If the sum is exactly 90°, the 
 return course is evidently west [or east] to the starting point. 
 
 4. — Through the north tier of sections. If the random line intersects 
 at the objective corner, the return course will be the random course 
 reversed. When the random fiills east or west of the objective corner, 
 reverse its bearing; then take the sum of the rcrerse^? random bearing 
 and the falling [in minutes of arc], if they are of the same name — tliat is, 
 both east or both west — but their difference when of different names; 
 in either case making the departure letter, E. or W., agree with that of 
 the greater value. Should the difference come out zero, the return 
 course will be sow^/i. [This rule may be memorized as suggested in 2.] 
 
 Table VII b, which is merely a fragment of a traverse table, may 
 be consulted to determine the difference of latitude and the departures 
 of the township lines tabulated on page 128, and in other similar cases 
 when bearings and distances are within prescribed limits. (Seepage 59.) 
 
 The departure for one mile (80.00 chs.) will be multiplied by the 
 length of the course expressed in miles, to obtain the departure of a 
 meridional township line; while, practically, the difference of latitude 
 will be equal to the length of the line. 
 
 To determine the difference of latitude between the ends of latitudinal 
 township boundaries, subtract the bearing from 90°, and with the 
 remainder as an argument for the table, take out the difference of lati- 
 tude from the column headed '■'•Departure''^ ; the departure will be equal 
 to the length of the line. (See Boundaries, etc., page 177.) 
 
 Tabled VIII and IX. 
 
 These tables, which require no special description, are useful for 
 converting linear into angular, and angular into linear measures, as 
 well as for determining the convergencies and divergencies of the 
 meridians, on the spheroidal surface of the earth. As the tabular values 
 are given in chaiyis, the tables will be found convenient for the sur- 
 veyor's use. The following rules and examples will illustrate their 
 application : 
 
 1. Given the latitudes of any two places on the same meridian^ to find 
 the distance between them. 
 
 Rule. — Find from Table VIII the length of a degree of the meridian 
 at each latitude, and take half their sum for the mean length of a 
 degree. Then say, as 60 minutes is to the difference of latitude, so is 
 the mean length of a degree to the distance required. 
 
 The latitude of the north boundary of Wyoming is 45° N"., and that 
 of the 1st Standard Parallel South, Montana, 45° 20' 4".08; what is 
 the meridional distance between them ? 
 
 chains, chains. 
 As 60' : 26' 4".08 :: 5524.02 : 2400, the distance required. 
 
 2. Given the distance between any two places on the same meriaian, and 
 the latitude of one of them, to find the difference of latitude. 
 
 EuLE. — Find from Table VII [ the length of a degree of the meridian 
 in the given latitude, and also in that differing from it, by the merid- 
 380 9
 
 ^ 130 
 
 ional distance, convej:ted into arc at the rate of 52 seconds per mile, and 
 take lialf tlieir sum for the mean length of a degree. Then say, as the 
 mean length of a degree is to the meridional distance, so is 60 minutes 
 to the difference of latitude required. 
 
 Tlie latitude of the north boundary of Wyoming is 45° N. ; what is 
 the latitude of the 1st Standard Parallel South, Montana, the merid- 
 ional distance beiug 30 miles'? 
 
 chains, chains. 
 As 5524.02 : 2400 ;: 6 J' : 26' 4".08, the difference of latitude required. 
 
 3. Given the longitudes of any two places^ on the same paraUeJ.) in a 
 given latitude, to find the distance heticeen them. 
 
 Rule. — Find from Table IX the length of a degree of longitude in 
 the given latitude; and say, as CO minutes is to the difference of longi- 
 tude, so is the length of a degree of longitude to the distance required. 
 
 The longitude of the Willamette Meridian is 122° 41', and that of east 
 boundary of range G east, 121° 59' 31"; what is the distance between 
 them, on the Base Line, in latitude 45° 30'? 
 
 chains. chains. 
 As 60' : 44'29" : : 3884.81 : 2880, the distance required. 
 
 4. Given the distance between any two places on the same parallel, in a 
 given latitude, to find their difference of longitude. 
 
 EuLE. — Find from Table IX the length of a degree of longitude 
 in the given latitude; and say, as the length of the degree of longitude 
 is to the given distance, so is 60 minutes to the difference of longitude. 
 
 The longitude of the Willamette Meridian is 122° 44'; what is the 
 difference of longitude to east boundary of range 6 east, the distance 
 on the Base Line, in latitude 45° 30', being 36 miles'? 
 
 chains, cliaius. 
 As 3884.81 : 2880 : : 60' : 44' 29", the difference of longitude required. 
 
 . 5. Given the distance between two meridians, on any parallel, in a given 
 latitude, to find the convergency of the meridians for any distance north of 
 that parallel. 
 
 Rule. — Find the length of a degree of longitude, at each latitude, 
 by the foregoing rules; and say, as the greater of the two lengths is to 
 their difference, so is the given distance to the convergency required. 
 
 The distance between the Principal Meridian and first range line 
 west, in latitude 42° 39' 07", is 6 miles; what is the convergency of the 
 two range lines at the Base Line, the meridional distance being 24 
 miles ? 
 
 chains, chains, chains, chains. 
 As 4075.76 : 22.80 : : 480 : 2.69, the convergency required. 
 
 6. Given the distance between two meridians, on any parallel in a given 
 latitude, to find the divergency of the meridians for any distance south of 
 that parallel. 
 
 Rule. — Find the length of a degree of longitude, at each latitude, 
 by the foregoing rules; and say, as the less of the two lengths is to 
 their difference, so is the given distance to the divergency required. 
 
 The distance between the Principal Meridian and first range line 
 on the Base Line in latitude 43°, is 5 miles 77.31 chains; what is the 
 divergency of the two range lines at the parallel 42° 39' 07", the meridi- 
 onal distance being 24 miles? 
 
 Chains. Ciiains. Cliains. Chains. 
 
 As 4052.96 : 22,80 : : 477.31 : 2.69, the divergency required.
 
 131 
 
 Table VIII. — Length of a Degree of Latitude. 
 
 a 
 
 29° 
 
 30° 
 
 310 
 
 32° 
 
 83° 
 
 34° 
 
 35° 
 
 36° 
 
 87° 
 
 88° 
 
 
 1 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 5509. ] 5 
 
 551)9. 97 
 
 5510.82 
 
 5511.67 
 
 5512.55 
 
 5513. 44 
 
 5514. 34 
 
 5515. 25 
 
 5516. 18 
 
 5517. 11 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 09.16 
 
 09. 99 
 
 10. 83 
 
 11.69 
 
 12.50 
 
 13. 45 
 
 14.35 
 
 15.27 
 
 16.19 
 
 17. 13 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 09.17 
 
 10.00 
 
 10.84 
 
 11.70 
 
 12. 58 
 
 13. 47 
 
 14.37 
 
 15.28 
 
 16.21 
 
 17.14 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 09.19 
 
 10.01 
 
 10.86 
 
 11.72 
 
 12. 59 
 
 13.48 
 
 14.38 
 
 15.30 
 
 16.22 
 
 17.16 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 09. 20 
 
 10.03 
 
 10.87 
 
 11.73 
 
 12.61 
 
 13.50 
 
 14.40 
 
 15. 31 
 
 16. 24 
 
 17.17 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 09.21 
 
 10.04 
 
 10.89 
 
 11.75 
 
 12.62 
 
 13.51 
 
 14.42 
 
 15. 33 
 
 10.25 
 
 17.19 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 09.23 
 
 10.06 
 
 10.90 
 
 11.76 
 
 12. 64 
 
 13.53 
 
 14.43 
 
 15.34 
 
 16. 27 
 
 17.20 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 09. 24 
 
 10.07 
 
 10.91 
 
 11.78 
 
 12. 65 
 
 13.54 
 
 14.45 
 
 15.36 
 
 16.28 
 
 17.22 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 09. 25 
 
 10.08 
 
 10. 93 
 
 11.79 
 
 12. 07 
 
 13.56 
 
 14.46 
 
 15.38 
 
 16.30 
 
 17.23 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 09. 27 
 
 10.10 
 
 10. 94 
 
 11.81 
 
 12.68 
 
 13.57 
 
 14.48 
 
 15. :i9 
 
 16.32 
 
 17.25 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 09. 28 
 
 10.11 
 
 10.96 
 
 11.82 
 
 12.70 
 
 13.59 
 
 14.49 
 
 15.41 
 
 16.33 
 
 17.27 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 09.30 
 
 10.13 
 
 10.97 
 
 11. 83 
 
 12.71 
 
 13.60 
 
 14.51 
 
 15.42 
 
 16.35 
 
 17.28 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 09.31 
 
 10.14 
 
 10.99 
 
 11.85 
 
 12.73 
 
 13.62 
 
 14. .52 
 
 15.44 
 
 16.36 
 
 17.30 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 09.32 
 
 10.15 
 
 11.00 
 
 11.86 
 
 12.74 
 
 13.63 
 
 14.54 
 
 15. 45 
 
 16.38 
 
 17.31 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 09.34 
 
 10.17 
 
 11.01 
 
 11.88 
 
 12.76 
 
 13.65 
 
 14.55 
 
 15.47 
 
 16. 39 
 
 17.33 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 00.35 
 
 -10.18 
 
 11.03 
 
 11. 89 
 
 12.77 
 
 13.06 
 
 14.57 
 
 15.48 
 
 16.41 
 
 17.34 
 
 15 
 
 Ifi 
 
 09.36 
 
 10.19 
 
 11.04 
 
 11.91 
 
 12.79 
 
 13.08 
 
 14.58 
 
 15.50 
 
 16.42 
 
 17. 36 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 09.38 
 
 10.21 
 
 11.06 
 
 11. 92 
 
 12.80 
 
 13.69 
 
 14.00 
 
 15.51 
 
 16.44 
 
 17.38 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 09.39 
 
 10.22 
 
 11.07 
 
 11. 94 
 
 12.81 
 
 13.71 
 
 14.61 
 
 15. 53 
 
 16.46 
 
 17.39 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 09.41 
 
 10.24 
 
 11.09 
 
 11.05 
 
 12.83 
 
 13.72 
 
 14.63 
 
 15.54 
 
 16.47 
 
 17.41 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 09.42 
 
 10.25 
 
 11.10 
 
 11.96 
 
 12.84 
 
 13.74 
 
 14.64 
 
 15. 56 
 
 16.49 
 
 17.42 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 09.43 
 
 10.26 
 
 11.11 
 
 11. 98 
 
 12. 86 
 
 13.75 
 
 14.66 
 
 15.57 
 
 16.50 
 
 17.44 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 09.45 
 
 10.28 
 
 11.13 
 
 11.99 
 
 12.87 
 
 18.77 
 
 14.67 
 
 15.59 
 
 16.52 
 
 17.45 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 09.46 
 
 10.29 
 
 11.14 
 
 12.01 
 
 12.89 
 
 13.78 
 
 14.69 
 
 15.61 
 
 16.53 
 
 17.47 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 09.47 
 
 10.31 
 
 11.16 
 
 12.02 
 
 12.90 
 
 13.80 
 
 14.70 
 
 15.62 
 
 16.55 
 
 17.49 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 09.49 
 
 10.32 
 
 11.17 
 
 12.04 
 
 12.92 
 
 13.81 
 
 14. 72 
 
 15.64 
 
 16.56 
 
 17.50 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 09.50 
 
 10.33 
 
 11.19 
 
 12.05 
 
 12.93 
 
 13. 83 
 
 14. 73 
 
 15. 05 
 
 10.58 
 
 17.52 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 09.51 
 
 10.35 
 
 11.20 
 
 12.07 
 
 12.95 
 
 13.84 
 
 14.75 
 
 15.67 
 
 16.60 
 
 17.53 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 09. 53 
 
 10.36 
 
 11.21 
 
 12.08 
 
 12.96 
 
 13.86 
 
 14.76 
 
 15.68 
 
 16.61 
 
 17.55 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 09.54 
 
 10.38 
 
 11.23 
 
 12.10 
 
 12.98 
 
 13.87 
 
 14.78 
 
 15.70 
 
 16.63 
 
 17.50 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 09.56 
 
 10.39 
 
 11.24 
 
 12.11 
 
 12.99 
 
 13.89 
 
 14.79 
 
 15.71 
 
 16.64 
 
 17.58 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 09.57 
 
 10.41 
 
 11.20 
 
 12.12 
 
 13.01 
 
 13.90 
 
 14.81 
 
 15.73 
 
 16.66 
 
 17.60 
 
 31 
 
 33 
 
 09.58 
 
 10.42 
 
 11.27 
 
 12.14 
 
 13. 02 
 
 13.92 
 
 14.82 
 
 15.74 
 
 16.67 
 
 17.61 
 
 32 
 
 33 
 
 09.60 
 
 10.44 
 
 11. 29 
 
 12. 15 
 
 13.04 
 
 13. 93 
 
 14.84 
 
 15.70 
 
 16.69 
 
 17.63 
 
 38 
 
 34 
 
 09.61 
 
 10.45 
 
 11.30 
 
 12.17 
 
 13.05 
 
 13.95 
 
 14.86 
 
 15.77 
 
 16.70 
 
 17.64 
 
 34 
 
 85 
 
 09.63 
 
 10.46 
 
 11.31 
 
 12.18 
 
 13.07 
 
 13.96 
 
 14.87 
 
 15.79 
 
 16.72 
 
 17.66 
 
 36 
 
 36 
 
 09.64 
 
 10.48 
 
 11.33 
 
 12.20 
 
 13.08 
 
 13. 98 
 
 14.89 
 
 15.81 
 
 16.74 
 
 17.67 
 
 36 
 
 87 
 
 09. 65 
 
 10.49 
 
 11.34 
 
 12.21 
 
 13.10 
 
 13.99 
 
 14.90 
 
 15. 82 
 
 16.75 
 
 17.69 
 
 37 
 
 88 
 
 09.67 
 
 10.50 
 
 11.36 
 
 12.22 
 
 13.11 
 
 14.01 
 
 14.92 
 
 15.84 
 
 16.77 
 
 17.71 
 
 38 
 
 39 
 
 09.68 
 
 10.52 
 
 11.37 
 
 12.24 
 
 13.13 
 
 14.02 
 
 14.93 
 
 15.85 
 
 16.78 
 
 17.72 
 
 39 
 
 40 
 
 09.69 
 
 10.53 
 
 11.39 
 
 12.26 
 
 13.14 
 
 14.04 
 
 14.95 
 
 15.87 
 
 16.80 
 
 17.74 
 
 40 
 
 41 
 
 00.71 
 
 10.55 
 
 11.40 
 
 12.27 
 
 13.16 
 
 14. 05 
 
 14.96 
 
 15.88 
 
 16.81 
 
 17. 75 
 
 41 
 
 42 
 
 09.72 
 
 10.56 
 
 11.42 
 
 12. 29 
 
 13. 17 
 
 14.07 
 
 14.98 
 
 15.90 
 
 16.83 
 
 17.77 
 
 42 
 
 43 
 
 09.74 
 
 10.57 
 
 11.43 
 
 12.30 
 
 13.18 
 
 14.08 
 
 14.99 
 
 15.91 
 
 16.84 
 
 17.78 
 
 43 
 
 44 
 
 09.75 
 
 10.59 
 
 11.44 
 
 12. 31 
 
 13.20 
 
 14.10 
 
 15.01 
 
 15.93 
 
 16.86 
 
 17.80 
 
 4jl 
 
 46 
 
 09.76 
 
 10.60 
 
 11. 4C 
 
 12.33 
 
 13.21 
 
 14.11 
 
 15.02 
 
 15.94 
 
 16.88 
 
 17.82 
 
 46 
 
 46 
 
 09.78 
 
 10.62 
 
 11.47 
 
 12.34 
 
 13.23 
 
 14. 13 
 
 15.04 
 
 15.96 
 
 16.89 
 
 17.83 
 
 46 
 
 47 
 
 09.79 
 
 10. 63 
 
 11.49 
 
 12.36 
 
 13.24 
 
 14.14 
 
 15.05 
 
 15.98 
 
 16.91 
 
 17.85 
 
 47 
 
 48 
 
 09.80 
 
 10.65 
 
 11.50 
 
 12. 37 
 
 13. 26 
 
 14.16 
 
 15.07 
 
 15.99 
 
 16. 92 
 
 17.86 
 
 48 
 
 49 
 
 09.82 
 
 10.66 
 
 11.52 
 
 12.39 
 
 13.27 
 
 14.17 
 
 15.08 
 
 16.01 
 
 16.94 
 
 17.88 
 
 49 
 
 60 
 
 09.83 
 
 10.67 
 
 11.53 
 
 12.40 
 
 13.29 
 
 14.19 
 
 15.10 
 
 16.02 
 
 16.95 
 
 17.89 
 
 50 
 
 61 
 
 09.85 
 
 10.69 
 
 11.54 
 
 12.42 
 
 13.30 
 
 14.20 
 
 15.11 
 
 16.04 
 
 16.97 
 
 17.91 
 
 51 
 
 52 
 
 09.86 
 
 10.70 
 
 11.56 
 
 12.43 
 
 13.32 
 
 14.22 
 
 15.13 
 
 16.05 
 
 16.98 
 
 17.93 
 
 52 
 
 63 
 
 09.87 
 
 10.72 
 
 11.57 
 
 12.45 
 
 13. 33 
 
 14.23 
 
 15.15 
 
 16.07 
 
 17.00 
 
 17.94 
 
 53 
 
 54 
 
 09.89 
 
 10.73 
 
 11.59 
 
 12.46 
 
 13.35 
 
 14.25 
 
 15.16 
 
 16.08 
 
 17.02 
 
 17.96 
 
 54 
 
 55 
 
 09.90 
 
 10.74 
 
 11.60 
 
 12.48 
 
 13.36 
 
 14.26 
 
 15.18 
 
 16.10 
 
 17.03 
 
 17.97 
 
 55 
 
 56 
 
 09.92 
 
 10.76 
 
 11.62 
 
 12.49 
 
 13. 38 
 
 14.28 
 
 15.19 
 
 16.11 
 
 17.05 
 
 17.99 
 
 56 
 
 57 
 
 09.93 
 
 10.77 
 
 11.63 
 
 12.51 
 
 13.39 
 
 14.29 
 
 15.21 
 
 16.13 
 
 17.06 
 
 18.00 
 
 57 
 
 58 
 
 09.94 
 
 10.79 
 
 11.65 
 
 12. 52 
 
 13.41 
 
 14.31 
 
 15.22 
 
 16.15 
 
 17.08 
 
 18.02 
 
 58 
 
 59 
 
 09.96 
 
 10.80 
 
 11.66 
 
 12.53 
 
 13.42 
 
 14.32 
 
 15.24 
 
 16.16 
 
 17.09 
 
 18.04 
 
 59 
 
 00 
 
 5509. 97 
 
 5510.82 
 
 5511. 67 
 
 5512.55 
 
 5513. 44 
 
 5514. 34 
 
 5515. 25 
 
 5516. 18 
 
 5517. 11 
 
 5518. 05 
 
 60
 
 132 
 
 Table VIII. — Length of a Degree of Latitude — Concluded. 
 
 
 39° 
 
 40° 
 
 410 
 
 42° 
 
 43° 
 
 44° 
 
 45° 
 
 46° 
 
 47° 
 
 48° 
 
 C3 
 
 1-^ 
 
 , 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. ' 
 
 
 
 5518.05 
 
 5519.00 
 
 5519.90 
 
 5520. 92 
 
 5521. 88 
 
 5522. 85 
 
 5523.81 
 
 5524. 78 
 
 5525. 75 
 
 5526. 72 
 
 1 
 
 18.07 
 
 19.02 
 
 19.97 
 
 20. 93 
 
 21.90 
 
 22.86 
 
 23. 83 
 
 24.80 
 
 25. 77 
 
 20.73 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 18.08 
 
 19.03 
 
 10. 99 
 
 20. 95 
 
 21.91 
 
 22. 88 
 
 23.85 
 
 24.82 
 
 25.78 
 
 26. 75 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 18.10 
 
 19.05 
 
 2'). 00 
 
 20.96 
 
 21.93 
 
 22.89 
 
 23.86 
 
 24.83 
 
 25.80 
 
 26.76 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 18.11 
 
 19.06 
 
 20.02 
 
 20.98 
 
 21. 94 
 
 22. 91 
 
 23. 88 
 
 24.85 
 
 25.82 
 
 26.78 
 
 4 , 
 
 5 
 
 18.13 
 
 19.08 
 
 20. (14 
 
 21.00 
 
 21.96 
 
 22.93 
 
 23.90 
 
 24.86 
 
 25. 83 
 
 26.80 
 
 pj 
 
 6 
 
 18.15 
 
 19.10 
 
 20.05 
 
 21.01 
 
 21.98 
 
 22.94 
 
 23. 91 
 
 24.88 
 
 25. 85 
 
 2(i. 81 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 18. IG 
 
 19.11 
 
 20.07 
 
 21. 03 
 
 21.99 
 
 22. 96 
 
 23. 93 
 
 24.90 
 
 25.86 
 
 26. S.3 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 18.18 
 
 19.13 
 
 20.08 
 
 21.04 
 
 22. 01 
 
 22. 98 
 
 23.94 
 
 24.91 
 
 25. 88 
 
 26.84 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 18.19 
 
 19.14 
 
 20. 10 
 
 21.06 
 
 22.02 
 
 22.99 
 
 23.96 
 
 24.93 
 
 25.90 
 
 26.86 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 18.21 
 
 19.16 
 
 20.12 
 
 21.08 
 
 22.04 
 
 23.01 
 
 23.98 
 
 24. 94 
 
 25.91 
 
 26.88 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 18.22 
 
 19.18 
 
 20.13 
 
 21.09 
 
 22. 06 
 
 23.02 
 
 23. 99 
 
 24.96 
 
 25.93 
 
 26.89 11 
 
 12 
 
 18. 24 
 
 19.19 
 
 20.15 
 
 21.11 
 
 22. 07 
 
 23.04 
 
 24.01 
 
 24.98 
 
 25.94 
 
 26.91 12 
 
 13 
 
 18.26 
 
 19.21 
 
 20.16 
 
 21.12 
 
 22.09 
 
 23.06 
 
 24.02 
 
 24.99 
 
 25.96 
 
 26.92 13 
 
 14 
 
 18.27 
 
 19.22 
 
 20.18 
 
 21.14 
 
 22.11 
 
 23.07 
 
 24.04 
 
 25.01 
 
 25.98 
 
 26.94 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 18.29 
 
 19.24 
 
 20.20 
 
 21.16 
 
 22.12 
 
 23.09 
 
 24.06 
 
 25.03 
 
 25.-99 
 
 26.96 
 
 15 
 
 IC 
 
 18.30 
 
 19. 25 
 
 20.21 
 
 21.17 
 
 22.14 
 
 23. 10 
 
 24.07 
 
 25.04 
 
 26.01 
 
 26.97 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 IS. 32 
 
 19.27 
 
 20.23 
 
 21.19 
 
 22. 15 
 
 23. 12 
 
 24.09 
 
 25. 06 
 
 26.02 
 
 26. 99 17 1 
 
 IS 
 
 18.34 
 
 19.29 
 
 20.24 
 
 21.20 
 
 22.17 
 
 23.14 
 
 24.11 
 
 25.07 
 
 26.04 
 
 27.00 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 18.35 
 
 19.30 
 
 20.26 
 
 21.22 
 
 22. J 9 
 
 23.15 
 
 24.12 
 
 25. 09 
 
 26.06 
 
 27.02 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 18.37 
 
 19.32 
 
 20.28 
 
 21.24 
 
 22.20 
 
 23.17 
 
 24.14 
 
 25.11 
 
 26. 07 
 
 27. 04 20 
 
 21 
 
 18.38 
 
 19.33 
 
 20.29 
 
 21.25 
 
 22. 22 
 
 23.19 
 
 24.15 
 
 25.12 
 
 20.09 
 
 27.05 1 21 
 
 22 
 
 18.40 
 
 19.35 
 
 20.31 
 
 21.27 
 
 22.23 
 
 23.20 
 
 24.17 
 
 25. 14 
 
 26.10 
 
 27. 07 22 
 
 2:> 
 
 18.41 
 
 19. 37 
 
 20.32 
 
 21.29 
 
 22. 25 
 
 23.22 
 
 22.19 
 
 25.15 
 
 26.12 
 
 27. 09 I 23 
 
 24 
 
 18.43 
 
 19.38 
 
 20.34 
 
 21.30 
 
 22! 27 
 
 23. 23 
 
 24.20 
 
 25.17 
 
 26.14 
 
 27. 10 J 24 
 
 2o 
 
 18.45 
 
 19.40 
 
 20.36 
 
 21.32 
 
 22.28 
 
 23.25- 
 
 24.22 
 
 25.19 
 
 26.15 
 
 27. 12 1 25 
 
 26 
 
 18.46 
 
 19.41 
 
 20.37 
 
 21.33 
 
 22.30 
 
 23.27 
 
 24. 23 
 
 25.20 
 
 26.17 
 
 27. 13 26 
 
 27 
 
 18.48 
 
 19.43 
 
 20 39 
 
 21.35 
 
 22.31 
 
 23.28 
 
 24.25 
 
 25.22 
 
 26.19 
 
 27. 15 j 27 
 
 28 
 
 18.49 
 
 19.45 
 
 20.40 
 
 21.36 
 
 22.33 
 
 23. 30 
 
 24.27 
 
 25.23 
 
 26. 20 
 
 27.17 1 28 
 
 29 
 
 18.51 
 
 19.46 
 
 20.42 
 
 21.38 
 
 22.35 
 
 23.31 
 
 24.28 
 
 25.25 
 
 26. 22 
 
 27.18 
 
 29 
 
 SO 
 
 18.53 
 
 19.48 
 
 20.44 
 
 21.40 
 
 22.36 
 
 23.33 
 
 24.30 
 
 25. 27 
 
 26.23 
 
 27.20 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 18.54 
 
 19.49 
 
 20.45 
 
 21.41 
 
 22.38 
 
 23.35 
 
 24.32 
 
 25.28 
 
 26.25 
 
 27.21 
 
 31 
 
 32 
 
 18.56 
 
 19.51 
 
 20. 47 
 
 21. 43 
 
 22.40 
 
 23. 36 
 
 24.33 
 
 25.30 
 
 26.27 
 
 27. 23 
 
 32 
 
 33 
 
 18.57 
 
 19.53 
 
 20.48 
 
 21.45 
 
 22.41 
 
 23.38 
 
 24.35 
 
 25.32 
 
 26.28 
 
 27. 25 
 
 38 
 
 34 
 
 18.59 
 
 19.54 
 
 20.50 
 
 21.46 
 
 22.43 
 
 23.40 
 
 24.30 
 
 25.33 
 
 26.30 
 
 27. 26 ' 34 
 
 35 
 
 18.60 
 
 19.56 
 
 20.52 
 
 21.48 
 
 22. 44 
 
 23. 41 
 
 24.38 
 
 25. 35 
 
 26.31 
 
 27. 28 35 
 
 36 
 
 18.62 
 
 19.57 
 
 20.53 
 
 21.49 
 
 22.46 
 
 23. 43 
 
 24.40 
 
 25.36 
 
 26. 33 
 
 27. 29 1 36 
 
 37 
 
 18.64 
 
 19.59 
 
 20. 55 
 
 21. 51 
 
 22.48 
 
 23.44 
 
 24.41 
 
 25.38 
 
 26.35 
 
 27.31 I 37 
 
 38 
 
 18.65 
 
 19.60 
 
 20.56 
 
 21.53 
 
 22.49 
 
 23.46 
 
 24.43 
 
 25.40 
 
 26.36 
 
 27. 33 ! 88 
 
 39 
 
 18.67 
 
 19.62 
 
 20.58 
 
 21. 54 
 
 22.51 
 
 23.48 
 
 24.44 
 
 25.41 
 
 26.38 
 
 27.34 
 
 39 
 
 40 
 
 18.68 
 
 19. 64 
 
 20.60 
 
 21.56 
 
 22.52 
 
 23.49 
 
 24.46 
 
 25.43 
 
 26.39 
 
 27.36 
 
 40 
 
 41 
 
 18. 7C 
 
 19. 65 
 
 20.61 
 
 21.57 
 
 22.54 
 
 23.51 
 
 24.48 
 
 25.44 
 
 26.41 
 
 27.37 
 
 41 
 
 42 
 
 18. 72 
 
 19.67 
 
 20. 63 
 
 21.59 
 
 22.56 
 
 23.52 
 
 24.49 
 
 25.46 
 
 26. 43 
 
 27. 39 
 
 42 
 
 43 
 
 18. T.i 
 
 19.68 
 
 20.64 
 
 21.61 
 
 22. 57 
 
 23.54 
 
 24.51 
 
 25.48 
 
 26.44 
 
 27.41 
 
 43 
 
 44 
 
 18.75 
 
 19. 70 
 
 20. 66 
 
 21.62 
 
 22.59 
 
 23.56 
 
 24.52 
 
 25.49 
 
 26.46 
 
 27.42 
 
 44 
 
 45 
 
 18.76 
 
 19.72 
 
 20.68 
 
 21.64 
 
 22.60 
 
 23.57 
 
 24.54 
 
 25. 51 
 
 20.47 
 
 27.44 
 
 46 
 
 4« 
 
 18.78 
 
 19.73 
 
 20.69 
 
 21.65 
 
 22.62 
 
 23.59 
 
 24.56 
 
 25. 52 
 
 20.49 
 
 27.45 
 
 46 
 
 47 
 
 18.79 
 
 19.75 
 
 20.71 
 
 21.07 
 
 22.64 
 
 23.60 
 
 24.57 
 
 25. 54 
 
 26.51 
 
 27.47 
 
 47 
 
 4.S 
 
 18.81 
 
 19.76 
 
 20.72 
 
 21.69 
 
 22.65 
 
 23.62 
 
 24.59 
 
 25.56 
 
 26. 52 
 
 27.49 
 
 48 
 
 49 
 
 18. 83 
 
 19.78 
 
 20.74 
 
 21.70 
 
 22. 67 
 
 23.64 
 
 24.61 
 
 25.57 
 
 26.54 
 
 27. 50 
 
 49 
 
 50 
 
 18.84 
 
 19.80 
 
 20.76 
 
 21.72 
 
 22.69 
 
 23.65 
 
 24.62 
 
 25.59 
 
 26.56 
 
 27.52 
 
 50 
 
 51 
 
 18.86 
 
 19.81 
 
 20.77 
 
 21.74 
 
 22.70 
 
 23.67 
 
 24.64 
 
 25.61 
 
 26.57 
 
 27.53 
 
 51 
 
 62 
 
 18.87 
 
 19.83 
 
 20. 79 
 
 21.75 
 
 22. 72 
 
 23. 69 
 
 24. 65 
 
 25.62 
 
 26. 59 
 
 27.55 
 
 52 
 
 53 
 
 18.89 
 
 19.84 
 
 20.80 
 
 21.77 
 
 22.73 
 
 23. 70 
 
 24.67 
 
 25.64 
 
 26.60 
 
 27. 57 
 
 53 
 
 54 
 
 18.91 
 
 19.86 
 
 20. 82 
 
 21.78 
 
 22.75 
 
 23.72 
 
 24.69 
 
 25.65 
 
 26.62 
 
 27.58 
 
 54 
 
 55 
 
 18.92 
 
 19.88 
 
 20.84 
 
 21.80 
 
 22.77 
 
 23.73 
 
 24.70 
 
 25. 67 
 
 26.64 
 
 27.60 
 
 55 
 
 56 
 
 18.94 
 
 19.89 
 
 20. 85 
 
 21.82 
 
 22.78 
 
 23.75 
 
 24.72 
 
 25.69 
 
 26.65 
 
 27. 61 
 
 56 
 
 57 
 
 18. 95 
 
 19. 91 
 
 20.87 
 
 21.83 
 
 22.80 
 
 23.77 
 
 24.73 
 
 25.70 
 
 26.67 
 
 27. 63 
 
 57 
 
 58 
 
 18. 97 
 
 19.92 
 
 20.88 
 
 21.85 
 
 22. 81 
 
 23.78 
 
 •24.75 
 
 25.72 
 
 26.68 
 
 27.65 
 
 58 
 
 59 
 
 18.98 
 
 19.94 
 
 20.90 
 
 21.86 
 
 22.83 
 
 23.80 
 
 24.77 
 
 25.73 
 
 26. 70 
 
 27. 66 
 
 59 
 
 60 
 
 5519. 00 
 
 1 5519.96 
 
 1 
 
 5520. 92 
 
 5521. 88 
 
 5522. 85 
 
 5523. 81 
 
 5524. 78 
 
 5525. 75 
 
 5526. 72 
 
 5527. 68 
 
 69 
 
 -
 
 133 
 
 Taulk IX. — Length of a JJcynv of Longitude. 
 
 i 
 
 29° 
 
 30° 
 
 81° 
 
 82° 
 
 33° 
 
 34° 
 
 35° 
 
 36° 
 
 87° 
 
 38° 
 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 4K4a. 17 
 
 4795. 82 
 
 4747. 01 
 
 4696. 75 
 
 4645. 06 
 
 4591.96 
 
 4537. 45 
 
 4481.56 
 
 4424. 29 
 
 4365. 68 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 4'J 40 
 
 95.02 
 
 40.19 
 
 95.90 
 
 44.19 
 
 91.06 
 
 36.53 
 
 80.61 
 
 23.33 
 
 64.69 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 41.02 
 
 94.22 
 
 45.36 
 
 95.05 
 
 43.32 
 
 90.16 
 
 35.61 
 
 79.67 
 
 22.36 
 
 63.70 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 40.84 
 
 93. 42 
 
 44. 53 
 
 94.20 
 
 42. 44 
 
 89. 26 
 
 34.69 
 
 78.73 
 
 21.40 
 
 62.72 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 40. Ot) 
 
 92.61 
 
 43.71 
 
 93.35 
 
 41.57 
 
 88.37 
 
 33.77 
 
 77.78 
 
 20.43 
 
 61.73 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 39.28 
 
 91.81 
 
 42.88 
 
 92.50 
 
 40.69 
 
 87.47 
 
 32.84 
 
 76.84 
 
 19.46 
 
 60.74 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 38.50 
 
 91.01 
 
 42.05 
 
 91.65 
 
 39.82 
 
 86.57 
 
 31.92 
 
 75.89 
 
 18.49 
 
 59.75 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 37. 72 
 
 90.20 
 
 41.22 
 
 90.80 
 
 38.94 
 
 85.67 
 
 31.00 
 
 74.95 
 
 17.53 
 
 58.76 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 30. 94 
 
 89.40 
 
 40.39 
 
 89.94 
 
 38.06 
 
 84.77 
 
 30.08 
 
 74.00 
 
 16.56 
 
 57.77 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 36.16 
 
 88.59 
 
 39.56 
 
 89.09 
 
 37.19 
 
 83.87 
 
 29.15 
 
 73.05 
 
 15.59 
 
 56.77 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 35.38 
 
 87.79 
 
 38.73 
 
 88.24 
 
 36.31 
 
 82.97 
 
 28.23 
 
 72.11 
 
 14.62 
 
 55.78 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 34.60 
 
 86.98 
 
 37.90 
 
 87.38 
 
 35.43 
 
 82.07 
 
 27.30 
 
 71.16 
 
 13.65 
 
 54.79 i 11 
 
 12 
 
 33.82 
 
 86.18 
 
 37.07 
 
 86.53 
 
 34.55 
 
 81.17 
 
 26.38 
 
 70.21 
 
 12.68 
 
 53. 80 i 12 
 
 13 
 
 33.04 
 
 85.37 
 
 36.24 
 
 85.67 
 
 33.68 
 
 80.26 
 
 25.46 
 
 69.26 
 
 11.71 
 
 52.81 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 32.26 
 
 m.56 
 
 35.41 
 
 84.82 
 
 32.80 
 
 79.36 
 
 24.53 
 
 68.32 
 
 10.74 
 
 51.81 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 31.47 
 
 83.76 
 
 34.58 
 
 83.96 
 
 31.92 
 
 78.46 
 
 23.60 
 
 67.37 
 
 09.77 
 
 50.82 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 30.69 
 
 82.95 
 
 33.75 
 
 83.11 
 
 31.04 
 
 77.56 
 
 22.68 
 
 66.42 
 
 08.80 
 
 49.83 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 29.91 
 
 82.14 
 
 32.92 
 
 82.25 
 
 30.16 
 
 70.65 
 
 21.75 
 
 65.47 
 
 07.82 
 
 48.83 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 29.12 
 
 81. 33 
 
 32.08 
 
 81.40 
 
 29.28 
 
 75.75 
 
 20.83 
 
 64.52 
 
 06.85 
 
 47.84 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 28.34 
 
 80.62 
 
 31.25 
 
 80.54 
 
 28.40 
 
 74.85 
 
 19.90 
 
 63.57 
 
 05.88 
 
 46.84 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 27. 55 
 
 79.71 
 
 30.42 
 
 79.68 
 
 27. 52 
 
 73.94 
 
 18.97 
 
 62.62 
 
 04.91 
 
 45.85 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 26. 77 
 
 78.90 
 
 29.58 
 
 78.82 
 
 26.64 
 
 73.04 
 
 18.04 
 
 61.67 
 
 03.93 
 
 44.85 21 
 
 22 
 
 25.98 
 
 78.09 
 
 28.75 
 
 77.97 
 
 25.75 
 
 72.13 
 
 17.11 
 
 60.72 
 
 02.96 
 
 43. 85 22 
 
 28 
 
 25.20 
 
 77.28 
 
 27. 92 
 
 77.11 
 
 24.87 
 
 71.23 
 
 16.19 
 
 59.77 
 
 01.98 
 
 42. 86 28 
 
 24 
 
 24.41 
 
 76.47 
 
 27.08 
 
 76.25 
 
 23.99 
 
 70.32 
 
 15.26 
 
 58.81 
 
 01.01 
 
 41. 86 24 
 
 25 
 
 23.62 
 
 75. 66 
 
 26.25 
 
 75.39 
 
 23.11 
 
 69. 41 
 
 14.33 
 
 57.86 
 
 4400. 04 
 
 40.86 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 22.83 
 
 74.85 
 
 25.41 
 
 74.53 
 
 22. 22 
 
 68.51 
 
 13.40 
 
 56.91 
 
 4399. 06 
 
 39.87 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 22. 05 
 
 74.04 
 
 24.57 
 
 73.07 
 
 21.34 
 
 67.00 
 
 12.47 
 
 55.96 
 
 98.08 
 
 38.87 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 21.26 
 
 73. 22 
 
 23.74 
 
 72.81 
 
 20.45 
 
 66. C9 
 
 11.54 
 
 55.00 
 
 97.11 
 
 37.87 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 20.47 
 
 72.41 
 
 22.90 
 
 71.95 
 
 19.57 
 
 65.78 
 
 10.61 
 
 54.05 
 
 96.13 
 
 36.87 
 
 29 
 
 80 
 
 19.68 
 
 71.60 
 
 22.06 
 
 71.09 
 
 18.69 
 
 64.88 
 
 09.67 
 
 53.09 
 
 95.16 
 
 35.87 
 
 30 
 
 81 
 
 18.89 
 
 70.78 
 
 21.22 
 
 70. 22 
 
 17.80 
 
 63. 97 
 
 08.74 
 
 52.14 
 
 94.18 
 
 34.87 
 
 31 
 
 82 
 
 18.10 
 
 69.97 
 
 20.39 
 
 69.36 
 
 16.91 
 
 63.06 
 
 07.81 
 
 51.19 
 
 93.20 
 
 33.87 
 
 32 
 
 33 
 
 17.31 
 
 69.16 
 
 19.55 
 
 68.50 
 
 16.03 
 
 62.15 
 
 06.88 
 
 50.23 
 
 92.22 
 
 32.87 
 
 33 
 
 84 
 
 16.52 
 
 68.34 
 
 18.71 
 
 67.64 
 
 15.14 
 
 61. 24 
 
 05.94 
 
 49.27 
 
 91.25 
 
 31.87 
 
 34 
 
 35 
 
 15.73 
 
 67.53 
 
 17.87 
 
 66.77 
 
 14.26 
 
 60.33 
 
 05.01 
 
 48.32 
 
 90.27 
 
 30. 87 1 85 
 
 36 
 
 14.94 
 
 66.71 
 
 17.03 
 
 65. 91 
 
 13. 37 
 
 59.42 
 
 04.08 
 
 47.36 
 
 89.29 
 
 29. 87 36 
 
 37 
 
 14.15 
 
 65.89 
 
 16.19 
 
 65.05 
 
 12.48 
 
 58.51 
 
 03. 14 
 
 46.41 
 
 88.31 
 
 28.87 37 
 
 38 
 
 13.35 
 
 65.08 
 
 15.35 
 
 64.18 
 
 11. 59 
 
 57.60 
 
 02.21 
 
 45.45 
 
 87.33 
 
 27.87 
 
 38 
 
 39 
 
 12.56 
 
 64.26 
 
 14.51 
 
 63.32 
 
 10.70 
 
 50.68 
 
 01.28 
 
 44.49 
 
 86.35 
 
 26.87 
 
 39 
 
 40 
 
 n.77 
 
 63.44 
 
 13.67 
 
 62.45 
 
 09.81 
 
 55.77 
 
 4500. 34 
 
 43.53 
 
 85.37 
 
 25.86 
 
 40 
 
 41 
 
 10.98 
 
 62.52 
 
 12.82 
 
 61.59 
 
 08.93 
 
 54.86 
 
 4499. 40 
 
 42.57 
 
 84.39 
 
 24.86 
 
 41 
 
 42 
 
 30.18 
 
 61.81 
 
 11.98 
 
 60.72 
 
 08.04 
 
 53. 95 
 
 98.47 
 
 41.62 
 
 83.41 
 
 23.80 
 
 42 
 
 43 
 
 09.39 
 
 60.99 
 
 11.14 
 
 59.85 
 
 07.15 
 
 53.03 
 
 97.53 
 
 40.66 
 
 82.42 
 
 22.85 
 
 43 
 
 44 
 
 08.59 
 
 60.17 
 
 10.30 
 
 58.99 
 
 06.26 
 
 52.12 
 
 90.59 
 
 39.70 
 
 81.44 
 
 21.85 
 
 44 
 
 45 
 
 07.80 
 
 59.35 
 
 09.45 
 
 58.12 
 
 05.36 
 
 51.21 
 
 95.66 
 
 38.74 
 
 80.46 
 
 20.85 
 
 45 
 
 46 
 
 07.00 
 
 58. ,53 
 
 08.61 
 
 57.25 
 
 04.47 
 
 50.29 
 
 94.72 
 
 37.78 
 
 79.48 
 
 19.84 
 
 46 
 
 47 
 
 06.21 
 
 57.71 
 
 07.76 
 
 56.38 
 
 03.58 
 
 49.38 
 
 93.78 
 
 36.82 
 
 78.49 
 
 18.84 
 
 47 
 
 48 
 
 05.41 
 
 56.89 
 
 06.92 
 
 55.51 
 
 02.69 
 
 48.46 
 
 ■ 92. 84 
 
 35.86 
 
 77.51 
 
 17.83 
 
 48 
 
 49 
 
 04.61 
 
 56.07 
 
 06.07 
 
 54.65 
 
 01.80 
 
 47.55 
 
 91.91 
 
 34.89 
 
 76.53 
 
 16.82 
 
 49 
 
 60 
 
 03.82 
 
 55.25 
 
 05.23 
 
 53.78 
 
 00.90 
 
 46.63 
 
 90.97 
 
 33.93 
 
 75.54 
 
 15.82 
 
 50 
 
 51 
 
 03. 02 
 
 54.43 
 
 04.38 
 
 52.91 
 
 4600. 01 
 
 45.71 
 
 90.03 
 
 32.97 
 
 74.56 
 
 14.81 
 
 51 
 
 52 
 
 02.22 
 
 53.60 
 
 03.54 
 
 52.04 
 
 4599. 12 
 
 44.80 
 
 89.09 
 
 32.01 
 
 73.57 
 
 13.80 
 
 52 
 
 53 
 
 01.42 
 
 52.78 
 
 02.69 
 
 51.17 
 
 98.22 
 
 43.88 
 
 88.15 
 
 81.04 
 
 72.59 
 
 12-80 
 
 53 
 
 54 
 
 4800. 62 
 
 51.96 
 
 01.84 
 
 50.30 
 
 97.33 
 
 42.96 
 
 87.21 
 
 30.08 
 
 71.60 
 
 11.79 
 
 54 
 
 55 
 
 4799. 82 
 
 51.13 
 
 01.00 
 
 49.42 
 
 96.44 
 
 42.04 
 
 86.27 
 
 29.12 
 
 70.62 
 
 10.78 
 
 55 
 
 56 
 
 99.02 
 
 50.31 
 
 4700. 15 
 
 48.55 
 
 95. 54 
 
 41.13 
 
 85.32 
 
 28.15 
 
 69.63 
 
 09.77 
 
 56 
 
 57 
 
 98. 22 
 
 49.49 
 
 4699.30 
 
 47.68 
 
 94.64 
 
 40.21 
 
 84.38 
 
 27. 19 
 
 68.04 
 
 08.70 
 
 57 
 
 58 
 
 97.42 
 
 48.66 
 
 98.45 
 
 46.81 
 
 93.75 
 
 39.29 
 
 83.44 
 
 26.22 
 
 67.66 
 
 07.75 
 
 58 
 
 59 
 
 96.62 
 
 47.84 
 
 97.60 
 
 45.94 
 
 92.85 
 
 38.37 
 
 82.50 
 
 25.26 
 
 66. 67 
 
 06.74 
 
 59 
 
 60 
 
 4795. 82 
 
 4747. 01 
 
 4696. 75 
 
 4645. 00 
 
 4591.96 
 
 4537. 45 
 
 4481. 56 
 
 4424.29 
 
 4365. 68 
 
 4305. 73 
 
 60
 
 134 
 
 Table IX. — Length of a Degree of Longitude — Concluded. 
 
 i 
 
 89° 
 
 40° 
 
 41° 
 
 42° 
 
 43° 
 
 44° 
 
 45° 
 
 46° 
 
 47° 
 
 48° 
 
 vA 
 
 1 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 4305. 73 
 
 4244. 47 
 
 4181. 91 
 
 4118. 06 
 
 4052. 96 
 
 3986. 62 
 
 3919. 05 
 
 3850. 28 
 
 3780. 33 
 
 3709. 22 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 Oi.72 
 
 43.44 
 
 80.85 
 
 16.99 
 
 51.87 
 
 85.50 
 
 17.91 
 
 49. 12 
 
 79.15 
 
 08.03 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 03.71 
 
 42.41 
 
 79.80 
 
 15.91 
 
 50.77 
 
 84.38 
 
 16.78 
 
 47.97 
 
 77.98 
 
 06.83 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 02.70 
 
 41.37 
 
 78.75 
 
 14.84 
 
 ' 49. 07 
 
 83. 27 
 
 15. 64 
 
 46.81 
 
 76.80 
 
 05.63 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 01.69 
 
 40.34 
 
 77.69 
 
 13.76 
 
 48.58 
 
 82.15 
 
 14.50 
 
 45.65 
 
 75.63 
 
 04.44 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 4300. 68 
 
 39.31 
 
 76.64 
 
 12.69 
 
 47.48 
 
 81.03 
 
 13.36 
 
 44.50 
 
 74.45 
 
 03.24 
 
 6 
 
 G 
 
 4299. 67 
 
 38.27 
 
 75.58 
 
 11.61 
 
 46.38 
 
 ,79. 91 
 
 12.23 
 
 43.34 
 
 73.27 
 
 02.05 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 98.65 
 
 37.24 
 
 74. 52 
 
 10.53 
 
 45.28 
 
 78.79 
 
 11.09 
 
 42.18 
 
 72.00 
 
 3700. 85 
 
 7 
 
 g 
 
 97.64 
 
 36. 20 
 
 73.47 
 
 09.46 
 
 44.19 
 
 77.68 
 
 09.95 
 
 41.02 
 
 70.92 
 
 3699. 65 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 96.63 
 
 35.17 
 
 72.41 
 
 08.38 
 
 43.09 
 
 76.56 
 
 08.81 
 
 39.86 
 
 69.74 
 
 98.46 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 95.61 
 
 34.13 
 
 71.36 
 
 07.30 
 
 41.99 
 
 75.44 
 
 07.67 
 
 38.70 
 
 68.56 
 
 97.26 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 94.60 
 
 33.10 
 
 70.30 
 
 06.22 
 
 40.89 
 
 74.32 
 
 06.53 
 
 37.54 
 
 67.38 
 
 96.06 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 93.59 
 
 32.06 
 
 69.24 
 
 05.14 
 
 39. 79 
 
 73.20 
 
 05.39 
 
 36.38 
 
 66.20 
 
 94.86 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 92.57 
 
 31.02 
 
 68.18 
 
 04.07 
 
 38.69 
 
 72.08 
 
 04.25 
 
 35.22 
 
 65.02 
 
 93.66 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 91.56 
 
 29.99 
 
 67.12 
 
 02.99 
 
 37.59 
 
 70.98 
 
 03.11 
 
 34.06 
 
 63.84 
 
 92.46 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 90.54 
 
 28.95 
 
 66.07 
 
 01.91 
 
 36.49 
 
 69.84 
 
 01.97 
 
 32.90 
 
 62.66 
 
 91.26 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 89.52 
 
 27.91 
 
 65.01 
 
 4100. 83 
 
 35.39 
 
 68.72 
 
 3900. 83 
 
 31.74 
 
 61.48 
 
 90.06 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 88.51 
 
 16.87 
 
 63.95 
 
 4099. 75 
 
 34.29 
 
 67.59 
 
 3890. 69 
 
 30.58 
 
 60.30 
 
 88.86 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 87.49 
 
 25.84 
 
 62. 89 
 
 98.67 
 
 33.19 
 
 66.47 
 
 98.54 
 
 29.42 
 
 59.12 
 
 87.66 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 86.48 
 
 24.80 
 
 61.83 
 
 97.58 
 
 32.09 
 
 65.35 
 
 97.40 
 
 28.26 
 
 57.94 
 
 86.46 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 85.46 
 
 23.76 
 
 60.77 
 
 96.50 
 
 30.98 
 
 64.23 
 
 96.26 
 
 27.09 
 
 56.76 
 
 85.26 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 84.44 
 
 22.72 
 
 59.71 
 
 95.42 
 
 29. 88 
 
 63.11 
 
 95.12 
 
 25.93 
 
 55.57 
 
 84.06 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 83. 42 
 
 21.68 
 
 58.05 
 
 94.34 
 
 28.78 
 
 61.98 
 
 93.97 
 
 24.77 
 
 54.39 
 
 82.86 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 82.40 
 
 20.64 
 
 57.58 
 
 93. 26 
 
 27.67 
 
 60.86 
 
 92.83 
 
 23.60 
 
 53.21 
 
 81.66 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 81.39 
 
 19.60 
 
 56.52 
 
 92.17 
 
 26.57 
 
 59.73 
 
 91.68 
 
 22.44 
 
 52.02 
 
 80.46 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 80.37 
 
 18.56 
 
 55.46 
 
 91.09 
 
 25.47 
 
 58.61 
 
 90.54 
 
 21.28 
 
 50.84 
 
 79.25 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 79.35 
 
 17.52 
 
 54.40 
 
 90. 01 
 
 24.36 
 
 57.49 
 
 89.40 
 
 20.11 
 
 49.66 
 
 78.05 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 78.33 
 
 16.48 
 
 53.44 
 
 88.92 
 
 23.26 
 
 56.36 
 
 88.25 
 
 18.95 
 
 48.47 
 
 76.85 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 77.31 
 
 15.43 
 
 52.27 
 
 87.84 
 
 22.15 
 
 55.24 
 
 87.11 
 
 17.78 
 
 47.29 
 
 75.64 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 76.29 
 
 14.39 
 
 51.21 
 
 86.75 
 
 21.05 
 
 54. 11 
 
 85.96 
 
 16.62 
 
 46.10 
 
 74.44 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 75.27 
 
 13.35 
 
 50.14 
 
 85.67 
 
 19.94 
 
 52.98 
 
 84.81 
 
 15.45 
 
 44.92 
 
 73.24 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 74.24 
 
 12.31 
 
 49.08 
 
 84.58 
 
 18.84 
 
 51.86 
 
 83.67 
 
 14.29 
 
 43.73 
 
 72.03 
 
 31 
 
 32 
 
 73.22 
 
 11.26 
 
 48.02 
 
 83.50 
 
 17.73 
 
 50.73 
 
 82.52 
 
 13. 12 
 
 42.55 
 
 70.83 
 
 82 
 
 33 
 
 72.20 
 
 10.22 
 
 46.95 
 
 82.41 
 
 16.62 
 
 49.60 
 
 81.37 
 
 11.95 
 
 41.30 
 
 69.62 
 
 33 
 
 34 
 
 71.18 
 
 09.18 
 
 45.89 
 
 81.33 
 
 15.52 
 
 48.48 
 
 80.23 
 
 10.79 
 
 40.18 
 
 68.42 
 
 34 
 
 35 
 
 70. 10 
 
 08.13 
 
 44.82 
 
 80.24 
 
 14.41 
 
 47.35 
 
 79.08 
 
 09.62 
 
 38.99 
 
 67.21 
 
 35 
 
 86 
 
 69.13 
 
 07.09 
 
 43.75 
 
 79.15 
 
 13. 30 
 
 46.22 
 
 77.93 
 
 08.45 
 
 37.80 
 
 66.01 
 
 36 
 
 37 
 
 68.11 
 
 06.04 
 
 42.09 
 
 78. 07 
 
 12.19 
 
 45.09 
 
 76.78 
 
 07.28 
 
 36.62 
 
 64.80 
 
 37 
 
 38 
 
 67.09 
 
 05.00 
 
 41.62 
 
 76.98 
 
 11.09 
 
 43.96 
 
 75.63 
 
 06.11 
 
 35.43 
 
 63.59 
 
 38 
 
 89 
 
 66.06 
 
 03.95 
 
 40.55 
 
 75.89 
 
 09.98 
 
 42.83 
 
 74.48 
 
 04.95 
 
 34.24 
 
 62.39 
 
 39 
 
 40 
 
 65.04 
 
 02.90 
 
 39.49 
 
 74.80 
 
 08.87 
 
 41.71 
 
 73.34 
 
 03.78 
 
 33.05 
 
 61.18 
 
 40 
 
 41 
 
 64.01 
 
 01.86 
 
 38. 42 
 
 73.71 
 
 07.76 
 
 40.58 
 
 72.19 
 
 02.61 
 
 31.86 
 
 59.97 
 
 41 
 
 42 
 
 62.99 
 
 4200. 81 
 
 37.35 
 
 72.62 
 
 06.65 
 
 39.45 
 
 71.04 
 
 01.44 
 
 30.67 
 
 58.76 
 
 42 
 
 43 
 
 61.96 
 
 4199. 76 
 
 36.28 
 
 71.53 
 
 05.54 
 
 38.32 
 
 • 69. 89 
 
 3800. 27 
 
 29.48 
 
 57.56 
 
 43 
 
 44 
 
 60.93 
 
 98.72 
 
 35.21 
 
 70.44 
 
 04.43 
 
 37.18 
 
 68.74 
 
 3799. 10 
 
 28.30 
 
 56.35 
 
 44 
 
 45 
 
 59.91 
 
 97.67 
 
 34.14 
 
 69.35 
 
 03.32 
 
 36.05 
 
 67.58 
 
 97.93 
 
 27.11 
 
 55.14 
 
 45 
 
 46 
 
 58.88 
 
 96.62 
 
 33.08 
 
 68.26 
 
 02.21 
 
 34.92 
 
 66.43 
 
 96.76 
 
 25. 92 
 
 53.93 
 
 46 
 
 47 
 
 57.85 
 
 95.57 
 
 32.01 
 
 67.17 
 
 4001. 10 
 
 33.79 
 
 65.28 
 
 95.59 
 
 ■ 24.73 
 
 52. 72 
 
 47 
 
 48 
 
 56.83 
 
 94.52 
 
 30.93 
 
 66.08 
 
 3999. 98 
 
 32.66 
 
 64.13 
 
 94.41 
 
 23. 53 
 
 51.51 
 
 48 
 
 49 
 
 55.80 
 
 93.47 
 
 29.86 
 
 64.99 
 
 98.87 
 
 31.53 
 
 62.98 
 
 93.24 
 
 22.34 
 
 50.30 
 
 49 
 
 50 
 
 54.77 
 
 92.42 
 
 28.79 
 
 63.90 
 
 97.76 
 
 30.39 
 
 61.82 
 
 92.07 
 
 21.15 
 
 49.09 
 
 60 
 
 51 
 
 53.74 
 
 91.37 
 
 27.72 
 
 62.81 
 
 96.05 
 
 29.26 
 
 60.67 
 
 90.90 
 
 19.96 
 
 47.88 
 
 51 
 
 52 
 
 52.71 
 
 90.32 
 
 26.65 
 
 61.71 
 
 95.53 
 
 28.13 
 
 59.52 
 
 89.72 
 
 18.77 
 
 46.67 
 
 62 
 
 68 
 
 51.68 
 
 89.27 
 
 25.58 
 
 60.62 
 
 94.42 
 
 26.99 
 
 58.36 
 
 88.55 
 
 17.58 
 
 45.46 
 
 53 
 
 54 
 
 50.66 
 
 88.22 
 
 24.51 
 
 59.53 
 
 93.31 
 
 25.86 
 
 67.21 
 
 87.38 
 
 16.38 
 
 44.25 
 
 54 
 
 66 
 
 49.63 
 
 87.17 
 
 23.43 
 
 58.43 
 
 92.19 
 
 24.73 
 
 56.06 
 
 86.20 
 
 15.19 
 
 43.03 
 
 65 
 
 56 
 
 48.59 
 
 86.12 
 
 22.36 
 
 57.34 
 
 91.08 
 
 23.59 
 
 54.90 
 
 85.03 
 
 14.00 
 
 41.82 
 
 56 
 
 57 
 
 47.56 
 
 85.07 
 
 21.29 
 
 56.25 
 
 89.96 
 
 22.46 
 
 53.75 
 
 83.86 
 
 12.80 
 
 40.61 
 
 57 
 
 58 
 
 46.53 
 
 84.02 
 
 20.21 
 
 •55.15 
 
 88.85 
 
 21.32 
 
 52.59 
 
 82.68 
 
 11.61 
 
 39.40 
 
 68 
 
 59 
 
 45.50 
 
 82.96 
 
 19.14 
 
 54.06 
 
 87.73 
 
 20.19 
 
 51.44 
 
 81.51 
 
 10.41 
 
 38.18 
 
 59 
 
 60 
 
 4244.47 
 
 1 
 
 4181.91 
 
 4118. 06 
 
 4052. 96 
 
 3986. 62 
 
 3919. 05 
 
 j 3850.28 
 
 3780.33 
 
 3709. 22 
 
 3636. 97 
 
 60
 
 135 
 
 Table X.- 
 
 -Converf/ency of Meridians six miles long and six miles apart, and olher rele- 
 vant data. 
 
 
 Convergency. 
 
 Difference of longi- 
 tude per range. 
 
 Longi- 
 tude. 
 
 Difference of lati- 
 tude for— 
 
 Lat- 
 itude. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 On the 
 paralleL 
 
 Angle. 
 
 In arc. 
 
 In time. 
 
 Arc of 1". 
 
 1 mile in 
 arc. 
 
 1 Tp. in 
 arc. 
 
 
 
 Links. 
 
 / // 
 
 / // 
 
 Seconds. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 4L9 
 
 3 
 
 6 0.36 
 
 24. 02 
 
 1.332 
 
 'I 
 
 
 31 
 
 43. G 
 
 3 7 
 
 6 4.02 
 
 21.27 
 
 1.319 
 
 
 
 32 
 
 45.4 
 
 3 15 
 
 6 7.93 
 
 24.53 
 
 1.305 
 
 i- 0'. 871 
 
 5'. 225 
 
 33 
 
 47.2 
 
 3 23 
 
 6 12. 00 
 
 24.80 
 
 1.290 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 49.1 
 
 3 30 
 
 6 16. 31 
 
 25.09 
 
 1.275 
 
 
 
 35 
 
 50.9 
 
 3 38 
 
 6 20. 95 
 
 25.40 
 
 1.260 
 
 1 
 
 
 3G 
 
 52.7 
 
 3 46 
 
 6 25. 60 
 
 25.71 
 
 1.245 
 
 
 37 
 
 54.7 
 
 3 55 
 
 6 30. 59 
 
 26.04 
 
 1. 229 
 
 1- 0'. 870 
 
 5'. 221 
 
 38 
 
 56.8 
 
 4 4 
 
 6 35. 81 
 
 26.39 
 
 1.213 
 
 
 
 39 
 
 58.8 
 
 4 13 
 
 6 41. 34 
 
 26.76 
 
 1.196 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 60.9 
 
 4 22 
 
 6 47. 13 
 
 27.14 
 
 1.179 
 
 ] 
 
 
 41 
 
 63.1 
 
 4 31 
 
 6 53. 22 
 
 27.55 
 
 1.162 
 
 1 1 o. 
 
 42 
 
 65.4 
 
 4 41 
 
 6 59. 62 
 
 27.97 
 
 1.144 
 
 j-0'.869 1 5'. 217 
 
 43 
 
 67.7 
 
 4 51 
 
 7 6.27 
 
 28.42 
 
 L126 
 
 
 
 44 
 
 70.1 
 
 5 1 
 
 7 13.44 
 
 28.90 
 
 L107 
 
 
 
 45 
 
 72.6 
 
 5 12 
 
 7 20. 93 
 
 29.39 
 
 1.089 
 
 -1 
 
 
 40 
 
 75.2 
 
 5 23 
 
 7 28. 81 
 
 29.92 
 
 1.070 
 
 
 
 47 
 
 77.8 
 
 5 34 
 
 7 37. 10 
 
 30.47 
 
 1.050 
 
 0'.869 
 
 5'. 212 
 
 48 
 
 80.6 
 
 5 46 
 
 7 45. 79 
 
 31.05 
 
 1.030 
 
 
 
 49 
 
 83.5 
 
 •5 59 
 
 7 55. 12 
 
 31.67 
 
 1.010 
 
 
 
 50 
 
 86.5 
 
 6 12 
 
 8 4.90 
 
 32.33 
 
 0.990 
 
 0'. 868 
 
 5'. 209 
 
 Conven/ency of meridians. — The second column of Table X eoiitaiiis 
 the convergency of two meridians six miles long and six miles apart, 
 measured on a parallel of latitude. 
 
 When the parallel of latitude passing through the south ends of such 
 meridians, and forming the south boundary of the townsliip of which 
 the meridians form the meridional boundaries, is coincident with a tab- 
 ular latitude given in the Jirst column, the required convergency will 
 be obtained directly Irom the second column (Plate YI, fig. 5) ; while 
 for other than the tabular latitudes, it will be obtained by simple pro- 
 portion (fig. 6). 
 
 The third column contains the angle of convergency. (abc, figs. 5 
 andG.) 
 
 For the jnirpose of computing convergency n-iiJrin the boundaries of 
 a regular township, said boundaries may be regarded as straight lines 
 and the township a plain figure, generally a trapezoid; the convergency 
 of any rectangular part thereof, bounded by meridional and latitudinal 
 section lines, will be determined, as follows: 
 
 Multiply the convergency for the township, determined as above directed, 
 by the length* of the tract divided by 6, and the product by the width* 
 of the tract divided by 6; the resulting product will be the converg- 
 ency required. (See Plate VI, fig. 5.) 
 
 To obtain the convergency of the meridional boundaries of any tract 
 bounded by section lines, or other lines of legal subdivision, within a 
 township, proceed as follows: Divide the tract into the least possible 
 number of rectangular parts and compute the convergency for each 
 tract; then, take the sum of the convergencies thus determined. (See 
 example, Plate YI, fig. 7.) 
 
 The convergency of two meridians of equal length, in the same lati- 
 tude, is proportional to their distance apart; (e. g.) the convergency 
 
 ' All dimeasions in miles and. decimals of a mile.
 
 136 
 
 of two meridians 6 miles long, separated by 5 ranges, latitude 3S°, is 
 56.8 lksx5=li.84 cliains. 
 
 Convergencies of meridians in the same latitude, aud not exceeding 
 24 miles in length, may be computed by an approximate proportion, 
 which combines the advantages of convenience with an accuracy suf- 
 ficient for the ordinary wants of the land surveyor; the proportion is 
 this: 
 
 The cosines of the latitudes are to each other as the lengths of the inter- 
 cepted 'parallels. 
 
 Kesume example 5, page 130; we have: 
 
 cos 42° 39' 07": cos 43°:: 480.00 chs.: 477.31 chs., which proportion 
 may be worked with natural cosines, or more expeditiously by loga- 
 rithms, as follows: 
 
 a. c. log cos 42° 39' 07" 0. 133427 
 
 log cos 43c 9. 864127 
 
 log 480. 00 2. 681241 
 
 log 477.30 2.678795 
 
 The difference 2. 70 ilis. is t!ie coavergency required. 
 
 The couvcrgeucy division of Table X having been sufficiently 
 explained, application of the remaining columns may be inferred from 
 their titles. 
 
 OFFSETS AND TRIANGULATIONS. 
 
 Offsets from and to standard parallels, guide meridians, township 
 or section lines, will always be run north, south, east, or west, as the 
 case may be, while the offset line will be run parallel to the random or 
 true line., as prevailing conditions may require. Examples may be 
 found in Specimen Field Notes No. 5, pages 188, 192 and 198 and on 
 Plate IV. 
 
 Triangulations may be executed with either right-angled or oblique 
 angled triangles, as may be found most convenient; but all triangles 
 will be icell conditioned (i. e., right-angled) triangles, and should have 
 the angle opposite the required side less than 45°; in other words, the 
 base should be longer than the side to be determined. 
 
 The angles of oblique angled triangles shall in no case be greater 
 than 120° or less than 30°. All the angles of a triangle will be meas- 
 ured when the angular points are accessible. It will avoid several 
 sources of possible error to take the readings of the courses to the two 
 ends of the base from the opposite angle, both at a single setting of the 
 instrument. This may readily be done by leaving the base properly 
 flagged for observation ; or by having the base laid off on the objective 
 side of the obstacle, and angles taken both before and after crossing. 
 
 Computation of particular cases in the field notes, inserted here, as 
 examples. See pages 188 and 192. 
 
 log tan 40° 55' 9. 9379 
 
 log 20.00 0. 3010 
 
 log 17. 34 0. 2389 
 
 a. c. log sin 48° 15' 0. 1272 
 
 log sin 64° 47' 9. 9565 
 
 log 15. 00 1.1701 
 
 log 18.19 1.2598
 
 137 
 
 Paffe 211. By traverse table. Fiom tlio sontli end of the base, let fall 
 a perpendicular to the required distant^e, dividing it into two parts, 
 thus forming- two right-angled triangles; call the perpendicular a 
 meridian; and, from the base as a course (N". 30^ 31)' E., 3G.00 chs.), deter- 
 mine the corresponding diff. lat. and departure, the latter being the 
 length of the east part of the required distance; then, with the latitude 
 just determined and bearing to flag, find the corresponding departure 
 or west i)art of the required, distance. The work may be arranged as 
 follows : 
 
 Dcsi "lint ion. 
 
 Base 
 
 Perpendicular 
 
 From S. end of base to flag 
 
 I DifflT- 
 
 Bearings. ] Distance.' ence of 
 i latitude. 
 
 K". 30° 30' E. 
 
 North 
 
 N. 37° 30' W. 
 
 31.02 
 
 (?)* 
 
 (?)* 
 
 (30, 
 i 0. 
 
 Departures. 
 
 18.27 (E.part). 
 
 ^oiooi^^-P*'^*)- 
 
 31.02 I 23.80 (W.part). 
 
 * Tlio.se distances are not required. The departures will be found with the arguments "bearin" 
 and "diff. lat." 
 
 Then, 18.27 4-23.cS^=42.07 chs., the required distance. 
 Same example by logarithms : 
 
 a, c. log sin 52° 30' 0. 1005 
 log si'j 68^ 9. 9672 
 
 log 36.00 1.5563 
 
 log 42.07 1. 02 10 
 
 Four-place logarithms are quite sufficient if the tables are correct.
 
 SFEOIMEN FIELD NOTES. 
 
 No. 1. 
 
 TITLE PAGE. 
 [See Plate II.] 
 
 FIELD NOTES 
 
 or THE SURVEY OF THE 
 
 THIRD STANDARD PARALLEL NORTH 
 
 THROUGH 
 
 Ranges Nos. 21, 22, 23, and 24 East 
 
 PRINCIPAL BASE AND MERIDIAN 
 
 STATE OF MONTANA, 
 
 AS SURVEYED BT 
 
 mCFIARD ROODS, 
 
 U. S. DEPUTY SURVEYOR, 
 
 UNDER HIS CONTRACT No. 97, 
 DATED JULY 10, 1890. 
 
 Survey commenced August 33, 1890. 
 Survey completed August 39, 1890. 
 
 139
 
 140 
 
 [Second page.] 
 
 NAMES AND DUTIES OF ASSISTANTS. 
 
 Peter Long Chainman, 
 
 John Short Cliainman. 
 
 Eli Marker Chainman. 
 
 William Tally Cliainman. 
 
 Lewis Link Cliainman. 
 
 Henry Clay Miumdman. 
 
 William Stone Monndman. 
 
 George Sharp Axman. 
 
 Adam Dull ...Axman. 
 
 James Banner Flagman. 
 
 INDEX. 
 T. 13 N., R. 21 E. 
 
 L31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 j 36 
 142-J-'143 '-1— 143— L— 144 — ■ — 145—*— 145^ 
 
 old Standard Parallel N. 
 
 T. 13 N., R. 22 E. 
 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 i 35 i 36 
 
 •14G—:— 147— 5—148 148— !— 149— S— 149 
 
 3rd Standard. Parallel N. 
 
 T. 13 N., R, 23 E. 
 31 i 32 1 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 
 
 ■150-"=— 151 — • — 151—^—152—: — 152 — = — 153" 
 
 3id Standard Parallel N. 
 
 T. 13 N., R. 24 E. 
 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 
 
 •164 — ^ 155 15(>-— — 156 — • — 157 — ' — 167- 
 
 3rd Standard Parallel N.
 
 141 
 
 [Third Page.] 
 
 PEELTMINARY OATHS OF ASSISTANTS. 
 
 VTo, Peter Long, John Short, Eli Marker, and William Tally, do solemnly swear 
 that we will well and faithfully execute the duties of chainmen; that we will level 
 the chain upon even and uneven ground, and plumb the tally pins, either by stick- 
 ing or dropping the same'; that we will report the true distances to all notable 
 objects, and the true lengths of all lines that we assist in measuring, to the best of 
 our skill and ability, and in accordance with instructions given us, in the survey of 
 the Third Standard Parallel North, through Ranges Nos. 21, 22, 23, and 24 East, of the 
 PriuciiJal 15aso and Meridian, in the State of Montaua. 
 
 Petkr Long, Chaivmun. 
 
 John Short, Cha'niinan. 
 
 Eli Markkk, Chain man. 
 
 William Tally, Chainman. 
 
 Subscribed aud sworn to before me tliis second day of August, 1890. 
 [seal.] William Martin, 
 
 Noiarif Fublic. 
 
 We, Henry Clay and William Stone, do solemnly swear that we will well and 
 truly perform the duties of moundmeu, in the ostablishmeut of corners, according 
 to the instructions given us, to the best of our skill and abilitv, in thesurvev i>{ the 
 Third Standard Parallel North, through Ranges Nos. 21, 22, 23, and 24 East, of the 
 Principal Base aud Meridian, iu the State of Montana. 
 
 Henry Clay, Moiindmaii. 
 
 William Stone, Mound man. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this second day of August, 1890. 
 [seal.] William Martix, 
 
 Xolary riihlic. 
 
 We, George Sharp and Adam Dull, do solemnly swear that we will well and truly 
 perform the duties of axmen, iu the establishment of corners and other duties, 
 according to instructions given us, and to the best of our skill and ability, in llio 
 survey of the Third Standard Pai-allel North, through Ranges Nos. 21, 22, 23, and 24 
 East, of the Principal Base and Meridian, in the State of Montana. 
 
 George Sharp, Jxman. 
 Adam Dull, Axnian. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this second day of August, 1890. 
 [seal.] . " William Martin, 
 
 Xotary I'ublic. 
 
 I, James Banner, do solemnly swear that I will well and truly perform tlic duties 
 of flagman, according to instructions given me, to the best of my skill and ability, 
 in the survey of the Third Standard Parallel North, through Ranges Nos. 21, 22, 23, 
 and 24 East, of the Principal Base aud Meridian, iu the State of Montana. 
 
 James Banner, Flagman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this second day of August, 1890. 
 [seal.] " William Martin, 
 
 Xotary Fuhlic, 
 
 I, Lewis Link, do solemnly swear tbat I will well and faithfully execute the duties 
 of chainman; that I will level the chain upon even and uneven ground, and ])lumb 
 the tally pins, either by sticking or dropping the same; that I w^ll report the true 
 distances to all notable objects, and the true length of all lines that I assist in meas- 
 uring, to the best of my skill and ability, and in accordance with instructions given 
 me, in the survey of the Third Standard Parallel North, through Ranges Nos. 23 and 
 24 East, of the Principal Base and IMeridiau, in the State of Montana. 
 
 Lewis Link, Chainman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this twenty-seventh day of August, 1890. 
 [seal.] Richard Roods, 
 
 U. S. Deputy Purveyor,
 
 142 
 
 Third Standard Parallel North, through Range 21 East. 
 
 Cliains. 
 
 28.10 
 
 '10. 00 
 
 54.10 
 71.55 
 
 80.00 
 
 Survey commenced August 22, 1890, and executed with a W. &L. E. Gurley 
 light mountain transit, Xo, — ; the horizontal limb having two double 
 verniers placed opposite to each other and reading to 30" of arc. 
 
 The instrument was examined, tested on the true meridian at Helena, 
 found correct, and was approved by the surveyor general for Montana, 
 August 1, 1890. 
 
 I begin at the standard corner of townships 13 north, ranges 20 and 21 
 east, which is a sandstone, 8x7x5 ins. above ground, tirmlj' set, and 
 marked and witnessed as described by the surveyor general. 
 
 At a point 3.39 ft.* south of said standard corner, in latitude 45° 34'. 5 
 N., longitude 107^ 54' W.,t at 9''. 19.7'". p.m., by my watch, which is 2 
 minutes fast of local mean time, I observe Polaris at eastern thDu/ation, 
 in accordance with instructions t in the M.inual, and marlc the line 
 thiis determined, by a tack driven in a wooden plug set in the ground, 
 live chains north of my station. 
 
 August 22, 1890. 
 
 August 23, 1890: At 6 a. m., I lay oft' the azimuth of Polaris, l-^ 49. tj, to 
 the tveat, and mark the true meridian' thus determined, by cutting a 
 mark on a stone lirmly set in the ground, west of the point established 
 last night; the magnetic bearing of said true meridian is N. 18° 13' W., 
 whicli reduced by the table on page 100 of the Manual, gives the mean 
 maonelio dedinalioii, 18° 09' east. 
 
 At this station (i. e„ the point 3.39 ft. S. of tlie standard cor,), I turn off 
 from the true meridian, an angle^ of 89° 57' 20". 9 toward the east, and 
 run 
 
 N. 89° 57' E. on the secant, S. of sec. 31. 
 
 Over gently rolling prairie. 
 
 Indian trail, bears N. 28° E. and S. 28° W. 
 
 Dift'ereuce between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainnien, 
 is 4 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 40.02 chs. 
 By 2nd set, 39.98 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 
 N. 1.53 ft. from the secant. 
 
 Set a limestone, 20 X 8 X 5 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for standard J sec. 
 cor., marked S. C. J on N. face; dig pits 18 X 18 X 12 ins., E. and W. 
 of stone, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, 1^ ft. 
 high, N. of cor. 
 
 Snmuel Somer's house bears N. 65° E. 
 
 Leave prairie, enter Somer's field, bears N. and S. 
 
 Leave field, enter prairie, bears N. and S. ; field extends N. to Somer's 
 house, and S. about 15 chs. 
 
 Difference between measurements!! of 80.00 chs. by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 6 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 79.97 chs. 
 By 2nd set, 80.03 clis. ; the mean of which is 
 
 Set a limestone, 24x9x6 ins., 18 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. of 
 sees 31 and 32,11 marked S. C. on N., with 5 grooves on E. and 1 groove 
 on W. faces; dig pits 24x18x12 ins., crosswise on each line, E. and 
 W., 3 ft., and N. of stone, 7 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. 
 base, 2 ft. high, N. of cor. 
 
 Samuel Somer's house bears N. 38° W. 
 
 Land, gently rolling prairie. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; 1st rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 *Tiiti'r|ii>lat<'(l by siuii>lo proportion, for tlid given liiHtudo, from the second column of Table III, 
 pa;;») 121. 
 
 tThe latitude and longitude will be given by the surveyor geuer<il, in his special written instruc- 
 tions. 
 
 *See directions for making the observation, page 105. 
 
 § This angle is interpolated by simple proportion, for the given latitude, from the column headed "3 
 miles" in Table TV. But hereafter the exact angle required will be changed to the nearest angle 
 that can be set off or read on the instrument used. 
 
 H The measurements are counted from the beginning of the mile; 40.00 chs. are measured from the 
 last i sec. cor.; see " Base Line," par. 6, page 51. 
 
 TI At this point, the secant intersects the standard parallel. See Plate II, figs. 1 and 2.
 
 143 
 
 * Third Standard Parallel N'orth, through Range 21 East — ContiTiued. 
 
 Cliains. 
 
 3.20 
 12.40 
 17.50 
 
 19.40 
 
 40.00 
 
 54.00 
 74.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 8.10 
 
 40.00 
 
 76.30 
 
 80.00 
 
 N. 89° 58' E. on the secant, through sec. 32. 
 
 Over gently rolling prairie. 
 
 Eoail from Lake City to Ashland, bears N. 30° W. and S. 30° E. 
 
 Leave prairie, hciirs N. 25^ W. and S. 25^^ E.: begin descent. 
 
 Pine Creek, 50 Iks. wide, 40 ft. below prairie, course S. 20° E. ; clear 
 
 water 5 ft. deep; rapid current, gravelly bottom; bank 10 ft. high. 
 Top of bluff bank 25 ft. high, be^irs N. 20° W. and S. 20'^ E. ; enter heavy 
 
 pine timber and begin steep ascent, over stony ground, sloping N. W. 
 Difference between measurements of 40. OOchs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 24 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 39.88 chs. 
 
 By 2ud set, 40.12 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 S. 1.19 ft. from the secant, 
 
 Set a granite stone, 14x8x6 Ins., 9 ins. in the ground, for standard J sec. 
 cor., uijuked S. C. J on N. face; from which 
 
 A pine 16 ins. diam., bears N. 37^'^ E., 48 Iks. dist., marked 
 
 S. C. i S. B. T. 
 A pine, 14 ins. diam., bears N. 42° W., 51 Iks. dist., marked 
 S. C. iS. B. T. 
 Leave heavy timber, bears N. aud S. 
 
 Top of high granite ridge, 320 ft. above Pine Creek, bears N. E. and S. W. 
 Difference between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 22 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 80.11 chs. 
 
 By 2ud set, 79.89 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 S. 2.04 ft. from the secant, 
 
 Set a granite stone, 20x8x4 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for Standard Cor. 
 
 of sees. 32 and 33, marked S. C, on N., with 4 grooves on E. and 2 
 
 grooves on W. faces; aud raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1| ft. high, 
 
 N. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 
 Note. — I erect a signal at this corner for a test sight from one of the high 
 
 points visible to the east. 
 Land, mountainous. 
 Soil, stony ; 4th rate. 
 Timber, pine and fir. 
 Mountainous or heavily timbered land, 60.60 chs. 
 
 August 22, 18C0. 
 
 Note. — The sky was overcast during the entire night, 
 visible. 
 
 Polaris not 
 
 August 23, 1890. 
 
 N. 89° 59' E. on the secant, through sec. 33. 
 Over stony ground on top of ridge. 
 Begin descent over rocky ground, sloping S. E. 
 
 Diifercuce between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sots of chainmen, 
 is 18 Iks. ; position of middle ])oint 
 By 1st set, 39.91 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 40.09 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 S. 2.55 ft. from secant. 
 
 Set a granite stone, 19x8x7 ins., 14 ins. in the ground, for standard J 
 sec. cor., marked S. C. i on N. face; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. 
 base, lir ft. high, N. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 This cor. is 40 it. l)elow top of ridge. 
 Enter scattering, stunted cedars, bearing N. and S. 
 
 Difference between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 16 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 80.08 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 79.92 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 S. 2.72 l^t. from the secaut, 
 
 Set a granite stone, 19x8x6 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. 
 of sees. 33 and 34, marked S. C. on N., with 3 grooves on E. and W. 
 faces; from which 
 
 A cedar, 6 ins. diam., bears N. 22i° E., 32 Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 13 N., R. 21 E., S. 31, B. T. 
 A cedar, 8 ins. diam., bears N. 41J° W., 45 Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 13 N., K. 21 E., S. 33, B. T.
 
 144 
 
 Third Standard Parallel North, ihrouyh Range 21 77^(,9f —Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 16.10 
 20. 00 
 20.68 
 
 26.50 
 
 40.00 
 
 40. 40 
 
 80.00 
 
 :irs N. E. and S. 
 and S. W. 
 
 W. 
 
 This cor. is 100 ft. below top of ridge. 
 Land, nioniitaiuous. 
 Soil, rocky; 4th rate. 
 Timber, scattering- cedars. 
 ]\[onntainous land, 80.00 chs. 
 
 East, on the secant, through sec. 34. 
 Descend eastern slope through scattering cedars. 
 Begin very steep descent to I'lack Eiver Cauou, li 
 Foot of descent, 300 ft. below last cor., bears N. 1 
 To right Ijauk of Black River, course S. 28'=' W. 
 S. 2.64 ft.* from the secant. 
 
 Set a granite stone, 19x8x5 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for meander cor. 
 on S. bdy. sec. 34, marked 
 S. C. on N., and 
 
 M. C. on p]. faces; dig a pit, 3 ft. sq., 8 ft. W., of stone; and raise 
 a nionnd of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 feet high, W. of cor. 
 To find the distance across the river, I set a iiag on the secant line, on cast 
 bank; then measure a base, N. 6.20 chs., to a point from \Yliicli the 
 dag bears S. 43^ 10' E. ; which gives for the distance, tan. 43- 10' X base, 
 or 938x6.20 chs.=5.82 chs. 
 To left bank of Black River, course S. W. Banks, 12 ft. high; rapid cur- 
 rent over stonv bottom; clear water, about 5 ft. dee]): 
 S. 2.64 ft." from'tbe secant, 
 
 Set a granite stone, 17x9x7 ins., 12 ins. in the ground, for meander cor. 
 on S. bdy. sec. 34, marked 
 S. C. on N., and 
 
 M. C. on W. faces; dig a pit, 3 ft. sq., 8 ft. E. of stone; and raise 
 a mound of eai'th, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, E. of cor. 
 Thence, up steep ascent through scattering cedars. 
 Difference between the measurements of 40.00 chs 
 chainmen, is 20 Ike. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 39.90 chs. 
 By 2nd set, 40.10 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 S. 2.55 ft. trom the secant: 
 
 A cedar, 7 ins. diam., for standard J sec. cor., I mark S. C, i S. on N. 
 side; from which 
 
 A cedar, 4 ins. diam., bears N. 31° E., 20 Iks. dist., marked 
 
 S.C, iS.,B.T. 
 A cedar, 6 ins. diam., bears N. 64|:° "W., 18 Iks. dist., marked 
 S.C, iS., B.T. 
 Thence up side of ridge, .sloping S. W. 
 Leave scattering cedars, bearing N. E. and S. W. 
 
 Difi'erence between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 18 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By Ist set, 80.09 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 79.90 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 S. 2.04 ft. from the secant. 
 
 Sot a granite stone, 21x8x5 ins., 16 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. 
 of sees. 34 and 35, marked S. C. on N., with 2 grooves on E. and 4 grooves 
 on W. faces; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, li ft. high, N. of 
 cor. Pits imi)racticable. 
 This cor. is on top of a ridge, about 300 ft. above Black River. 
 Land, mountainous. 
 Soil, ro( ky ; Itli rate. 
 Timber, scattering cedars. 
 Mountainous land, 80.00 chs. 
 
 August 23, 1890. 
 
 l)y the two sots of 
 
 Xoii:. — Coiitiiinous rain since afternoon of August 23; observatious ou 
 Polaris not possible. 
 August 25, 1890, 7 a. m. 
 S. 89^^ 59' E. ou the .secant, through sec. 35. 
 
 * These distances may be found by taking the meaii of tk^ otfaots j^t the preceding sec, and. JqUqw- 
 ing i sec. cor.
 
 145 
 
 Third Standard Parallel North, through Range 21 East — Continued. 
 
 Chaius. 
 
 40.00 
 
 50.10 
 
 56.40 
 56.58 
 68.40 
 68.50 
 73.50 
 
 80.00 
 
 12.70 
 28. .SO 
 38.50 
 
 40.00 
 
 52.20 
 68.10 
 
 80.00 
 
 Descend over rough, stony ground sloping S. 
 
 Differeuco between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 
 is 14 Iks. ; position of niiildle point 
 liy Ist set, 40.07 clis. 
 
 By 2nd set, 39.93 cbs. ; the mean of which is 
 S.1.19 ft. from the secant, 
 Set a granite stone, 15x8x5 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for standard ^ 
 
 sec. cor., marked S. CJon N. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., E. and \V. 
 
 of stone, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3J ft. base, 1^ ft. high, 
 
 N. of cor. 
 This cor. is about 280 ft. below top of ridge. 
 Descend abruptly, 90 ft. 
 Bottom of ravine, 10 Iks. wide, course S. 20° W. ; water iu holes; thence, 
 
 steep ascent over ground sloping W. 
 Enter pine timber, bears N. E. and S. W. 
 
 A pine, 16 ins. diam., on line, I mark with 2 notches on E. and W. sides. 
 Leave pine timber, bears N. E. and S. W. 
 Alexander Selkirk's house, bears S., 8.40 chs. dist. 
 Road, bears N. and S. 
 Ditference between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 
 is 16 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 79.92 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 80.08 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 * Set a limestone, 20x8x6 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. of 
 
 sees. 35 and 36, marked S. C. on N., with 1 groove on E. and 5 grooves on 
 
 W. faces; dig pits, 24x18x12 ins., crosswise on each line, E.and Vs., 
 
 3 ft., and N. of stone, 7 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 
 
 ft. high, N. of cor. This cor. is about 60 ft. above ravine. 
 Laud, mountainous. 
 Soil, stony ; 4th rate. 
 Timber, pine. 
 Mountainous land, 80.00 chs. 
 
 S. 89'-^ 58' E. on the secant, S. of sec. 36. 
 Ascend over ground sloping W. 
 Enter heavy oak timber, bears N. and S. 
 Top of ridge, 80 ft. above last cor., bears N. and S. 
 Leave heavy oak timber, bears N. and S. 
 
 Difterence between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen 
 is 14 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By Ist set, 40.07 chs. 
 
 By 2ud set, 39.93 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 N. 1..53 ft. from the secant. 
 
 Set a limestone, 16x7x5 ins., 11 ins. in the ground, for standard I sec. 
 
 cor., marked S. C. i on N. iwG,\ dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. of 
 
 stone, 3 ft. dist.; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, 1^ ft. high, 
 
 N. of cor. 
 
 Road, bears N. 70° E. and S. 60° W. 
 
 Creek, 20 Iks. wide, course S. 50° W. ; ascend over ground sloping W., 
 
 about 90 ft. 
 Dilierence between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 18 Iks.; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 79.91 chs. 
 
 By second set, 80.09 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 N. 3.39 ft. from the secant. 
 
 Set a granite stone, 20x7x6 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. 
 of Tps. 13 N., Rs. 21 and 22 E., marked t 
 S. C, 13 N. on N., 
 22 E. onE., and 
 
 21 E. on W. faces; with 6 grooves on N. E., and W. faces; dig 
 pits, 30x24x12 ins., crosswise on each line, E. and W., 4 ft. ; and 
 N. of stone, 8 ft. dist.: and raise a mound of earth, 5 ft. base, 
 2i ft. high, N. of cor. 
 Land, mountainous. 
 
 * The secant intersects the standard p.arallel 1 mile from end of secant, and at the point for the cor- 
 or of sees. 3.5 and 36. See Plate II, fi^a. 1 and 2. 
 
 tSee ' Staxdakd Townshu? Corners," page 23. 
 
 386 10
 
 146 
 Third Standard Parallel NortJt, throngh Range 21 East — Conclnded. 
 
 Cliaius. Soil, stony; Srd and 4th rate. 
 'J'iiubcr, oak. 
 I Mountainous or heavily timbered laud, 80.00 chs. 
 
 August 25, 1890, 
 
 Third Standard Parallel North, through Range 22 East. 
 
 chains. At the last point determined on the secant, "which is 6 miles from the start- 
 ini>; point and 3.39 ft. south of the corner of Tps. 13 N., Ks. 21 and 22 
 E., 1 detiect an angle * of 5' to the north and run 
 N. 89^ 57' E., on the secant, S. of sec. 31. 
 Up steep ascent, over stony ground sloping west. 
 3G. 10 To edge of mesii, 60 ft. above Tp. cor., bears N. and S. 
 
 Ditfcrence between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 14 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By Ist set, 40.07 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 39.93 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 40. 00 N. 1.53ft. from the secant; the point for standard i sec. cor. falls on roct 
 in place, 6 X 3 X 2 ft. above ground, ou which 
 Cut a cross (x) at the exact corner point, for standard ^ sec. oor., marked 
 S. C. i, on N. side of cross; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1| 
 ft. higb, N. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 August 26, 1890: At this standard ^ sec. cor., I observe Polaris at5'^ 9™ 
 a. m., by my watch, wliirh is 2'" 47^ fast of local mean time, and mark 
 the direction thus determined, by a tack driven in a picket tirjuly set, 
 5 chains north of the cor. 
 
 h. in. 
 
 Astrou. time bv watch, Aug. 25 17 9.0 
 
 Watch fast . . .' 2. 8 
 
 Astrou, 1. m. t. of obs. Aug. 25 17 G. 2 
 
 h. m. 
 
 U. C, Polaris, August 25 15 40, 1 
 
 Red. to Aug. 25 39. 2 
 
 U.C.Polaris. Aug. 25 15 0.9 15 0.9 
 
 Hour angle of Polaris and time arguuicnt 2 5.3 
 
 Azimuth of Polaris, at obs tO^ 57'.5 W, 
 
 (Note. — The true meridian could be defined by laying off the azimuth to 
 theeas^ but this is unnecessary; the bearing of the signal will be 
 found as follows:) 
 
 1 measure the angle between the direction thus determined, and the sig- 
 nal established at the standard cor. of sees. 32 and 33, as follows; 
 o " 
 
 1. S8 59 45 
 
 2. 89 00 .30 
 
 3. 89 00 30 
 
 Mean, 89 00 15 
 Add the azimuth 57 30 W. 
 
 The olserved bearing is N, 89 57 45.0 W. 
 The true bearing t is N. 89 58 00.7 W, 
 
 The difference, 00 15.7, is the deviation of the standard, 
 
 xoiilh of the true latitude curve. As the did'crence is jtrobably less than 
 the errors of obscrvatitm, J continue the secant as marked ou the 
 ground. 
 
 Over level mesa. 
 
 * Intcrijolatcd by simple proportion from right hand column of Table III, page 121. See directions 
 i'ollowiiiji the tabic. 
 
 tIiitorip>l;iti'(l by .<<iniplc proi)ortioii from Table IV, for the given latiludo, and for 2^ miles (i. c.) 
 for o)ie/ia4/of the distance to signal.
 
 147 
 
 Third Standard Parallel N'orth, through Range 22 East — Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 80.00 
 
 18.00 
 32.20 
 
 40.00 
 
 40.40 
 52.50 
 
 64.50 
 
 75.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 Difference between mcasnrpnients of 80.00 cbs., by two sets of chainnien, 
 
 is 6 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 79.97 clis. 
 
 By 2nd set, 80.03 chs; the mean of which is 
 * Set a sandstone, 15x7x6 ins., 10 ins. in the j^Toiind, for standard cor. 
 
 of sees. 31 and 32, marked S. C., on N. ; with live grooves on E. and 1 
 
 groove on W. faces; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, l^ft. high, 
 
 N. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 Land, monntainous and mesa. 
 Soil, stony; 4th rate. No timber. 
 Mountainous land, 36.10 chs. 
 
 N. 89° 58' E. on the secant, through sec. 32. 
 
 Over level mesa. 
 
 Road, bears N. and S. 
 
 Edge of mesa, bears N. W. and S. ; descend abruptly 50 ft. Difference 
 
 between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainnien, is 14 
 
 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 40.07 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 39.93 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 S. 1.19 ft. from the secant, falls on a boulder, 8x6x3 ft. above ground, 
 
 on which 
 I cut a cross (x) at the exact corner point, for standard J sec. cor., 
 
 marked S. C. jon N. side of cross; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. 
 
 base, 1| ft. high, \. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 Enter scattering Cottonwood timber, bearsX.W. andS. E. ; descend8Uft. to 
 Left bank of Cow Creek, 20 Iks. wide, course N. W. ; banks, 10 ft. high; 
 
 water, pure and cold, 2 ft. deep; swift current over rock bottom. 
 Leave scattering cottonwood timber, bears N. W. and S. E. ; begin steep 
 
 ascent over stony ground, sloping S. W. 
 Top of granite ridge 230 ft. above Cow Creek, bears N. W. and S. E. 
 Difference between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chaLumen 
 
 is 16 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 7il.92 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 80.08 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 S. 2.04 ft. from the secant, 
 Set a granite stone, 15X8x6 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. 
 
 of sees. 32 and 33, marked S. C.,onN. ; with 4 grooves on E. and 2 
 
 grooves on W. faces ; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. high, 
 
 N. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 Land, mountainous and level. 
 Soil, stony; 4th rate. 
 Timber, scattering cottonwood. 
 Mountainous land, 47.80 chains. August 26, 1890. 
 
 At the corner last described (i. e.) the standard cor. of sees. 32 and 33, 1 
 observe Polaris at eastern elongation, August 26, at 9'^ 5"' p. m. by my 
 watch, which is 3 minutes fast of local mean time; and mark the direc- 
 tion thus determined by a tack driven in a wooden plug set firmly in 
 the ground, five chains north of mv station. 
 
 August 27, 1890: At 6 a. m., I lay off the azimuth of Polaris, 1° 50' to 
 the, west; and mark the True Meridian thus determined by a cro.ss on 
 a stone firmly set in the ground, west of the point marked last night. 
 I measure the angle between the true meridian and the signal erected 
 at the standard cor. of sees. 32 and 33, Tp. 13 N., R. 21 E., as follows: 
 
 o ' " 
 
 1. 89 57 00 
 
 2. 89 56 30 
 
 3. 89 57 00 
 
 Mean, 89 56 50 therefore 
 
 The observed bearing isN. 89 56 50 W. 
 
 The true bearing is N. 89 57 20.9 W. ; andthe difference, 0' 31" (closely), 
 
 ' At tiiis point, the secant intersects the standard; see Plate H, figs. 1 and 2.
 
 148 
 Third Standard Parallel Worth, through Range 22 East — Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 8.40 
 26.00 
 
 36.10 
 
 40.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 
 is the deviation of the standard parallel south of the trne latitude 
 curve; therefore, this corner is 4.80 ft. south of its true place on the 
 parallel of latitude passing through the signal. 
 
 I will correct the line east of this corner and return to the true latitude 
 curve, at the corner of Tps. 13 N., Ks. 22 and 23 E. The nat. tan. of the 
 angle subtended by 4.80 feet at a distance of 4 miles, will be 4.80 ft. 
 divided by 4 miles (expressed in feet) and the angle itself will beO' 47"; 
 Avhich added to the deviation of the secant, 0' 31", determined by obser- 
 vation, gives 1' 18 ' for the total deflection of the secant to make the 
 curve of the parallel attain the Tp. cor.* 
 
 The new reference line thus determined, will be called the correction secant. 
 The hcarine/s of said " correction secant " at successive mile points, will 
 be those of Table III, corrected by the total deflection (1' 18") ; while 
 the offsets will remain unchanged. The corrected bearings will be as 
 follows : 
 
 At corner of sees. 32 & 33. ; sees. 33 & 34. ; sees. 34 & 35. ; sees. 35 & 36. 
 
 Corrected bearings: N. 89° 58' E. ; N. 89° 59' E. ; East; S. 89^ 59' E. 
 
 N. 89° 58' E. on the secant, through sec. 33. 
 
 Over rough barren ground. 
 
 Begin steep descent, over stony ground, sloping N. E. 
 
 Foot of descent, about 250 ft. below top of ridge, bears N. W. and S. E. 
 Spring of pure water, 2 ft. deep, bears S., 4 chs. dist. : thence, over roll- 
 ing laud. 
 
 Spring branch, 2 Iks. wide, course N. E. ; sinks iu the ground within 20 
 chs. 
 
 Difference between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two senS of chaiumen 
 is 12 Iks; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 39.94 chs. 
 By 2nd set, 40.06 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 
 S. 2.55 ft. from the secant, 
 
 Set a granite stone, 15x8x8 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for standard ^ 
 sec. cor., marked S. C. i on N. face; and raise a mound of stone, 2 
 ft. base, 1| ft. high, N. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 
 Difference between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 8 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 80.04 chs. 
 By 2nd set, 79.96 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 
 S. 2.72 ft. from the secant, 
 
 Set a granite stone, 21x8x4 ins., 16 ins., in the ground, for standard 
 cor. of sees. 33 and 34, marked S. C, on N. ; with 3 grooves on E. and 
 W. faces; dig pits, 24x18x12 ins., crosswise on each line. E. and W., 
 3 ft., and N. of stone, 7 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. 
 base, 2 ft. high, N. of cor. 
 
 Land, mountainous, and rolling. 
 
 Soil, stony ; 4th rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 Mountainous land, 27.00 chs. 
 
 N. 89° 59' E., on the secant, through sec. ol. 
 
 Over gently rolling land. 
 
 Difference between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 
 is 6 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 39.97 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 40.03 chs. ; tlie moan of which is 
 S. 2.55 ft. from the secant, 
 Set a sandstone, 19x7x5 ins., 15 ins. iu the ground, for standard J sec. 
 
 cor., marked S. C. i on X. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. 
 
 of stone, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3| ft. base, 1^ ft. 
 
 high, X. of cor. 
 
 *Tliis method for rorrectiiic a atanrt.ird parallel may be employed when the deviation does not 
 cxofcd lino minute of arc; Imt, if grcator error is disrovered, the coruerB already set will be corrected 
 as far back on the line aa the stated limit of deviation (1'), is exceeded.
 
 149 
 Third Standard Parallel North, throitfjh Range 22 Bast — Coutiuned. 
 
 Chniiis. 
 
 80.00 
 
 8.10 
 
 40.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 Difference betweeu measurements of 80.00 cbs., by two sets of cliaiumen, 
 
 is 10 llss. ; position of middle point 
 iiy Iht set, i^O.O,') chs. 
 
 Bv 2ikI set, 79.95 clis. ; the mean of which is 
 S. 2.04 ft. irom the secant, 
 Set a sandstone, 24x7x5 ins., 18 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. of 
 
 sees. 34 and 35, marked S. C, on >s\ ; with 2 groo\es on E. and 4 grooves 
 
 on W. faces; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. high, N. of 
 
 cor. Pits impracticable. 
 Land, gently rolling. 
 Soil, stony ; 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 East, on tlic secant, through sec. 35. 
 
 Over rolling, stony ground. 
 
 Creek 10 Iks. wide, in ravine 20 ft. deep, course N. E. 
 
 Ditierence between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 
 is 8 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 39.96 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 40.04 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 S. 1.19 ft. from the secant, 
 Set a sandstone. 15xHx5 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for st.'^ndard \ sec. 
 
 cor., maiked S. G.\, onX. face; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 
 
 \\ ft. liigb, N. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 Dlfterence between measurements of 80.00 chs,, by two sets of chainmen, 
 
 is 6 Iks. ; position of middle point is 
 By 1st set, 80.03 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 79.97 cha. ; the mean of which is : 
 Set a sandstone, 16x8x6 ins., 11 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. of 
 
 sees. 35 and 36, marked S. C, on N., with 1 groove on E. and 5 grooves 
 
 on W. faces; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. high, N. of 
 
 cor. Pits impracticable. 
 Land, gently rolling. 
 Soil, stony ; 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 S. 89« 59' E. on the secant, S. of sec. 36. 
 Over gently rolling land. 
 
 Difference of measurenu'nts of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, is 10 
 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 39.95 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 40.05 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 N. 1.53 ft. from the secant, 
 
 Set a sandstone, 17x8x4 ins., 11 ins. in the ground, for standard \ sec. 
 cor. marked S. C.J, on X. face; dig pits, 18x8x12 ins., E. and W. of 
 stone, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, 1^ ft. high, N. 
 of cor. 
 Difference of measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, is 6 
 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 80.03 chs. 
 
 Bv 2nd set, 79.97 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 N. 3.39 it. from the secant. 
 
 Set a sandstone, 20x8x5 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. of 
 Tps. 13 N., Ks. 22 and 23 E., marked 
 S. C, 13 N. on N., 
 23 E. on E., and 
 
 22 E. on W. faces; with 6 grooves on N., E., and W. faces; dig pits 
 30x24x12 ins., crosswise on each line, E. and W., 4 ft., and N. 
 of stone, 8 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 5 ft base, 2i ft. 
 high, N. of cor. 
 Land, gently rolling. 
 Soil, stony; 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 Note. — This day I discharge John Short, chainman, to whom I adminis- 
 ter the proper linal oath. I employ Lewis Link to perform the duties of
 
 160 
 Third Standard Parallel North, through Range 22 East — Concluded. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 ohaintnan, and ad minister to him the required j)reZijni«a/y oath. Noperson 
 authorized to administer oaths, other than myself, is available without 
 great delay and exj)euse. (See pages 64 and 65.) 
 
 Richard Roods, 
 
 U. S. Deputy Surveyor. 
 
 August 27, 1890. 
 
 [These specimen field notes of the survey of the third standard parallel north will 
 be continued through range 23 east, to illustrate the method by offsets from a tan- 
 gent to the latitude curve at a township corner; see "Tangent Method," page 124, 
 and Plate II, fig. 3.] 
 
 Third, Standard Parallel Iforth, through Range 23 East. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 40.00 
 
 50.00 
 68.44 
 
 80.00 
 
 Survey commenced August 27, 1890, and executed with a W. and L. E, 
 Gurley light mountain transit, No. — , the horizontal limb being pro- 
 vided with two opposite verniers reading to 30" of arc. 
 At the standard corner of townships 13 north, ranges 22 and 23 east, in 
 latitude 45^ 34'. 5 N., longitude 107° 39' W., at 9''. 00'". p. m. by my 
 watch, wiiicli is 2™. fast of local mean time, I observe Polaris at east- 
 ern elongation, in accordance with iTistructions in the Manual,* and 
 mark the line thus determined, by a tacit driven in a wooden plug set 
 in the ground five chains north of my station. 
 August 28, 1890: At 6 a. m., I turn off tlie azimuth of Polaris, 1° 50' to 
 the west, and mark the true meridian thus determined by cutting 
 a mark on a stone firmly set in the ground, west of the mark estab- 
 lished last night; the magfHefic bearing of said true meridian isX. 18^ 
 08' W., which reduced by the table on page 100 of the manual, gives 
 the mean maynctic declinailon IS'-' 04' castA 
 I lay oif from the true meridian, an angle of 90°, from north to east, and 
 
 run 
 East on the tangent, S. t of sec. 31. 
 Over level prairie. 
 
 Difference between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 4 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By Ist set, 40.02 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 39.98 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 ^\N. 0.17 ft. from the tangent, 
 
 .^et a sandstone, 15x9x6 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for standard i 
 sec. cor., marked S. C. J, on N. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., E. and 
 W. of stone, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3i ft. base, 1} it. 
 high, N. of cor. 
 Leave prairie, enter heavy oak timber, bears N. and S. 
 An oak, 29 ins. diam., on line, I mark with 2 notches on E. and W. sides. 
 Difference between measurements of 80. chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 8 Iks. ; jiosition of middle point 
 By 1st set, f9.96 chs. 
 
 Bv 2nd set, 80.04 clis. ; the mean of which is 
 N. 0.68 ft. from the tangent. 
 
 An oak, 32 ins. diam., for standard cor. of sees. 31 and 32. 1 mark 
 S.C.,T.13N., E.23E. onN., 
 8. .32 on E., and 
 S. 31 on W. sides; with 5 notches on E. and 1 notch on W. sides; 
 
 from which 
 An oak, 28 ins. diam., bears N.31Jo E., 18 Iks. dist., marked T. 13 
 
 N., K.23E., S.32, B.T. 
 An oak, 13 ins. diam., bears N. 74^° W., 24 Iks. dist,, marked T. 13 
 N., R. 23 E., S. 31, B. T. 
 
 * Seepage 105. 
 
 tSce t'ootnotc, pagelOS. 
 
 ' 'I'lio tangent leaves the parallel as soon as started, and will ahvavs lie smith of the .sec. bdv., not on 
 It. See Plato III. fig. 3. 
 
 § I'lic form givin above will alu'.iy.s be employed for stating the diat. between the tan. and the oor.; 
 the word " otiset " will not bo used for such purpose. See pa^e 124.
 
 151 
 
 Th^rd Standard Parallel North, through Range 23 East — Continued. 
 
 Chain8. 
 
 14.73 
 
 40.00 
 
 64.00 
 74.50 
 
 80.00 
 
 7.10 
 18.30 
 
 40. 00 
 
 75.80 
 76. 00 
 79.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, gravt'lly loam; 3rd rate. 
 
 Timber, oak, with some beech and whlto ash. 
 
 Heavily timbered land, 30.00 chs. 
 
 S. 89° 59' E. on the tangent, S. of sec. 32. 
 Over level oroniid, throngh heavy oak timber. 
 
 An oak, 14 ins. diam., on line, I mark with 2 notches, on E. and W. sides. 
 Ditference between measurements of 40.00 chs., by tvvo sets of chainmen, 
 is 6 Iks. ; jiosition of middle point 
 By Ist set, 40.03 chs. 
 
 By 2(1 set, 39.97 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 N. 1.53 it.* from the tangent. 
 
 Set an oak post, 3 ft. long, 3 in. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for standard J 
 sec. cor., marked 
 
 S. C, ^ S. on N. face. ; from which 
 
 An oak, 17 ins. dia., bears N. 21tL0 e., 37 Iks. dist., marked S. C. J 
 
 S., B. T. 
 A wiiite ash, 16 ins. diam., bears N. 69^^ W., 41 Iks. dist., marked 
 S. C. irS., B. T. 
 Leave heavy oak timber, enter prairie land, bears N. W. and S. E. 
 Spring of pure water, 3 ft. deep, bears N. 7 clis. dist. 
 Difference between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sots of chainmen, 
 is 8 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 79.96 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 80.04 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 N. 2.72 it. from the tangent, 
 
 Set a sandstone, 19x6x5 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. of 
 sees. 32 and 33, marked S. C. on N. ; with 4 grooves on E. and 2 grooves 
 on W. faces; dig pits, 24x18x12 ins., crosswise on each lino, E. and 
 W., 3 ft., and N. of stone, 7 ft. dist.; and raise a mound of earth, 4 
 ft. base, 2 ft. high, N. of cor. 
 Land, level and gently rolling. 
 Soil, sandy loam; 2nd rate. 
 Timber, oak, with some ash and beech. 
 Heavily timbered land, 56.00 chs. 
 
 S. 89° 58' E. on the tangent, S. of sec. 33. 
 
 Over broken, stony ground. 
 
 S])riug branch, pure water, 3 Iks. wide, course S. E. 
 
 Clear Creek, 12 Iks. wide, course N. E. 
 
 Diiference between measurenumts of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainm«n, 
 
 is 12 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 40.06 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 39.94 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 N. 4.24 ft. from the tangent, 
 Set a sandstone, 17x7x5 ins., 12 ins. in the ground, for standard j sec. 
 
 cor., marked S. C. I, on N. face; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 
 
 l^ft. high, N. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 Clear Creek, 15 Iks. wide, 1 ft. deep, course S. E, 
 Begin very steep ascent, bears N. W. and S. E. 
 To]) of ridge, 70 ft. above Clear Creek, bears N. W. and S. E. 
 Difference between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 
 is 18 Iks.; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 79.91 chs. 
 
 By 2ud set, 80.09 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 N. 6.11 ft. from the tangent, 
 Set a granite stone, 20x6x6 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. of 
 
 sees. 33 and 34, marked S. C. on N., with three grooves on E. and W. 
 
 faces ; and raise a mound of 8tone^2 ft. base, 1^ ft. high, N. of cor. Pits 
 
 impracticable. 
 
 *T:iljleV. Inlat. 45° ? '.5, offset at 3 mUcs, is 5.99 + [(U.20 - 5.99) xOo.575] — 6.11 ft.; and "^- 
 ft., the required offset a IJ miles from the tangential point. See rules, and table, page 126. 
 
 :1.53
 
 162 
 Third Standard Parallel Korth, through Range 23 East — Contiinied. 
 
 Chains, 
 
 5.50 
 5.80 
 
 34.00 
 
 40.00 
 
 75.10 
 77.70 
 
 79.10 
 
 80.00 
 
 Laud, broken and Lilly. 
 
 Soil, gravelly ; 3rd and 4tli rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 11.21 
 
 S. 89^ 57' E. on the tangent, S. of see. 34. 
 Descend east side of ridge, over rocky ground. 
 Foot of descent bears N. and S. ; thence, over rolling ground. 
 Rock Creek, 20 Iks. wide; rapid current over stony bottom; clear water, 
 2 ft. deep; banks, 4 ft. high; course S. This creek is the outlet of Cat- 
 fish Lake, 4 chs. N. 
 East end of Catfish Lake, bears N., 10 chs. dist. 
 
 Difterence between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 20 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 40.10 chs. 
 
 Bv 2nd set, 39.90 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 N. 8.32 ft. from the tangent, 
 
 Set a saudscoue, 15x8x6 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for standard I sec. 
 cor., marked S. C. I on N. face; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 
 1^ ft. high, N. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 Begin descent from upland to bottom land, bears N. and S. E. 
 Foot of descent, 20ft. below upland, bears N. and S. E. ; enter cottonwood 
 
 timber. 
 A cottonwood,* 15 ins. in diam., on line, I mark with 2 notches on E. 
 
 and W. sides. 
 Difference between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 12 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By Ist set, 79.94 chs. 
 
 By 2ud set, 80. OG chs. ; the mean of which is 
 N. 10.86 ft. from the tangent, 
 
 A cottonwood, 18 ins. diam., for Standard Cor. of Sees. 34 and 35, 1 mark 
 S. C, T. 13 N., R. 23E.onN., 
 S. 35 on E., and 
 S. 34 on W. sides; from which 
 A cottonwood, 13 ins. diam., bears N. 75pE., 72 Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 13 N., R. 23 E., S. 35, B. T. 
 A cottonwood, 12 ins. diaiu., bears N. 12|° W., 14 Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 13 N., R. 23 E., S. 34, B. T. 
 Land, rolling and level. 
 Soil, stony and alluvial; 3rd and 1st rate. 
 Timber, cottonwood, with some sycamore. 
 
 S. 89° 56°' E. on the tangent, S. of sec. 35. 
 Throu'jh cottonwood timber. 
 
 At 11. 40 chs.t intersect right bank of Turtle River, course S. E. At this 
 point, the distance between the tangent and standard, is 11.65 feet, or 
 18 Iks., nearly; the bank of the stream bears about N. 47^*^ W.; there- 
 fore, N. 47^° W., 26 Iks., determiues the point for the meander cor. at 
 On the standard parallel, where I 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for meander 
 cor. on S. bdy. sec. 35, marked 
 S. C, T. 13 N. on N., 
 
 M. C. ; on E. and , 
 
 R. 23 E., S. 35 on W. faces; from which 
 A sycauKU-e, 34 ins. diam., bears N. 81}^' W., 22 Iks. dist., marked 
 
 S". C, M. C, T. 13 N., R. 23 E., S. 35. B. T. 
 A cottonwood, 15 ins. diam., bears X. .54^° \V., 34 Iks. dist., marked 
 S. C, M. C, T. 13 N., R. 23 E., S. .35. H. T. 
 Turtle River is a turbid stream, witli muddy banks 3 to 5 ft. high ; water, 
 4 to 10 ft. deep ; sluggish current, over mud bottom. To determine the 
 distance across the river, I set a flag on line,t on the left bank; then 
 measure a base line, S. 0" 04' W., 6.00 chs., to a point, from which 
 
 ' This tree is Huiijioaed to staTul on tlie standard parallel; which is nearly 11 ft. K. of the tangent. 
 fJri-iit care will be taken to note toiiojjraiihy on the true line. 
 
 1 .See Plate II, fig. 4. In actual juartice' the diasrani will ho placed in the field notes; for these 
 siiccimen notes it i.'t more convenient to place the diagram on a plate. 
 
 { On the tangent Line, as a matter of course.
 
 153 
 Third Standard Parallel Xorth, llinmnh Ihoige 23 Eafst — Continued. 
 
 Chains, 
 
 15.77 
 
 40.00 
 
 51.30 
 70.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 
 42.00 
 71.50 
 
 tLe flag bears N. 37- 31' E. Tlierefore, tan. 37° 30' X base, or 0.767X 
 6. 00— J.flO cLs., tbedistaucc across; which, added to 11.40 chs., makes 
 16.00 chs., mea.sured on the tangent, to left bank of river. At the 
 point thns detcriuined, the distance l)etweeu the tangent and standard, 
 is 11.97 ft. or 18 Iks. nearly; iho. bank bears about N. 52^' W. ; there- 
 fore, N. 'yJ"-- W., 29 Iks., determines the point for the meander cor. at 
 On the standard parallel, where I 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for meander 
 cor. on S. bdv. sec. 35, marked 
 S. C.,T. 13 N. onN., 
 XI. C. on W., and 
 
 K. 23 E., S. 35 ; on E. faces, from which 
 A Cottonwood, 19 ins. diam., bears X. 40° E., 36 Iks. dist., marked 
 
 S. C, M. C, T. 13 N., R. 23 E., 8. 3.5, B. T. 
 A sycamore, 34 ins. diam., 1)ears N. 5ii=' W.. 28 Iks, dist., marked 
 S."^ C, M. C, T. 13 N., K. 23 C, S. 35. B. T. 
 Enter heavy sycamore and cottonwood timber. 
 
 Difference between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen 
 is 6 Iks, ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 40.03 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 39.97 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 N. 13.75 ft. from the tangent, 
 
 !Sct a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for standard 
 i sec. cor. marked, S. C, i S., on N. face; from wliich 
 
 A sycamore, 28 ins. diam., bears N. 14^^ E., 27 Iks. dist., marked 
 
 S.C.,iS.,B.T. 
 A cottonwood, 14 ins. diam., bears N. 74^° W., 42 Iks. dist., marked 
 S.C.,iS., B.T. 
 Sycamore Creek, 10 Iks. wide, course S. 10° W. 
 Leave heavy sycamore and cottonwood timber; enter meadow laud, bears 
 
 N. 10^ E. and S. 10"- W. 
 Difference between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 4 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 79.98 chs. 
 ' By 2d set, 80.02 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 N. 16.97 ft. from the tangent, 
 
 Sot a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., 24 ins., in the ground, for standard 
 cor. of sees. 35 and 36. marked 
 S. C.,T.13N., R.23E. on N. 
 S.36 onE., and 
 
 S. 35 on W. faces; with 1 groove on E. and 5 grooves on W. faces; 
 dig pits, 24x18x12 ins., E. and W., 3 ft., and N. of post, 7 ft. 
 dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, N. of cor. 
 Land, level. 
 Soil, alluvial; Ist rate. 
 Timber, sycamore and cottonwood. 
 Heavily timbered land, 52.23 chs. 
 
 S. 89° 56' E. on the tan-cut, S. of sec. 3u. 
 Over meadow land. 
 
 Difference between the measurements of 40.00 chs., by the two sets of 
 chainmen, is 4 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 40.02 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 39.98 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 N. 20.54 ft. from the tangent. 
 
 Set a sand.stone, 19x7x5 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for standard i-sec. 
 cor. marked S. C. i on N. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. of 
 stone, 3 ft. dist.; and raise a mound of earth, 3h ft. base, 1^ ft. high, 
 N. of cor. 
 Leave meadow land, bears N. 10'^ E. and S. ; begin ascent of ridge. 
 Top of granite ridge 300 ft. above meadow, bears N. and 8. 
 Difference between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen 
 is 22 Iks. ; iiosition of middle point 
 By 1st set, 79.80 chs. 
 By 2nd set, 80.11 chs. ; the mean of which is
 
 154 
 
 Third Standard Parallel North, through Range 23 East — Concluded. 
 
 Chains. 
 80.00 
 
 N. 24.44 ft. from the tangent, 
 
 Set a granite stone, 22x7x5 ins., 17 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. 
 of Tp. 13 N., Ks. 23 and 24 E., marked S. C, on N. ; with 6 grooves on 
 N., E., and W. faces; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. 
 highj N. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 
 August 28, 1890. 
 
 For the Y>urpose of illustration, these specimen field notes of the aiirvey of the 
 third standard parallel north, will be continued through range 24 east ; assuming that 
 the sur\ey has been executed with a solar compass or a transit trith solar attachment. 
 
 Third Standard Parallel North, through Range 24 East. 
 
 Chains, 
 
 20.40 
 
 Survey commenced August 28, 1890, and executed with a light mountain 
 
 transit with solar attachment, No. , made by W. & L. E. Gurlcy. 
 
 The horizontal limb is provided with two opposite verniers, reading 
 to 30" of arc, which is also the least count of the verniers of the lati- 
 tude and declination arcs. 
 
 I begin at the Standard Corner of Townships 13 North, Banges 23 and 24 
 East, which I estabUshed August 28, 1890.* Latitude 45° 34'.5 N., 
 longitude 107° 31' W. 
 
 In order to test the solar apparatus, by comparing the results of observa- 
 tions on the sun, made during a. m. and p. m. hours, with a true merid- 
 ian, determined by observations on Polaris, I proceed as follows : 
 
 At 4^ 2'" p. m., local mean time, I set off 45° 34'. 5 on the latitude arc; 9° 
 30'. 5 N., on the declination arc; and mark the true meridian thus deter- 
 mined with the solar, by a cross on a stone firmly set in the ground, 5 
 chs. N. of the instrument. 
 
 At 8*^ 56"" 1 p. m., by my watch, which is 2'" fast of local mean time, I 
 observe Polaris at eastern elongation, in accordance with instructions in 
 tlie Manual, and mark the line thus determined, by a tack driven in a 
 wooden plug set in the ground, 5 chains north of my station. 
 
 August 28, 1890. 
 
 August 29 : At 6 a. m., I lay off the azimuth of Polaris, 1° 49'. 5, to the irest 
 and mark the true mkridian thus determined, liy cutting a small 
 groove in the stone set last evening, on which the true meridian falls 
 0.2 ins. ivest of the mark determined by the solar. 
 
 At 8'' a. m., I set off 45° 34'. 5, on the lat. arc; 9° 16' N., on the decl. arc, 
 and mark the true meridian determined with the solar, by a cross on 
 the stone already set 5 chs. N. of my station; this mark falls 0.3 ins. 
 tvest of the true meridian established by the Polaris observation. 
 
 The solar apparatus, by p. m. and a. m. observations, dolines positions for 
 true meridians, about 0' 11"* east, and 0' 1(3"* ^ve^t of the meridi;in 
 established by the I'olaris observation; therefore, I conclude that the 
 adjustments of the instrument are satisfactory. 
 
 Tlio magnetic bearing of the true meridian, at 8'' a. m., is N. 18° 10' W. ; the 
 angle thus detorniined, reduced by the table, page 100, gives the mean 
 mag. decl. 18° 04' east. 
 
 From the standard cor. above described, I run 
 l^ast, on S. bdy. sec. 31. 
 
 Over stony ground. 
 
 Begin descent from ridge, bears N. and S. 
 
 * Wliou the cornoT at -wliich the survey liegius, shall have lipen established niulpr a prior rontiaet, 
 the words "which I estahlished August 28, 1890," will be omitted: and in descriliiug the corner, the 
 deputy will write (e. g.), "which is a .sand.stonc, 5X7 > 5 ins. above ground, lirinly set, and marked and 
 witnessed as described by the survc\or ^icneral;" in all ca.ses luaUin;; the df.scription agree with the 
 facts. The latitude and longitude, to the nearest wliole minute, will be 8U])plied by the surveyor 
 general in hi.s special written instructions and will he marked on the accompanying diagram, at the 
 point where the survey will begin; and, I'rom the data thus provided, the dei)uty will determine the 
 geographical position of other points, by api)licatiou of the rules following Table X, page 135. 
 
 t These angles are too small to measure witli ordinary field instruments; but, when the mark is 5 chs. 
 dist., as in this case, the angles may be ubtaiued, iu seco7idt of arc, by dividing the falliii;;a, 0.2 and 0.3 
 ios., by 0.019.
 
 155 
 TJiird Standard Parallel North, through Range 24 East — Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 40.00 
 
 46.00 
 
 56.00 
 71.26 
 
 80.00 
 
 3.80 
 20.50 
 
 40.00 
 
 40. r>o 
 56. 00 
 59. 50 
 68.50 
 
 72.00 
 
 80. 00 
 
 Difference between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of cbainmen, 
 is 20 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 39.90 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 40.10 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Set a granite stone, 20x7x5 ins., 15 ins. in the gi'ound, for standard J sec. 
 cor., marlced S. C. i, on N. lace; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 
 1^ ft. high, N. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 Foot of descent, 320 ft. below top of ridge, bears N. and S. ; thence over 
 
 level land. 
 Eluter heavy pine timber, bears N. and S. 16° E. 
 
 A jiine, 22 ins. diam., on line, I mark with 2 notches on E. and W. sides. 
 Diffei-ence between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 Is 18 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 80.09 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 79.91 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Bet a granite stone, 22x8x6 Ins., 17 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. 
 of sees. 31 and 32, marked S. C, on N., with 5 grooves on E. and 1 groove 
 on W. faces ; from which 
 
 A pine, 26 ins. diam., bears N. 22° E., 15 Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 13N., E.24E., S. 32, B. T. 
 A pine, 30 ins. diam., bears N. 67° W., 21 Iks. dist., marked 
 T.13N., R.24E., S.31, B. T. 
 Land, mountainous and level. 
 Soil, stony and loam ; 2nd and 4th rate. 
 Timber, pine and some ash. 
 Mountainous or heavily timbered land, 70.00 chs. 
 
 East, on S. bdy. sec. 32. 
 Through heavy pine timber. 
 Creek, 7 Iks. wide in ravine, 9 ft. deep ; course S. 
 Creek, 10 Iks. wide in ravine, 12 ft. deep ; course S. 21° E. 
 Difference between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 6 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By Ist set, 40.03 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 39.97 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 A pine, 19 ins. diam., for standard f sec. cor., 1 mark 
 S. C, i S. on N. side ; from which 
 A pine, 22 ins, diam., bears N. 41° E., 24 Iks. disfc., marked 
 
 S. C.,iS., B.T. 
 An a.sh, 18 ins. diam., bears N. 47° W., 31 Iks. dist., marked 
 S.C.,iS., B.T. 
 Leave heavy pine timber, bears N. and S. ; begin steep ascent. 
 Top of bare granite ridge, 200 ft. high, bears N. and S. 
 Begin descent of E. slope. 
 Creek, 10 Iks. wide; in ravine 20 ft. deep, 230 ft. below top of ridge; 
 
 course S. 
 Enter heavy pine timber, bears N. and S. ; thence over level land. 
 Difference between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 8 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By Ist set, 79. 96 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 80.04 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Set a granite stone, 24x8x4 ins., 18 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. 
 of sees. 32 and 33, marked S. C. on N., with 4 grooves on E. and 2 grooves 
 on W. faces; from which 
 
 A pine, 18 in. diam., bears N. 62^° E., 26 Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T.13N.,R.24E., S.33.,B.T. 
 A inne, 28 ins. diam., bears N. 26i° W., 31 Iks. dist., marked 
 T.13N.,K.24E., S.32B.T. 
 L.ind, level and mountainous. 
 Soil, loam and rock; Ist and 4tih rate. 
 Timber, pine. 
 Mountainous or heavily timbered land, 80.00 chs.
 
 156 
 Third Standard Parallel N'orth, tltroaijlt Eaufjs 21 East — ContiniietT. 
 
 4. 20 
 io.OO 
 22. 30 
 
 10. 00 
 
 44. 00 
 51.00 
 55. 00 
 
 70. 50 
 
 80. 0. 
 
 9.32 
 
 10.00 
 13. 80 
 25. 90 
 36. 00 
 
 37.00 
 
 38. 40 
 
 40.00 
 
 42. -J) 
 42. 50 
 75. L'O 
 
 East, on S. bdy. sec. 33. 
 
 Through heavy piue timher, over level land, 
 Indian trail, bears N. 18^ W. and S. 18-' E. 
 Leave heavy pine timber, bears N. 15*^ W. and S. 
 Indian trail, bears N. 31° E. and S. 31^ W. 
 
 Difference between measurements of 40. ( clis., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 8 Iks. ; position of middle jioint 
 By 1st set, 39.96 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 40.04 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Set a granite stone, 15 X 8 X 6 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for standard i 
 sec. cor., marked S. C. ^ on N. face; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. 
 base, 1^ ft. high, N. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 Leave level lautl, begin ascent of stonv ridge, bears N. and S. 
 Indian trail, bears N. 22 \V. and S. 22 E. 
 Top of ridge, 130 ft. high, bears N. and S. 
 Begin descent of E. slope. 
 
 ^•"oot of descent, enter heavy oak timber on level land, bears N. and S. 
 Difference between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 18 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 80.09 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 79.91 chs. ; the moan of which is 
 An oak, 20 ins. diam., for standard cor. of sees. 33 and 34, I mark 
 S. C, T.13N., R.24E.onN., 
 S. 34 on E., and 
 S. 33 on AV. sides ; from which 
 • An oak, 25 ins. diam., bears N. 71° E., 22 Iks. dist., marked T. 13 
 N., E.24E., S.34, B.T. 
 An oak, 27 ins. diam., bears N. 18^° \V.,26 Iks. dist., marked T. 13 
 N.,R.24E.,S.33. B.T. 
 Land, level and mountainous. 
 Soil, stony and gravelly loam; 2nd and 3rd rate. 
 Timber, pine and oak. 
 Mountainous or heavily timbered land, 56.00 chs. 
 
 August 29, 1890: 1 set off 9° 12'. 5 on the decl. arc; and, at 12'' 00'" 44» by 
 my watch, which is 3'" fast of local mean time, observe the sun on the 
 meridian, and obtain on the lat. arc the reading 45° 35', which is the 
 lat., nearly. 
 East, on S. bdy. sec. 34. 
 Through heavy oak timber. 
 
 An oak, 28 ins. diam., on line, I mark with 2 notches on E and W. sides. 
 Leave heavy oak timber, bears N. and 8. 
 Creek, 6 Iks. wide, in ravine 13 ft. deep, course S. 
 
 Enter dense aspen thicket, extends N. about 14 chs. and S. about 10 chs. 
 Leave dense aspen thicket, "l)ears M. 22^ E. and S. 22° W. 
 At 38.40 chs., right bank of shallow stream 
 
 Difference l)etween measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 14 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 39.93 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 40.07 chs. ; the mean of which, 40.00 chs., falls in stream 
 with quicksand bottom; therefore, I perpetuate the corner on 
 solid ground, as follows: 
 Set a granite stone, 15x9x6 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for witness cor. to 
 standard } sec. cor., markcil W. C, 5. C. J, on N. face; from wliich 
 
 An aspen, 4 ins. diam., bears N. 88^° W., 102 Iks. dist., marked W. 
 
 C, S. C.iS., B.T. 
 An asjjcn, 3 ins. diam., bears N. 55° W., 110 Iks. dist., marked W. C. 
 S. C. i S., B. T. 
 Right bank of shallow stream; bank 1 ft. high; clear water, 2 to 6 ins. 
 
 deep; gentle current, over quicksand bottom; course S. 17° W. 
 Point for ^ sec. cor falls in stream. 
 
 Leave shallow stream; bank, 2 ft. high, bears S. 17° W. 
 Leave level land, begin ascent of ridge, bears N. and S. 
 Top of ridge, 250 ft. high, bears N. and 8.
 
 157 
 Third Standard Paridlcl Xorth, ^li rough Banr/e 34 East — Continued. 
 
 Chains, 
 
 80.00 
 
 2.50 
 36.00 
 36.50 
 
 40.00 
 
 45.30 
 49.90 
 59.50 
 
 80.00 
 
 4.80 
 10.00 
 16. 50 
 20.00 
 
 26.00 
 
 40.00 
 
 41. 50 
 
 Difterence between measurements of 80.00 cks., by two sets of chainnien, 
 
 is 20 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 79.90 chs. 
 
 By 2ud set, 80.10 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Setagrauite stone, 16x8x6 ins., 11 ins. in the j^round, for standard cor. of 
 
 sees. 34 and 35, marked S. C. on N., with 2 grooves on E. and 4 grooves 
 
 on W. faces; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ffc. high, 1^ ft. high, N. of 
 
 cor. Pits impracticable. 
 At this cor. I erect a signal for a test sight from some point to the east. 
 Land, mountainous and level. 
 Soil, stony and sandy ; 3rd and 4th rate. 
 Timber, oak, pine, and young as])en. 
 Mountainous or heavily timbered laud, or laud covered with dense uuder- 
 
 growth, 47.60 chs. 
 
 East, on S. bdy. sec. 35. 
 
 Over stony ground. 
 
 Begin descent. 
 
 Foot of descent, 280 ft. below top of ridge, bears N. 1.5° E. and S. lo'^ W. 
 
 Creek, 12 Iks. wide, in ravine 40 ft. deep, course N. 15'^ E. ; begin steep 
 
 ascent. 
 Difference between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chaiumen, 
 
 is 18 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 40.09 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 39.91 chs; the mean of which is 
 Falls on a boulder, 7x6x4 ft. above ground: 
 I cut a cross (X) at the exact cor. jjoint for standard J sec. cor., mark 
 
 S. C, i, on the N. side; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. 
 
 high, N. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 Top of ridge, 160 ft. above ravine, bears N. 15" E. and S. 15° W. 
 Begiu desceut of E. slope. 
 Foot of descent, 140 below top of ridge, bears N. 15° E. and S. 15° W. ; 
 
 thence over level ground. 
 Difference between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chaiumen, 
 
 is 16 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 79.92 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 80.08 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Seta granite stone, 15x7x6 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for >iandard cor. 
 
 of sees. 35 and 36, marked S. C, on N., with 1 groove on t. and 5 grooves 
 
 on W. faces; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. high, N. of 
 
 cor. Pits impracticable. 
 Land, mouutainous and level. 
 Soil stony; 3rd and 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 Mountainous land, 59.50 chs. 
 
 East, on S. bdy. sec. 36. 
 
 Ascend over rough, stony ground. 
 
 Top of ridge, 50 ft. high, bears N. and S. 
 
 Begin descent of E. slope. 
 
 Enter dense aspen thicket, extends N. and S., about 15 chs. 
 
 Foot of descent, about .50 ft. below top of ridge, bears N. and S. ; thence 
 
 over level laud. 
 Leave dense aspen thicket, bears N. and S. 
 Difference between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chaiumen, 
 
 is 14 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By Ist set, 40.07 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 39.93 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Deposit a marked stone, 12 ins. in the ground, for standard J sec. cor. ; 
 
 dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. of cor., 4 It. dist. ; and raise a 
 
 mound of earth, 3} ft. base, 1^ ft. high, over deposit. 
 In E. pit drive a cedar stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, 
 
 marked ^ S. ou N. face. 
 Enter dense willow and cottonwood undergrowth, extends N., 12, and S., 
 
 8 chs.
 
 158 
 TJiird Standard Parallel North, through Range 21 East — Concluded. 
 
 Chairis, 
 
 56.00 
 61.00 
 72.00 
 78.10 
 
 80.00 
 
 Leave dense undergrowth, bears N. and S. 
 
 Enter dense cottonwood brush, extends N. and S., 9 to 14 chs. 
 
 Leave dense cottonwood brush, bears N. and S. 
 
 Creek, 8 Iks. wide, in ravine 20 ft. deep, course N. 35"^ E. ; ascend. 
 
 Difference between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 12 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 79.94 chs. 
 By 2nd set, 80.06 clis. ; the mean of which is 
 
 Set a granite stone, 20x6x5 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for standard cor. 
 of Tps. 13 N., Rs. 24 and 25 E., marked S. C, on N., with 6 grooves on 
 N., E., and W. faces; dig pits, 30x24x12 ins., crosswise on each line, 
 E. and ^Y., 4 ft., and N. of stone, 8 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of 
 earth, 5 ft. base, 2^ ft. high, N. of cor. 
 
 This cor. is about 40 ft. above bottom of ravine. 
 
 I^and, mountainous and level. 
 
 Soil, stony aud sandy loam ; 2nd and 4th rates. 
 
 Timber, small as])ens; cottonwood and willoAv undergrowth. 
 
 Mountainous land, or land covered with dense undergrowth, 51.50 chs. 
 
 August 29, 1890: I set up the instrument at the last described Tp. cor. and 
 immediately after sunset, at 6'^ 39™ p. m., 1. m. t., direct the telescope to 
 the signal established at the cor. of sees. 34 aud 35, and note the read- 
 ings of the horizontal limb^ as follows- 
 
 Vernier A, 3 47 30 
 Vernier B, 3 47 00 
 
 Mean, 3 47 15 
 
 At 7'' 13"' p. m., I unclamp the vernier plate, observe Polaris in accord- 
 ance with instructions in the manual, and mark the direction thus deter- 
 mined by a tack driven in a wooden plug firmly set in tbe ground, 5 
 chs. north of the corner. The readings of the horizontal limb at the 
 instant of observation are as follows: 
 
 o ' /' 
 
 Vernier A, 92 07 40 
 Vernier B, 92 07 30 
 
 Mean, 92 07 35 
 
 Ist mean, 3 47 15 
 
 Angle, 88 20 20 
 
 h. m. 
 
 Astron. 1. m. t. of obs., Aug. 29 7 13.0 
 
 h. m. 
 
 U. C. Polaris, Aug. 15 , 15 40.1 
 
 Red. to Aug. 28 51.0 
 
 U. C. Polaris, Aug. 28 14 49.1 14 49.1 
 
 Uonr angle of Polaris at oljs 16 23. 9 
 
 Subtract from 23 56. 1 
 
 Time argument for Table III 7 32.2 
 
 Azimuth of Polaris at obs 1° 39' 00" E. 
 
 Add above angle 88 20 20 
 
 'i'he obsej-ved bearing of signal is N. 89 59 20 W. 
 
 The true bearing is N. 89 59 07 W. 
 
 The difference 00 13 is the de- 
 
 viation of the last tAvo miles of the standard parallel, north of 
 east; which, being less than the probable errors of observation, 
 I deem the standard parallel satisfactorily established. 
 
 August 29, 1890.
 
 159 
 
 GENERAL DESCRIPTION. 
 
 Through rani^cs 21 and 22 tliis line runs across low mountain ridcjes and streams 
 having a northeasterly trend, while low level prairies are traversed through ranges 
 22 and 23, and low-timbered ridges with a northerly trend in range 24. 
 
 The land south of the line is of a mountainous and broken character, well watered 
 and containing large groves of pine, oak, and hr timher of a fair quality, while that 
 to the north consists of rolling prairie and meadow land, which should he subdivided. 
 
 lllCHARD lv001>S, 
 
 U. S. Deputy Surveyor. 
 
 FINAL OATHS OF DEPUTY SURVEYORS AND THEIR ASSISTANTS. 
 
 LIST OF NAMES. 
 
 A list of the names of the individuals employed by Richard Roods, U. S. deputy 
 surveyor, to assist in running, measuring, and marking the lines and comers 
 described in the foregoing field notes of the survey of the Third Standard Parallel 
 North, through Ranges Nos. 21, 22, 2,3, and 24 East of the Principal Base and Meridian 
 in the State of Montana, showing the re.spective capacities in which they acted. 
 
 Peter Long Chainman. 
 
 .John Short Chainman. 
 
 Eli Marker Chainman, 
 
 William Tally Chainman. 
 
 Lewis Link Chainman. 
 
 Henry Clay Moundman. 
 
 WiLLiAJsi Stone Mountkuan. 
 
 George Shakp Axman, 
 
 Adam Dull Axman. 
 
 James Banner Flagman. 
 
 * FINAL oaths of ASSISTANTS. 
 
 I hereby certify that I assisted Richard Roods, United States deputy surveyor, in 
 surveying all those parts or portions of the Third Standard Parallel North, through 
 Ranges Nos, 21 and 22 East of the Principal Base and Meridian in the State of Mon- 
 tana, which are represented in the foregoing field notes as having been surveyed by 
 him and under his direction; and that said survey has been in all respects, to the 
 best of our knowledge and belief, well and faithfully surveyed, and the corner 
 monuments estal)lished according to the instructions furnished by the United States 
 surveyor general for Montana, 
 
 John Short, Chainman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this 27th day of August, 1890. 
 
 Richard Roods, 
 
 U. S. Deputy Surveyor. 
 
 "We hereby certify that we assisted Richard Roods, United States deputy surveyor, 
 in surveying all those parts or portions of the Third Standard Parallel North, through 
 Ranges Nos. 21, 22, 23, and 24 East of the Principal Base and Meridian in the State of 
 Montana, which are represented in the foregoing field notes as having been surveyed 
 by him and under his direction; and that said survey has been in all respects, to the 
 best of our knowledge and belief, well and faithfully surveyed, and the corner mon- 
 uments established afcordiug to the instructions furnished by the United States 
 surveyor general for Montana, 
 
 Peter Long, Chainman. 
 
 Eli Marker, Chainman. 
 
 William Tally, Chainman. 
 
 Henry Clay, Moundman. 
 
 William Stone, Moundman. 
 
 George Sharp, Axman. 
 
 Adam Dull, Axman. 
 
 James Banner, Flagman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this first day of September, 1890. 
 
 [seal.] William Martin, Notary Public.
 
 160 
 
 I hereby certify that I assisted Richard Roods, United States deputy surTeyor, in 
 surveying all those parts or portions of the Third Standard Parallel North, throuoh 
 Ranges Nos. 23 and 24 East of the Principal Base and Meridian in the State of Mon- 
 tana, which are represented in the foregoing field notes, as having been surveyed by 
 him and under his direction; and that said survey has been in all respects, to the 
 best of our knowledge and belief, well and faithfully surveyed, and the corner 
 monuments estal)lisbed according to the instructions furnished by the United States 
 surveyor general lor Montana. 
 
 Lewis Link. Chainman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me, this first day of September, 1890. 
 
 [SEAL.] William Martin, 
 
 Notary Fublic. 
 
 FINAL OATH OF UNITED STATES DEPUTY SURVEYOR. 
 
 I, Richard Roods, United States deputy surveyor, do solemnly swear that in pur- 
 suance of a contract received from A B , United States surveyor general for Mon- 
 tana, bearing date of the tenth day of July, 1889, I have well, faithfully, and truly, 
 in my own ])roper person, and in strict conformity with the instructions furnished 
 by the United States surveyor general for Montana, the Manual of Surveying 
 Instructions, and the laws of the United States, surveyed all those parts or portions 
 of the Third Standard Parallel North through Ranges Nos. 21, 22, 23 and 24 East of the 
 Principal Base and Meridian in the State of Montana, which are represented in the 
 foregoing field notes as having been surveyed by me and under my direction ; and I 
 do further solemnly swear that all the corners of said surveys have been established 
 and perpetuated in strict accordance with the Manual of Surveying Instructions 
 and the special instructions of the United States surveyor general for Montana, and 
 in the specific manner described in the field notes, and that the foregoing are the 
 orir/iiial field notes of such survey: and should any fraud be detected I will suffer the 
 penalty of perjury under the provisions of an act of Congress approved August 8, 1846. 
 
 RiciiAKi) Roods, 
 
 U. S. Depnty Surveyor. 
 
 Subscribed by said Richard Roods and sworn to before me this first day of Septem- 
 ber, 1890. 
 
 [SEAL.] A B , 
 
 U. S. Surveyor General for Montana.
 
 Sn?E01]MEIvr FIELD jSTOTES. 
 
 No. 2. 
 
 TITLE PAGE. 
 
 (Sec Plate III.) 
 
 FIELD NOTES 
 
 OF TIIK SURVEY OV THK 
 
 SIXTH GUIDE MERIDIAi^ EAST 
 
 TowiiF^hips No. 18 North 
 Det\veon Rarii2,es Nos. i3-4 and 25 East 
 
 rUINOIPAL BASE AND MERIDIAN 
 
 ST.VTE OE IVIOIS^TA^NA., 
 
 AS SURVKYICI) HY 
 
 Pt I (J H A R I ) ROODS, 
 
 U. S. DEPUTY SUIIVEYOK, 
 
 UNDKR 1[I8 CONTRACT No. <)7, 
 DATED JULY 10, IH'JO. 
 
 Siirvci/ commenced Aiu/ust :.'9, 1S00. 
 
 tSurvei/ completed August 30^ 1890. 
 38G 11 - ■ ^g^
 
 1G2 
 
 [Second Pnge.] 
 
 If AMES AND DUTIES OF ASSISTANTS, 
 
 Peter Long Chainmau . 
 
 John Shout Cliainman. 
 
 Eli MAitKEU Cliainman. 
 
 William Tally Cliainman. 
 
 Henry Clay Monndmau. 
 
 William S tonic Monndmau. 
 
 George Sharp Axnian. 
 
 Adam Dull Axiaan. 
 
 James Bannei: Flagman. 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 1 167 
 
 12 166 7 
 
 13 166 18 S 
 
 T. 13 N. 
 K. 24 E. 
 
 
 
 
 T. 13 N 
 K. 2o ^ 
 
 
 24 le 
 
 i5 19 ^ 
 
 
 25 165 .30 
 
 f 
 
 36 164 31 
 
 I 
 
 3ril .StauUurd Parallel JJ.
 
 163 
 
 [Third Page,] 
 
 PRELIMINARY OATHS OF ASSISTANTS. 
 
 We, Peter Long, John Short, Eli Marker, and William Tally, do solemnly swear 
 that we will well and faithfully execute the duties of chaiumeu; that we will level 
 the chain upon even and uneven ground, and plumb the tally pins, either by stick- 
 ing or dropping the same; that we will report the true distances to all notable 
 objects, and the true lengt'.hs of all lines that we assist in measuring, to the best of 
 our skill and ability, and in accordance with instructions given us, in the survey of 
 the Sixth Guide Meridian East, through Townships No. 13 North, between Ranges 
 24 and 25 East of the Principal Base aud Meridian, in the State of Montana. 
 
 Peter Long, Chainman. 
 
 John Short, Chainman. 
 
 Eli Marker, Chainman. 
 
 William Tally, Chainman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this second day of August, 1890. 
 [seal.] Willlam Martln, 
 
 Notary Public. 
 
 We, Henry Clay and William Stone, do solemnly swear that we will well and 
 truly perform the duties of monndmen, in the establishment of corners, according 
 to the instructions given us, to the best of our skill and ability, in the survey of 
 the Sixth Guide Meridian East, through Townships No. 13 North, between Ranges 
 24 and 25 East of the Principal Base and Meridian, in the State of Montana. 
 
 Henry Clay, Moundman. 
 William Stone, Moundman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this second day of August, 1890. 
 [seal.] William Martin, 
 
 Notary PuMic. 
 
 We, George Sharp and Adam Dull, do solemnly swear that we will well and truly 
 perform the duties of axmeu, in the establishment of corners and other duties, 
 according to the instructions given us, and to the best of our skill and ability, in 
 the survey of the Sixth Guide Meridian East, through Townships No. 13 North, 
 between Ranges 24 and 25 East of the Principal Meridian in the State of Montana. 
 
 George Sharp, Axman. 
 Adam Dull, Axman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this second day of August, 1890. 
 [seal,] Williaai Martin, 
 
 Notary Public. 
 
 I, James Banner, do solemnly swear that I will well and truly perform the duties 
 of flagman, according to instructions given me, to the best of luy skill and ability, 
 in the survey of the Sixth Guide Meridian East, through Townships No. 13 North, 
 between Ranges 24 aud 25 East of the Principal Base and Meridian, in the State of 
 Montana. 
 
 James Banner, Flagman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this second day of August, 1890. 
 [seal,] William Martin, 
 
 Notary Public.
 
 164 
 Cth Guide Meridian Uast, through Tps. 13 N., lietween Rs. 24 and 25 E. 
 
 Cbaius, 
 
 2.60 
 
 7.50 
 
 17.40 
 
 19.00 
 
 22.00 
 
 40.00 
 
 42.60 
 47.00 
 53.00 
 55.20 
 55. 40 
 60. 00 
 64.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 Survey commenced August 29, 1890, and executed with a W. & L. E. Gur- 
 ley light mountain trausit, No. — , the horizontal liinb being provided 
 Avitli two opposite vevuiers reading to 30" of arc. 
 
 I begin at the Standard Corner of Township 13 North, Ranges 24 and 25 
 East, which I established August 29, 1890.* Latitude 45^ 34'.5 N., lon- 
 gitude 107° 24' W. 
 
 At this corner, at 8'' 51'" p. ra., by my watch, which is 3™ 49^ fast of local 
 mean time, I observe Polaris at eastern elongation in accordance with 
 instructions in the manuai,t aud mark the point in the line thus deter- 
 ujined by a tack driven in a wooden plug set in the ground, 5.00 chs. 
 north of mv station. 
 
 August 29, 1890. 
 
 August 30 : At 6'' 30"' a. m., I lay off the azimuth of Polaris, 1"^ 49'.5 to the 
 vest, and mark the True Meridiax thus determined by a cross on a 
 stone tirmly set in the ground, west of the point established last night. 
 The magnetic bearing \ of the true meridian is N. 18^ 05' W., which reduced 
 bv the table on page 100 of the Manual gives the mean mag. decl. 18° 
 02' E. 
 From the standard cor. I ran 
 Nortli, bet. Sees. 31 and 36. 
 Descend over ground sloj)ing N. W. 
 
 Creek 10 Iks. wide in ravine, 45 ft. below the Tp. cor., course N. 32^^ W. 
 To edge of table land, bears N. E. and S. W. ; thence over level laud. 
 Bluff bank, bears N. 58" W. and S. 58- E. ; descend abruptly 40 ft. 
 Bottom of ravine, course S. 58° E. ; ascend 50 feet to 
 
 Edge of table land, bears S. 58^^ E. and N. .58'- W. ; thence over level land. 
 Difference between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 18 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 40.09 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 39.91 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Set a limestone, 16x7x5 ins., 11 ins. in the ground, for \ sec. cor., 
 marked \ on W. face, and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1-V ft. 
 high, W. of cor. 
 Stream, 6 Iks. wide, in ravine 15 ft. deep, course N. 60^^ W. 
 Enter heavy oak timber, bears E. and AV. 
 
 An oak, 30 ius. diam., on line, I mark with 2 notches on E. and W. sides. 
 Creek, 20 Iks. wide, 1 ft. deep, course N. 83° W. 
 Right bank of creek, begin very steep rocky ascent. 
 Toji of ridge, 250 ft. above creek, bears N. 80'^ W. and S. 80^^ E. 
 Begin descent. * 
 
 Difference bet. measurements of 80.00 chs., by two chainmen, is 22 Iks.; 
 position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 79.89 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 80.11 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 The point for sec. cor., 150 ft. below ton of ridge, falls on a flat rock in 
 
 place, 10 ft. E. aud W. by 6 ft. N. and s', on which 1 
 Cut a cross ( x) at the exact cor. point, for cor. of sees. 25, 30, 31, and 36, 
 marked with 5 grooves on N and 1 groove on S. sides; from which 
 
 An oak, 10 ins. diam., bears N. 22^ E., 54 Iks. dist., marked T. 13 
 
 N., R. 25E., S. 30, B. T. 
 A dogwood. 5 ins. diam., bears S. 64^'^ E., 40 Iks. dist., marked T. 
 
 13N., K. 25E., S. 31, B. T. 
 An ash, 13 ins. diam., bears S. 51^^ W., 37 links dist., marked T. 13 
 
 N., R. 34E., S. 36, B. T. 
 An oak, 9 ins. in <liara.. bears X. 34° W., 42 Iks. dist., marked T. 
 13 N., R. 24 E., S. 25, B. T. 
 LaTid, level and mountainous. 
 Soil, gi'avel and rock; 4tb rate. 
 Timl>er, oak. 
 Mountainous or heavily-timbered land, 33.00 chs. 
 
 * See footnote, page] 54. 
 
 tSec pitge 105. 
 
 J See footnote, page 106.
 
 165 
 CAh Guide Meridian East, through Tps. 13 iV., etc. — Coutiuued. 
 
 Chains. 
 2.00 
 
 3.50 
 
 8.50 
 
 13. 00 
 
 17.10 
 
 20.90 
 
 40.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 35.00 
 
 40.00 
 
 40.30 
 44.00 
 
 48.50 
 55.00 
 61.70 
 
 80.00 
 
 North, bet. sees. 25 aud 30. 
 Descend through heavy oak timber. 
 
 Precijjitous descent of 60 ft., down whicli I can not chiiin; set a Haj; on 
 line at foot of precij)ice; measure a base east 4 chs. to a point, I'rom 
 whicli the Hag bears N. 68^~ W. ; which yives for the distance (by trav- 
 erse table) 1.50 chs., which, added to 2.00 chs., makes 
 To foot of precipice, bears E. and W. ; thence, descend. 
 Leave heavy oak timbei', bears E. and \V. 
 Ik'fiin abrupt descent. 
 To creek, 10 Iks. wide, pure Avater, course N. 70° W. ; 240 ft. below top of 
 
 ridge. Ascend 20 ft. to 
 Edue of level plain, bears N. 80 W. and S. 80= E. 
 
 Uill'eieuce bet. measurcnients of 40.00 chs.. hy two sets of chainmen, is 
 20 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 39.90 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 40.10 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, foresee, cor., marked I S., on W. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 ins., N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. 
 base, 1^ ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Dilf. between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, is 6 
 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 80.03 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 79,97 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq.^ with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, fur cor. of sees. 19, 24, 25, and 30, marked 
 T. 13 N., S. 19 on N. E. 
 R.25E.,S.30onS. E. 
 S. 25 on S. W., and 
 
 R. 24 E., S. 24 on N. W. faces; with 4 notches on i^. and 2 notches 
 on S. edges; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec., 5^ ft. dist. ; aud 
 raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Land, mountainous and level. 
 Soil, stony and sandy; 4th rate. 
 Timber, oak. 
 Mountainous or heavily-timbered land, 20.90 chs. 
 
 North, bet. sees. 19 and 24. 
 Over descending ground. 
 Ravine, 20 ft. wide. 8 ft. deep, course E. 
 
 Difference between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 6 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st .set, 39.97 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 40.03 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Set a cedar po.st, 3 ft. long. 3 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for i sec. cor., marked iS., on W.face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., 
 N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, 1^- 
 ft. high, \Y. of cor. 
 Enter willow brush, bears E. and W. 
 Leave willow brush, bears E. and W. ; Ford's Creek, 22 Iks. wide ; banks, 
 
 3 ft. high; pure water, gentle current; course E. 
 Ford's Creek, 24 Iks. wide, course W. 
 Ford's Creek, 26 Iks. wide, course N. 70° E, 
 Ravine, 15 ft. wide, 6 ft. deep, course E. 
 
 Difference between nieasurenients of 80.00 chs., by two .sets of chainmen, 
 is 12 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 80.06 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 79.94 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Deposit a quart of charcoal, 12 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 13, 18, 
 19, and 24; dig ])its, 18x18x12 ins., m each sec, 4 ft. dist.; and raise 
 a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, over deposit. 
 
 In S. E. pit drive a stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, 
 
 marked 
 T. 13N.,S. ISonN.E., 
 R. 25 E., S. 19on S. E., 
 S. 24 on S. W., and 
 E. 24 E., S. 13 on N. W. faces; with 3 notches on N. and S. edges.
 
 166 
 
 6th Guide Meridian East, through Tps. 13 N'., etc. — Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 29.00 
 34.10 
 35.20 
 3.7. 50 
 
 40.00 
 
 47.00 
 56.50 
 63.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 2.00 
 7.50 
 
 37.00 
 
 40.00 
 
 71.00 
 74.00 
 79. 50 
 
 80.00 
 
 Land, nearly all level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam and clay; 1st and 4th rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 North, bet. sees. 13 and 18. 
 
 Over nearly leyel plain ; gradually ascend. 
 
 Begin ascent to ridge, bears E. and W. 
 
 Top of ridge, 60 ft. above plain, bears E. and W. 
 
 Begin descent from ridge. 
 
 Foot of descent; branch, 10 Iks. wide in ravine 5 ft. deep; course E. 
 
 ascend. 
 Difference between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 
 is 16 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By Ist set, 39.92 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 40.08 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Set a granite stone, 15x8x5 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for :J sec. cor., 
 
 marked i on W. face; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, li ft. 
 
 high, W. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 Begin ascent of rijlge, bears E. and W. 
 Top of ridge, 400 ft. above plain, bears E. and W. 
 Begin descent. 
 Difference between measurements of 80. 00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 
 is 22 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By Ist set, 80.11 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 79.89 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Set a granite stone, 15x8x6 Ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 
 
 7, 12, 13, and 18, marked with 2 notches on N. and 4 notches on S. edges; 
 
 and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 14^ ft. high, W. of cor. Pits 
 
 impracticable. 
 This cor. stands on a bench, about 350 ft. below top of ridge. 
 Laud, level and mountainous. 
 Soil, sandy loam and rocky ; 2nd and 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 Mountainous land, 11.50 chs. 
 
 North, bet. sees. 7 and 12. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Begin ascent, bears E. and W. 
 
 Top of low ridge, 20 ft. above sec. cor., bears E. and W. ; thence, descend 
 
 gradually. 
 Branch, 6 Iks. wide, in ravine, 10 ft. deep, course E. 
 
 Difference between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 12 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 39. 94 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 40. 06 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with a marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for i sec. cor., marked i S. on W. face; dig pits. 18x18x12 ins., 
 N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, 1^^ 
 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Thence over plain gradually ascending. 
 Begin descent to creek, bears E. and W. 
 Foot of descent; creek, 12 Iks. wide, course E. Ascend. 
 To top of ascent and edge of level jilaiu, bears E. and N. 75° W. 
 Difference between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 14 Iks. ; jiosition of middle point 
 By 1st set, 80.07 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 79.93 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 11 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, (or cor. of sees. 7, 12, 13, and 18, marked 
 T. 13 N., S.OonN.E., 
 K.25E.,S.7onS.E., 
 S. 12onS. W.,and 
 
 K. 24 E., S. 1 on N. W. faces; with 1 notch on N. and 5 notches on 
 S. edges; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec, 5^ ft. dist.; and 
 raise a mound of earth, 4 It. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor.
 
 167 
 6th Ouide Meridian Uast, through Tps. 13 iV., etc. — Concluded. 
 
 Chains, 
 
 18.00 
 
 40.00 
 
 61.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 Land, nearly level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; 2nd rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 North, bet. sees. 1 and 6. 
 Over level land. 
 
 Branch 4 Iks. wide, in ravine 6 ft. deep, course E. 
 
 Diflerence between measurements of 40.00 chs., by two sets of cbainmen, 
 is 6 Iks. ; position of middle point 
 By 1st set, 39.97 chs. 
 
 By 2nd set, 40.03 chs; the mean of which is 
 Deposit a marked stone, 12 ins. in the ground, for ^ sec. cor., dig pits, 
 18x18x12 ins., N. and S. of cor., 4 ft. dist.; and raise a mound of earth, 
 3i ft. base, 1^ ft. high, over deposit. 
 In S. pit drive a cedar stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, 
 marked 
 
 i S. on W. face. 
 Creek, 12 Iks. wide, course S. 23° E. 
 
 Difference between measurements of 80.00 chs., by two sets of chainmen, 
 is 4 Iks. ; })08ition of middle point 
 By Ist set, 80.02 chs. 
 
 By 2ud set, 79.98 chs. ; the mean of which is 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with quart of charcoal, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for cor. of Tps. 13 and 14 N., Rs. 24 and 25 E., marked 
 T. 14N.,S.31 ouN. E., 
 R.25E.,S.6 onS.E., 
 T. 13 N., S. 1 on S. W., and 
 
 R. 24 E., S. 36 on N. W. faces; with 6 notches on each edge; dig 
 pits, N., E., and W., 4 ft. and S. of post, 8 ft. dist.; and raise a 
 mound of earth, 5 ft. base, 2^ ft. high, S. of cor. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; Ist rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 August 30, 1890. 
 
 GENERAL DESCRIPTION. 
 
 Townships 13 N., Ranges 24 and 25 East, are generally rolling table-lands, produc- 
 ing an abundant growth of grass, and there is some good land along Ford's Creek 
 and its tributaries. About two miles east of the corner of Tps. 13 and 14 N., Rs. 24 
 and 25 E., is a lake some two and half miles long by two miles wide, lying in Tps. 
 13 and 14 N., R. 25 E. 
 
 Richard Roods, 
 
 U. S. Deputy Surveyor. 
 August 30, 1890.
 
 168 
 
 FINAL OATHS OF DETUTY SURVEYORS AND THEIR ASSISTANTS. 
 
 LIST OF NAMES. 
 
 A list of the names of the iudividuals employed by Richard Roods, U. S. deputy 
 surveyor, to assist in running, measuring, aud marking the lines and corners 
 described in the foregoing field notes of the survey of the Sixth Guide Meridian J]ast, 
 through Townships 13 North, between Ranges 24 and 25 East, of the Principal Base 
 and Meridian in the State of Montana, showiug the respective capacities in which 
 they acted. 
 
 Petkr Long Chainman. 
 
 JuuN Shout Chainman. 
 
 Eli Marker Chainman. 
 
 William Tally Chainman, 
 
 Hexrv Clay Moundman. 
 
 William Stoxe Moundman. 
 
 George Sharp Axman-. 
 
 Adam Dull Axman. 
 
 .James Banner Flagman. 
 
 FINAL oaths of assistants. 
 
 We hereby certify that we assisted Richard Roods, U. S. deputy surveyor, in 
 surveying all those parts or portions of the Sixth Guide Meridian East, through 
 Townships 13 North, between Ranges 24 and 25 East, of the Principal Base and 
 Meridian in the State of Montana, which are represented in the foregoing field notes 
 as having been surveyed by him and under his direction; and that said survey has 
 been in all respects, to the best of our knowledge aud belief, well and faithfully 
 surveyed, aud the corner monuments established according to the instructions fur- 
 nished by the United States surveyor general for Montana. 
 
 Peter Long, Chainman. 
 
 .John Short, Chainman. 
 
 Eli Marker, Chainman. 
 
 William Tally, Chainman. 
 
 P^;nry Clay, Moundman. 
 
 William Stone, Moundman. 
 ' George Sharp, Axman. 
 
 Adasi Dull, Axman. 
 
 James Banner, Flagman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this first day of Se})teniber, 1890. 
 
 [seal.] William Martin, Notary Puhlie. 
 
 FINAL oath of united STATES DEPUTY SURA EYOR. 
 
 I, Richard Roods, United States deputy surveyor, do solemnly swear that in pur- 
 suance of a contract received from A B , United States surveyor general foi 
 
 Montana, bearing date of the tenth day of July, 1890, I have well, faithfully, and 
 truly, in my own proper person, and iu strict conformity with the iustrnctious fur- 
 nished by the United States surveyor gener.il for Montana, the Manual of Surveying 
 Instructions, and the laws of the United States, surveyed all those parts or portions 
 of the Sixth Guide Meridian East, through Townships 13 North, between Ranges 24 
 and 25 East, of the Principal Base and Meridian in the State of Montana, which are 
 represented in the loregoing held notes as having btien surveyed by me and under my 
 direction ; and I do further solemnly swear that all the corners of said surveys have 
 been established and i)erpetuated in strict accordance with the Manual of Surveying 
 Instructions, and the s])ecial instructions of the United States stirveyor general for 
 Montana, and in the specific manner described in the field notes, and that the fore- 
 going are the original Held notes of such survey; aud should any fraud be detected I 
 will suffer the penaltv of ])erj ury under the provisions of an act of Congress approved 
 August 8, 1846. 
 
 Richard Roods, 
 U. S. Depulg Survegor. 
 
 Subscrilicd by said Richard Roods and sworn to before me this first day of Sep- 
 tember, 1890. 
 
 [seal.] a B , 
 
 U. S. Surveyor -ijleneral for Montana,
 
 SPECIINIEN FIELD NOTES. 
 
 No. 3. 
 
 TITLE PAQE. 
 [See Plate III.] 
 
 FIELD NOTES 
 
 OF THK SURVEY OK THE 
 
 EAST AND NORTH BOUNDARIES 
 
 Township No. 13 North, Range No. 21 P^ast 
 
 PRINCIPAL RASE AND MERIDIAN 
 
 STATE OF MONTANA, 
 
 AS SUKVEYED BY 
 
 II I C H A R D ROODS, 
 
 U. S. DEPUTY SUKVEYOli, 
 
 UNDER HIS CONTRACT No. 97, 
 DATED JULY 10, 18^0. 
 
 Survey commenced September 8, 1800. 
 Survey completed September 13, is'jo. 
 
 1G9
 
 170 
 
 [Second Page.] 
 
 KAMES AND DUTIES OF ASSISTANTS. 
 
 Petek Long Chaiumau. 
 
 John Shout Chainmau. 
 
 Henky Clay Moundman. 
 
 William Stone Moimdmaii. 
 
 Geokge Sharp Axman. 
 
 Al>am Dull Axman. 
 
 James Banner Flagman. 
 
 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 31 
 
 32 
 
 33 
 
 34 
 
 175 -— 
 
 — 175 — 
 
 - — 175 — 
 
 176^ 
 
 6 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 35 
 
 36 
 
 175 176 176 176 ^| 
 
 174 6 
 
 I 
 
 T.13N., K.21E. 
 
 12 174 7 
 
 13 174 18 
 
 24 174 19 
 
 25 173 30 
 
 36 172 31 
 
 Srd Standard Pai'l N.
 
 171 
 
 [Third page.] 
 
 PEELIMINARY OATHS OF ASSISTANTS. 
 
 We, Peter Long and John Short, do solemnly swear that we will well and faith- 
 full^' execute the duties of chaiinuen; that we will level the chain upon even and 
 uneven ground, and plumb the tally pins, either by sticking or dropping the same; 
 that we will report the true distances to all notable objects and the true lengths of 
 all lines that we assist in measuring, to the best of onr skill and ability, and in 
 accordance with instructions given us, in tlie survey of the East and North bound- 
 aries of Township No. 13 North, Range No. 21 East, of the Principal Base and Merid- 
 ian, in the State of Montana. 
 
 Peter Long, Chainman. 
 
 John Short, Chainman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this second day of September, 1890. 
 [seal.] William Martin, 
 
 Notary Fublic. 
 
 We, Henry Clay and William Stone, do solemnly swear that we will well and 
 truly perform the duties of moundmen in the establishment of corners, according to 
 the instructions given us, to the best of our skill and ability, in the survey of the 
 East and North Boundaries of Township No. 13 North, Range No. 21 East, of the 
 Principal Base and Meridian, in the State of Montana. 
 
 Henry Clay, Moundman. 
 AViLLiAM Stone, Moundman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this second day of September, 1890. 
 [seal.] ' William Martin, 
 
 Notary Public. 
 
 We, George Sharp and Adam Dull, do solemnly swear that we will well and truly 
 perform the duties of axmen, in the establishment of cornei's and other duties, 
 according to instructions given us, and to the best of our skill and ability, in the 
 survey of the East and North Boundaries of Township No. 13 North, Range No. 21 
 East, of the Principal Base and Meridian, in the State of Montana. 
 
 George Sharp, Jxman. 
 
 Adam Dull, Axman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this second day of September, 1890. 
 > [SEAL.] William Martin, 
 
 Notary Public. 
 
 I, James Banner, do solemnly swear that I will well and trulj' perform the duties 
 of flagman, according to instructions given me, to the best of my skill and ability, 
 in the survey of the East and North Boundaries of Township No. 13 North, Range 
 No. 21 East, of the Principal Base and Meridian, in the State of Montana. 
 
 James Banner, Flagman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this second day of September, 1890. 
 [SEAL.] William Martin, 
 
 Notary Public.
 
 172 
 
 East boundary of T. 13 N., R. 21 E. 
 
 Chains, 
 
 7.00 
 
 10.00 
 19.00 
 24. .-)0 
 31.00 
 
 34. 00 
 
 39. 50 
 
 40. 00 
 
 43.00 
 
 "19. .-.0 
 50. 00 
 
 Survey commenced September 8, 1890, and executed \A'itli a Young &, Sons 
 light mountain transit, No. — , with solar attachment. The horizontal 
 limb is jirovided -with two double verniers placed opposite to each 
 other, reading to single minutes of arc, which is also the least count of 
 the verniers of the latitude and declination arcs. 
 
 The instrument was examined, tested on the true meridian at Helena, 
 found correct, and \a" as approved by the surveyor general for Montana, 
 September 1, 1890. 
 
 I examine the adjustments of the transit, and correct the level and colli- 
 matiou errors ; then, to test the solar ai>paratus by comparing its indica- 
 tions, resulting from solar observations made during a.m. and p. m. 
 hours, with a true meridian determined by observations on Polaris, I 
 proceed as follows : 
 
 September 8 : At the standard corner of Tps. 13 N., Es. 21 and 22 E., lati- 
 tude 4.5° 34'.5 N., longitude 107° 46' W., at 4'> 57"' p. m., 1. m. t., I set off 
 45^ 35' on the lai. arc ; 5"^ 29' N. on the decl. arc (these settings being the 
 nearest practicable to the true minutes and fractions thereof required) ; 
 determine with the solar a true meridian; and mark a jioint thereof on 
 a stone set firmly in the ground, 5.00 chs. N. of the cor. 
 
 At S^ 15'". 5 p. m., by my watch, which is 4'" 23^ fast of 1. m. t., I observe 
 Polaris at eastern elongation, in accordance with Manual of Instruc- 
 tions,* and mark a point on the line thus determined on a plug driven 
 in the ground, 5.00 chs. N. of my station. 
 
 September 8, 1890. 
 
 September 9 : XtQ>^ 30™ a. m.. 1. m. t., I lay off the azimuth of Polaris, 1° 
 49'. 6, to the west and mark the True Meridian thus determined, by cut- 
 ting a small groove in the stone set September 8, on which the true 
 meridian falls 0.25 ins. west of the mark determined by the solar. 
 
 At 6'' .58"' a. m., 1. m. t., I set off 45'^ 35' on the lat. arc; 5'^ 15' N., on 
 the decl. arc; and mark a point in the true meridian determined with 
 the solar, by a cross on the stone already set 5.00 chs. N. of my station ; 
 this murk falls 0.3 ins. west of the true 7neridian established hy the Polaris 
 observation. 
 
 The solar apparatus, by p. m. and a. m. observations, defines positions for 
 true meridians, respectively about 0' 13" east and 0' 16" west of the true 
 meridian established by the Polaris observations; therefore, I conclude 
 the adjustments of the instrument are satisfactory. 
 
 The magnetic bearing of the true meridian,! at 7 a. m., is N. 18° 10' W. ; 
 the angle thus determined, reduced by the table, page 100, gives the 
 mean mag. decl. 18° 07' E. 
 
 I begin at the standard corner of Tps. 13 N., Rs. 21 and 22 E., which I 
 
 established August 25, 1890. 
 "Thence I run 
 North, bet. sees. 31 and 36. 
 
 Descend abruptly over stony ground, sloping N. W. 
 Creek, 80 ft. below Tp. cor., 15 Iks. wide, cleai' water, course S. 75"^ W. ; 
 
 ascend. 
 Road, bears N. 60^ E. and S. 60° W. 
 Top of ridge, 200 ft. above creek, bears E. and W. 
 Begin descent. 
 Foot of descent, 1,50 ft. below top of ridge, bears P2. and W. Branch 2 
 
 Iks. wide, clear water, course E. Thence over level laud. 
 Begin deacent. 
 Foot of descent, 30 ft. below bench, bears E. and W. ; thence over level 
 
 land. 
 Set a sandstone, 15x8x6 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for ^ sec. cor., 
 
 marked \ on \V. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., N. and S. of stone, 3 ft. 
 
 dist. ; and rais<! a mound of earth, 3i ft. base, lA ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Creek 10 Iks. wide, ]iure water, 8 ins. (fcep, course E. Begin ascent. 
 Top of ridge, bears N. 70- E. and X. 80^ W'., 50 ft. above creek. 
 Begin descent. 
 
 * See page 105. 
 
 tSee footnotes, pages 106 and 142.
 
 East houndarii of T. 13 K., B. 21 ^.—Continued. 
 
 I Chains. 
 54.00 
 
 62.50 
 
 73. 00 
 
 74. 79 
 80.00 
 
 9.00 
 20.40 
 27.50 
 39.50 
 40.00 
 
 75. 00 
 80.00 
 
 6.00 
 17.00 
 22.00 
 36.50 
 40. 00 
 
 47.50 
 (54. 00 
 
 Branch 6 Iks. wide, in ravine 3 chs. wide, 30 ft. deep, course E. ; thence, 
 
 over level land. 
 Creek 12 Iks. wide, 1 ft. deep, pure water, course S. 60° E. 
 Enter cedar tiniljer, bears E. and W. 
 
 A cedar, 10 ins. diaui., on line, I mark Avitli 2 notches on N. and S. sides. 
 A cedar, 8 ins. diani., for cor. of sees. 25, 30, 31, and 36, I mark 
 T. 13N., S.30onN. E., 
 R.22E., S.31onS.E., 
 S. 36 on S. W., and 
 R. 21 E., S. 25 on N. W. sides ; with 5 notches on N. and 1 notch on 
 
 S. sides; from which 
 A cedar, 7 ins. diam., bears N. 301° E., 20 Iks. dist., marked T. 13 N., 
 
 E.22 E., 8.30, ii. T. 
 A cedar, 6 ins. diam., bears 8.63^'^ E., 18 Iks. dist., marked T. 13 
 
 N., R. 22 E., S.31,B.T. 
 A cedar, 9 ins. diam., bears S. 23^^ W., 21 Iks. dist., marked T. 13 
 
 N., R. 21 E., S. 36, B. T. 
 A cedar, 8 ins. diam., bears N. 64*° W., 19 Iks. dist., marked T. 13 
 N., R. 21 E., 8. 25, B. T. 
 Laud, mountainous and level. 
 Soil, stony and loam; 2ud and 4th rate. 
 Timber, cedar. 
 Mountainous land, 54.00 chs. 
 
 North, bet. sees. 25 and 30. 
 Over level laud, through cedar timber. 
 
 Creek 13 Iks. wide, pure water, 1 ft. deep, gentle current, course 8. 80" E. 
 Creek 15 Iks. wide, pure water, 2 ft. deep, gentle current, course S. 70° E. 
 Leave cedar timber, begin ascent, bears 8.70" E. and N. 70° W. 
 Top of ascent of 40 it., enter level plain, bears E. and W. 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with chan-ed stake, 24 ins, in the 
 ground, for J sec. cor., marked :J^ S. onW. face; dig pits, 18x17x12 ins., 
 N. and 8. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, 
 1| ft. high, W. of cor. 
 September 9: At this ^ sec. cor. I set oft' 5" 9' N., on the deck arc; and 
 at ll'> 57'". 1 1. m. t., observe the sun on the meridian; the resulting lat. 
 is 45° 36.0' which is about 0.2' greater than the proper lat. 
 Creek 12 Iks. wide, pure water, 1 ft. deep, gentle current, course S. 80° E. 
 Set a cedar post, 3 tt. long, 4 ins. sq., with quart of charcoal, 24 ins. in 
 the ground, for cor. of sees. 19, 24, 25, and 30; marked 
 T. 13 K., 8. 19 on N. E., 
 R. 22 E., 8. 30 on 8. E., 
 S. 25 on S. W., and 
 
 R. 21 E., 8. 24 on N. W. faces; with 4 notches on N. and 2 notches 
 on S. edges; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec. 5^ ft. dist. ; 
 and raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; 2nd rate. 
 Timber, cedar. 
 
 North, bet. sees. 19 and 24. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Branch 4 Iks. wide, course S. 70° E. ; ascend. 
 
 Top of ridge, 40 ft. high, bears E. and W. 
 
 Begin descent. 
 
 Foot of descent, bears E. and W. ; thence over level land. 
 
 Set a sandstone, 15x8x6 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for J sec. cor., 
 marked J on W. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., N. and 8. of stone, 3 
 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3tV ft. base, \h ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 Creek 15 Iks. wide, jjure water, low banks, course N. 70° W. 
 
 Creek 16 Iks. wide, pure water, low banks, course 8. 65 E.
 
 174 
 
 East houndary of T. 13 N., R. 21 _£/.— Concluded. 
 
 I Chains. 
 80.00 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with charred stake, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for cor. of sees. 13, 18, 19, and 24, marked 
 T. 13 N., S. 18 on N. E., 
 R.20E.,S. 19on S. E., 
 S. 24 on S. W., and 
 
 R. 21, S. 13 on N. W. faces; with 3 notches on N. and S. edges; 
 dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec, 5^ ft. dist. ; and raise a 
 mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam ; 1st rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 September 9, 1890. 
 
 40.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 
 .55. 00 
 
 80.00 
 
 September 10: At 7'' 56.8"' a. m., I set oft" 4.'5^' 37' on the lat. arc; 4° 
 47' N., on the decl. arc; and determine a true meridian with the solar, 
 at the cor. of sees. 13, 18, 19, and 24. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 North, bet. sees. 13 and 18. 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq. 
 ground, for i sec. cor., marked \ 
 
 with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 S. on W. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 
 ms., N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. 
 base, li ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 Set a limestone, 20x8x4 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 7, 12, 
 13, and 18, marked with 2 notches on N. and 4 notches on S. edges ; dig- 
 pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec, 5| ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of 
 earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; Ist rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 North, bet. sees. 7 and 12. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with quart of charcoal. 24 ins. in the 
 
 ground, for i sec cor. marked i S., on W. face; dig i»its, 18x18x12 
 
 ins., N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, 
 
 li ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Creek, 8 Iks. wide, in ravine 1 ch. wide, 20 ft. deep, course N. 60" E. 
 Set a limestone, 19x8x6 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 1, 6, 7, 
 
 and 12, marked with 1 notch on N. and 5 notches on S. edges; dig pits, 
 
 18x18x12 ins., in each sec, 5^ ft. dist.; and raise a mound of earth, 
 
 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; 1st rate. 
 No timber. 
 September 10: At this cor. I set oft" 4° 44' N. on the decl. arc; and at 11'' 
 
 56'". 8 1. m. t., observe the sun on the meridian ; the resulting lat. is45'^ 
 
 39', which is about O'.l more than the proper lat. 
 
 32. 50 
 40.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 North, bet. sees. 1 and 6. 
 
 Creek, 15 Iks. wide, impure water, sluggisli current, low muddy banks, 
 
 course E. 
 Set a locust post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with quart of charcoal, 24 ins. in the 
 
 ground, for \ sec. cor., marked i S., on W. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 
 ins., N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. 
 
 base, 1^ ft. higli, W. of cor. 
 Set a limestone;, b5x8x7 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for cor. of Tps. 13 and 
 
 14 N., Ks. 21 and 22 E., marked with 6 notches on each edge; dig pits, 
 
 24X24x12 ins., on each line, N., E., and W., 4 ft., and S. of stone, 8 ft. 
 
 dist., and raise a mound of earth, 5 ft. base, 2+ it. high, S. of cor. 
 
 September 10, 1890.
 
 175 
 North boundary of T. 13 N., R. 31 E. 
 
 Chains 
 
 39.25 
 
 79. 25 
 
 40.00 
 
 47.00 
 80.00 
 
 7.00 
 40.00 
 
 55. 00 
 57.13 
 68.00 
 
 September 11: At 71 56.4"' a. m., 1. m. t.. I set off 45° 40' on the lat. arc; 
 4*-" 25' N., on the decl. arc; and determine a true meridian with the 
 sohxr, at the cor. of Tps. 13 and 14 N., Es. 21 and 22 E. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 West on a random line, along the N. hdy. of Tp. 13 N., E. 21 E., setting 
 temp. J sec. and sec. cors. at intervals of 40.00 chs. ; and, at 479.25 
 chs., intersect the 5th Guide Meridian, 42 Iks. N. of the cor. of Tjis. 13 
 and 14 N., Es. 20 and 21 E., which is a limestone, 5x8x6 ins. above 
 ground, marked and witnessed as described by the surveyor general. 
 The falling answers to a correction of 0^ 03', or 7 Iks. S. per mile, 
 counting from the N. E. cor. of the Tp. ; therefore I run 
 
 N. 890"57'E., bet. sees. 6 and 31. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins. in 
 the ground, for i sec. cor., marked ^ S., on N. face; dig pits, 18xl8x 
 12 ins., E. and W. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 
 3* ft. base, 1+ ft. high, N. of cor. 
 
 Set a limestone, 20x8x4 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 5, 
 6, 31, and 32, marked with 5 notches on E. and 1 notch on W. edges; 
 dig pits 18x18x12 ins., in each sec, 5M't. dist.; and raise a mound 
 of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 it. high, W. of cor. 
 
 Laud, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; 1st rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 September 11, 1890. 
 
 September 12: At —•'—"' a. m., 1. m. r., I set off 45° 40' on the lat. 
 arc; 4° 02' N., on the decl. arc; and determine a true meridian with 
 the solar, at the cor. of sees. 5, 6, 31, and 32. 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89° 57' E., bet. sees. 5 and 32. 
 Set a juniper post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with quart of charcoal, 24 ins. in 
 the ground, for | sec. cor., marked f S., on N. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 ins., E. and W. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mou'jd of earth, 3^ ft. 
 base, H ft- liiglii N. of cor. 
 Creek 15 Iks. wide, good water, sluggish current, course S. E. 
 Deposit a quart of charcoal, 12 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 4, 5, 32, 
 and 33; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec, 4 ft. dist.; and raise a 
 mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, over deposit. 
 In S. E. pit drive a cedar stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, 
 marked 
 
 T. 14 N., S. 33 on N. E., 
 R.21E., S.4 on S. E., 
 T.13N.,S.5 ouS. W., and 
 
 S. 32 on N. W. faces; with 4 notches on E. and 2 notches on W. 
 edges. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam ; 1st rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 September 12: At this cor., I set off 4° .53' N., on the decl. arc; and, at 
 11'' 5'".1, 1. m. t., observe the sun on the meridian; the resulting lat. is 
 45° 40', which is about 0'.3 greater than the proper lat. 
 
 September 12, 1890. 
 
 N. 89° 57' E., bet. sees. 4 and 33. 
 
 Branch, 4 Iks. wide, course S. 35*^ W. 
 
 Set a limestone, 15x8x5 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for J sec. cor. 
 marked i on N. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins.j^E. and W., of stone, 3 
 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 34^ ft. base, 1^ ft. high, N. of cor. 
 
 Enter heavy oak timber, bears N. and S. 
 
 An oak, 38 ins. diam., on line, I mark with 2 notches on E, and W. sides. 
 
 Branch, 3 Iks. wide, course N. 30^^ E.
 
 176 
 
 North boundary of T. 13 iV"., B. 21 E. — Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 80.00 
 
 28.00 
 40.00 
 
 63. 00 
 
 80. 00 
 
 30. 00 
 10.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 An oak, 14 ins. diam., for cor. of sees. 3, 4, 33, and 34, I mark 
 T. 14 N., S. 34 N. E., 
 R. 21 E., S. 3 on S. E., 
 T. 13 N., S. 4 on S. W., and 
 
 S.33 ouN.W. sides; -with 3uotclies on E. andW. sides; fromwhicli 
 An oak, 12 ins diam., bears N. 13^-^ E., 21 Iks. dist.. marked T. 14 
 
 N., R. 21E.,S. 34B. T. 
 An oak, 14 ins. diam., bears S. 78i° E., 25 Iks. dist., marked T. 13 
 
 N., R.21 E., S. 3, B. T. 
 An ash, 10 ins. diam., bears S. 63F W., 34 Iks. dist., marked T. 13 
 
 N., R. 21 E., S. 4, B. T. 
 A dogwood, 7 ins. diam., bears N. 26° W., 32 Iks. dist., marked T. 14 
 N., R.21 E., S.33, B.T. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; Ist rate. 
 Timber, oak. 
 Heavily timbered land, 25.00 chs. 
 
 September 13 : At — '' — '", 1. m. t., I set off 45"^' 40' on the lat. arc ; — « — ' 
 
 N., on the decl. arc; and determine a true meridian with the solar, at 
 
 the cor. of sees. 3, 4, 33, and 34. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89° 57' E., bet. sees. 3 and 34. 
 
 Over level land, through heavy oak timber. 
 
 Branch, 4 Iks. wide, course S. 10^ E. 
 
 An oak, 18 ins. diam., for J sec. cor.. I mark \ S., on X. side ; from 
 
 which 
 
 An oak, 14 ins. diam., bears N. 42° E., 27 Iks. dist., marked T. 14 N., 
 
 R.21E.,S.34, B.T. 
 An ash, 13 ins. diam., bears S. 48^° E., 25 Iks dist., marked T. 13 N., 
 R.21 E.,S.3, B.T. 
 Leave heavy oak tinil)er, bears N. and S. 
 Set a limestone, 22x8x7 ins., 17 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 2, 3, 
 
 34, and 35, marked with 2 notches on E. and 4 notches on VV. edges ; dig 
 
 pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec, 5+ ft. dist.; and raise a mound ot 
 
 earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. higli, W. of cor. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; Ist rate. 
 Timber, oak. 
 Heavily timbered land, 63.00 chs. 
 
 N. 89° .57' E., bet. sees. 2 and :!5. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 South fork of Sirring Creek, 22 Iks. wide, pure water, gentle current, low 
 
 V)anks, course N. 38° E. 
 Set a locust post, 3 ft. long, 3 in. S(|., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 
 ground, for ^ sec. cor., marked :|- S. on N. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., 
 
 E. and W. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, 
 
 1-i ft. high, N. of cor. 
 Set a limestone, 15x8x6 ins., 10 ins. in tht; ground, for cor. of sees. 1,2, 
 
 35, and 3<>, marked with 1 nolch on E. and 5 notches on W. edges; dig 
 
 pits. 18X18x12 ins., in each sec. 5A ft. dist.; and raise a mound of 
 
 earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, \V. of cor." 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; 1st rate. 
 No timber. 
 Se])tember 13: At this cor., I set oH- 
 
 — '" I. m. t., observe the sun on the meridian ; 
 
 which is about 0.7 less than the jiroper lat. 
 
 X., on the decl. arc; and at — '■ 
 the resulting lat. is 45'-' 39', 
 
 N. 89° .57' E., bet. sees. 1 and 3(i. 
 Over level land. 
 40.00 Set a limestone, 18x18x12 ins., 12 ins.'in the ground, for j sec. cor.,
 
 177 
 
 North boundary of T. 13 N., R. 21 R— Concluded. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 
 
 marked i on N. face ; <lig pits, 18x18x12 ius., E. ami W. of stone, 3 ft. 
 
 
 dist. ; iuid raise a mound of earth, '61 ft. base, 14^ ft. high, N. of cor. 
 
 58.00 
 
 Branch 4 Iks. wide, course N. 30^ E. 
 
 70.00 
 
 Same branch, ti Jks. wide, course S. 
 
 80.00 
 
 The cor. of Tps. 13 and 14 N., Ks. 21 and 22E. 
 
 
 Land, level. 
 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; 1st rate. 
 
 
 No timber. 
 
 
 September 13, 1890. 
 
 Boundaries of T. 13 N., R. 21 E. 
 Latitudes, departiires, and closing errors. 
 
 Line designated. 
 
 Trne bearing. 
 
 Distance. 
 
 Latitudes. 
 
 DepJirtures. 
 
 N. 
 
 S. 
 
 E. 
 
 W. 
 
 3rd Standard Parallel N 
 
 "West 
 
 Chg. 
 
 Ghs. 
 
 dig. 
 
 Ghs. 
 
 Ghs. 
 
 480. 00 
 
 
 North 1 480. (W 
 
 N. 890 57'E.j 479.25 
 South 480.00 
 
 480. 00 
 0.42 
 
 "...::::: 
 
 N bdy T i:! X.,i;. 21 E 
 
 '"Im'.bo 
 
 479. 25 
 
 
 K hdy T 13N.,E. 21E 
 
 
 
 
 
 0.74 
 
 
 Totals 
 
 
 
 
 
 480. 42 
 480. 00 
 
 480. 00 
 
 479. 99 
 
 4^0. 00 
 479. 99 
 
 
 Error in 
 
 dep 
 
 0.42 
 
 0.01 
 
 
 * The convorgency will always be entered in the column containing the departure of the north 
 bo\indarv. 
 
 This township is rough and mountainous in the southern part, rolling in the inte- 
 rior, and nearly level in the north and east, while prairie land is found in the vicinity 
 ot the southwest corner. The towuship is well watered, and well timbered in the 
 interior; and the soil along the south fork of Spring Creek and its tributaries is 
 very fertile. The township should be subdivideil. 
 
 KiCHARi) Roods, 
 
 U. iS. DepuUj Suvveijor. 
 September 13, 1890. 
 
 FINAL OATHS OF DEPUTY SURVEYORS AND THEIR ASSISTANTS. 
 
 LIST OF NAMES. 
 
 A list of the names of the individuals employed by Ricduird Roods, U. S. deputy 
 surveyor, to assist in running, measuring, and marking the lines and corners de- 
 scribed in the foregoing field notes of the survey of the east and north boundaries 
 of Township No. 13 North, Range No. 21 East, of the Priucipal Base and Meridian, 
 in the State of Montana. 
 
 Petki; Long , Chaiumau. 
 
 .John Shout Chainman. 
 
 Henry Clay Moundman. 
 
 William Stone Moundman. 
 
 George Sharp Axman. 
 
 Adam Duli Axman. 
 
 James Banner Flagman. 
 
 final oaths of assistants. 
 
 We hereby certify that we assisted Richard Roods, United States deputy surveyor, 
 in surveying all those parts or portions of the east and north boundaries of Town- 
 ehip No." 13 North, Range No, 21 East, of the Principal Base and MevidiaR, in the 
 
 386^^ — 12
 
 178 
 
 state of Montana, which are represented in the foregoing field notes as having been 
 surveyed by him and under his direction; and that said survey has been in all 
 respects, to the best of our knowledge and belief, well and faithfully surveyed, 
 and the corner monuments established according to the instructions furnished by the 
 United States surveyor general for Montana. 
 
 Peter Long, Chainman. 
 
 John Short, Chaivman. 
 
 Henry Clay, Momidmnn. 
 
 William Stone, Moundman. 
 
 George Sharp, Axman. 
 
 Adam Dull, Axman. 
 
 James Banner, Flagman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this fifteenth day of September, 1890. 
 [SKAL.] William Martin, Notary Public. 
 
 final oath of united states deputy surveyor. 
 
 I, Richard Roods, United States deputy surveyor, do solemnly swear that in pur- 
 
 Buance of a contract received from A B , United States surveyor general for 
 
 Montana, bearing date of the tenth day of July, 1890, I have well, faithfully, and 
 truly, in my own proper person, and in strict conformity with the instructions fur- 
 nished by the United States surveyor general for Montana, the Manual of Survey- 
 ing Instructions, and the laws of the United States, surveyed all those parts or 
 portions of the east and north boundaries of Township No. 13 North, Range No. 21 
 East, of the Principal Base and Meridian in the State of Montana, which are repre- 
 sented in the foregoing field notes* as having been surveyed by me and under my 
 direction; and I do further solemnly swear that all the corners of said surveys have 
 been established and perpetuated in strict accordance with the Manual of Surveying 
 Instructions, and the special instructions of the United States surveyor general for 
 Montana, and in the specific manner described in the field notes, and that the fore- 
 
 foing are the original field notes of such survey; and should any fraud be detected 
 will suffer the penalty of perjury under the provisions of an act of Congress 
 approved August 8, 1846. 
 
 Richard Roods, 
 
 U. iS. Deputii Surveyor. 
 Subscribed by said Richard Roods and SAvorn to before me this fifteenth day of 
 September, 1890. 
 
 fSEAL.] A B , 
 
 U. S. Surveyor General for Montana.
 
 179 
 
 Specimen Field Notes. — Xo. 4. 
 Resurvey of the E. hdy. of T. 25 X., R. 2 TF"., Willamette Meridian. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 18.00 
 40.00 
 
 52.74 
 
 .57. 00 
 72.00 
 80.00 
 
 (Note. — Field notes of retracements and resurveys will be incorporated 
 with the field notes of the subdivisions to which they are directly 
 related, and will he covered by the iirelirainary and final oaths of said 
 siibdivisional tick! notes. (See page 71.) 
 
 In case the deputy does not know from recent observations that his in- 
 strument is in adjustment, he will make the observations prescribed' 
 at the beginning of specimen lield notes No. 2, or No. .5, as the charac- 
 ter of the instrument employed may require. 
 
 A transit with solar attachment is the instrument employed for this 
 resurvey.) 
 
 Preliminary to commencing the subdivision of this township, I run 
 north on a blank line, on the east boundary of sec. 36; at 40.00 chs. 
 I find the i sec. cor., N. 80^ E., 30 Iks. dist., and at 80.00 chs., the cor. 
 of sees. 25, 30, 31 and 36, east, 58» Iks. Jist. ; therefore, I continue my 
 line north, find no part of the E. bdy. in alinement, and that many of 
 the corners are nearly obliterated. At 5 miles 79.83 chs., intersect E. 
 and W. line, 42 Iks. e! of the cor. of Tps. 25 and 36 N., Es. 1 and 2 W., 
 and as these towushi]>s have not been subdivided, I resurvey the range 
 line between them, as follows: 
 
 The old standard cor. of Tps. 25 N., Es. 1 and 2 W., is a post greatly 
 decayed, and the marks are nearly obliterated. I destroy all traces of 
 the old corner and reestablish it at the same point, as follows : 
 
 Set a sandstone, 18x8x5 ins., 12 ius. in the ground, for standard cor. of 
 Tps. 25 N., Es. 1 and 2 W. marked 8. C, on N. face, with 6 grooves on 
 N., E.,and W. faces; dig pits, 30x24x12 ins., crosswise on each line, 
 E. and W., 4 ft., and N. of stone, 8 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 
 5 ft. base, 2^ ft. high, N. of cor. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. Q° 3' W., bet. sees. 31 and 36. 
 
 Through timber. Ascend. 
 
 Top of ridge, about 40 ft. high, bears E. and W. 
 
 Set a sandstone, 20x8x4 ins. 15 ins. in the ground, for:J^ sec. cor. marked 
 J on W. lace; from which 
 
 A pine 20 ins. diara., bears N. 20° E., 24 Iks. dist. marked J S. B. T. 
 An oak, 16 ins. diajn., bears N. 68^'= W.,27 Iks. dist., marked i S. B. T. 
 
 From this point, the old i sec. cor., which is a decayed stake, with marks 
 almost obliterated, Dears N. 80- E., 33 Iks. dist. I destroy this stake 
 and the marks on the stump of a beech tree, described as a bearing tree 
 in the field notes of the original survey. No trace can be found of a 
 poplar, described as a bearing tree. 
 
 An oak, 14 ins. diam., on line, I mark with 2 notches on E. and W. sides. 
 Descend. 
 
 Foot of ridge, bears E. and W. ; enter rich level land. 
 
 Leave timber, bears N. E. and S. W. 
 
 Set a cedar x>ost, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for corner of sees. 25, 30, 31. and 36, marked 
 T.25N., S.30onN.E., 
 E. 1 W., S. 31 on S. E., 
 S.36on S. W., and 
 
 E. 2 W., S. 25 on N. W. faces; with 5 notches on N. and 1 notch on 
 S. edges; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins. in each sec, 5^ It. dist.; and 
 raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high. W. of cor. 
 
 From this cor. the old cor., a decayed post, bears E. 65 Iks. I destroy all 
 traces of the old cor. 
 
 Land, rolling and level. 
 
 Soil, N. and S. parts, rich loam ; 1st rate ; middle part, sandy ; 2ud rate. 
 
 Timber, pine and oak.
 
 180 
 Resurvey of the E. hdij. of T. 25 y., R. 2 W., efc— Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 40.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 
 50. 00 
 80.00 
 
 16.50 
 40.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 17.50 
 
 N. Qo 3' W., bet. sees. 25 and 30. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Set a locust post. 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with quart of chai'coal, 24 ins. in 
 
 the ground, for i sec. cor. marked \ 8., on W. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 
 ins., N. and S. of ]>ost, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. 
 
 base, 11 ft, high, W. of cor. 
 All indications of the old cor. have disappeared. 
 Set a granite stone, 15x8x7 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 19, 
 
 24, 25 and .30, marked with 4 notches on N. and 2 notches on S. edges; 
 
 dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec.,5i ft. dist.; and raise a mound 
 
 of earth, 4 ffc. base, 2 ft high, W. of cor^ 
 From this point, the old sec. cor., a post, bears N. 50"^ E., 41 Iks. dist, 
 
 I destroy the cor. 
 Land, level prairie. 
 Soil, rich loam ; 1st rate. 
 No tim1)er. 
 
 N. 0° 3' W., bet. sees. 19 and 24. 
 
 Over level prairie. 
 
 Set an oak post, 3 ft. long, 3»ins. sq., with charred stake, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for ^ sec. cor., marked ^ S. on W. face; dig pits, 18 X 18 X 12 
 ins., N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist.; and raise a mound of earth, 3+ ft. 
 base, \\ ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 From this point, the old J sec. cor., a decayed post, bears N. 51^^ E., 47 
 Iks. dist. I destroy this post, and marks on old bearing trees. 
 
 Elk Creek, 130 Iks. wide, shallow at this point, good water, gentle cur- 
 rent, course N. W. 
 
 Set a limestone, 18 X 8 X 5 ins., 12 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 13, 
 18, 19 and 21, nuirked with 3 notches on N. and S. edges; dig pits, 
 18 X 18 X 12 ins., in each sec, 5i ft. dist.; and raise a mound of earth, 
 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, ^\ . of cor.' 
 
 After diligent search no signs of the old cor. can be found. 
 
 Land, level jiraiiie. 
 
 Soil, rich loam ; 1st rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 N. 0° 3' W., bet. sees. 13 and 18. 
 
 Over prairie land. 
 
 Coon Creek, (50 Iks. wide, 2 ft. deep, good water, course W. 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with quart of clinrconl, 24 ins. in 
 
 the ground, for I sec. cor. marked |- S. on ^Y. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 
 ins., N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. 
 
 base, 1^ ft. high, W. of cor. 
 I can find no traces of old cor. post, bnt find slight traces of pits N. 
 
 8ti'^ E. 46 Iks. dist., which I destroy. 
 Set a limestone, 22x8x4 ins., 17 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees, 7, 
 
 12, 13 and 18, marked with 2 notches on N. and 4 notches on S. edges; 
 
 dig i)its, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec, 5.V ft. dist.; and raise a mound 
 
 of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 fr. Iiigh, W. of cor. 
 The old cor. which w.as a post, has disappeared, bnt indistinct remains 
 
 of the pits, nearly in their proper places, still remain. The new pits 
 
 sufficiently obliterate the old ones. 
 Land, gently rolling i)rairie. 
 Soil, rich loam; Ist rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 April 12, 1892: I set otf 9 6' N., ou the dee], arc; and at 12'' 0.3™ p. m., 
 1. m. t.. observe the siin on the meridian ; the resulting lat., is 47° .35' N. 
 
 N. Oo 3' W., bet. sees. 7 and 12. 
 Over prairie land. 
 
 Maple Creek, 10 Iks. wide, 1 ft. deep, good water, gentle current, course 
 S. W.
 
 181 
 Resurvey of the E. hdy. of T. 25 i\^., R. 2 TF., etc. — Contiuued. 
 
 Chains. 
 40.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 10.40 
 22.00 
 40.00 
 
 46.00 
 79.83 
 
 10. 00 
 79. 61 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with charred stake, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for \ sec. cor., marked ^ S. ou W. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 ins., N. and 8. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; iiud raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. 
 b;ise, 1^ ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 Set a limestone, 20x8x5 ins., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the ground, 
 for cor. of sees. 1, 6, 7, and 12, marked with 1 notch on >J. and 5 
 notches on S. edges; dig jnts, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec, 5^ ft dist.; 
 and raise a mound of eiirth, 4 ft. buse, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 The old cor. which was a post, has been entirely destroyed by fire, no 
 signs of pits. 
 
 Land, level prairie. 
 
 Soil, rich loam; 1st rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 April 12, 1892: At 4 p. m., 1. m. t., I set off 47° 36' on the lat. arc; 
 — ° — ', on the decl. arc; and determine a true meridian, at the cor. of 
 sees. 1, 6, 7, and 12. 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 0" 3' W., bet. sees. 1 and 6. 
 Over prairie land. 
 
 A spring branch, 3 Iks. wide, good water, course S. 70° W. 
 Spring of pure Avater, 3 ft. diam., 2 ft. deep, bears E., 6.00 chs. dist. 
 Set a locust post, 3 ft. long, 3 ius. sij., with quart of charcoal, 24 ins. in 
 the ground, for ^ sec. cor., marked i S., on W. face. ; dig pits, 18xl8x 
 12 ins., N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ 
 ft. base, 1^ ft. high, W. of cor. 
 After diligent search no old ^ sec. cor. can be found. 
 Snuill branch, 3 Iks. wide, sluggish current, course N. W. Enter timber, 
 
 bears X. W. and S. E. 
 The old cor. of Tps. 25 and 26 N., Rs. 1 and 2 W., which is an oak post, 
 burned off at the surface of the ground. I reestablish the cor. at 
 the same point, as follows: Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with 
 charred stake and the old post, 24 ins. in the ground, for cor. of Tps. 
 25 and 26 N., Rs. 1 and 2 W. marked 
 T.26N., S.31onN.E., 
 R. 1 \V., S. 6 on S. E., 
 T. 25 N., S. 1 ou S. W., and 
 R. 2 W., S. 36 on N.W. faces; with 6 notches on each edge; from 
 
 which 
 A cherry, 6 ins. diam., bears N.40^° E., 14 Iks. dist., marked T. 26 
 
 N., R.'l W.. S. 31, B.T. 
 A white oak, 5 ius. diam., bears S. 51^° E., 24 Iks. dist., marked T. 
 
 25 N., R. 1 W., S.6, B.T. 
 A hickory, 8 ins. diam., bears S. 37i" 
 
 25 N., R.2W., S. 1, B.T. 
 A chestnut, 6 ius. diam., bears N. 521"^ 
 
 26 N., R.2W., S.36, B'.T. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, rich loam, 1st rate. 
 
 Timber, oak, hickory, and chestnut. 
 
 April 12, 1892. 
 
 W., 30 Iks. dist., marked T. 
 ' W., 13 Iks. dist., marked T. 
 
 The field notes of the subdivision of this township read in iiart as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 *■ ^ -^ TV iv' * # 
 
 "N. 89° 57' W., on a random line bet. sees. 7 and 18. 
 Set temp. ^ sec. cor. 
 
 Tlie cor. of sees. 7, 12, 13, and 18 can not be found. 
 
 I find the ^ sec. cor. bet. sefs. 13 and 18, which is a locust post, 1 ft. high, 
 3 ins. sq., marked and witnessed as described by the surveyor geuer«,l. 
 Thence I run 
 North, on a random line bet. sees. 13 and 18.
 
 182 
 Eesurvey of the E. hdij. of T. 25 X., R. 2 W.^ etc. — Concluded. 
 
 Chains. 
 40. 00 
 
 rO. 95 
 
 38. 00 
 3y. 07A 
 
 Set temp. sec. cor. At tliis point I again make careful search for the 
 sec. cor., Avhich is described by the surveyor general, as a post, with 
 pits and mound of earth W. of cor., but am unable to find any traces 
 of post, pits, or mound. Thence, bet. sees. 7 and 12. 
 Intersect E. and W. line, 5 Iks. E. of the ;^ sec. cor. bet. sees. 7 and 12, 
 which is a sandstone, .5x10x4 ins. above ground, marked and wit- 
 nessed as described by the surveyor general. 
 Thence I run 
 
 S. 0^ 2' E., on a true line bet. sees. 7 and 12. 
 Over rolling land. 
 
 Fence, bears E. and W., enter plowed ground. 
 Reestablish the cor. as follows: 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq.. with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for cor. of sees. 7, 12, 13, and 20, marked 
 
 T.25N.S. 7 on N. E.. • * 
 
 E.2\V. S. 18 on S. E., 
 S. 13 on S. W., and 
 
 E. 3 W., S. 12 on N. W. faces; with 2 notches on N. and 4 notches 
 on S. edges; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec, 5^ ft. diet.; 
 and raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 it. high, W. of cor. 
 
 April 18, 1892."
 
 SI^EOIJNlEISr FIELD NOTES. 
 
 No. 5. 
 
 TITLE PAGE. 
 
 (See Plate IV.) 
 
 FIELD NOTES 
 
 OF THE SURVEY OF THE 
 
 SUBDIVISION AND MEANDER LINES 
 
 Township No. 15 Nokth, Kange No. 20 East, 
 
 PRINCIPAL BASE AND MERIDIAN 
 
 STATE OF MONTANA, 
 
 AS SURVEYED BY 
 
 ROBERT ACRES, 
 
 U. S. DEPUTY SUKVEYOK, 
 
 UNDER HIS CONTRACT, No. 207, 
 DATED MARCH 22, 1893. 
 
 Survey commenced Align st 4, 1893. 
 Survey completed August 19, 1893. 
 
 18S
 
 184 
 
 [Secoud page.] 
 
 FAMES AND DUTIES OF ASSISTANTS. 
 
 Peter Long Cliaiiimau. 
 
 John Shokt Chainman. 
 
 Cyrus Clay Moundman. 
 
 Henry Rock Moundman. 
 
 George Sharp Axuian. 
 
 Adam Dull Axniau. 
 
 James Banner Flagman. 
 
 Edward Ensign Flagman. 
 
 211. 
 
 l'0!> 
 
 INDEX. 
 Township 15 north. E. 20 east. 
 
 6 211 5 205 4 200 3 15»C 2 102 1 
 
 !10_ 
 
 204 
 
 200 . 
 
 196_ 
 
 191. 
 
 7 210 8 204 !> 199 10 195 11 190 lU 
 
 _109_ 
 
 .?08_ 
 
 -204. 
 
 .195. 
 
 190. 
 
 18 209 17 204 16 198 15 194 14 190 13 
 
 .208_ 
 
 208_ 
 
 .2o:j 
 
 .198. 
 
 194. 
 
 19 207 20 203 21 198 22 194 23 189 24 
 
 .207 
 
 197 
 
 .193_ 
 
 .189. 
 
 30 207 29 202 28 197 27 i9:{ 20 iss 25 
 
 .•oo_ 
 
 .2or._ 
 
 _201„ 
 •202 
 
 31 205 32 201 33 190 34 192 35 i87 30 
 201 
 
 .192 J 187 
 
 liii^;.« 212 to 215. 
 
 piijfi' 215. 
 
 l)a;;t-.s 215 to 217. 
 
 , l>agc.s 217 to 218. 
 
 I'IrB -1*^- 
 
 Note.— When practicable, the ilia^iiiin will >iho\v iiu-ander liues with the page refereuces writtei) 
 npoii them. 
 
 Mciiiidcrs of Yillow stone Iti 
 Mi-aiidi'is of LaUc, in sec. oH . 
 
 MeandiT.s of Lin s Lalie 
 
 Mcanilers of Ivy I.slaiul 
 
 Meanders of Dianinnd liock.
 
 185 
 
 [Third Page.] 
 
 PRELIMINARY 0ATH8 OF ASSISTANTS. 
 
 We, Peter Long aud John Sliort, do soh>ninly swear that we will well and faith- 
 fully execute the duties of chainmeu; that we will level the chain over even and 
 uneven ground, and plumb the tally pins eitlier by sticking or (Iroi)ping the same; 
 that we will report the true distances to all notable objects, and the true lengths of 
 all lines that we assist in measuring, to the best of our skill aiul ability, and in 
 accordance with instructions given us iu the survey of the subdivision aud meander 
 lines of Township No. 15 North, of Range No. 20 East, of the Principal Base and 
 Meridian in the State of Montana. 
 
 Peter Long, Chainman. 
 
 Jonx Short, Chainman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this second day of August, 1893. 
 [seal.] Hexrv Doolittle, 
 
 Notary Pahlic. 
 
 We, Cyrus Clay and Henry Rock, do solemnly swear that we will well and truly 
 perform the duties of moundmen, in the establishment of corners, according to the 
 instructions given us, to the best of our skill and ability, iu the survey of the sub- 
 division ami meander lines of Township No. 15 North, of Range No. 20 East, of the 
 Principal Base and Meridian in the State of Montana. 
 
 Cyrus Clay, Moundman. 
 
 Hexry Rock, Moundman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this second day of August, 1893. 
 [.SEAL.] Henry Doolittle, 
 
 .Notary I'uhlic. 
 
 We, George Sharp and Adam Dull, do solemnly swear that we will well and truly 
 perform the duties of axmen in the establishment of corners and other duties, 
 according to instructions given to us, and to the best of our skill and ability, in the 
 survey of the subdivision and meander lines of Township No. 15 North, of Range 
 No. 20 East, of the Principal Base aud Meridian in the State of Montana. 
 
 George Sharp, Axman. 
 Adam Dull, Axman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this second day of August, 1893. 
 [seal.] Henry Doolittle, 
 
 ♦ Notary PuhJic. 
 
 I, James Banner, do solemnly swear that I will well and truly perforin the duties 
 of flagman according to instructions given me, to the best of my skill and ability, 
 in the survey of the subdivision and meander lines of Township No. 15 North, of 
 Range No. 2() East, of the Principal Base aud Meridian in the State of Montana. 
 
 James Bannp:r, Flagman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this second day of August, 1893. 
 [seal.] Henry Doolittle, 
 
 Notary Fublic. 
 
 I, Edward Ensign, do solemnly swear that I will well and truly perform the duties 
 of flagman according to instructions given me, to the best of my skill and ability, 
 in the survey of the subdivision and meander lines of Township No. 15 North, of 
 Range No. 20 East, of the Principal Base and Meridian iu the State of Montana. 
 
 Edward Ensign, Flagman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this eleventh day of August, 1893. 
 
 Robert Acres, 
 U. S. De])uty Surveyor.
 
 186 
 Subdivision of T. 15 N., B. 20 E. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 Survey commenced August 4. 1893, aud executed with a Young & Sons 
 light mountain transit, No. — , with solar attachment. The horizontal 
 limb is provided with two double verniers placed opposite to each other, 
 reading to single minutes of arc, which is also the least count of the 
 verniers of the latitude and declination arcs. 
 
 The instrument was examined, tested on the true meridian at Helena, 
 found correct, and was approved by the surveyor general for Montana, 
 August 1, 1893. 
 
 I exaniiue the adjustments of the transit, and correct the level and col- 
 limation errors ;*" then, to test the solar apparatus, by comparing its 
 indications, resnltiug from solar observations made during a. m. and 
 p. m. hours, with a true meridian determined by observations on Po- 
 laris, I proceed as follows : 
 
 At the cor. of Tps. U and 15 N., Rs. 20 and 21 E. ; latitude 45° 45' N., lon- 
 gitude 107*^ 54' W. ; I set off 45° 45' N., on the lat. arc; 17° 1' N., on 
 the decl. arc; and, at 4'^ 6'" p. m., 1. m. t., determine with the solar 
 a true meridian and mark a j)oiut thereof, on a stone firmly set in the 
 ground, 5 chs. N. of the cor. 
 
 At 10'' 24'" 3 p. m. by my watch, which is S'" 43' slow of 1. m. t., I observe 
 Polaris at eastern elongation, in accordance with Manual of Instructions,! 
 ami mark a point in the line thus determined, on a plug driven in the 
 ground, 5 chs. N. of my station. 
 
 August 4, 1893. 
 
 August 5: At 6 a. m., 1. m. t., I lay oft" the azimuth of Polaris, 1° 48', to 
 the west, and mark the true mekidian thus determined, by cutting a 
 small groove in the stone set August 4, on which the frue meridian falls 
 0.4 ins. east of the mark determined by the solar. 
 
 At 8'' 6"' a. m., 1. m. t., I set off" 45° 45', on the lat. arc; 16° 50' N., on 
 the decl. arc; and mark a point in the true meridian determined with 
 the solar, by a cross on the stone already set 5 chs. N. of my station; 
 this mark falls 0.3 ins. east of the true meridian established by the Polaris 
 observation.! 
 
 The solar apparatus, by p. m. and a. m. observations, defines positions 
 for true meridians, respectively about 0'21" west^ and 0'16" east^ of 
 the meridian established by the Polaris observations; therefore, I con- 
 clude that the adjustments of the instrument are satisfactory. 
 
 The magnetic bearing || of the true meridian, at 8'' 30™ a. m., is N. 18° 15' 
 W. ; the angle thus determined, reduced by the table, page 100, gives 
 the mean mag. decl. 1S° 10' E. 
 
 From the Tp. cor. already described, I run 
 
 North, on the 5th Guide Meridian and E. bdy. of sec. 36; and, at 40.01 
 chs., intersect the i sec. cor.; and, at 79.98 chs., fall 1 Ik. W. of the 
 cor. of sees. 25, 30, 31 and 36; therefore, the line bears north. 
 
 From the Tp. cor. I run N. 89° 57' W., on the S. bdy. of sec. 36; at 39.99 
 chs., fall Oi Ik. N. of the i sec. cor. ; and at 80.01 chs. fall 1 Ik. S. of 
 the cor. of sees. 1, 2, 35, and : 6, on S. bdv. of the Tp. ; consequently, 
 the S. bdy. of the sec. 36 bears N. 89° 57' W. 
 
 Therefore, the bearings are as stated by the surveyor general, and my 
 chaining practically agrees with the field notes of the original survey. 
 
 *The instrument will not necessarily be m adjustment at tbe liosinninpofthe survey becaute it was 
 Jound correct wlien approved b/i ttic .surveyor general. Tlio dopiily sboulil dearly understand that he 
 is required to know that his instruinont is in adjustment when he commencei work and at all other 
 timex when he employs said instrument to determine directions aud run lines, from proper observa- 
 tions personally conducted. 
 
 I See page 105. 
 
 ♦The observations here recorded have a twofold object; first, to determine a trMem«ridtan; second, 
 to test the solar apparatus thereon. When a transit is employed, true meridians, determined by Polaris 
 observations, will be regarded as reference, or directing lines of the survey; and from them all other 
 directions and bearings will be initiated by angular measurements on the horizontal limb of the instru- 
 ment. 
 
 - §.To determine these small angles in seconds of arc, divide the fallings, expressed in inches, by 
 0.019. (See footnote, page l.i4.) 
 
 II When this viagrietic bearing shall have been taken, the deputy will have no further use for the 
 magnetic needle on this survey, and it might be removed from the compass box, and left in camp, 
 -without affecting the aabdivision of the township in any manner.
 
 187 
 Subdivision of T. 15 JSf., B. 20 E. — Coutinued. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 4.50 
 20.00 
 
 29.30 
 30.00 
 39. 50 
 
 40,00 
 40.50 
 
 50. 50 
 51.50 
 
 57. 50 
 
 72.50 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 79.96 
 
 13.00 
 18.60 
 
 20.50 
 
 I commence at the cor. of sees. 1, 2, 35, and 36, on the S. hdy. of the Tp., 
 which is a sandstone, 6x8x5 ins. above ground, tirmly set, aud 
 marlied aud witnessed as described by the surveyor general. 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 0° 01' W., bet. Sees. 35 and 36. 
 Over level bottom land. 
 Wire fence, bears E. and W. 
 Enter scattering cottonwood timber, bears E. and W. F. G. Alexander's 
 
 house bears N.28^ W. 
 Leave scattering cottonwoods, bearing E. and W. ; enter road, bears N. 
 S. E. cor. of F. G. Alexander's field ; thence, ah)ng west side of road. 
 To crossroads, bears E. to Mound City; N. to Lake City. F. G. Alexan- 
 der's house bears S. 40° W. The J sec. cor. point will fall in road; 
 therefore 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with quart of charcoal, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for witness cor. to ^ sec. cor., marked W. C. i S., on W. face; 
 dig pits, 18x18x12 ins. N. and S. oi" post, 3 ft. dist.; and raise a 
 mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, 1^ ft. high, W. of cor. 
 The point for ^ see. cor. falls in road. 
 
 Deposit a marked stone, 24 ins. in the ground, for ^ sec. cor. 
 The S. E. cor. of Tat. (Jurran's field bears W., 5 Iks. dist. 
 Set a limestone, 15x8x6 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for witness cor. to 
 J sec. cor., marked W. C. \ S. on W. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins. N. 
 and S. of stone, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^^ ft. base, 1^ 
 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Thence along E. side of field. 
 
 N. E. cor. of Pat. Curran's field, bears W., 4 Iks. dist. 
 Leave road; which turns to N. 70'" W., leads to ferry on Yellowstone 
 
 River; thence to Lake City. 
 Enter dense cottonwood and willow undergrowth, bears N. 54 E. aud S. 
 
 54 W. 
 Leave undergrowth, enter scattering timber, bears N. 60"^ E. and S. 60-^ W. 
 Set a locust post, 3 ft. loug, 4 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 
 25, 26, 35 and 36. marked 
 T. 15N., S.25onN. E., 
 R.20E.,S. 36on S.E., 
 S. 35 on S.W., and 
 
 S. 26 on N.W. faces; with 1 notch on S. and E. faces; from which 
 An ash, 13 ins. diam., bears N. 22° E., 26 Iks. dist,, marked T. 15 
 
 N.,R.20E.,S.25, B.T. 
 A sycamore, 23 ins. diam., bears S. 71J° E., 37 Iks. dist., marked T, 
 
 15N.,R.20E., S..36, B.T. 
 A walnut, 17 ins. diam., bears S. 64^ W., 41 Iks. dist., marked T. 
 
 15N.,R.20E., S.35, B.T, 
 A cottonwood, 13 ins. diam., bears N. 21^=' W., 36 Iks. dist., 
 marked T. 15 N., R. 20 E., S. 26, B. T. 
 Last 20.00 chs. of this mile subject to overtlow, 2 to 4 ft. deep. 
 Land, level bottom. 
 Soil, alluvial ; Ist rate. 
 Timber, scattering cottonwood, sycamore, ash, aud walnut; undergrowth, 
 
 cottonwood and willow. 
 Dense undergrowth, 15.00 chs. 
 
 S. 89° 57' E., on a random line bet. sees. 25 and 36. 
 
 Set temp. ^ sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect K. bdy. of Tp. 3 Iks. N. of cor. of sees. 25, 30, 31, and 36, which is 
 
 a sandstone, 5x8x5 ins. above ground, marked aud witnessed as 
 
 described by the surveyor general. 
 Thence 1 run 
 
 N. 89° 56' W., on a true line bet. sees. 25 and 36. 
 Over level bottom land, through scattering timber. 
 Leave scattering timber, bears N. aud S. 
 Cherry Creek, 12 Iks. wide; clear water, 1 ft. deep; gentle current, sandy 
 
 bottom; course N. 
 Enter heavy timber, bears N. and S.
 
 188 
 Subdivision of T. 15 N., R. 20 E. — Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 32.50 
 39. 98 
 
 46. 50 
 76.00 
 79.96 
 
 25.36 
 
 26.00 
 
 32.12 
 40.00 
 
 49.46 
 
 52.60 
 53. 60 
 
 55.70 
 62.80 
 80.00 
 
 Leave heavy timber, bears N. W. and S. E. 
 
 Deposit a quart of charcoal, 12 ins. in the ground, for ^ sec. cor. ; dig 
 
 ■pits, 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. of cor., 4 ft. dist. ; and raise a nionnd 
 
 of earth, 3^- ft. base, 1^ ft. high, over deposit. In P2. pit drive a cedar 
 
 stalie, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in tlie ground, marked ^ S. on N. 
 
 face. 
 
 Enter heavy timber, bears N. and S. 
 
 Leave heavy, enter scattering timber, bears N. 25^ E. and S. 25"^ W. 
 
 The cor. of sees. 25, 26, 3.5, and 36. 
 
 Land nearly level; mostly subject to overflow 2 to 5 ft. deep, 
 
 Beavily timbered land, 41.50 chs. 
 
 N. 1' W., bet. sees. 25 and 26. 
 
 Over level Ijottom laud, through scattering timber. 
 Kight bank of Yellowstone River. 
 
 Set a locust post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sf^., 24 ins. in the ground, for meander 
 cor. of fracl. sees. 25 and 26, marked 
 M. C. on N., 
 T. 15 N. on S., 
 R. 20 E., S. 25 on E., and 
 S. 26 on W. faces; from which 
 A Cottonwood, 12 ins. diam., bears S. 18^*^ E., 16 Iks. dist., marked 
 
 T. 15 N., R. 20 E., kS. 25, M. C. B. T. 
 A sycamore, 31 ins. diam., bears S. 74^^ W., 25 Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 15 N., R. 20 £., 8. 26, M. C. B. T. 
 Enter shallow channel, 1 to 2 ft. deep. 
 Across shallow channel, 64 Iks. wide, to sand bar parallel to river bank; 
 
 thence on sand bar. 
 To right bank of main channel, course E.; point for triangulation. 
 Point for ^ sec. cor. falls in river. 
 
 To determine the dist. across, I set a flag on line, on left bank ; then 
 measure a base, N. 89^ 59' E., 20.00 chs. to a point, from wliich tbe 
 flag bears N. 49^ 06' W. ; from the flag the E. end of base bears S. 49" 
 6' E.; therefore, the dist. is tan. 40^ 55'xbase, or 0.867x20.00 = 17.34 
 chs.;* making the whole distance from meander cor., 0.64+6.12+ 
 17.34 = 24.10 chs., Avhich added to 25.36, makes 
 To left bank of Yellowstone River; bank, 12 ft. high. 
 
 Deposit a marked stone, 12 ins. in the ground for meander cor. of 
 fracl. sees. 25 and 26, dig a pit, 36x36x12 ins., 5 ft. N. of cor. and 
 raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, over deposit. 
 In the pit drive a cedar stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sex., 12 ins. in the ground, 
 marked 
 
 M. C. on S., 
 T. 15 N. on N.. 
 R. 20 E., 8. 26 on W., and 
 8. 25 on E. faces. 
 ■Thence over level bottom land. Some small cottonwoods, none within 
 
 limits suitable for bearing trees. 
 Leave bottom, begin ascent, bears E. and W. 
 Top of ascent and edge of sandy plain, 40 ft. above river, bears E, 
 
 and W. 
 Wire fence, bears E. and W. 
 Telegraph line, bears E. and W. 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for cor. of sees. 23, 24, 25. and 26, marked 
 T. 15 N., S. 24 on N. E., 
 R. 20 E., S. 25 on S. E., 
 S. 26 on S. W., and 
 
 S. 23 on N. W. faces; with 2 notches on S. and 1 notch on E. edges; 
 dig ])it8, 18x18x12 ins. in each sec. 5* ft. dist. ; and raise a 
 mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Laud, level. 
 
 " See pane 130.
 
 189 
 
 Subdivision of T. 15 N'., R. 20 iJ.— Continued. 
 
 40.00 
 79.98 
 
 20.00 
 39.99 
 
 58.00 
 79.98 
 
 21.00 
 40.00 
 
 73. 50 
 
 78. 00 
 80.00 
 
 Soil, alluvial and .sandy; 1st and 2nd rate. 
 
 Timber, cottonwood and sycamore. 
 
 Augnst 5: At this cor.' I set off 16*^ 47' \., on the dec!, arc; and, at 0" 
 
 ()'" p. ni., 1. ni. t., observe the snn on the meridian ; the resulting lat. is 
 
 4.0- 47'. or about 0'.3 greater than the prosier lat. 
 
 S. 89"^ 56' E., on a random line bet. sees. 24 and 25. 
 
 Set temp. ^ sec. cor. 
 Intersect K. bdy. of Tp. 3 Iks.N. of cor. of sees. 19, 24, 25, and 30, which 
 
 is a sandstone, 5x9x4 ins. above ground, marked and witnessed as 
 
 described by the surveyor general. 
 Thence I run 
 
 X. 89^^ ,55' W., on a true line bet. sees. 24 and 25. 
 Over level land. 
 
 Fletcher's Station bears S. 64° W. 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sfj., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 
 ground, for ^ sec. cor., marked \ S. on N. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 
 ins., E. and W. 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3i ft. base, 14^ 
 ft. high, N. of cor. 
 Fletcher's Station bears S. 7° E. 
 
 Short Creek, 3 Iks. Avide, alkali water, 8 ins. deep, course S. 20° E. 
 The cor. of sees. 23, 24, 25, and 26. 
 Land, level. 
 Soil, sandy; 3rd rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 N. 0^ 1' W., bet. sees. 23 and 24. 
 
 Over level laud. 
 
 Enter alkali tiat, bears N. 70 W. and S. 70 E. 
 
 Set a sandstone, 16x8x16 ins., 11 ins. in the ground, for J sec. cor., 
 
 marked \ on W. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., N. and S. of stone, 3 
 
 ft. dist., and raise a mound of earth, 'il ft. base, li ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Alkali flat extends about 65.00 chs. E. and 35.00 chs.'W. 
 Leave alkali flat, bears E. and W. 
 Alkali creek (dry), course E. 
 Set a sandstone, 20x7x5 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 
 
 13, 14, 23 and 24, marked with 3 notches on S. and 1 notch on E. edges ; 
 
 dig pits, 18x18x12 Ins., in each sec, 5A ft. dist.; and raise a mound 
 
 of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, VV. of cor. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sand.N' and alkali; 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 S. 89° .55' E., on a random line, bet. sees. 13 and 24. 
 Over leve]<hmd. 
 iO. 00 Set temp. \ sec. cor. 
 
 80.01 Intersect E. bdy. of the Tp. at the cor. of sees. 13, 18, 19. and 24, which 
 is a locust post 1 it. above ground, 4 ins. sq., marked and witnessed as 
 described by the surveyor general. 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89° .55' W.. on a true line bet. sees. 13 and 24, 
 Over sandy alkali land. 
 40.00^ Set a .juniper post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins. 
 in the ground, for ^ sec. cor. marked ^ S., on N. face; dig pits, 
 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. of post, 3 ft. dist.; and raise a mound of 
 earth, 3il- ft. base, U ft. high, N. of cor. 
 80. 01 The eor. of sees. 13, 14, 23, and 24. 
 
 Alkali creek (now dry), runs eastward about 4.00 chs. south of this line. 
 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, alkali sand; 4tli rate. 
 
 No timber.
 
 190 
 
 Subdivision of T. 15 N., B. 20 ^.—Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 40.00 
 
 58.00 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 80.03 
 
 31.49 
 
 67.07 
 
 76.00 
 80.03 
 
 11.00 
 36. 60 
 
 N. 0" 1' W., bet. sees. 13 and 14. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Set an oak post 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with qnart of charcoal, 24 ins. in the 
 
 oronnd, for ^ sec. cor., marked J S. on W. face; dig pits 18x18x12 ins. 
 
 N. and S. of jiost, 3 ft. dist., and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, 1^ 
 
 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Thence gradually ascending. 
 
 Begin steep ascent, sloping S. W. ; broken, stony ground. 
 Set a limestone, 20x8x6 ins., 1.5 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 11, 
 
 12, 13, and 14, marked with 4 notches on S., and 1 notch on E. edges; 
 
 and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. high, VV. of cor. Pita 
 
 impracticable. 
 This cor. is about 150 ft. above last J sec. cor. 
 Laud, level and mountainous. 
 Soil, sandy and rocky; 3rd and 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 Mountainous land, 22.00 chs. 
 
 S. 89-^ 55' E., on a random line, bet. sees. 12 and 13. 
 
 Point for ^ sec. cor. falls in Kancho San Bias. 
 
 Intersect E. bdy. of Tp. 7 Iks. N. of the cor. of sees. 7, 12, 13, and 18, 
 
 which is a sandstone 5x6x6 ins. above ground, marked and witnessed 
 
 as described by the surveyor general. 
 Thence, I run 
 
 N. 89^' 52' W., on a true line bet. sees. 12 and 13. 
 Over level land. 
 Intersect E. bdy. of Rancho San Bias, at a point, from which the 5 mile 
 
 post on the rancho bdy. bears S. 33"^ E. 7.00 chs. dist. 
 Set a limestoue, 15x8x5 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for closing cor. of 
 
 fracl. sees. 12 and 13, marked C. Con E. and S. B., on W. faces; dig 
 
 pits, crosswise on each line, 30x24x12 ins., N. 33^^ W., 3 ft., and 
 
 24 X 18 X 12 ins., E. of stone, 7 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. 
 
 base, 2 ft. high, E. of cor. 
 Thence, across the raucho on a blank Uiie. 
 Intersect W. bdy. of Rancho San Bias at a point, from which the 3^ mile 
 
 post on the rancho bdy., bears N. 19A^^ W., 12.20 chs. dist. 
 Set a granite stone, 15x7x6 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for closing cor. of 
 
 fracT. sees. 12 and 13, marked S. B. on E., with 4 grooves on S. and C. 
 
 C. on W. faces; and raise a mound of stone 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. high, W. of 
 
 cor. Pits impracticable. 
 This cor. is on a granite ridge 220 ft. above closing cor. on E. bdy. of 
 
 the rancho. Thence, over rough stony ground. 
 Begin descent of rockv slope, bears N. and S. 
 The cor. of sees. 11, 12, 13, and 14. 
 This cor. is 40 ft. below top of ridge. 
 Land, level aud mountainous. 
 Soil, sandy loam and stony ; 3rd and 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 Across Rancho San Bias, 35. .58 chs. of blank line. 
 Mountainous land, 12.96 chs. 
 
 August 5: At 4'' .35"' p. m.. 1. in. t., I set off 45^^ 49' on the lat. arc; 
 
 16^ 45' N., on the decl. arc; and determine a true meridian with the 
 
 solar, at the corner of sees. 11, 12, 13, and 14. 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 0^ 1' W., l)et. sees. 11 and 12. 
 Ascend over rough stony ground sloping W. 
 Top of .ascent, bears about N. .50^ W., and S. .50° E. 
 Thence over level lan<l. 
 Intersect W. bdy. of Rancho San Bias at a point from which the N. W. 
 
 cor, of the rancho bears N, 19^^^ W., 7.40 chs, dist,
 
 191 
 
 iSuMi vision of T. 15 X., R. 20 JE^.— Continued. 
 
 Chains, 
 
 40.00 
 44.32 
 
 59.50 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 80.04 
 
 7.00 
 9.00 
 11.50 
 13.60 
 16. 50 
 18.07 
 40.02 
 
 43.00 
 51. 50 
 .59. .50 
 72. 00 
 80. 04 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for closing cor. of fracl. sees. 11 and 12, marked 
 S. B. onE.. 
 
 C. C. T. 15 N., R. 20 E. on S., and 
 
 S. 11 on W. faces ; dig pits, crosswise on each line, 30x24x12 ins.. 
 N. mc W., 3 ft., and 24x18x12 ins., S. of stone, 7 ft. dist. ; and 
 raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, S. of cor. 
 Thence, across the rancho on a blank line. 
 The point for i sec. cor. falls in the rancho. 
 Intersect N. bdy. of Rancho San Bias at a point from which the X. W. 
 
 cor. of the rancho bears S. 73^ W., 2.58 chs. dist. 
 Set a juniper post 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with a (juart of charcoal, 24 ins. in 
 the ground, for closing cor. of fracl. sees. 11 and 12, marked 
 C. C, T. 15N., R. 20E. onN., 
 S. B. on S., and 
 
 S. 11 on W. faces; dig pits, crosswise on each line, 30x24x12 
 ins., S. 73° W., 3 ft., and 24x18x12 ins., X. of stone, 7 ft. dist., 
 and raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft high, X. of cor. 
 Leave rancho, enter public land; thence, over rolling ground. 
 Branch, 6 Iks. wide, course S. E. 
 
 Deposit a marked stone, 12 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 1, 2, 11, 
 and 12, dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec, 4 ft. dist. and raise a 
 mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, over deposit. In S. E. pit, drive 
 a cedar stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, marked 
 T. 15 X., S. 1 on X.E., 
 R. 20 E., S. 12 on S. E., 
 S. 11 on S. W., and 
 
 S. 2 on X. W. faces; with 5 notches oij S. and 1 notch on E. edges. 
 Land, mountainous and level. 
 Soil stony, clay, and loam; 3rd and 4th rate. 
 Xo timber. 
 
 Across Rancho San Bias, 7.72 chs. of blank line. 
 Mountainous land, 11.00 chs. 
 
 S. 89° 52' E., on a random line bet. sees. 1 and 12. 
 
 Set temp, i sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect E. bdy. of Tp. ; 7 Iks. X. of cor. of sees. 1, 6, 7, and 12 which is a 
 
 juniper post, 1 ft. high, 4 ins. sq., marked and witnessed as described 
 
 by the surveyor general. 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89° 49' W., on a true line bet. sees. 1 and 12. 
 Over rolling land. 
 
 Enter oak timber, bears X. 20° E. and S. 20° W. 
 Begin ascent of ridge, bears X. 27° E. and S. 27° W. « 
 Top of ridge, .50 ft. high, bears X. 27° E. and S. 27° W. 
 Begin descent, bears X. 30° E. and S. 30° W. 
 Foot of descent, bears X. 33° E. and S. 33° W. 
 
 An oak, 12 ins. diam., on line, I mark with 2 notches on E. and W. sides. 
 Set a cedar post, with charred stake, 24 ins. in the groniul, for ^ sec. cor., 
 
 marked i S. on X. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ms., E. aud W. of post, 3 
 
 ft. dist. ; aud raise a mouud of earth, S\ ft. base, H ft. high, X. of cor. 
 Ravine, 2.00 chs. wide, 18 ft. deep, course S. 20° W. 
 Ravine, 3.00 chs. wide, 22 ft. deep, course S. 30° W. 
 Ravine, 3.50 chs. Avide, 25 ft. deep, course S. 20° E. 
 Leave oak timber, bears X. and S. 
 The cor. of sees. 1, 2, 11, aud 12. 
 Land, rolling. 
 Soil, sandy loam ; 3d rate. 
 Timber, oak.
 
 192 
 
 Subdivision of T. 15 K, R. 20 ^.—Continued. 
 
 N. 0° 1' W., on a ranclora line bet. sees. 1 and 2. 
 
 Set temp. ^ sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. bdy. ofTp. at cor. of sees. 1, '1, 35, and 36, which is a lime- 
 stone, 6x6x5 ins., above ground, marked and witnessed as described by 
 the surveyor general. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 S. 0^' 1' E. on a true line bet. sees. 1 and 2. 
 
 Over rolling hind. 
 
 Eavine, 3.50 chs. wide, 30 ft. deep, course N. 70'^^ E. 
 
 Deposit a marked stone, 12 ins. in the ground, for ^ sec. cor. ; dig pits, 
 18x18x12 ins. X. and S. of cor., 4 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of 
 earth, 3j: ft. base, 14^ ft. high, over deposit. 
 
 In 8. pit drive a cedar stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground 
 marked ^ S. on W. face. 
 
 The cor. of sees. 1, 2, 11, and 12. 
 
 Land, rolling. 
 
 Soil, clay and loam ; 3rd and 4th rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 Aug. 5, 1893. 
 
 Chains. 
 40.00 
 79.77 
 
 30. 50 
 39.77 
 
 79.77 
 
 40.00 
 
 42.00 
 46.00 
 50. .50 
 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 48. 13 
 
 From the cor. of sees. 2, 3, 34, aiid 35, on S. bdy. of the Tp., which is a locust 
 post, 4 ins. sq., 12 ins. high, marked and witnessed as described by the 
 surveyor general, I run 
 N. Oc 2' "W., bet. sees., 34 and 35. 
 Over local bottom land. 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 
 ground, for ^ sec. cor. marked ^ S., on W. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 
 ins., N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. 
 
 base, 1| ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 Begin ascent of sand hills, bears N. 70° E. and S. 70° W. 
 
 Top of sand ridge, 35 ft. high, bears N. 65° E. and S. 65° W., begin descent. 
 
 Foot of descent, bears N. 70° E. and S. 70° W. ; thence, over sandy plain, 
 
 gently ascending. 
 Set a locust post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with quart of charcoal, 24 ins. in 
 the ground, for cor. of sec. 26, 27, 34 and 35, marked 
 T. 15 N., S. 26 on N. E., 
 R. 20E.,S. 25 on S. E., 
 S. 34 on S.W., and 
 
 S. 27 on N. W. fixces; with 1 notch on S. and 2 notches on E. 
 edges; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec., 5^ ft. dist., and 
 raise a mound of earth, 4ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, alluvial and sandy; 1st and 4th rate. 
 No timber^ 
 
 66.32 
 80.06 
 
 S. 89° 57' E.. on a random line bet. sees. 26 and 35. 
 
 Set temp, f sec. cor. 
 
 To left bank of Yellowstone River, set temp, meander cor. 
 
 To determine the dist. across*, I set a flag on line on right bank of the 
 river; then measure a base line S. 22° 58' E. 15.00 chs. to a point, whence 
 the flag bears N. 41° 47' E. From the flag the S. end of the base 
 bears S. 41° 47' W. ; therefore the angles taken in order of measure- 
 ment arc respectively 66° 59', 64° 48', and 48° 16' ; their sum being 
 180 03', or 3' too great. 1 diminish each angle by one-third of the 
 excess and compute the distance across the river, as follows: 
 «•" 64° 47' ^ ,^^^^^ ^^ 0,905X L5_j^ J, ^j^^^ . ^^^^^ 
 
 . ,„,,., -, -- :18.19ch8t, 
 
 sin 48° 15' 
 48.1.3+18.19 makes 
 To right baniv of river; set temp, meander cor. 
 Intersect N. ami S. line, 3 Iks. S. of cor. of sees. 25, 26, 35, and 36; thence 
 
 I run 
 N. 89° 58' \V., on a true line bet. sees. 26 and 35. 
 
 * Tlio tiiaiigiilation will always be made on the rcmdqm litif when a random line is run. See page 61 ; 
 
 and Plate II, flg. 4. f ■ • 
 
 t Spe page 136,
 
 193 
 
 Subdivision of T. 15 N., R. 20 -E7.— Continued. 
 
 Chains, 
 13.74 
 
 31.93 
 
 37.50 
 40.03 
 
 80.06 
 
 4.50 
 40.00 
 
 44.20 
 48. 50 
 
 57.50 
 80.00 
 
 Over level bottom laud, through scattering timber. 
 To right bank of Yellowstone l^iver. 
 
 Set a limestone, 19x7x5 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for meander cor. of 
 fracl. sees. 26 and 35, marked M. C. on W. face, with 1 groove on S. 
 face; from which 
 
 A sycamore, 19 ins. diam.. bears N. 49^° E., 26 Iks. dist., marked T. 
 
 15 X., K. 20 E., S. 26, M. C. B. T. 
 A Cottonwood, 13 ins. diam.. bears 8.38^° E., 21 Iks. dist., marked 
 T. 15 N., R. 20 E., S. 35, M. C. B. T. 
 To left bank of Yellowstone Eiver. 
 
 A sycamore, 13 ins. diam., for meander cor. of fracl. sees. 26 and 35, 1 mark 
 M. C on E., 
 T.15N. onW., 
 E.20E., S. 35 on S., and 
 
 S.26 on N. sides; dig a pit, 36x36x12 ins., 8 ft. W. of tree, and 
 raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Leave scattering timber, bears N. W. and S. E. 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for ^ sec. cor. marked f S., on N. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., 
 E. and W. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3J ft. base, 
 U ft. high, N. of cor. 
 The cor. of sees. 26, 27, 34, and 35. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, alluvial and sandy; 1st and 3rd rate. 
 Timber, sycamore and cottonwood. 
 
 N. 0° 2' W., bet. sees. 26 and 27. 
 Over nearly level land. 
 
 Road from Mound City to Lake City, bears N. 65° W, and S. 60"^ E. 
 Set a locust post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., -with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, fori sec. cor. marked ^ S. on W. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 ins., N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist.; and raise a mound of earth, 3| ft. 
 base, 1^ ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Telegraph line, bears N. 70^ E. and S. 70° W. 
 Spring branch, 2 Iks. wide, course S.E. ; flows from a spring of pure 
 
 water, 3 ft. diam., 2 ft. detq), which bears N. 63^ W., 4.00 chs. dist. 
 Road from Mound City to Lake City, bears N. 60^ E. and S. 60" W. 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for cor. of sees. 22, 23, 26, and 27, marked 
 T.15N., S.23 onX.E., 
 R. 20 E., S.26 on S.E. , 
 S.27 onS.W., and 
 
 S.22 on N.W. faces; with 2 notches on S. and E. edges; dig pits, 
 18x18x12 ins., in each sec., 5^ ft. dist.; and raise a mound of 
 earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft, high, W. of cor. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; 1st and 2nd rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 S. 89° 58' E., on a random line bet. sees. 23 and 26. 
 40. 00 Set temp. ^ sec. cor. 
 
 80. 01 Intersect N. and S. line, 5 Iks. N. of cor. of sees. 23, 24, 25, and 26. 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89° 56' W., on a true line bet. sees. 23 and 26. 
 Over level land. 
 40. 00^ Deposit a quart of charcoal, 12 ins. in the ground, for J sec. cor.; dig 
 pits, 18x18x12 ms., E. and W. of cor., 4 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound 
 of earth, 34^ ft. base, lir ft. high, over deposit. In E. pit drive a cedar 
 stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, marked i S., on N. 
 face. 
 53. 00 Road from Mound City to Lake City, bears N, 50° E. and S. 50° W. ; 
 
 wire fence bears S. 53° E. 
 80. 01 The cor. of sees. 22, 23, 26, and 27. 
 
 386 13
 
 194 
 Subdivision of T. 15 N., B.. 20 ^.—Continued. 
 
 Cliiiins. 
 
 37.50 
 40.00 
 
 55.00 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 79.84 
 
 13.00 
 20.00 
 39. 92 
 
 79.84 
 
 9.150 
 
 13.00 
 18.00 
 21.70 
 23.50 
 27.00 
 31.50 
 34.50 
 40.00 
 
 44.00 
 80.00 
 
 Land, level. 
 Soil, sandy loam ; 
 No timber. 
 
 1st and 2nd rate. 
 
 N. 0° 2' W., bet. sees. 22 and 23. 
 
 Over nearly level land. 
 
 Old Military Koad, bears N.65-^ W. and 8.65° E. 
 
 Set a limestone, 15x8x5 ins., 10 ins. in the gronnd, for J sec. cor., 
 
 niarked ^ on W. face; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. 
 
 high, W. of cor. Pits imjiracticable. 
 Begin ascent of steej) slope, over stony ground. 
 Top of ascent and edge of table laud, 90 ft. above ^ sec. cor., bears E. 
 
 and W. ; thence, over hard mesa. 
 Set a limestone, 16x9x4 ins., 11 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 14, 
 
 15, 22, and 23, marked Avith 3 notches on S. and 2 notches on E. edges; 
 
 and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. high, W. of cor. Pits 
 
 inijiracticable. 
 Land, level, except ascent of mesa. 
 Soil, sandy loam on first half mile, remainder gravelly and stouy ; 2d and 
 
 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 S. 89° 56' E., on a random line bet. sees. 14 and 23. 
 
 Set temp. ^ sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. and S. line, 7 Iks. N. of cor. of sees. 13, 14, 23, and 24. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89° 53' W., on a true line bet. sees. 14 and 23. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Begin steep rocky ascent to mesa, bears N. and S.. 
 
 Top of ascent and edge of mesa, 80 ft. above sec. cor., bears N. and S. 
 
 Set a sandstone, 14x8x6 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, foresee, cor. marked 
 
 J on N. face ; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1| ft. high, N. of 
 
 cor. Pits impracticable. 
 The cor. of sees. 14, 15, 22, and 23. 
 Land, nearly all level. 
 Soil, hard and gravelly; 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 N. 0° 2' W., bet. sees. 14 and 15. 
 
 Over level mesa. 
 
 Edge of mesa, bears N. 80° E. and S. 80° W.; begin steep descent over 
 
 rocky ground. 
 Foot of descent, 60 ft. below mesa; enter cedar tim])er, bears E. and \V. 
 Leave cedar timber, bears E. and W.; begin ascent. 
 Top of round bntte, 50 ft. high; thence, over level ground. 
 I'egin descent. 
 
 Foot of descent, enter cedar timber, bears E. andW. 
 Leave cedar timber, bears E. and W. 
 Wood road, bears N. 65° E. and S. 65° W. 
 Deposit a quart of charcoal, 12 ins. in the ground, for i sec. cor.; dig 
 
 pits, 18x18x12 ins., N. and S. of cor., 4 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound 
 
 of earth, 3^ ft. base, 1^ ft. high, over deposit. In S. pit drive a cedar 
 
 stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, marked J S. on W. 
 
 face. 
 Begin steep rocky ascent. 
 Top of ascent and edge of mesa, 75 ft. above last i sec. cor., bears N. 
 
 70° W. and S. 70° E. 
 Thence over hard mesa, gradually ascending. 
 Set a limestone, 15x8x5 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 10, 
 
 11, 14, and 15, marked with 4 notches on S. and 2 notches on E. edges; 
 
 and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. high, W. of cor. Pits 
 
 im))racticable. 
 Land, level and broken.
 
 195 
 Subdivision of T. 15 N., E. 20 E. — Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 40.00 
 80.00 
 
 7.50 
 
 9.60 
 14.50 
 
 16.00 
 19.50 
 
 40.04 
 80.08 
 
 28.00 
 30.50 
 40.00 
 
 42.00 
 
 43.50 
 48.50 
 
 53.00 
 60.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 Soil, hard aud gravelly; 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 August 7: At this cor. I set off 16° 14' N. on the decl. arc; and at 0'' 6'" 
 p. in., 1. m. t., observe the sun on the meridian; theresulting lat. is 45° 
 
 48'. 
 
 S. 89^ 53' E., on a random lino bet. sees. 11 and 14. 
 
 Set temp. J sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. aud S. line, 10 Iks. N. of the cor. of sees. 11, 12, 13 and 14. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89° 49' W., on a true line bet. sees. 11 and 14. 
 
 Descend rajjidly over stony ground and boulders. 
 
 To bench, 110 ft. below sec. cor. ; thence, over level bench, bears N. 
 
 and S. 
 Begiii. steep descent to canon, bears N. and S. 
 Foot of descent, 140 ft. below sec. cor. ; dry bed of stream in canon, 15 
 
 Iks. wide, water in holes, course S. 
 Begin precipitous ascent to mesa. 
 Top of ascent and edge of mesa, 190 ft. above bottom of canon, bears N. 
 
 and S. ; tlience, over hard, level ground. 
 Set a limestone, 15x8x6 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for I sec. cor., 
 
 marked ^ S. on N. face; and raise a mound of stone 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. 
 
 high, N. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 The cor. of sees. 10, 11, 14, and 15. 
 Land, mountainous and level. 
 Soil, boulders and hard gravel; 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 Mountainous land, 19.50 chs. 
 
 N. 0° 2' W., bet. sees. 10 and 11. 
 Over gradually ascending ground. 
 Ravine, 18 ft. deep, course S. 30° E. 
 Begin ascent over stony ground, bears E. and W. 
 
 Set a granite stone, 16x6x6 ins., 11 ins. in the ground, fox ^ sec. cor. 
 marked ^ on W. face ; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1| ft. 
 high, W. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 This i sec. cor. stands on S. slope of ridge, .50 ft. above the sec. cor. 
 Top of sharn rocky ridge, 20 ft. above the ^ sec. cor,, bears N. 75° E. and 
 
 S. 75° W. " 
 Begin descent. 
 Foot of descent, 25 ft. below top of ridge, bears E. and W. ; thence, 
 
 ascend along S. E. slope of.spur. 
 Enter hea\'y oak and pine timber, bears E. and W. 
 A point, 200 ft. above J sec. cor. ; thence, descend into ravine, 50 ft. 
 
 deep, course S. 35° E. ; ascend very steep slope to 
 A pine, 27 ins. diani., for cor. of sees. 2, 3, 10 and 11, I mark 
 T. 15 N., S. 12 on N. E., 
 R. 20 E., S. 11 on S. E., 
 S. 10 on S. W., and 
 S. 3 on N. W. sides; with 5 notches on S. and 2 notches on E. 
 
 sides; from which 
 An oak, 12 ins. diam., bears N. 22° E., 17 Iks. dist., marked T. 15 
 
 N., R. 20 E., S. 2, B. T. 
 A pine, 14 ins. diam., bears S. 6.54° E., 21 Iks. dist., marked T. 15 
 
 N., R. 20E., S. 11, B. T. 
 A pine, 15 ins. diam., bears S. 41|° W., 27 Iks. dist., marked T. 15 
 
 N., R. 20 E., S. 10, B. T. 
 An oak^ 14 ins. diam., bears N. 48i° W., 23 Iks. dist., marked T. 
 15 N., R. 20 E., S. 3, B. T. 
 This cor. stands on a S. E. spur of the Little Snowy Mountains, 560 ft. 
 
 above cor. 'of sees. 10, 11, 14, and 15. 
 Land, mountainous. 
 Soil, stony; 4th rate. 
 Timber, oak and pine. 
 Mountainous or heavily timbered land, 59.50 chs.
 
 196 
 
 Subdivision of T. 15 N., B. 20 E. — Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 40.00 
 80.17 
 
 19.00 
 19. 90 
 26.00 
 40. 08i 
 
 57.00 
 61.00 
 
 71.00 
 80.17 
 
 40.00 
 80. 15 
 
 5.00 
 30.00 
 
 40.15 
 
 45. 00 
 54.00 
 
 80.15 
 
 2.00 
 40.00 
 
 S. 89° 49' E., on a random line bet. sees. 2 and 11. 
 
 Set temp, f sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. and 8. line, 23 llis. S. of the cor. of sees. 1, 2, 11, and 12. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89"^ 59' W.. on a true lino bet. sees. 2 and 11. 
 
 Over rolling land. 
 
 Enter heavy oak timber, bears N. 10° E. and S. 10° W. 
 
 Branch, 4 Iks. wide, course S. 60^ E. 
 
 Begin ascent of mountain spur, bears about S.20° W. 
 
 Top of spur, 80 ft. above sec. cor. 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for \ sec. cor., 
 
 marked ^ S. on N. face; from which 
 
 An oak, 11 ins. diam., bears S. 54^° E., 24 Iks. dist., marked \ S. 
 
 B. T. 
 A pine, 13 ins. diam., bears S. 36p E., 18 Iks. dist., marked \ S. 
 B. T. 
 Thence along south side of spur. 
 
 Leave heavy oak timber, bears N. and S. ; descend abruptly. 
 Bottom of ravine, 40 ft. deep, course S. 60° E. ; ascend very steep rocky 
 
 slope. 
 Pinter heavv pine timber, bears N. E. and S. W. 
 The cor. of 'sees. 2, 3, 10, and 11. 
 Land, mountainous. 
 Soil, rocky ; 4th rate. 
 Timber, oak and pine. 
 Mountainous or heavily timbered land, 61.00 chs. 
 
 N. 0° 2' W., on a random line, bet. sees. 2 and 3. 
 
 Set temp. \ sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. bdy. of the Tp. 5 Iks. W. of the cor. of sees. 2, 3, 34, and 35, 
 
 which is a granite stone, 5x8x5 ins. above ground, marked and wit- 
 nessed as described by the surveyor general. 
 August 7: At 5'> 60'" p. m., 1. m. t., I set oft" 16° 11' N., on the deck arc; 
 
 45° 50', on the lat. arc; and determine a true meridinn with the solar, 
 
 at the cor. of sees 2, 3, '^\, and 35. 
 Thence I run 
 
 South, on a true line bet. sees. 2 and 3. 
 Over rolling ground on the summit of .the southern end of the Little Snowy 
 
 Mountains, 1,200 ft. high. 
 Begin descent of eastern slope of mountain. 
 Head of ravine, 200 ft. below sec. cor., course S. 60° E.; thence, over 
 
 broken ground. 
 Set a lava stone, 17x8x5 ins., 12 ins. in the ground, for \ sec. cor. marked 
 
 \ on W. face ; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1| ft. high, W. of 
 
 cor. Pits impracticable. 
 Enter heavy pine timber; bears E. and W. ; descend rapidly. 
 Head of ravine, 170ft. below J^sec. cor., course S. E.j thence ascend over 
 
 rough stony ridges.- 
 The cor. of sees. 2, 3, 10, and 11. 
 Land, mountainous. 
 Soil, rocky; 4th rate. 
 Timber, pine and oak. 
 Mountainous or heavily timbered land, 80.15 chs. 
 
 August 7, 1893. 
 
 From the cor. of sees. 3, 4, 33 and 34, on S. bdy. of the Tp., which is a 
 cedar post, 4 ins. sq., 12 ins. high, marked and witnessed as described 
 by the surveyor general, I run 
 
 N, 0° 3' W., bet. sees. 33 and 34. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Creek, 14 Iks. wide, good water, coiirse S. 05° E. 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long. 3 ins. sq., with quart of charcoal, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for \ sec. cor. marked \ S. on W. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., 
 N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist., and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, 1^ 
 ft. high, W. of cor.
 
 197 
 
 Subdivision of T. 15 JV., R. 20 E. — Coutinued. 
 
 Chains. 
 45. 50 
 (10. 00 
 80. 00 
 
 40.00 
 
 79.87 
 
 39. 93A 
 
 79.87 
 
 1.70 
 3.30 
 37.40 
 3;). 00' 
 32. 00 
 40. 00 
 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 79.89 
 
 39. 94^ 
 
 79.89 
 
 Branch, 8 Iks. wide, pure water, course N. 60° E. ; enter meadow laud. 
 Leave uicadow land, bears E. and W. 
 
 Deposit a quart of charcoal, 12 ins. in the j^round, for cor. of sees. 27, 28, 
 33, and34; dijj,' pits, 18xl8xl2ius., in each sec, 4 ft. dist. ; and raise a 
 mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, over deposit. In S. E. pit drive a 
 cedar stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, marked 
 T. 15 N., S. 27 on N.E., 
 E.20E., S.34 onS.E., 
 S.33 on S.W., and 
 
 S. 28 on N. W. faces; witli 1 notch on S. aiul 3 notches on E. edges. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, ricl^ loam; 1st rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 S. 89'^ 57' E., on a random line bet. sees. 27 and 34. 
 
 Set temp. ^ sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. and S. lino, 3 Iks. S. of the cor. of sees. 26, 27, 34, and 35. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89° 58' W., on a random lino bet. sees. 27 and 34. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Set a limestone, 20x7x5 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for I sec. cor., marked 
 
 I on N. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. of stone, 3 ft. dist.; 
 
 and raise a mouud of earth, 3^ ft. base, 14 ft. high, N. of cor. 
 The cor. of sees. 27, 28, 33 and 34. 
 Laud, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; 1st rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 N. 0" 3' \V., bet. sees. 27 and 28. 
 Over level land. 
 
 I5ranch, 7 Iks. wide, good water, course S. W. 
 Same branch, 7 Iks. wide, course E. 
 Telegraph line, bears E. and W. 
 
 Road from ]\Iound City to Lake City, bears N. 73° W. and S. 73° E. 
 Head from Monud City to Lake City, bears E. and W. 
 Set a locust post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. scj., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for \ sec. cor., marked I S. on W. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins.. 
 N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mouud of earth, 3.V ft. base, 
 H ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Set an oak post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., with charred stake, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for cor. of sees. 21, 22, 27 and 28, marked 
 T. 15 N., S. 22 on N. E., 
 E. 20 E., S. 27 on S. E., 
 S.28on S. W., and 
 
 S.21 on N. W. faces; with 2 notches on S. and 3 notches on E. 
 edges; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec, 5i^ ft. dist.; and 
 raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; 1st rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 S. 89° 58' E., on a random line bet. sees. 22 and 27. 
 
 Set temp. ^ sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. and S. line, 2 Iks. S. of cor. of sees. 22, 23, 26 and 27. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89° 59' W., on a true line bet. sees. 22 and 27. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Set a limestone, 15x8x5 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for J sec. cor., 
 marked ^ on N. face; dig i>its, 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. of stone, 3 
 ft. dist. ; and raise a mouud of earth, 3^ ft. base, 1| ft. high, N. of cor. 
 
 The cor. of sees. 21, 22, 27, and 28. 
 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; 1st rate. 
 
 No timber.
 
 198 
 
 Suhdivision of T. 15 N., R. 20 E. — ContinuecT. 
 
 Chains. 
 13.90 
 
 40.00 
 
 53.60 
 
 79.40 
 
 80. 00 
 
 40.00 
 79.97 
 
 11.50 
 16.00 
 17. 50 
 39. 98 i 
 
 79.97 
 
 0.60 
 
 N. 0° 3' W., bet. sees. 21 and 22. 
 Over level laud. 
 
 To the margin of an impassable swamp, bears E. and W. 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for witness point, marked W. P., on W. face; dig pits, 18x 
 18x12 ins., N. aud S. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 
 3^ ft. base, 1^ ft. higli, W. of cor. 
 To pass the swamp I offset as follows: 
 East, 18.00 chs. 
 N.0O3' W., 26.10 chs. 
 
 West, 5.00 chs. to a point on margin of swamp * 13.00 chs. E. of 
 The point for ^ sec. cor., in swamp. 
 N. 0-' 3' W., 19.00 chs. 
 
 West, 13.00 chs. to a point on line bet. sees. 21^nd22; thence, S. 
 0° 3' E., 5.40 chs., to 
 North side of impassable swamp, on line. 
 
 Set a. juniper post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with charred stake, 24 ins. in the 
 
 ground, for witness cor. to ^ sec. cor., marked W. C, J S., on W. face; 
 
 dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist.; and raise a 
 
 mound of earth, 3.1 ft. base, 1| ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 Thence, N. 0" 3' W., 26.40 chs., to the point for sec. cor., which falls in 
 
 Old Military Road, bears N. 55^ W, and S. 55- E. Therefore at 
 Set a juniper post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq , with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for witness cor. to cor. of sees. 15, 16, 21 and 22, marked 
 W. C.,T.15N.,S. 15onN. E., 
 R.20E.,S.22onS. E., 
 S. 21on S. W.,and 
 
 S. 16 on N. W. faces; with 3 notches on S. and E. edges; dig 
 
 pits, 18x18x12 ins., N. E., S. E., S. W., and N. W. of cor., 5^ ft. 
 
 dist. ; aud raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. 
 
 of cor. 
 
 Deposit a quart of charcoal, 24 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 15, 16, 
 
 21 aud 22, 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, rich loam ; 1st rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 S. 89"- 59' E., ou a random Hue bet. sees. 15 and 22. 
 
 Set temp. ^ sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. and S. lino 12 Iks, N. of the cor. of sees. 14, 15, 22 aud 23, 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89^ 54' W., on a true line bet. sees. 15 and 22. 
 
 Over hard level mesa. 
 
 To edge of mesa, liears N. aud S. ; begin descent over stcuiy ground. 
 
 Foot of descent, 60 ft. below mesa, bears N. and S. 
 
 Wood road, bears N. and S. 
 
 Set a limestone, 15x8x5 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for I sec. cor. marked 
 
 ^ on N. face; dig iiits, 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. of stone, 3 ft. dist. ; 
 
 and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, l.J ft. high, N. of cor. 
 The cor. of sees. 15, 16, 21 and 22. 
 Jjand, level; except (h^sccnt from mesa. 
 Soil, loam and stony; 2ud aud Ith rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 N. 0' 3' W., bet. sees. 15 and 16, 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Deposit a marked stone, 12 ins. in the ground, for witness cor. to cor. 
 of sees. 1.5,16,21 and 22; dig ints, 18x18x12 ins., N. E., S. E., S. W., 
 and N. W. of cor., 4 ft. dist. ; aud raise a mouml of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 
 
 •A Witncsi Corner to t\ie \ »cv. cor. would be e.stablished at this point, in case no witness corner 
 could be plated on line within 20.00 ch.s. of tlie i sec. cor.
 
 199 
 
 Snbdivision of T. 15 ¥., R. 20 J5.— Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 40.00 
 
 45.00 
 46.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 79.95 
 
 23.00 
 28.00 I 
 39. 97* 
 
 79. 9.5 
 
 4.50 
 22.00 
 39.00 
 40. 00 
 
 60.00 
 72.00 
 80.00 
 
 ft. high, over deposit. In S. E. pit drive a cedar stake, 2 ft. long, 2 
 
 ins. sq., 12 ins. in the ground, marked 
 W. C.,T. 15 N., S. ISonN.E. 
 R. 20 E., S. 22onS. E., 
 S.21 on S.W., and 
 
 S. 16 on N. W. faces; with 3 notches on S. and E. edges. 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with charred stake, 24 ins. in the 
 
 ground, for^ sec. cor. marked \ S., on W. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., 
 
 N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, '6\ ft. base, 1^ 
 
 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 William Wells' house, bears A^., 6.00 chs. dist. 
 East end of a clear water pond, bears W. about 11.00 chs.; its shores 
 
 extend N. and W. 
 k%t a limestone, 18x18x12 ins., 12 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 9, 
 
 10, 15 and 16, marked with 4 notches on S. and 3 notches on E. edges; 
 
 dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec., 5^ ft. dist.; and raise a mound 
 
 of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Land, level. 
 
 8oil. loam ; 1st and 2nd rate. 
 No timber. 
 August 10: At this cor., I set oif 1.5° 22' N., on the decl. arc; and, at 
 
 0'' 5'" p. m., 1. m. t., observe the sun on the meridian ; the resulting lat. 
 
 is 45° 48', which is about 0.5 less than the proper lat. 
 
 S. 89° 54' E., on a random line bet. sees. 10 and 15. 
 
 Set temp. \ sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect X. and S. line 12 Iks. S. of the cor. of sees. 10, 11, 14 and 15. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89° 59' W., on a random line bet. sees. 10 and 15. 
 
 Over hard level mesa. 
 
 Begin descent from mesa, bears N. and S. 
 
 Foot of descent from mesa, bears N. W. and S. E. 
 
 Set a limestone, 15x8x8 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for \ sec. cor., 
 
 marked \ on N. face; dig ])its, 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. of stone, 3 ft. 
 
 dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, 1^ ft. high, N. of cor. 
 The cor. of sees. 9, 10, 15 and 16. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, loam and hard clay and gravel ; 1st and 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 N.° 3' W., bet. sees. 9 and 10. 
 Over gently rolling land. 
 
 Enter heavy pine timber, bears N. 55° E. and N. 80° AV. 
 Begin ascent of spur, bears N. E. and S. W. 
 Leave heavy timber, bears N. W. aud N. 25° E. 
 Top of ridge, 60 ft. above sec. cor., descends towards the S. W. 
 Set a granite stone, 15x8x7 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for i- sec. cor., 
 marked \ on W. face; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, \\ ft. 
 high, W. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 Thence, along W. slope of spur, over ravines aud rough stony ground. 
 Enter heavy pine timber. 
 
 Ravine, 40 ft. deep, course W. ; thence np steep ascent. 
 A pine, 12 ins. diara., for cor. of sees. 3, 4, 9 aud 10, I mark 
 
 T. 15 N., S. 3onN. E., 
 
 R. 20E., S. lOonS. E., 
 
 S. 9 on S. W., and 
 
 S. 4 on N. W. sides; with 5 notches on S. and 3 notches on E. 
 sides; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec, 5^ ft. dist.; and 
 raise a mound of earth around tree. 
 This cor. stands about 300 ft. above the general level of tlie surrounding 
 
 country. 
 Land, rolling and mountainous. 
 Soil, gra\ elly loam and rocky; 3rd and 4tli rate. 
 Timber, ])ine, with some oak. 
 Mountainous or heavily timbered land, 58 00 chains.
 
 200 
 
 Subdivision of T. 15 JSF., R. 20 E. — Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 40.00 
 80.23 
 
 4.00 
 15.00 
 18.00 
 23.00 
 40. Hi 
 
 52.00 
 
 60.50 
 80.23 
 
 40.00 
 80.19 
 
 7.00 
 18.00 
 27.00 
 36.00 
 37.50 
 40.19 
 
 47.00 
 51.00 
 58.00 
 
 63.00 
 65.00 
 67.50 
 
 74.00 
 80.19 
 
 S. 89"^ 59' E., on a random line bet. sees. 3 and 10. 
 
 Set temp, i sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. and S. line at the cor. of sees. 2, 3, 10, and 11. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89° 59' W., on a true line bet. sees. 3 and 10. 
 
 Ascend over rough ground, through heavy timber. 
 
 Leave heavy timber, bears N. E. and S. W. 
 
 A point about 600 ft. above base of mountain ; descend. 
 
 Enter scattering timber, be.ars N. and S. W. 
 
 Leave scattering timber, bears N. E. and S. W. 
 
 Seta granite stone, 15x8x5 inii^lO ins. in the ground for i sec. cor. 
 
 marked J on N. face; and raise a mound of stone, 2^ ft. base, 1^ ft. 
 
 high, N. of cor. 
 Ravine, 40 ft. below ^ sec. cor., course S. 60"^ W. ; thence ascend over 
 
 spur. 
 Enter heavy pine timber, bears N. and S. 
 The cor. of sees. 3, 4, 9, and 10. 
 Land, mountainous. 
 Soil, stony; 4th rate. 
 Timber, pine. 
 Mountainous or heavily timbered land, 80.23 chs.. 
 
 N. 0° 3' W., on a random line bet. sees. 3 and 4. 
 
 Set temp, i sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. bdy. of the Tj). 2 Iks. E. of cor. of sees. 3, 4, 33, and 34, which 
 
 is a granite stone, 6x8x4 ins. above ground, marked and witnessed as 
 
 described by the siirveyor general. 
 August 10: At 5" 5'" p. in., 1. m. t., 1 set ofl" 45° 50' on the lat. arc; 15° 
 
 19' N.,on the decl. arc; and determine a true meridian with the solar, 
 
 at the cor. of sees. 3, 4, 33, and 34. 
 Thence I run 
 
 S. 0^ 4' E., t)n a true line bet. sees. 3 and 4. 
 Ascend spur extending west. 
 
 Top of spur, 20 ft. above sec. cor., bears E. and W. ; descend. 
 Ravine, 20 ft. below top of ridge, course N. 85° W. ; ascend spur. 
 Top of spur, 25 ft. above ravine, bears E. and W. ; descend. 
 Ravine, 30 ft. below top of ridge, course N. 75° W. ; ascend. 
 Enter heavy pine timber. 
 
 An oak, 9 ins. diam., for ^ sec. cor., I mark i S., on W, side; from which 
 
 A pine, 8 ins. diam., bears S. 14° E., 20 Iks. dist., marked i S. B. T. 
 
 An oak, 10 ins. diam., bears S. 75^° W., 19 Iks. dist., marked i S. 
 
 B.T. 
 
 Top of spur, 65 ft. above ravine, bears N. 70° W. and S. 70° E. ; descend. 
 
 Leave heavy pine timber, bears N. 70° AV. and S. 70° E. 
 
 Foot of descent, 20 ft. below top of ridge, bears N. 85° W. and S. 85° E. ; 
 
 ascend. 
 Enter heavy pine timber, bears N. W. and E. 
 
 To]) of ridge, 150 ft. above foot of spur, bears E. and W. ; descend. 
 Leave heavy pine timber, bears jS'. 60° W. and S. 60° E; thence over 
 
 broken, stony ground. 
 Begin ascent. 
 
 The cor. of sees. 3, 4, 9 and 10. 
 Land, mountainous. 
 Soil, stony; 4th rate. 
 Timber, pine witli .some oak. 
 Mountainous or heavily timbered land, 80.19 chs. 
 
 August 10, 1893. 
 
 This nth day of August, 1893, I discharge .James Banner and employ 
 Edward Ensign, to perform thcdutiesof llagman. NooHicerauthorized 
 to aduiiuister oaths, other than myself, being available, without great 
 inconvenience, delay, and expense, I administer the required prelim- 
 inary and iinal oaths. 
 
 RoBEUT Acres, 
 U. S. Deputy Surveyor.
 
 201 
 
 Suhdivision of T. 15 X., E. 20 -E/.— Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 17.80 
 20.42 
 
 40.00 
 
 59. 50 
 «0.00 
 
 40.00 
 79.90 
 
 3.00 
 
 Note. — Clear Lake, a body of deep water, more than 25 acres in extent, 
 not drainable oi- likely to dry up, situated about the middle of sec. 33, 
 I prepare to meander, as follows: 
 The sky is overcast and solar observations are impossible. 
 I tiud the I sec. cor. on S. bdy. of sec. 33, whicli is a limestone 5x8x5 ins., 
 above ground, marked and witnessed as described by the surveyor 
 general, on liut^ with the section corners wliich are visible from said J 
 sec. cor. ; tlierefore, from a sight on the S. W. cor. of sec. 33, 1 turn olf 
 an angle of 89- .53' to the north, and run 
 N. 0^ 3' W., bet. the E. and W. halves of sec. 33. 
 Over level hnid. 
 
 Enter scattering timber, bears E. and W. 
 To bank of Clear Lake. 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for special 
 meander cor. of fracl. E. and \V. halves of sec. 33, marked 
 S.M.C. onN., 
 T. 15N. on S., 
 E.20E.,S.33onE., and 
 S. 23 ou W. faces; from which 
 A maple, 8 ins. diam., bears 8. 21|o E., 15 Iks. dist., marked T. 15 
 
 N., K. 20 E., S. 33, S. M. C. B. T. 
 An ash, 12 ius. diam., bears S. 72J^ W., 21 Iks. dist., marked T. 15 
 N., R. 20 E. S., 33, S. M. C. B. T. 
 Land, level. 
 
 f-'oil, rich loam; 1st rate. 
 Timber, oak, nsli, and majile. 
 NoTK. — At y a. m., heavy rain prevents further work this day. 
 
 August 11, 1893. 
 
 August 12: At 7'' 5'" a. m., 1. m. t., I set off 45-3 45' on the lat. arc; U^^ 51' 
 N.,on the deck arc; and determine a true meridian with the solar at 
 the cor. of sees. 4, 5, 32, and 33, on the S. bdy. of the Tp., which is a 
 limestone, 6x(3X4 ins., above ground, marked and witnessed as de- 
 scribed by the surveyor general. 
 
 N. Oo 4' W., bet. sees. 32 and 33. 
 Over level land. 
 
 8et a juniper post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for {- sec. cor., marked \ S. on W. face; dig pits. 18x18x12 ins., 
 N. and .S. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3.} ft. base, IJ 
 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Spring brancli, 6 Iks. wide, pure water, course 8.40^ E, 
 Set a locust post, 3 ft. long., 3 ins. sq., with <[uart of charcoal, 24 ins. in 
 the ground for cor. of sees. 28, 29, 32, and 33, marked 
 T. 15 N., S. 28 ou N. E., 
 R.20E., 8.33onS.E., 
 S. 32 on S. W., and 
 
 S. 29 on N. W. faces ; with 1 notch on S. and 4 notches on E. edges ; 
 dig i)its, 18x18x12 ins., in eacli sec, S^^ft. dist. ; and raise a 
 mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, rich loam; 1st rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 S. 89° 57' E., ou a random line bet. sees. 28 and 33. 
 
 Set temp. ^ sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. and S. line, 7 Iks. S. of cor. of sees. 27, 28, 33, and 44. 
 
 Thence, I run 
 
 West on a true line bet. sees. 28 and 33. 
 
 Over level laud. 
 
 Branch, 6 Iks. wide, good water, course S. 20° E., flows from N. 60° E.
 
 202 
 Subdivision of T. 15 N., F. 30 E. — Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 40.00 
 
 43.00 
 80.00 
 
 3. 50 
 24.00 
 
 12.50 
 14.50 
 
 40.00 
 
 41.50 
 66.20 
 50.00 
 50.70 
 52.00 
 
 64.00 
 65. 00 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 79. 96 
 
 2.50 
 4.50 
 
 39.98 
 
 Deposit a quart of charcoal, 12 ins. in the gronnd, for :J^ sec. cor.; dig 
 pits, 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. of cor., 4 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound 
 of earth, 3^ ft. base, 1^ ft. higli, over deiJosit. 
 
 In E. pit drive a cedar stake, 2 ft. long, 2 ins. sq., 12 ins. iu the ground, 
 marked J S., on N. face. 
 
 Spring branch, 8 Iks. wide, pure water, course S. 30° E. 
 
 The cor. of sees. 28, 29, 32, and 33. 
 
 Land, level, 
 
 8oil, rich loam; Ist rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 From the J sec, cor. bet. sees. 28 and .33, 1 run 
 S. 0° 3' E., bet. the E. and W. halves of sec. 33. 
 Over level land. 
 
 Spring branch, 8 Iks. wide, pure water, course S. 80° E. 
 To bank of Clear Lake. 
 
 Set a limestone, 20x6x6 ins., 15 ins, in the ground, for special meander 
 cor. of fracl, E. and W. halves of sec. 33, marked 
 
 S. M. C ; on S. face ; dig a pit, 36x36x 12 ins., 8 ft. N. of stone ; and 
 raise a mound of earth, 4 ft, base, 2 ft. high, N. of cor. 
 I^and, level. 
 
 Soil, rich loam ; 1st rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 N. 0° 4' W., bet. sees. 28 and 29. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Begin ascent, bears E, and W. 
 
 Top of ascent and edge of sandv plain, 25 ft. above sec. cor., bears N, E., 
 
 and W. 
 Set a juniper post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins, iu the 
 
 ground for | sec. cor., marked ^ S,, on W. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., 
 
 N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft, base, 1^ 
 
 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Telegraph line, bears N. 70« W, and S, 70° E. 
 
 Koad from Mound City to Lake City, bears N. 70° W. and S, 70° E. 
 Begin descent, bears S, E. and W. 
 Foot of descent, 18 ft. below plain, bears E. and W. 
 Spring branch, 4 Iks. wide, pure water, coarse S. 60° E. ; flows from spring, 
 
 3 ft. diam., 2 ft. deep, which bears N. 60° W., 7.00 chs. dist. 
 Begin ascent, bears E. and W, 
 
 Top of ascent of 20 ft., and edge of sandy plain, bears E. and W, 
 Seta limestone, 20x7x5 ins,, 15 ins. in the ground, fur cor. of sees. 20, 21,28, 
 
 and 29, marked with 2 notcheson S. and 4 notches on E. edges ; dig pits, 
 
 18x 18x 12 ins., in each sec, 5i ft, dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 4 
 
 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. " 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy; 3rd and 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 East, on a random line bet. sees. 21 and 28, 
 
 Set temp, J se(\ cor. 
 
 Intersect N, and S, line, 2 Iks. N. of cor. of sees. 21, 22, 27, and 28. 
 
 Thence I rnn 
 
 N. 89° 59' W., on a true line bet. sees. 21 and 28. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Begin ascent, bears N. and S, 
 
 Top of ascent and edge of sandy plain, 20 ft. above sec. cor., bears N. 
 
 and S. 
 Set an oak ])Ost, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. 8<]., with ch.'irred stake, 24 ins. in the 
 
 ground, for :}■ sec. cor., marked ^J^ S. on N, face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins,, 
 
 E. and W, of ])ost, 3 ft, dist, ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, 
 
 1^ ft. high, N. of cor,
 
 203 
 Subdivision of T. 15 JV., R. 20 E. — Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 79.96 
 
 28.00 
 31.00 
 40.00 
 
 66.00 
 80.00 
 
 12. 90 
 
 79.92 
 
 18.30 
 
 39.96 
 
 67.02 
 
 79.92 
 
 The cor. of sees. 20, 21, 28, and 29. 
 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy ; 4th rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 N. 0^ 4' W., I)et. aces. 20 and 21. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Begin descent, bears E. and W. 
 
 Foot of descent, 25 ft. below plain, bears E. and W. 
 
 Set a limestone, 18x6x6 ins., 12 ins. in the ground, for i sec. cor. marked 
 i on W. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., N. and S. of stone, 3 ft. dist. ; and 
 raise a mound of earth, 3^^ ft. base, 1^ ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 August 12: At this J sec. cor., bet. sees. 20 and 21, 1 set off 14'^ 46' N., on the 
 decl. arc ; and, at 0** 5'" p. m., 1. m. t., observe the sun on the meridian ; 
 the resulting lat. is 45-2 47', which is about O'.l less than the proper lat. 
 
 W. end of a swamp, bears E. about 5.00 chs. dist. 
 
 Set a limestone, 18x8x4 ins., 12 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 16, 17, 
 20, and 21, marked with 3 notches on S. and 4 notches on E. edges; dig 
 pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec. 5^ ft. dist; and raise a mound of earth, 
 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy and rich loam; on plain, 4th rate, remainder 1st rate. 
 
 No timber. August 12, 1893. 
 
 Heavy rain prevented work until afternoon August 14, 1893. 
 
 The cor. of sees. 15, 16, 21, and 22, being plainly visible,* 
 I run for said cor. 
 
 S. 89° 59' E., on a random line bet. sees. 16 and 21. 
 
 To margin of impassable swamp; set a temp, witness point. t Then off- 
 set as follows: 
 
 North, 9. 50 chs. ; then, on the offset line: 
 S. 89^ 59' E., 40.00 chs. ; set temp. Avitness cor. to ^ sec. cor, ; 
 S. 89° 59' E., 64.00 chs. (counted from sec. cor.) ; then, 
 South, 9.50 chs. to the random line, on which, at 
 
 Intersect N. and S. line at cor. of sees. 15, 16,21, and 22. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89^ 59' W., on a true line bet. sees. 16 and 21. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 To margin of impassable swamp. 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with charred stake, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for witness point, nuirked W. P. on N.face; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 ins., E. and W. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. 
 base, li ft. high, N. of cor. 
 
 Thence, offset N., 9.50 chs. ; then, run on offset line, N. 89° 59' W. 
 
 Set a juniper post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for witness cor. to i sec. cor., marked W. C. i S., on N. face; 
 dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a 
 mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, H ft. high, N. of cor. 
 
 Offset south 9.50 chs., to true line. 
 
 Set an oak post, 3 ft. long. 3 ins. sq., with quart of charcoal, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for witness point, marked \V.P.,on N. face; dig pits, 18x18 
 Xl2 ins., E. and W. of post, 3 ft. dist.; and raise a mound of earth, 
 3i ft. base, li ft. liigh. N. of cor. 
 
 The swamp can be drained into Lin's Lake. 
 
 The cor. of sees. 16, 17, 20, aud 21. 
 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, rich loam; 1st rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 *WhorevL'r this condition obtains, the raniliun will be run and recorded as above stated. 
 tWlien offsets are made from random latitudinal section lines, temporary marks will bo left for Wit- 
 ncsn FoiiiU and Witness Corners, as illustrated above.
 
 204 
 
 Suhdiv'ision of T. 15 N., R. 30 ^.— Con tinned. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 34.00 
 40.00 
 
 46.00 
 
 47.00 
 
 50.20 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 79.90 
 
 SI. 40 
 39. 95 
 
 49.20 
 
 79. 90 
 
 38.00 
 40.00 
 40. GO 
 
 66.00 
 
 68. 00 
 80.00 
 
 N. 0° 4' W., bet. sees. 16 and 17. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 S. E. cor. of James Wilkie's field, extends W., 18.00 chs., and along line. 
 
 yet a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with (piart of charcoal, 24 ins. the 
 
 ground, for 4^ sec. cor., marked J S., on W. face; dig pits 18x18x12 
 
 ins., N. and 8. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. 
 
 base, li ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Old Military Road, bears N. 65° W. and S. 65° E. 
 Branch, 4 Iks. wide, pure water, swift current, course S. 40° W. 
 This branch is the outlet of the pond in sec. 16, fed by numerous fine 
 
 springs in sec. 9. 
 Acequia, 8 Iks. wide, course N. 86*^ W. Thence gradually ascending. 
 Set a limestone, 21x7x5 ins., 16 ins. in the ground, fur cor. of sees. 8, 9, 
 
 16, and 17, markedwith 4 notches on S. andE. edges; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 
 ins., in each sec. 5.V ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 
 
 ft. high, W. of cor. " 
 Land, level and rolling. 
 Soil, rich loam ; 1st rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 S. 89"^ 59' E., on a random line bet. sees. 9 and 16. 
 
 Set temp. I sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. and S. line 9 Iks. N. of cor. of sees. 9, 10, 15, and 16. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89^ 55' W., on a true line bet. sees. 9 and 16. 
 
 Over rolling land. 
 
 Spring branch, 3 Iks. wide, course S. ; enters pond about 6.00 chs. S. 
 
 Seta cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 
 ground, for ^ sec. cor., marked ^ S. on N. face ; dig i)its, 18x18x12 ins., 
 
 E. and W. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, li; 
 
 ft. high, N. of cor. 
 Spring branch, 3 Iks. wide, course S; enters pond about 8.00 chs. S. 
 Tlie Itranclies crossing this line are fed by numerous largo springs 4.00 to 
 
 10.00 chs. N. of the line. 
 The cor. of sees. 8, 9, 16, and 17. 
 Land, rolling. 
 
 Soil, gravelly loam; 2nd rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 N. 0° 4' W., bet. sees. 8 and 9. 
 
 Over rolling land. 
 
 To S. bank of limestone quarry, bears E. and W. To pnss the quarry, I 
 
 offset 2.00 chs. E., then, N. 0>J 4' W., on the offset line. 
 The ])()int for i sec. cor. falls in quarry. Continue offset line to 40.60 
 
 chs. ; then, W., 2.00 chs., to true line. 
 Set a limestone, 15x9x5 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for witness cor. to i 
 
 see. cor. marked W. C. i on W. face; and raise a mound of stone, 
 
 2 ft. base, 1| ft. high, W. of cor. Pits impracticable. 
 Middle of single track of the Montana and Manitoba Railroad, bears N. 
 
 42- E. and S. 12^ W. 
 Teh^graph line, l>ears N. 42^ E. and S. 42^ W. 
 Set a linn^stone, 17x9x5 ins., 12 ins. in the gioirnd, for cor. of sees. 4,5, 
 
 8, and 9, marked with 5 notches on S. and 4 n^tclies on E. edges; 
 
 dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec., 5i ft. dist.; anil rai-e a mound 
 
 ot earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 From this cor. the U. S. mineral monunumt in sec. 5 bears N. .59^^ W. 
 Soil, thin and gravelly, with many limestone outero])s; 3rd and 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 August 14 : At 4i> 30'" p. m. 1. m. t., I set off 45° 49' on the lat. arc; 
 
 14 6' N. on the deck arc; and determine a true meridian with the 
 
 solar, at the cor. of sees. 4, 5, 8 and 9. 
 Thence I run 
 S. 89° 55' E., on a ranilom lino Ixit. sees. 4 and 9.
 
 205 
 Subdivision of T. 15 K., B. 20 E. — Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 40.00 
 79.94 
 
 20.00 
 
 39. 50 
 39. 97 
 
 68.50 
 
 70.20 
 79. 94 
 
 40.00 
 79. 96 
 
 4.00 
 10.00 
 16.00 
 27. 00 
 32. 00 
 37. 00 
 39. 96 
 
 50.00 
 
 55. 00 
 62. 00 
 74.00 
 79.96 
 
 6.50 
 
 Set temp. I sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. and 8. lino, 5 Iks. S. of cor. of sees. 3, 4, 9, and 10. 
 
 Thence 1 run • 
 
 N. 89° 57' W., on a true line bet. sees. 4 and 9. 
 
 Descend through heavy pine timber. 
 
 Foot of spur, 300 ft. below sec. cor.; leave Jieavy pine timber, bears N. 
 
 and S. 
 Wood road, bears N. 20° E. and S. 20° W. 
 Set a limestone, 18x18x6 ins., 12 ins. in the ground, for ^ sec. cor., 
 
 marked i on N. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. of stone, 3 
 
 ft. dist. ; iind raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. base, 1| ft. high, N. of 
 
 cor. 
 Middle of single track of the Montana and Manitoba Railroad bears N. 
 
 38° E. and S. 38° W. 
 Telegraph line bears N. 38° E. and S. 38° W. 
 The cor. of sees. 4, 5, 8, and 9. 
 Land, mountainous. 
 
 Soil, thin and gravelly ; 3rd and 4th rate. 
 Timber, pine. 
 Mountainous or heavily timbered land, 20.00 chs. 
 
 N. 0° 4' W., on a random lino bet. sees. 4 and 5. 
 
 Set temp. J sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. bdy. of the Tp. 2 Iks. W. of cor. of sees. 4, 5, 32, and 33. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 S. 0° 3' E., on a true lino bet. sees. 4 and 5. 
 
 Over ridges and raviiies; ascend. 
 
 Top of spur, bears E. and W. ; descend. • 
 
 Ravine 20 ft. deep, course E., ascend. 
 
 Top of spur, 40 ft. above ravine, bears S. 70° E. andN. 70° W. ; descend. 
 
 Ravine, 30 ft. deep, course S. 80° Y,. ; ascend. 
 
 Top of spur, bears S. 85° E. and N. 85° W. ; descend. 
 
 Ravine, 25 ft. deep, course S. 65° E. ; ascend. 
 
 Set a limestone, 15x6x6 ins. 10 ins. in the ground, for J sec. cor., marked 
 
 J on W. face; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. high, W. of 
 
 cor. Pits impracticable. 
 This cor. stands on the N. E. slope of a spur descending southeasterly; 
 
 ascend. 
 Top of spur, bears E. and W., about 35 ft. above i sec. cor., bears E. and 
 
 W. ; descend. 
 Ravine, 20 ft. deep, course N. 55° E. ; ascend. 
 Top of low spur, bears E. and W. ; descend. 
 Foot of slope, bears N. 40° IZ. and S. 05° W. 
 The cor. of sees. 4, 5, 8, and 9. 
 Land, mountainous. 
 Soil, rocky ; 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 Mountainous laud, 74.00 chs. 
 
 August 14, 1893. 
 
 August 15: At 7^ 35™ a. m., 1. m. t., I set off 45° 45' on the lat. arc; 13° 
 54' N., on the deck arc; and determine a true meridian with the solar, 
 at the cor. of sees. 5, 6, 31, and 32; which is a limestoue, 5x8x6 ins., 
 above grouud, marked and witnessed as described by the surveyor gen- 
 eral. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 0° 5' W., bet. sees. 31 and 32. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Trail, bears E. and W. 
 
 The S. W. cor. of James Parker's Desert Land Claim, which is an oak post, 
 2 ft. high, 6 ins. scj., marked J. P. D. L. C. 3, bears N. 49|° W. 
 
 The S. E. cor. of the same claim, which is a round pine post, 3 ft. high, 
 6 ins. diam., marked J. P. D. L. C. 4, bears N. 66° E.
 
 206 
 Subdivision of T. 15 iV., R. 20 E. — Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 40.00 
 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 79. b7 
 
 14.50 
 16.50 
 28.50 
 
 39. 98i 
 
 79.97 
 
 40.00 
 78.35 
 
 38. 35 
 
 78.35 
 
 Set a locust post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., witli marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for \ sec. cor., marked ^ S. on W. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., 
 N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3i ft. base, 
 li ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 Set a limestone, 20x7x5 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 29, 
 30, 31 and 32, marked with 1 notch on S. and 5 notches ouE. edges; dig 
 pits, 18x18x12 ins., in each sec, 5|- ft. dist.; and raise a nu)und of 
 earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. higli, W. of cor. 
 
 From this cor. the aboAe described S. W. cor. of James Parker's Desert 
 Land Claim bears 8. 29^° W. 
 
 The N. W. cor., which is a post 3 ft. long, 5 ins. sq., marked J. P. D. L. 
 C. 2, bears N. 42^ W. 
 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sand; 4th rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 S. 89^ 57' E., on a random line bet. sees. 29 and 32. 
 
 Set temp. ^ sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. and S. line 7 Iks. N. of cor. of sees. 28, 29, 32 and 33. 
 
 Tlienco I run 
 
 N. 89^^ .54' W., on a true line bet. sees. 29 and 32. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Begin ascent, liears N. and S. 
 
 Top of ascent and edge of sandy plain, bears N. and S. 
 
 A fine spring of good water, 3 ft. diara., 1 ft. deep, bears S., 2.50 chs. dist. 
 
 The N. E. cor. of James Parker's Desert Land Claim, a mound of stone, 
 
 without m^rks, bears N. 2|° E. 
 Set a sandstone, 18x6x5 ins., 12 ins. in the ground, for J sec. cor., 
 
 marked^- on N. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. of stone, 3 
 
 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 'dh b.ase, 1^ ft. high, N. of cor. 
 From this ^ sec. cor. the above described S. E. cor. of James Parker's 
 
 Desert Land Claim bears S. 14^- E. 
 The cor. of sees. 29, 30, 31, and 32. 
 Land, level. 
 Soil, sand; 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 The cor. of sees. 25, 30, 31, and 36, on the W. bdy. of the Tj). being plainly 
 
 visible, I run for said cor. 
 N. 89° 57' W., on a random line bet. sees. 30 and 31. 
 Set temp. \ sec. cor. 
 Intersect the W. bdy. of the Tp. at the cor. of sees. 25, 30, 31, and 32, 
 
 which is a mound of earth, Avith stake and ^lit, marked and witnessed 
 
 as described by the surveyor general. 
 Thence I run 
 
 S. 89° 57' E., on a true line bet. sees. 30 and 31. 
 Over level land. 
 Set a juniper jiost, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with charred stake, 24 ins. in the 
 
 ground for \ sec. cor., marked i S., on N. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 
 ins., E.and W. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. 
 - base, 1^ ft. high, N. of cor. 
 From this J sec. cor., the N. W. cor. of James Parker's Desert Land 
 
 Claim bears N. 23° E. 
 The cor. of sees. 29, 30, 31, and 32. 
 Land, level. 
 Soil, sand; 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 August 15: At this corner, I set off 13" 50' N., on the decl. arc; and at 0^ 
 
 4'" p. m., 1. m. t., observe the sun on the meridian ; the resulting lat. is 
 
 45° 46'.
 
 207 
 .Subdivision of T. 15 JV., R. 20 U. — Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 
 40.00 
 
 56.00 
 59. 00 
 76.50 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 79.93 
 
 16.50 
 21.00 
 39. 96i 
 
 63.00 
 66.00 
 
 79.93 
 
 40. 00 
 78.21 
 
 38.21 
 
 72.21 
 78.21 
 
 2.00 
 
 N. Oo 5' W., bet. sees. 29 and 30. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Deposit a marked stone, 12 ins. in the ground, for J sec. cor. ; dig pits, 
 18x18x12 ins. ; N. and S. of cor., 4 ft dist; and raise a mound of earth, 
 3i ft. base 1| ft. high, over deposit. In S. pit drive a cedar stake, 2 ft. 
 long, 2 ins. S(i., luarked ^ S., on W. face. 
 
 From this i sec. cor. the N.E. cor. of James Parker's Desert Land Claim 
 bears 8. 80° E. 
 
 Telegraph line, bears E. and W. 
 
 Itoad leading to Lake City and Mound City, bears E. and W. 
 
 Begin descent over rocky ground, bears E. and W. 
 
 Set a sandstone, 15x8x6 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 19, 20, 
 29, and 30, nuirked with 2 notches on S. and 5 notches on E. edges; and 
 raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1* ft. high, W. of cor. Pits imprac- 
 ticable. 
 
 This cor. stands on stony ground sloping N., about 25 ft. below level of the 
 lilain. 
 
 S. 89° 54' E., on a random line bet. sees. 20 and 29. 
 
 Set temp. J sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. and S. line at cor. of sees. 20, 21, 28, and 29. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89° 54' W., on a true line bet. sees. 20 and 29. 
 
 Over level land. 
 
 Telegraph lino, bears N. and S. 
 
 Road leadiug to Lake City, bears N. and S. 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 feet long, 3 ins. sq., with quart of charcoal, 24 ins. in 
 
 the ground, for i sec. cor. marked J is., on N. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 
 ins., E. and W. of post 3 ft. dist. and raise a mound of earth, 3^ 
 
 ft. base, 1| ft. high, N. of cor. 
 Begin descent from plain, bears N. and S. 
 Foot of descent, 35 ft. below plain, bears N. and S.j thence over broken 
 
 ground to 
 The cor. of sees. 19, 20, 29 and 30. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sand and stony ; 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 N. 89° 57' W., on a random line bet. sees. 19 and 30. 
 
 Over rough stony ground. 
 
 Set temp, i sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect W. bdy. of the Tp. 3 Iks. N. of the cor. of sees. 19, 24, 25, and 
 
 30, which is a juniper jiost, 18 ins. above ground, 4 ins. sq., marked and 
 
 witnessed as described by the sur\'eyor general. 
 Thence I run 
 
 S. 89'^ 58' E., on a true line bet. sees 19 and 30. 
 Over level land. 
 Set a maple post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with charred stake, 24 ins. in the 
 
 ground, for i sec. cor. marked ^ S. 
 
 ins., E. and W. of post, 3 ft. dist. 
 
 base, 1| ft. high, N. of cor. 
 Begin ascent, over stony ground. 
 The cor. of sees. 19, 20, 29, and 30. 
 Laud, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; 3rd and 4th rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 on N. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. 
 
 N. 0° 5' W., bet. sees. 19 and 20. 
 Descend over stony ground. 
 
 Foot of descent, 10 ft. below sec. cor., and 35 ft. below the sandy plain, 
 bears E. and W. Thence gradual descent toward Lin's Lake.
 
 208 
 Subdivision of T. 15 N., R. 20 jE7.— Continued. 
 
 Chains, 
 32.50 
 40.00 
 
 44.50 
 
 16.40 
 20. 50 
 30. 00 
 
 36.50 
 40.00 
 
 43.20 
 
 39. 20 
 40.00 
 
 Enter scattering timber, bears E. and W. 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for f sec. cor. 
 marked ^ 8., on W. face; from which 
 
 A maple, 22 ins. diam., bears N. 22'^ W., 19 Iks. dist., marked i S., 
 
 B. T. 
 An ash, 13 ins. diam., bears N. 701° E., 28 Iks. dist., marked I S., 
 B. T. 
 To bank of Lin's Lake. 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 4 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for meander 
 cor. of fracl. sees. 19 and 20, marked 
 M. C. on N., 
 T. 15 N. on S., 
 K.20E., S. 20 on E., and 
 S. 19 on W. faces; from which 
 A maple, 8 ins. diam., bears 8.22^° E., 21 Iks. dist., marked T. 15 
 
 N., R.20 E., S.20,M. C.B.T. 
 An ash, 12 ins. diam., bears S. 56J° W., 27 Iks. dist., marked T. 15 
 N., R. 20E., S. 19, M. C.B.T. 
 Land, gently rolling. 
 Soil, mostly rich loam; 1st rate. 
 Timber, maple, ash and oak. 
 
 August 15, 1893. 
 
 August 16: At 7i>. 4"'. a.m., 1. m.t., I set off 45° 48' on the lat. arc; 13° 
 36' N., on the deck arc; and determine a true meridian at the cor. of 
 sees. 16, 17, 20 and 21, described on page 203; thence I run 
 N. 89*^ 57' W., on a true line^, bet. sees. 17 and 20. 
 Over gently rolling land, descending toward Lin's Lake. 
 Telegraph Line, bears N. and S. 
 Road to Lake City, bears N. and S. 
 Irrigating ditch, 8 Iks. wide, course S. 60° W. Enter field cultivated by 
 
 irrigation; extends N., 5.00 chs., and S. about 10.00 chs. 
 Leave field, enter scattering timber, bears N. 65° E. and S. 65"^' W. 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., 24 ins. in the ground, for ^ sec. cor., 
 marked ^ S., on N. face; from which 
 
 A sycamore, 22 ins. diam., bears N. 22° W., 19 Iks. dist., marked J 
 
 S., B. T. 
 An ash, 13 ins. diam., bears S. 70^° W., 28 Iks. dist., marked JS., B. T. 
 To bank of Liu's Lake. 
 
 A sycamore, 18 ins. diam., for meander cor. of fracl. sees. 17 and 20, I 
 mark 
 
 M. C. onW., 
 
 T. 15 N. on E., 
 
 R.20E.,S. 17 on N., and 
 
 S. 20ou S. sides; from which 
 
 An ash, 10 ins. diam., bears N. 40|° E., 20 Iks. dist., marked T. 15 N., 
 
 R.20E.,S. 17, M. C.B.T. 
 A maple, 9 ins. diam., bears S. 49i° E., 23 Iks. dist., marked T. 15 
 N., R.20E., S. 20, M. C.B.T. 
 Land, gently roiling. 
 Soil, rich loam; 1st rate. 
 Timber, ash, mai)le, and sycamore. 
 
 From the cor. of sees. 8, 9, 16, and 17, described on page 204, I run 
 
 N. 89° .57' W., on a true line*, bet. sees. 8 and 17. 
 
 Over rolling land. 
 
 Telegraph lino, bears N. 28° W. and S. 28° E. 
 
 Set a cedar post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with charred stake, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for i sec. cor., marked i S., on N. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 ins., E.and W. of post, 3 ft. dist.; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. 
 base, li ft. high, N. of cor. 
 
 * See paragraph 8, page 55.
 
 209 
 Subdivision of T. 15 K, E. 20 J^.— Continued. 
 
 Chains. 
 55.00 
 
 60.00 
 61.00 
 
 63.50 
 
 80.00 
 
 0.50 
 
 4.00 
 5.20 
 
 20.19 
 
 40.00 
 77.90 
 
 17.90 
 
 18.20 
 
 23.70 
 27.00 
 29.20 
 
 35.00 
 
 Old Military Road, bears N. W. aud S. E. The road branches abont 2.00 
 
 chs. 8. Vj. 
 Kuter road, leading to Lake City, bears W. ; thence, along middle of road. 
 Middle of single track of tlie Montana and Manitoba Kailroad, bears N. 
 
 60^' E. and S. 60^ W. 
 Telegraph line, bears N. 60° E. and S. 60° W. 
 The point for sec. cor. falls in the road; therefore 
 Deposit a marked stone, 24 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 7, 8, 17 
 
 and 18. 
 Land, rolling. 
 Soil, sandy loam; 3rd rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 From the cor. for sees. 7, 8, 17 and 18, which falls in road, I run 
 
 S. 0^^ 5' E., bet. sees. 17 aud 18. 
 
 Over rolling land; descending towards Lin's Lake. 
 
 Set a limestone,* 15x8x7 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for witness cor. to 
 cor. of sees. 7, 8, 17 and 18, marked W. C, on N. E. face; with 4 notches 
 on S. and 5 notches on E. edges; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., N. E., S. E., 
 S. W., and N. W. of cor., 5^ ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. 
 base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 Telegraph line, bears N. 84" E. and S. 84^ W. 
 
 Middle of the single track of the Montana and Manitoba Railroad, bears 
 N. 84^' and S. 84" W. 
 
 To bank of Lin's Lake. 
 
 Set a limestone, 15x9x6 ins., 10 ins. in the gronnd, for meander cor. of 
 fracl. sees. 17 and 18, marked M. C. on S. face, with 5 grooves on E. 
 face; and raise a mound of stone, 2 ft. base, 1^ ft. high, N. of cor. Pits 
 impracticable. 
 
 Limestone outcrops near the lake. 
 
 Land, rolling. 
 
 Soil, rocky; 4th rate. 
 
 Ko timber. 
 
 August 16: At this meander cor. I set off 13° 31' N. on the decl. arc; 
 and at 0'' 4"' p. m., 1. m. t., observe the sun on the meridian; the result- 
 in <;■ lat. is 4.5" 48'. 
 
 From the cor. of sees. 7, 8, 17 and 18, established this day, I run 
 
 N. 89'^ 57' W., on a random line bet. sees. 7 and 18. 
 
 Set temp. ^ sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect W. hdy. of the Tp., 3 Iks. S. of the cor. of sees. 7, 12, 13, and 18, 
 
 Avliich is a limestone, 6x8x6 ins. above ground, marked and witnessed 
 
 as described by the surveyor general. 
 Thence I run 
 
 S. 89" 56' E., on a true line bet. sees. 7 and 18. 
 Over gently rolling ground. 
 Intersect the W. bdy. of Lake City. 
 The N. W. cor., which is an oak post, 2 ft. above gronnd, 12 ins. sq., 
 
 marked N. W. cor. L. C, bears N. 0° 5' W., 40.00 chs. dist. The S. 
 
 W. cor., which is a limestone, 8x6x6 ins., above ground, marked S. 
 
 W. cor. L. C, bears S. 0^ 5' E., 29.50 chs. dist. 
 Methodist church bears S. 33° E. 
 
 Middle of West street, 40 ft. wide, bears N. 0° 5' W. and S. 0° 5' 12. 
 Thence along middle of Fourth street, 60 ft. wide. 
 Middle of Cedar street, 60 ft. wide, bears N. 0° 5' W. aud S. 0" 5' E. 
 Baptist church bears N., 3.00 chs. dist. 
 
 Middle of Pine street, 60 ft. wide, bears N. 0° 5' W. and S. 0° 5' E. Meth- 
 odist church bears S. 43" W. 
 Middle of Main street, 100 ft. wide, bears N 
 
 Court house bears N. 4° W., 22.00 chs. dist, 
 
 0° 5' W. and S. 0° 5' E. 
 Wharf bears S. 0° 5' E. 
 
 16.50 chs. dist. Catholic chnrch bears N. 39" E. 
 
 * A Witness Corner to a. section corner will always have the letters " W. C." conspictiously displayed 
 on the northeast face. 
 
 386- 
 
 -14
 
 210 
 
 Subdivision of T. 15 j\^., B. 20 jE/.— Contiuued. 
 
 Chains, 
 37.90 
 
 40.80 
 46.30 
 
 51.80 
 
 52.10 
 
 77.90 
 
 0.50 
 
 28.00 
 32.00 
 40. 00 
 
 07. 50 
 75. 50 
 80.00 
 
 40.00 
 79. 90 
 
 12.00 
 25. 00 
 35. 00 
 
 Deposit a limestone, 12x8x6 ins., 24 ins. in the ground, for J sec. cor., 
 marked xi; from which 
 
 A granite stone, lGx8x7 Ins., set 11 ins. in the ground, marked W. 
 
 0. i, on N. face, bears N., 45 Iks. dist. 
 A granitci stone 20x9x6 ins., set 15 ins. in the ground, marked W, 
 C. i, on N. face, hears S., 45 Iks. dist. Pits impracticable. 
 No natural bearing objects available. 
 
 Middle of Elm street, 60 ft. wide, bears N. 0° 5' W. and S. 0" 5' E. 
 Middle of Walnut street, 60 ft. wide, bears N. 0° 5' W., and S. 0° 5' E. 
 Kailroad station bears S. 14° E., 6.00 chs. dist. 
 Middle of East street, 40 ft. wide, bears N. 0'^ 5' W. and S. 0° 5' E. Catholic 
 
 cliuicli bears N. 21° W. 
 Intersect E. bdy. of Lake City. The N. E. cor., which is a limestone, 14 X 
 9x7 ins. above ground, marked N. E. cor. L. C, bears N. 0° 5' W., 40.00 
 chs. dist. The S. W. cor., which is a limestone, 9x6x6 ins. above 
 ground, S. W. cor. L. C, bears S. 0° 5' E., 7. 53 chs. dist. 
 Thence along the middle of the Mound City road. 
 The cor. of sees. 7, 8, 17, and 18. 
 Land, gently rolling. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; 1st rate. • 
 
 No timber. 
 
 August 16, 1893. 
 
 August 17: At 7'' 4'" a. m., 1. m. t., I set off 45° 49' on the lat. arc; 
 13° 17' N., (m the decl. arc; and determine a true meridian with the 
 solar, at the point for cor. of sees. 7, 8, 17 and 18, which falls in the 
 road, and is described on page 209. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 0° 5' W., bet. sees. 7 and 8. 
 
 Over rolling land. 
 
 Set a limestone* 15x8x7 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for witness cor. to 
 cor. of sees. 7, 8, 17 and 18, marked W. C, on N. E. face: with 4 notches 
 on S. and 5 notches on E. edges; dig pits, 18xl>!Xl2 ins., N. E., S. E., 
 S. W., and N. W. of cor., .5| ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. 
 base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 Road to Lake Citv, bears N. 75° W. and S. 75° E. 
 
 Old Miliiary Road, bears N. 35° W. and S. 35° E. 
 
 Set a juniper post, 3 ft. long, 3 ins. sq., with marked stone, 24 ins. in the 
 ground, for J sec. cor. marked I S., on \V. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 
 ins. N. and S. of post, 3 ft. dist. ; and raise a mound of earth, 3^ ft. 
 base, li ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 S. E. cor. of cemetery bears W., 5.00 chs. dist. 
 
 N. E. cor. of cemetery, bears W., 5.00 chs. dist. 
 
 Set a limestone, 20x8x4 ins., 15 ins. in the ground, for cor. of sees. 5, 6, 
 7, and8, nuirked with 5 notches on S. and E. edges; dug pits, 18x18x12 
 ins., in each sec, 5J ft. dist., and raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 
 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 Land, rolling. 
 
 Soil, gravelly loam; 2nd and 3rd rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 S. 89° 57' E., on a random line bet. sees. 5 and 8. 
 
 Set tem]>. J sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. and S. line 3 Iks. S. of the cor. of sees. 4, 5,8 and 9. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. X!)° 58' W., on a true line bet. sees. 5 and 8. 
 
 Over rolling l:ind. 
 
 I'x'giu ascent, bears N. E. iind S. W. 
 
 'I'oji of sjtur, bears N. and S. ; descend. 
 
 Foot of descent, l;ears N. 35° W. and S. 35° E. 
 
 • See page 48 and footnote.
 
 211 
 
 Subdivision of T. 15 K., 11. 30 E. — Continued. 
 
 Cliains. 
 o9. 'd% 
 
 64.00 
 79. 96 
 
 40.00 
 
 77.87 
 
 37.87 
 
 51. 00 
 
 57. .50 
 72.00 
 77.87 
 
 40.00 
 80.05 
 
 40.05 
 
 80.05 
 
 Set a limestone, 14x8x6 ins., 10 ins. in the jjronud, for ^ sec. cor. 
 
 niaik(^(l Jr.oii N. l:ice; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. of stone, 3 ft. 
 
 (list. ; and raise a mound of earth, ."i ft. I)a8e, 1^ ft. high, N. of cor. 
 From this i sec. cor. the U. S. mineral mouumeut in sec. 5 bears N. 37" 
 
 30' E. 
 Koad, bears N. and S. 
 The cor. of sees. 5, 6, 7, and 8. 
 Land, rolling. 
 
 Soil, gravelly loam; 2ud and 3rd rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 N. 89° 50' W., on a random line bet. sees. 6 and 7. 
 
 Set temp. ^ sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect \V. bdy. of the Tp. 9 Iks. S. of the cor. of sees. 1, 6, 7, and 12, 
 which is a limestone, 6x8x6 ins. above ground, marked and wit- 
 nessed as described by ihe surveyor general. 
 
 Thence I run 
 
 S. 89° 52' E., on a true line bet. sees. 6 and 7. 
 
 Over rolling land. 
 
 Set a limestone, 15x8x6 ins., 10 ins. in the ground, for J sec. cor., marked 
 i on the N. face; dig pits, 18x18x12 ins., E. and W. of stone, 3 ft. dist. ; 
 and raise a mound of earth, ^k ft. base, 1\ ft. high, N. of cor. 
 
 Old Militaiy road, bears \. 30- E'. and S. 30° W. 
 
 The N. W. cor. of cemetery, bears S., 5.00 chs. dist. 
 
 The N. E. cor. of cemetery, bears S., 5.00 cha. dist- 
 
 The cor of sees. 5, 6, 7, and 8. 
 
 Land, rolling. 
 
 Soil, gravelly loam; 2ud rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 N. 0° 5' W., on a random line bet. sees. 5 and 6. 
 
 Set temp. ^ sec. cor. 
 
 Intersect N. bdy. of the Tp. 3 Iks. E. of the cor. of sees. 5, 6, 31 and 32, 
 which is a limestone marked and witnessed as described by the sur- 
 veyor-general. 
 
 Thence 1 run 
 
 S. 0° 6' E., on a true line bet. sees. 5 and 6. 
 
 Over rolling ground. 
 
 Set a limestone, 18x8x5 ins., 12 ins. iu the ground, foresee, cor., marked 
 i on W. face ; dig pits, 18 X 18 X 12 ins., N. and S. of the stone, 3 ft. dist. ; 
 and raise a mound of earth, 3|^ ft. base, 1| ft. high, W. of cor. 
 
 The cor. of sees. 5, 6, 7, and 8. 
 
 Laud, rolling. 
 
 Soil, gravelly loam; 2nd rate. 
 
 No timber. 
 
 11 a. m., August 17, 1893. 
 
 In order to locate Ivy Island, I proceed as follows: 
 
 I begin at the meander cor. of Iracl. sees. 17 and 20, at Q^ 45™ p. m., 
 which being too near noon to secure accurate results with the solar, I 
 take aback sight on the cor. of sees. 16, 17,20 and 21, prolong the direc- 
 tion, N. 89° 57' W., bet. sees. 17 and 20, and set a flag ou line, on the S. 
 E. side of the islaud. To determine the distance to the flag, I lay off a 
 base line, S. 30° 32' W., 36.00 chs., to a point, at wluch the angle bet. 
 flag and meander cor. measures 68° 01' ; from the flag, the base line sub- 
 tends an angle of .52° 31'. The sum of the three angles is 180° 03'; 
 therefore the corrected angles, taken in the order of their measurement, 
 are, respectively, 59° 30', 68° 00', and 52° 30'; and the distance is 
 
 bin. 68°X36_ 0.9272x36 
 
 sin. 52° 30' 
 
 0.7934 
 
 - =42.07 chs.* 
 
 * For other methods of computing the distance, see page 136.
 
 212 
 Subdivision of T. 15 N., E. 20 ^.— Coiitinned. 
 
 Chains. 
 3(5.80 
 
 5.27 
 
 9.38 
 
 22.50 
 
 The point for cor. of sees. 17, 18, 19, and 20 falls in the lake; thence N. 
 
 89^ 57' W. bet. sees. 18 and 19. 
 In place of the 11 a;;', 1 
 .Set a limestone, 15x8x6 ins., 10 ins. in the gronnd, for meander cor. of 
 
 fracl. sees. 18 and 19, marked M. C. on E. face, with 3 grooves on S, 
 
 face; dig a pit, 36x36x12 ins., 8 ft. W. of stone, and raise a mound of 
 
 earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, W. of cor. 
 Thence I run 
 
 N. 89^^ 57' W., on a true line bet. sees. 18 and 19. 
 Over level land. 
 Intersect W. shore of island. 
 Set a limestone, 18x8x5 ins., 12 ins. in the ground, for meander cor. of 
 
 fracl. sees. 18 and 19, marked M. C. on W.face; dig a pit, 36x36x12 
 
 ins., 8 ft. E. of stone, and raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 2 ft. high, 
 
 E. of cor. 
 
 August 17, 1893. 
 
 To locaie a small island called Diamond Rock, in Lin's Lake, sec. 19, I 
 
 proceed as follows : 
 From the meander cor.of sees. 19 and 24, on the W. bdy. of the township, 
 
 I set a flag on the south point of the island, which bears N. 71*^ 30' E. ; 
 
 then measure a base S. 48° 01' E., 23. 14 chs., to a point, from which the 
 
 flaii' l)cars N. 8° E. ; which gives for the distance to flag 
 
 sin. 60- 29' x 23. 14 ^^, 0.87 x23.14 
 0.89~49 
 
 = 22.50 chs., the required distance. 
 
 sin. 63^ 30' 
 In place of the flag, I 
 
 Set a limestone, laX8x6 ins., 12 ins. in the ground, for an auxiliary* 
 mcaiuler cor. in sec. 19, marked A. M. C, on S. face; dig a pit, 
 36 X 36 X 12 ins., 8 ft. N. of stone, and raise a mound of earth, 4 ft. base, 
 2 ft. high, N. of cur. 
 
 August 17, 1893. 
 
 ' See jiages 44 and 58. 
 
 Meanders, T. 15 N., R. 20 E. 
 
 Meanders of the right hank of Yellowstone River, up stream. 
 
 I commence at the meander cor. of fracl. sees. 25 and 30, on the E. bdy. 
 
 of the Tp., which is a sandstone, 6x9x7 ins. above ground, marked 
 
 and witnessed as described by tlie surveyor general. 
 At this cor., August 8, 1 set oft' 45^ 46' on tlie^lat. arc: \L° 1' N,, on the 
 
 decl. arc; and at 7'' 35'" a. ui., 1. m. t., determine a true meridian with 
 
 the solar. 
 Thence I run with meanders in sec. 25. 
 Through lH'a^■v timber. 
 
 Hank 20 ft. high. 
 Hank 9 ft. high. 
 
 Low l)ank 5 ft. high. Head of course, leave 
 heavy timber, enter dense willow and cottouwood 
 uuch'rgrowtli, bears S. 
 
 At 3.20 chs., month of Cherry Creek, 14 Iks. wide, 
 course N. 
 
 Bank 7 ft. high. At 2.00 chs., leave dense under- 
 growth, enter heavy timber, bears S. 
 
 At end of course, lower end of sand bar, bears N., 
 2.00 chs. dist. 
 
 Bank 4 ft. liigh. At 5.00 chs. leave heavy, enter 
 s(att<!ring timber, 1)ears S. To the meander cor. 
 of fracl. sees. 25 and 26. 
 
 S. 85° 
 
 W. 
 
 13.00 ch 
 
 S. 72" 
 
 w. 
 
 7.10 " 
 
 S. 64*^ 
 
 w. 
 
 13.00 " 
 
 S. '10- 
 
 w. 
 
 5.10 " 
 
 S.77^- 
 
 w. 
 
 7.00 " 
 
 N. 76 ' 
 
 AV 
 
 7.50 " 
 
 S. 80'-' 
 
 W. 
 
 12.00 " 
 
 S.81' 
 
 W. 
 
 19.39 "
 
 213 
 
 Oleanders, T. 15 N., B. 20 ^.—Continued. 
 
 jUeandets of the righi hank of Yelloicslone liiccr, up stream — Contiuued. 
 
 I^and, river bottom. 
 
 Soil, alluvial; Ist rate. 
 
 Timber, cottoinvood, sycamore, ash, and walnut, 
 
 Heavily timbered laud or laud covered with dense undergrowth, 70.00 clis. 
 
 Thence in sec. 26. 
 
 Through scattering timber. 
 
 S. 81>^ W. 8.70 chs. Bank 8 ft. high. 
 
 S.70I" W.4.90 " At 2.30 chs., upper end of bar, bears N. about 2.00 
 
 chs. dist. 
 S. 441° W. 3.60 " 
 S.21'^ W.3.50 " 
 S. 5io W. 4.20 " 
 South. 4.30 " 
 S. 9JO E.3.80 " 
 
 S. 34|o E. 5.27 " To meander cor. of fracl. sees. 26 and 35. 
 Land, level. 
 
 .'^oil, alluvial ; 1st rate. 
 Timber, scattering ash, hickory, walnut, and Cottonwood. 
 
 Thence in sec. 35. 
 
 August 8: At the meander cor. of fracl. sees. 26 and 35, I set off 15*^ 57' 
 N., on the decl. arc. ; and, at 0'' 5'" p. m., 1. m. t., observe the sun on the 
 meridian ; the resulting lat. is 45° 46'. 
 
 Through scattering timber. 
 
 S. 28° E., 8.80 chs. Bank 8 ft. high. 
 
 S. 0|o E., 7.70 " At 4.30 chs., leave scattering timber, enter dense 
 Cottonwood and willow undergrowth, bears N. 
 60«E. 
 
 S. Q\° \V. 10.00 " Low bank 4 ft. high. At end of course, road to 
 Mound City, bears S. 70° E. Ferry, and road to 
 Lake City,'bears N. —° W. 
 
 8.31° W. 12.00 " At 5.50 chs. leave dense undergrowth, bears N. 65° 
 E. ; enter Pat Curran's field, bears E. At end of 
 course, house bears S. 62-' E., 5.00 chs. dist. 
 
 S. 38° W. 5.50 " Bank 13 ft. bigh. At 5.10 chs., leave Pat Cur- 
 ran's lield, fence bears E. At 5.30 chs. middle 
 of road, bears E. 
 
 S. 43io W. 7.70 " At 1.50 chs., N. W. cor. of Alexander's field, bears 
 E., 0.50 chs. dist. 
 
 At 3.30 chs., wire fence, bears S. E. 
 
 S. 48io W. 16.68 " To meander cor. of fracl. sees. 2 and 35, on S. bdy. 
 
 of theTp., which is a limestone 5x8x6 ins. above ground, marked and 
 
 witnessed as described by the surveyor general. 
 Land, nearly level. 
 Soil, alluvial; 1st rate. North of Curran's field subject to inundation, 2 
 
 to 5 ft. deep. 
 Timber, scattering ash, walnut, and cottonwood. 
 Dense undergrowth, 18.90 chs. 
 
 August 8, 1893. 
 
 s. 
 
 474.° W. 
 
 6..50 
 
 s. 
 
 37.^° W. 
 
 2.00 
 
 s. 
 
 58° W. 
 
 2.10 
 
 s. 
 
 42i" W. 
 
 5.40 
 
 s. 
 
 47° W. 
 
 4.80 
 
 s. 
 
 50° W. 
 
 4.90 
 
 s. 
 
 57° W. 
 
 9.50
 
 214 
 
 Meanders, T. 15 N., R. 20 ^.—Continued. 
 
 Meanders of the left bank of Yellowstone Biver, doum siream. 
 
 I commence at the meaiuler cor. of fracl. sees. 2 and 35, on the S. bdy. 
 of the Tp., which is a limestone 6x7x5 ins. above ground, marked and 
 ■witnessed as described by the surveyor general. 
 At this cor., August 9, I bet off 45^ 45' on the lat. arc; 15° 44' N., on 
 the decl. arc; and at 7"^ 5'" a. m., 1. m. t., determine a true meridian 
 with the solar. 
 Thence I run with meanders in sec. 35, 
 Over level bottom land. 
 N.38F E. 9.10 chs. Bank 12 ft. high. From the meander cor. the S. 
 
 end of sand ridge in sec. 34, bears N. 16^° W. 
 N. 31|° E. 20.00 " At end of course, N. E. end of sand ridge bears 
 
 N. 3^ E. 
 N.51C E. 14.00 " Sand ridge, parallel to river, N. W., about 25 chs. 
 
 dist. 
 N. 61f o E. 15.00 " At end of course, S. end of sand ridge, bears S. 87^° 
 W. N. E. end, bears N. 64° W. 
 
 N.35io E. 
 
 7.50 
 
 N.420 E. 
 
 9.40 
 
 N. 19° E. 
 
 7.10 
 
 At end of course, road to Lake City, bears N. 83° 
 W. W. eud of ferry. 
 N. 51° W. 8.90 " Bank 9 ft. high. At 1.50 chs. enter scattering tim- 
 ber, bears N.W. 
 N. 29° W. 12.95 " To the meander cor. of fracl. sees. 26 and 35. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; 1st and 2nd rate. 
 Timber, scattering ash, cottonwood, and sj'camore. 
 
 August 9: At this meander cor. I set oft' 15^ 39' N., on the decl. arc; and 
 at 0'' 5'"., p. m., 1. m. t., observe the sun on the meridian ; the resultiug 
 lat. is 45° 46', the true lat., nearly. 
 Thence in sec. 26. 
 Through scattering timber. 
 N. 221° W. 6.00 chs. Bank 12 ft. high. 
 N. 9^° W. 6.40 " 
 North. 8.60 " At 6.00 chs. leave scattering timber, bears W. ; 
 
 thence, over sandy loam. 
 N. lli° E. 7.50 " 
 N.25° E. 7.00 " 
 
 N.40° E. 7.60 " Bank 15 ft. high. 
 N.57° E. 5.70 " 
 N.69^°E. 7.90 " At4. 40 chs. enter scatteringtimber, bears N. Along 
 
 the last six courses the bank is rapidly wearing 
 
 away by action of the current which sets strong 
 
 against the bank. 
 N.74io E. 7.40 " 
 
 N. 76|° E. 6.81 " To the meander cor. of fracl. sees. 25 and 26. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, alluvial; 1st and 2nd rate. 
 Timber, scattering cottonwood, sycamore and black walnut. 
 
 Thence in sec. 25. 
 
 Through scattering timber. 
 
 S. 86i^° E. 9.70 chs. Bank 12 ft. high. 
 
 S.74° E. 10.00 " 
 
 S.82i E. 6.00 " AtS.OOchs. leave scattering timber, l)car8 N.W. 
 
 N. 82i° E. 8.00 " At end of course, Avire fence, bears N. 60° W. 
 
 N.69PE. 7.30 " Bank 7 ft. high. 
 
 N.6l° E. 4.10 " At 2.90 chs., mouth of short creek, 10 Iks. wide, 
 
 course S. 30° E, 
 N. 53fo E. 8.30 " 
 N.66i°E. 10.00 " 
 
 N. 77p E. 5..50 " Bank 9 ft. high. 
 N.89° E. 13.00 "
 
 215 
 Meanders, T. 15 N., R. 30 ^.—Continued. 
 
 Meanders of the left bank of Tellotvstone River, down stream — Coutinueil. 
 
 N. 35^ E. 3.79 " Bank 11 ft. high. To nu-ander cor. of sees. 25 and 
 30 on E. bdy. of the Tp., whicli is a redar post, 
 1 ft. hi,<;h, 4 ins. sq., marked and witnessed as de- 
 scribed \)y the surveyor general. 
 
 August 9, 1893. 
 
 Meanders of Clear Lake in Sec. S3. 
 
 I connuence at the special meander cor. bet. the E. and W. halves of 
 
 sec. 33, on the N. side of the lake. 
 Thence I run with meanders in E. | of sec. 33. 
 Over rolling ground. 
 S. 53- E. 17.00 chs. Bank 10 ft. high. At 11.00 chs. enter scattering 
 
 timber, bears N. E. 
 S. 3° E. 13.00 " Bank 8 ft. high. At 12.50 chs. leave scattering 
 
 timber, bears N. E. 
 S. OJ^ W. 7.20 " At end of course, outlet of lake, 10 Iks. wide, course 
 
 S. E. 
 S. 70-^ W. 15.11 " At 2.00 chs., enter scattering timber, bears .S. 
 
 To the special meander cor. bet. E. and W. halves 
 of sec. 33, on 8. side of the lake. 
 Thence in W. \ of sec. 33. 
 N. 63J- W. 10.00 chs. Bank 8 ft. high. At 7.00 chs. leave scattering 
 
 timber, bears S. W. 
 N. 13^^ W. 21.00 " Bank 6 to 7 ft. high. At end of course, stream of 
 clear, pure water, 8 Iks. wide, enters lake, course 
 S. 70^ E. Along this line I discovered remark- 
 able fossil remains of animals, well worthy the 
 attention of naturalists. 
 N. 52C E. 17.34 " Bank 7 to 10 ft. high, enter scattering timber. 
 At 8 chs., leave scattering timber, bears \V. 
 To the special meander cor. on X. side of lake. 
 This is a beautiful lake of pure, clear water, with well delined banks, 
 
 6 to 10 ft. high. Water about 14 ft. deep. 
 Land, rolling. 
 Soil, 1st rate. 
 Timber, scattering maple, oak, and elm. 
 
 August 12, 1893. 
 
 Meanders of the eaat end of Lin's Lake, in Sees. 17, 18, 10, and 20. 
 
 I commence at the meander cor. on "W. bdy. of the Tp., which ia a lime- 
 stone 6x8x4 ins., above ground, marked and witnessed as described by 
 the surveyor general. 
 
 August 18: At S'' 4"' a. m., 1, m. t., I set off 45" 48' on the lat. arc; 
 12° 56' N., on the deol. arc; and determine a true meridian with the 
 solar, at the above described meander corner. 
 
 Thence I run with meanders in sec. 19. 
 
 Along gravelly beach. 
 
 S. 56^ E. 7. 20 chs. 
 
 s 
 
 46i^' E. 
 
 3.40 
 
 8. 
 
 44° E. 
 
 2.40 
 
 S. 
 
 43i^ E. 
 
 5. 70 
 
 S. 
 
 45io E. 
 
 4.40 
 
 8. 
 
 J4|o E. 
 
 .5.80 
 
 8. 
 
 45^*^ E. 
 
 2.00 
 
 8. 
 
 49ir^ E. 
 
 4.00 
 
 8. 
 
 54^° E. 
 
 5.00 
 
 S. 
 
 67io E. 
 
 2.00 
 
 S. 
 
 774° E. 
 
 6.60 
 
 N 
 
 85^° E. 
 
 2.00
 
 216 
 
 Meanders, T. 15 N., R. 30 -£7.— Continued. 
 
 Meanders of the east end of Lin's Lake, in Sees. 17, IS, 19, and 20 — Cont'd. 
 
 N. 77F E. 11.00 " At 6.50 clis., A. J. Smith's house bears S. 15^^ E., 
 
 1.00 cli. ilist. 
 S. 77f° E. 7.20 " At beginning of course enter scattering timber, 
 
 bears S.E. 
 S. 74c E. 21. 11 " To the meander cor. of fracl. sees. 19 and 20. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam ; away from the beach, 2ud rate. 
 Timber, mai)le, ash, and oak. 
 August 18 : At tills meander cor. I set off 12° 52' N., on the decl. arc ; and 
 
 at 0^ 4'" p. m., l.m.t., observe the sun on the meridian; the resulting 
 
 lat., 45a 47'. 
 
 Thence in sec. 20. 
 
 Along gravelly beach, through scattering timber. 
 
 S. 89fo E. 6. 10 chs. 
 
 N. 57^ E. 12. 00 " At 5. 00 chs., leave scattering timber. 
 
 N. 37i° E. 10. 50 " 
 
 N. 46-^ E. 5.00 " At end of course enter scattering timber, bears E. 
 
 N. 231-0 E. 9.90 " 
 
 N. 39|o E. 10. 48 " To the meander cor. of fracl. sees. 17 and 20. 
 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, gravelly on beach ; away from beach rich loam ; 1st rate. 
 
 Timber, maple, ash, oak, and sycamore. 
 
 August 18, 1893. 
 
 August 19: At 7'' 3"' a. m., l.m.t., I set oft" 45° 48' on the lat. arc; 12" 
 38' N., on the decl. arc ; and determine a true meridian at meander cor. 
 of fracl. sees. 17 and 20. 
 Thence in sec. 17. 
 
 Along gravelly beach, through scattering timber. 
 N. 19'^ E. 10. 00 chs. 
 
 N. 15fo E. 10.00 " At6.50chs., mouth of branch 7 Iks. wide, the out- 
 let of pond in sec. 16, course N. 70° W. 
 
 At end of course, leave scattering timber, bears 
 
 N. E. 
 At end of course, fence, bears N. 43^^ E. ; enter 
 
 irrigated field. 
 
 At 2. 00 chs., leave irrigated field, bears N. 43° E. 
 To meander cor. of fracl. sees. 17 and 18. 
 Land, level. 
 Soil, gravelly on beach ; away from beach, rich loam, rocky near meander 
 
 cor. ; 1st and 3rd rate. 
 Timber, maple, ash, oak, and sycamore. 
 
 N. 
 
 80° W. 
 
 6.00 
 
 N. 
 
 68^0 W. 
 
 7.10 
 
 N. 
 
 88° W. 
 
 6.70 
 
 N. 
 
 m° w. 
 
 9.50 
 
 N. 
 
 27it° W. 
 
 5.00 
 
 N. 
 
 27i° W. 
 
 8.00 
 
 N. 
 
 101° w. 
 
 6.00 
 
 N. 
 
 38J° W. 
 
 2.80 
 
 N. 
 
 46i° W. 
 
 9. 50 
 
 N. 
 
 33 i° W. 
 
 3.74 
 
 Thence in sec. 18. 
 
 Along gravellv beach. 
 
 N. 38J° VV. 15.00 chs. Bank ft. high. 
 
 N. 63i° W. 5. 00 " At end of course, middle of main track of Montana 
 
 and Manitoba Kailroad, 70 Iks. N. 
 S. 84° W. 13.00 " Bank 8 ft. high. At 12. 00 chs., S. E. cor. of Lake 
 
 City. Thence, along S. side of Water street, 100 
 
 ft. wide. At 12.30 middle of East street, bearsN. 
 
 0° 5' W.
 
 217 
 Meanders, T. 15 N., E. 20 E. — Continued. 
 
 Meanders of the east end of Lin's Lake, in Sees. 17, 18, 19 and 20 — Cont'd. 
 
 S. 61i^ W. 19.00 " Iiauk9ft. high. At 5.55 chs., middle of Walnnt 
 street, hears N. 0° 5' W. Railroad station 
 bears N. 3.00 elm. dist. At 11.80, middle of Elm 
 street, bears N. 0^ 5' W. At 17.00, ascend from 
 beach to top of bank 10 ft. high ; N. E. cor. of 
 •wharf. At 18.00 chs., middle of Main street, 
 bears N. 0^ 5' W. At end of course, N. W. cor. 
 of wharf. 
 
 S. 433 W. 13.00 " Bluff bank 9 ft. high; no beach. At 8.50 chs., 
 middle of Pino street, bears N. 0° 5' W. 
 
 S. 55P W. 4.00 " At 2.90 chs., middle of Cedar street, bears N. 0^ 
 5' W. 
 
 S. 74|o W. 4.70 " Rank 7 ft. high; no beach. 
 
 S. 79" W. 5.60 " Bank 5 ft. high. At 0.10 chs., middle of West 
 street, bears N. 0° 5' W. At 0.42 chs., S. W. 
 cor. of Lake City. 
 
 S. 86i<^ W. 12.31 " To the meander cor. of fracl. sees. 13 and 18, on 
 W. bdy. of the Tp. which is a juniper post, 1 
 ft. high, 4 ins. sq., marked and witnessed as 
 described by the surveyor general. 
 
 Land, gently rolling. 
 
 Soil, sandy loam; 1st rate. Xo timber. 
 
 I return to the meridian established Aug. 4, from Polaris. At 4 p. m. I 
 set off — o — ' on the decl. arc, and test the adjustment of my solar, 
 finding it gives the same meridian as before, and adjustments correct. 
 
 August 19, 1893. 
 
 Meanders of Ivy Island in sees. 18 and 19. 
 
 I commence at the meander cor. of fracl. sees. 18 and 19, on the east 
 
 side of the island. 
 August 17: At 3 p. m., 1. m. t., I set oft" 45° 48' on the lat. arc; 13° 
 
 9' N., on the decl. arc; and determine a true meridian at this meander 
 
 cor. 
 Thence I run with meanders in sec. 19 along gravelly beach. 
 S. 47i:0 w. 2..50 chs. Low bank, 2 ft. high. 
 
 N. 52° W. 2.82 chs. To meander cor. bet. fracl. sees. 18 and 19. 
 Soil, gravel; oft" beach, loam, 1st rate. No timber. 
 
 Thence in sec. 18. 
 
 Along gravelly beach. 
 
 N. 5i" W. 2.90 chs. 
 
 N. 35'^ W. 1.60 " Row of 2 cottages and ])avilion, parallel to beach, 
 
 1.50 chs. dist. 
 S. 45i" W. 1.40 " At beginning of course, hotel bears N. 30^^ W.; at 
 
 end of course, cottage bears N. 30° W., 2.00 chs. 
 
 dist. 
 S. 56° W. 2.30 " Row of cottages, parallel to beach, 2.00 chs. dist. 
 N. 731° W. 4.50 " 
 N. 38° W. 6.40 " At 2.00 chs., bank 3 ft. high; at 3.00 chs., bank 15 
 
 ft. high; narrow rocky beach. 
 Bank, 25 ft. high ; largo rocks along narrow beach. 
 Bank, rock nearly vertical, 35 ft. high; narrow 
 
 beach of rock and gravel. 
 
 At end of cour-se, bank, 30 ft. high; narrow beach 
 
 of rock and gravel. 
 At 2.00 chs., bank 9 ft. high; at 3.00 chs., 5ft. high. 
 
 Scattering timljer oft" beach. 
 Low bank 1 it. high. Scattering timber off beach. 
 To the meander cor. of fracl. sec^. 18 and 19. 
 
 N. 12° 
 N. 59^0 
 
 E. 
 
 E. 
 
 4.20 
 5.30 
 
 East. 
 S. 36° 
 
 E. 
 
 2.60 
 3.80 
 
 S. 56i° 
 
 E. 
 
 6.40 
 
 S. 29° 
 S. 47i° 
 
 E. 
 W. 
 
 7.00 
 3.40
 
 218 
 Oleanders, T. 15 N., E. 20 ^.—Concluded. 
 
 Meanders of the east end of Lin's Lake, in Sees. 17, 18, 19 and 20 — Conc'd. 
 
 Land, high on uorth part of island, low on S. E. part. 
 
 Soil, rich loam on east end; .stony on west end of island; 1st and 3rd rate. 
 
 Timber, oak, maple and ash; undergrowth, on west cmd of island, hazel 
 bushes and tangle of grape vines and wild ivy on the high ground; a 
 few scattering water elms and sycamores on low part of island. 
 
 August 17, 1893. 
 
 Meanders of a small island, called Diamond Bock, in Sec. 19. 
 
 I commence at the auxiliary meander cor. on south side of the island. 
 Thence with meanders in sec. 19. 
 N. 16i<^ W. 2. 70 chs. 
 N. 611° E. 2. 90 " 
 S. 48^0 E. 3.50 " 
 S. 27|^ W. 2. 20 " 
 
 N. 85^ W. 3. 30 " Toauxiliary meander cor. and place of beginning. 
 Land, level. 
 
 Soil, gravelly loam; 3rd rate. 
 No timber. 
 
 This island is about 4 ft. above the water, not subject to inundation ; has 
 no vegetation, except grass; and is without imiirovements. 
 
 August 17, 1890. 
 
 GENERAL DESCRIPTION. 
 
 This township contains nearly every variety of land from ])lains to mountains, and 
 the soil ranges from alkali to rich loam. The soil of the bottom land along the Yel- 
 lowstone River and in the central part of the township is generally rich, black loam, 
 capable of producing abundant crops without irrigation. The soil of the remaining 
 portion of the township, except the alkali flat in sees. 23 and 24, and the mountain- 
 ous laud, can nearly all be classed as second rate, is covered with an abundant 
 growth of rich and nutritious grasses, and will produce crops without irrigation. 
 In the southwestern portion of the township is an arid plain, and irrigation will be 
 necessary. 
 
 Cottonwood, sycamore, ash, and other kinds of timber are found along the Yellow- 
 stone River, and some scattering along the creeks. The Little Snowy Mountains 
 are covered with a dense growth of pine, oak, and fir timber, many of the trees 
 being very large. 
 
 There is one limestone qn.arry in sees. 8 and 9 which affords excellent building 
 stone, and, from surface indications, it is probable that large bodies of limestone 
 and sandstone underlie other portions of the township. Iron ore was found in sec. 3, 
 and gold in sees. 4 and 5. 
 
 The township is well watered by the Yellowstone River, which runs through the 
 Boutheastern jiortion, and by many small springs and brooks. The eastern end of 
 Lin's Lake, comj)rising only a small portion thereof, is included in this township. 
 This lake is al)out 10 miles long, and its greatest width is about 4 miles. The water 
 is clear and pure, and varies in deptli from 10 to 200 feet. 
 
 Ivy Island, in Lin's Lake, contains nearly seventeen acres of land. About the 
 middle of the island is a line large sjjring of pure, cold water, which 8np]dies the 
 hotel and cottages situated on the south shore. This island is a favorite resort for 
 residents of Lake City and the surrounding country. 
 
 The town of Lake City, the county scat of Humboldt County, contains a court- 
 house, three churches, two hotels, several stores, and about 50 dwelling houses. Its 
 estimated po])nlation is 300. 
 
 There are two settlers in sec. 35, and one each in sees. 16, 17, 19, and 25. 
 
 .lames Parker's desert-land claim in sec. 32 may be irrigated by an artesian well, 
 which ib now being driven. 
 
 RoHKKT Acres, 
 U. S. Deputy Surveyor.
 
 219 
 
 FINAL OATHS OF DEPUTY SURVEYOR AND HIS ASSISTANTS. 
 
 LIST OF NAMKS. 
 
 A list of the iiainos of the inilividnals employed by Robert Acres, U. S. deputy sur- 
 veyor, to assist in running, nieasuiing. and markiug the Hues and corners descril)ed 
 in the foregoing held notes of the survey of the subdivision and meander lines of 
 Township No. 15 North, of Range No. 20 East, of the Principal Base and Meridian, iu 
 the State of Montana, showing the respective capacities iu which they acted: 
 
 Petek Long Chainman. 
 
 John Shout Chainman. 
 
 CvRi's Clay Moundman. 
 
 Hj:NiiY Rock Moundman. 
 
 Geouge tSHAKi' Axmau. 
 
 Adam Dull Axmau, 
 
 James Banner Flagman. 
 
 EuwAKD En.sign Flagman. 
 
 final oaths of ASSISTANTS. 
 
 I hereby certify that I assisted Robert Acres, United States deputy surveyor, in 
 surveying all those parts or portions of the sttbdivision and meander lines in the 
 east half of Township No. 15 North, of Range No. 20 East, of the Principal Base and 
 Meridian, State of Montana, which are represented in the foregoing field notes as hav- 
 ing been surveyed by him and under his direction; and that said survey has been in 
 all respects, to the best of my knowledge and belief, well aud faithfully surveyed, 
 and the corner numuments established, according to the instructions furnished by 
 the U. S. surveyor general for Montana. 
 
 James Banner, Flagman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this eleventh day of August, 1893. 
 
 Robert Acres, 
 U. S. Deputy Surveyor. 
 
 We hereby certify that we assisted Robert Acres, U. S. deputy surveyor, in sur- 
 veying all tliose parts >>r portions of the subdivision and meander lines of Township 
 No. 1.^) North, of Rauge No. 20 east, of the Principal Base and Meridian, State of 
 Montana, which are represented in tlie foregoing field notes as having been surveyed 
 by him and under his direction; and that said survey has been in all respects, to 
 the best of our knowledge and belief, well and faithfully surveyed, and the corner 
 monuniL-uts established, according to the instructions furnished by the U. S. sur- 
 veyor general for Montana. 
 
 Peter Long, Chainman. 
 
 John Short, Chainman. 
 
 Cyrus Clay, Moundman. 
 
 Henry Rock, Moundman, 
 
 George Sharp, Axman. 
 
 Adam Dull, Axman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this twenty-third day of August, 1893. 
 [seal.] Henry Doolittle, 
 
 Notary Public. 
 
 I hereby certify that I assisted Robert Acres, United States deputy- surveyor, in 
 surveying all those parts or portions of the subdivision and meander lines in the 
 west half of Township No. 15 North, of Range No. 20 East, of the Principal Base and 
 Meridian, State of Montana, which are represented in the foregoing field notes as 
 having been surveyed by him and under his direction; and that said survey has 
 been in all respects, to the best of my knowledge and belief, well and faithfully 
 surveyed, and the corner monuments established, according to the instructions 
 furnished by the U. S. surveyor general for Montana. 
 
 Edward Ensign, Flagman. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me this twenty-third day of August, 1893. 
 [seal.] Henry Doolittle, 
 
 Notary Public.
 
 220 
 
 FINAL OATH OF U. S. DEPUTY SURVEYOR. 
 
 I, Robert Acres, U. S. deputy surveyor, do solemuly swear that in pursuance of a 
 
 contract received from A B , U. S. surveyor general for Montana, bearing 
 
 date of the twenty-second day of March, ISUS, I have well, faithfully, and truly, in 
 my own proper person, and in strict conformity with the instructions furnished by 
 the U. S. surveyor general for Montana, the Manual of Surveying Instructions, and 
 the laws of the United States, surveyed all those parts or portions of the subdivision 
 and meander lines of Township No. 15 North, of Range No. 20 East, of the Principal 
 Base and Meridian, in the State of Montana, which are represented in the foregoing 
 lield notes as having been surveyed by me and under my direction; and I do fur- 
 ther solemnly swear that all the corners of said survey have been established and 
 perpetuated in strict accordance with the Manual of Surveying Instructions, and 
 the special written instructions of the U. S. surveyor general for Montana, and in 
 the specific manner described in the field notes, and that the foregoing are the orig- 
 inal held notes of such survey; and should any fraud be detected, I will suffer the 
 jienalty of perjury under the provisions of an act of Cong-ress approved August 8, 
 1846. 
 
 Robert Acres, 
 U. S. Deputy Surveyor. 
 
 Subscribed by said Robert Acres, and sworn to before me this thirty-first day of 
 August, 1893. 
 
 [seal.] a B , 
 
 U. S. Surveyor General for Montana. 
 
 To each of the original field books the surveyor general will append his offloial 
 approval, according to the following form, or so varied as to suit the facts in the case : 
 
 Office of the U. S. Surveyor General, 
 
 Helena, Montana, September 1, 1SS9. 
 The foregoing field notes of the survey of [here describe the survey], executed by 
 Robert Acres uuder his contract No. 87, dated March 22, 1893, having been critically 
 examined, and the necessary corrections and expIanatio7is made, the said field notes, 
 and the surveys they describe, are hereby approved. 
 
 A B , 
 
 U. S. Surveyor General. 
 
 To the copies of the field notes transmitted to the General Land Office the surveyor 
 general will append the following certificate: 
 
 I certify that the foregoing transcript of the field notes of the survey of the [liere 
 describe the character of the surveys, whether meridian, base line, standard parallel, 
 exterior township lines, or subdivision lines and meanders of a particular towu-shin], 
 
 in the State [or Territory] of , has been correctly copied 
 
 from the original notes on file in this office. 
 
 A B , 
 
 U. S. Surveyor General.
 
 PKIVATE LAND CLAIM SUEVEYS. 
 
 1. Before ordering any survey of a private land claim the surveyor 
 general will receive full instructions from this office, by which he will 
 be governed in issuing his instructions to the deputj'. The instruc- 
 tions to the deputy must be entered in full at the commencement of the 
 field notes of such survey. 
 
 2. The instruments used in the survey of private land claims must be 
 the same as those required for the survey of public lands, and must be 
 registered and tested in like manner at the surveyor general's office 
 previous to the deputy's commencing work; and the instructions for 
 the survey of public lands must, as far as applicable, be strictly observed 
 in the survey of private land claims. 
 
 3. The true magnetic variation must be noted at the beginning point 
 of each survey, and wherever the variation of the needle is observed to 
 change along the line the same must be noted and the reasons therefor 
 stated, if known. 
 
 4. At the end of each mile along a boundary, the character of the soil 
 and amount of timber, grass, etc., will be stated; and the date of each 
 day's work in the held nuist be noted at the end of the record thereof. 
 
 5. The reiiuirements in the " Summary of objects and data required 
 to be noted," as set forth in the instructions for the survey of public 
 lands, must be observed by the deputy in the survey of private land 
 claims. Where practicable, bearings must be taken from at least two 
 j)oints on the line to all prominent or otherwise notable objects in the 
 vicinity, and where only one bearing can be taken the estimated dis- 
 tance must be noted. 
 
 6. At the beginning point upon the boundaries of each grant survey, 
 a corner must be established of the same character, size, and mate- 
 rials as prescribed for township corners upon the lines of the survey of 
 public lands, except that only two pits will be dug, one on each side of 
 the corner, on the line. Upon the side of such corner facing the claim, 
 the initial letters of the name of the grant, and immediately under the 
 same the letters " Beg. Cor. 1 " (for beginning corner one) must be neatly 
 cut or chiseled. 
 
 7. Each of the mile corners or stations of survey must be established 
 in the manner prescribed fur the establishment of section corners upon 
 the lines of public surveys, except that they will be marked on the side 
 facing the grant with the initials of the grant and the number of the 
 station or mile, as the case may be; and only two pits will be dug, one 
 on each side of the corner, on the line. 
 
 8. Where mile corners are established, except upon meandered por- 
 tions of the line, half-mile corners will also be established in the manner 
 prescribed for the establishment of quarter-section corners upon the 
 lines of i)ub]ic surveys, except that they will be marked upon the side 
 facing the grant with the initials of the grant. 
 
 221
 
 222 
 
 0. Such other marks, in addition to those above described, will be 
 phiced upon the corners as may be required by the surveyor general in 
 his special written instructions. 
 
 10. As far as practicable, bearings and distances must be taken from 
 each of the corners or stations to two or more trees, or x^romiuent natural 
 objects, if any, within a convenient distance, in the same manner as 
 required in the instructions for the survey of x)ublic lands, and such 
 trees or objects must be marked with the initials of the grant, and 
 underneath same the letters "B. T." or " B. O.," as the case may be. 
 
 11. Witness corners will be established, where necessary, in the same 
 manner as required in the instructions for the survey of public lands. 
 
 12. In all cases where the lines of the grant boundary surveys inter- 
 sect established lines of survey of public lands or private land claims, 
 the course and distance from such point of intersection to the nearest 
 corner on the line of the prior survey nuist be carefully run, measured, 
 and noted, and whenever necessar}' such corner must be reestablished. 
 
 13. The survey' of a private land claim must always be connected by 
 a line actually run and measured in the field with some corner of the 
 public surveys, if any such have been established within a distance not 
 exceeding two miles from any point on the boundary lines of the private 
 land claim, 
 
 14. Boundaries or portions of boundaries of i)reviously established 
 grant surveys, which also form a portion of the boundaries of the claim 
 to be surveyed, will be adopted so far as common to both grants, but 
 no payment will be made for such common boundaries unless it is nec- 
 essary to rei'stablish the same. 
 
 15. The Held notes must embrace a full, clear, and concise statement 
 of the de])uty's reasons for his location and establishment of each 
 boundary. 
 
 16. A general description of each tract must be given at the end of 
 the field notes of the survey of same, which description must embrace 
 a brief statement of the main features of the tract surveyed, charac- 
 ter of the land, timber, and other natural growth, kinds of mineral, if 
 any, population of towns and settlements, characteristics of mountains, 
 streams, si)rings, etc., and such other data as may be of importance. 
 
 17. Tlie depuly must particularly note all facts relative to present 
 inhabitancy of the land and designate all tracts occupied by actual set- 
 tlers or residents. 
 
 18. The deputy surveyor must return with the field notes a topo- 
 graphical ma J) or plat of the survey. As far as practicable all objects 
 described in field notes, and the nmin features of the tract surveyed, 
 including towns, streams, mountains, roads, etc., must be protracted 
 on sucli plat as accurately as possible. 
 
 10. The field-note books must embrace a list of assistants, and pre- 
 liminary and final oaths, as required in the instructions for the surNey 
 of i)nblic lands. 
 
 20. The deputy will note all objections to his survey that may be 
 brought to his knowledge, and the surveyor general will pronqjtly rei)ort 
 to the Commissioner of the General Land Office all complaints made 
 to him, and send up all protests filed in his office, together with a full 
 report thereon. 
 
 21. Official plats of the survey of private land claims will not be fur- 
 nished to any person until the cost of surveying and platting the same 
 shall have been paid to tlie United States.
 
 APPENDIX RELATIVE TO ACCOUNTS FOR SURVEYING 
 AND EXAMINATION. 
 
 > 
 
 U. S. surveyors s'eiKnal and deputy surveyors are required to comply 
 strictly with the following: instructions: 
 
 All surveying accounts transmitted to the General Land Office for 
 adjustment must be in duplicate and in a separate letter from that 
 forwarding the plats and Held notes of the survey. The name of the 
 deputy surveyor, date and number of the contract, the amount of the 
 estimated liability, and whether said liability is limited or not, should 
 be noted on the face of the deputy's account. 
 
 The amount of the account and the appropriation from which it is 
 to be paid sliould be stated both in the letter of transmittal and in the 
 account rendered. The deputy's affidavit that the survey was executed 
 by him, and that it was just and correct, should be attached to the 
 account. 
 
 The date of the surveyor general's approval should appear in the 
 certificate thereto, and the destination of the draft or drafts, the name 
 of the payee or payees, Avith the post-otlBce address, should be added. 
 
 When the survey is chargeable to "Deposits by individuals for sur- 
 veying the public lands," it should be so stated, and the deposit to 
 which the field work is chargeable should be listed by number and date 
 of certificate of deposit, with number of township and range for Avhich 
 the deposit is made, and the amount of each certificate. 
 
 When the amount of an account is in excess of the liability of the 
 contract, a copy of office letter authorizing the excess must always 
 accompany the account. 
 
 When stating an expense account for examination in the field or 
 office on surveys, the number of the contract under which the survey 
 was made, the name of the surveyor, with the number of township and 
 range examined, should be inserted in the account, accompanied by a 
 copy of letter of authorization, said account and vouchers to be fur- 
 nished in duplicate and to have the affidavit of the examiner as to the 
 correctness of the charges and the approval of the surveyor general 
 attached. 
 
 When surveys are continued and executed beyond the time limited 
 in the contract and the contract has expired, and there has been no 
 projterly-granted extension of time thereto, the comi)ensation of the 
 deputy surveyor for the lines of survey executed after the expiration 
 of the contract will be reduced, and said lines completed at such rates 
 as the Comnnssioner of the General Land Office may in his judgment 
 determine to be proper, taking into consideration the value of the 
 work and the limitations of the appropriation from which the account 
 must be paid. 
 
 The field notes of a U. S, deputy surveyor, which are the data upon 
 which his surveying account is stated by the surveyor general, and 
 
 223
 
 224 
 
 subsequently adjusted by the Commissioner of the General Land OflSce, 
 should describe the surface, soil, etc., at the end of each mile or frac- 
 tional mile of survey, and should state the number of chains and links 
 which are " mountainous," " heavily timbered," or covered with 
 "dense undergrowth," using always the exact i)hraseolo8y of the 
 appropriation act which establishes the rates for said lines of surveys. 
 
 By dense undergrowth is meant thick bushes, boughs, or other vege- 
 table growth of such height as to obstruct the use of the transit, and 
 require cutting away to obtain sights along line; also bushes, brush, 
 vines or other vegetation which is of such tangled and difficult charac- 
 ter as to seriously impede the work of chaining the line. 
 
 Connecting lines, showing closing distances to closing corners, will be 
 paid for at the minimum rate allowed in the contract for that class of 
 line which is run to the closing corner, unless otherwise specially pro- 
 vided in the contract. 
 
 The practice of allowing deputies to retrace any and all lines which 
 they may deem necessary in connection with their work, and compen- 
 sating them therefor, has been discontinued. 
 
 If it becomes necessary to retrace any of the exterior lines in order 
 to j)roperly close their lines of survey it must be done at the deputy's 
 own expense as a legitimate contingent in executing the contract. If 
 it should be found to be absolutely necessary to resurvey and retrace 
 any portion of the exterior township lines, except such as are clearly 
 provided for in the article on pages 72, 73, and 74, the deputy should 
 report the facts innnediately to tlie surveyor general and await further 
 instructions. The facts as reported to him will be promi)tly laid before 
 the Commissioner of the General Land Office, specifying the number of 
 miles of retracement required, and, if such resurvey is authorized, the 
 deputy will be immediately notified. In no otl^er case will any resur- 
 vey be paid for which is not specifically authorized by the Commis- 
 sioner. 
 
 PROCEDURE OF COUNTY AlSJ) PRIVATE SURVEYORS IN RESTORING 
 LOST AND OBLITERATED CORNERS AND SUBDIVIDING SECTIONS. 
 
 The General Land Office assumes no control or direction over the 
 acts of local and county surveyors in the reestablishment of extinct 
 corners of original surveys. It follows the general rule that disputes, 
 arising from uncertain or erroneous location of original corners, are to 
 be settled by the proper local authorities or by amicable adjustment; 
 and to aid in this result it furnislies a circular pamphlet which is 
 merely advisory and ex])lanatory of the principles which should pre- 
 vail in performing such duties. 
 
 Surveyors who have been United States deputies should bear in 
 mind that in their private capacity they must act under somcAvhat 
 different rules of law from thovse governing original surveys, and should 
 carefully distinguish between the provisions of the statute which guide 
 a Government deputy and those which api)ly to retracement of lines 
 once surveyed. The failure to observe this distinction has been pro- 
 lific of erroneous work and injustice to land owners. 
 
 Tlie circular on " Kestoration of lost and obliterated corners," .dated 
 March 13, 1883, and the circular on subdividing a section, dated June 
 2, 1887, are furnished to ai)plicants.
 
 IISTDEX. 
 
 A. 
 
 Page. 
 
 Abbreviationa alloTverl in field notes 23. 65 
 
 Accounts for surveys and examinations 223 
 
 Acreage of fractional lots, computation of 68-70 
 
 Affidavits of qualification of sureties 16, 17 
 
 Affidavits or final oaths of deputy and assistants, forms of 63 
 
 Alinement, limi ts of error of, in section and township linos .59, 66, 72 
 
 Alteration of field notes prohibited 64 
 
 Annual change of magnetic declination for each State 98 
 
 Annual magnetic variation, table showing 96, 97 
 
 Appointment of deputies by surveyor general 10, 14 
 
 Approval of surveying contract l)y Commissioner 12 
 
 Arabic figures to be used in marking at corners 22 
 
 Areas of certain tracts to appear on plats 67 
 
 Areas of lots, how computed 68-70 
 
 Argument, definition given 112 
 
 Ascertaining true meridian from Polaris, by hour angle 109-119 
 
 Assistant, discharge or change of duties of 65 
 
 Assistant, specimen field notes of discharge of 149, 200 
 
 Assistants, forms of affidavits of 63 
 
 Astronomical and civil day, difference explained between 109, 110 
 
 Auxiliary meander corners 44, 58, 212 
 
 Azimuths of Polaris at elongation, tables of 103, 104 
 
 Azimuths of Polaris for any hour, table of 118, 119 
 
 Azimuths of secant to the parallel and ofisets in feet, table of 121 
 
 Azimuths of tangent to the parallel, table of 125 
 
 B. 
 
 Base and meridian lines, and correction lines 10 
 
 Base and standard lines surveyed by offsets 120-128 
 
 Base lines and principal meridians of various States 81-84 
 
 Base lines, how run 51 
 
 Bearing trees, location and marking of 24, 49, 50 
 
 Blazing of trees along line 21 
 
 Bond and contract for surveying, form of 15, 16 
 
 Bond, official, of surveyor general 10 
 
 Bond to be given by deputy surveyor 11 
 
 Boulder, marked for corner, specimen field notes of 157 
 
 Boundaries and contents of lands, law for ascertaining 12 
 
 Boundaries of townships considered defective 72 
 
 Boundaries of townships, latitude and departure of 61, 129 
 
 Boundaries of townships, specimen field notes of 169-182 
 
 Boundary corner monuments, descriptions of 45-47 
 
 Boundary of rancho, specimen notes of line intersecting 190, 191 
 
 Bushes to be lojiped along line , 21 
 
 C. 
 
 Cassiopeia, diagram of constellation 108 
 
 Cedar and live-oak lands reserved for navy 13 
 
 Certificates of deposit by settlers, for surveys 13 
 
 Chain, standard to bo kept by deputy 20 
 
 Chaining, double, specimen fieid notes of ......,, , 142-158, 164-167 
 
 225 
 
 38a — 10
 
 226 INDEX. 
 
 Paga 
 
 Chaining, how performed 20 
 
 Chains of length, in degrees of Latitude, tahle of 131, 132 
 
 Chains of length, in degrees of longitude, table of 133, 134 
 
 Chains of length, in one second of longitude, table of 135 
 
 Chains to be leveled and pins set iilumb 21 
 
 Chains to be tested and compared 20 
 
 Charts of isogonic lines explained 84-86 
 
 City or village, specimen field notes of intersection of 209, 210 
 
 Civil day and astronomical day, difference shown between 109, 110 
 
 Claims, mineral, connection of, Avith piiblic surveys 74 
 
 Claims, private land, rules for survey of 221, 222 
 
 Claims, private laud, specimen held notes of intersection of 190, 205 
 
 Claims, private land, to be surveyed when confirmed 10, 13 
 
 Classification of lines of public surveys -- _ 50 
 
 Closing corners, connecting lines to 27, 35, 55, 224 
 
 Closing corners on grant lines, specimen field notes of 190, 191 
 
 Closing corners, rules for position of - 27 
 
 Closing errors in exteriors, table showing 177 
 
 Closing limits for exterior boundaries 59, 66, 72 
 
 Closing limits for meanders 60 
 
 Closing limits for sections 59, 60 
 
 Closing lines, connection distances on standai'd parallel 27 
 
 Closing lines defined _ 27 
 
 Closing township corners, descriptions of 25-27 
 
 Coast and Geodetic Survey, article on magnetic declination from 84-105 
 
 Commissioner may make regulations to enforce law 9, 10 
 
 Commissioner of General Land Oflice, act creating ofdce of 7 
 
 Commissioner of General Land Office, duties of 7, 9 
 
 Commissioner's instructions made part of every contract 9 
 
 Commissioner's letter to surveyors general authorizing Manual 3 
 
 Commissioner, when to act as surveyor general 9, 10 
 
 Compass, only solar or transit allowed on surveys 19 
 
 Compensation of deputies, how established 12 
 
 Compensation of special examiners 10 
 
 Computation of areas of fractional lots 68-70 
 
 Computation of convergencies, rules for 135, 136 
 
 Computation of distances along meridian lines 129 
 
 Computation of distances along parallels 130 
 
 Computation of triangulations 136, 137 
 
 Connecting lines at closing corners 27, 35, 55, 224 
 
 Connection lines for meandering islands 57 
 
 Contents and boundaries of public lands, law for ascertaining 12 
 
 Continental Congress, committee of, to originate surveying system 5 
 
 Contract and bond for surveying, form of 15, 16 
 
 Contract for survey not A^alid until approved 12 
 
 Contract for survey to include Manual and other instructions 8, 9, 12 
 
 Convergency of meridians 6 miles long, table of 135 
 
 Convergency of meridians, method of computing 135, 136 
 
 Convergency of section lines, table of corrections for 54 
 
 Convergency, rules for computation of 135 
 
 Corner in road, deposit at point for 48, 187, 198, 209 
 
 Corner monuments, orientation of 50 
 
 Corner monuments to be durably built 22, 50 
 
 Corners all to he built conforming to descriptions in Manual 22, 23 
 
 Corners, auxiliary meander 44, 58, 212 
 
 Corners described : 
 
 Township corners, standard 23-25 
 
 closing 25-27 
 
 common to four townships 28, 29 
 
 common to two townships 29-31 
 
 referring to one township only 31, 32 
 
 Section corners, standard 32-34 
 
 closing 34, 35 
 
 common to four sections 35-37 
 
 common to two sections 37-39 
 
 referring to one section only 39, 40 
 
 Quarter-sect ion corners 40-42 
 
 Quarter-section corners, standard 42 
 
 Meander corners 42-44
 
 INDEX. 227 
 
 Comers described — Continued. Page. 
 
 Eeservation boundary corners 45-47 
 
 Witness corners 47, 48 
 
 Witness points 48 
 
 Rocks in place or boulders used as corners 48 
 
 Corners, descriptions of all kinds of 2^-50 
 
 Corners, durable materials to be used for 22, .50 
 
 Corners, obliteration of, on resurvey 73, 179, 180 
 
 Corners, special meander 44, 57 
 
 Corners, tools for mark ing 22 
 
 Corners, witness, rules for establishing 44, 47, 48, 56 
 
 Correction lines or standard parallels 52 
 
 Correction line, sectional 76 
 
 Correction of convergcncy of section lines, tabte of 54 
 
 Correction of courses of randoms, rules for 128, 129 
 
 Correction of declination of needle, for daily mean, table for 100 
 
 Correction of defective exteriors 72-74 
 
 Correction of Polaris observations for month, table of 104 
 
 Correction of random lines (falling and course), table of 128 
 
 Correction of random section lines 54 
 
 Correction of random township lines 52, 53 
 
 Correction of standard parallel, specimen field notes of 147, 148 
 
 Correction table for convergency of section lines 54 
 
 County and local surveyors, advice to 224 
 
 Culmination of Polaris, observed by stars Zeta and Delta 105, 107-109 
 
 Culmination of Polaris, table showing times of 102 
 
 Culmination of Polaris, upper, table of times of 113 
 
 Curve of standard parallels, how established 120-128 
 
 Custody of surveying records by State 9, 10 
 
 D. 
 
 Day, astronomical and civil, difference shown between 109, 110 
 
 Declination, annual change of magnetic for each State 98 
 
 Declination, magnetic, article by C. A. Schott upon > 84-105 
 
 Declination, magnetic, specimen field notes of 150, 164, 186 
 
 Declination of needle, correction for daily mean 100 
 
 Declination of needle, when to be noted by surveyors 59 
 
 Defective exteriors, correction of 72-74 
 
 Defective exteriors, how defined 72 
 
 Defective exteriors, when to be retraced without compensation 224 
 
 Deflection angle for parallels, and inches of offset to 1 chain 121-123 
 
 Degrees of latitude, lengths of, in chains, table 131, 132 
 
 Degrees of longitude, lengths of, in chains, table 133, 134 
 
 Delta Cassiopeia", method of obtaining true meridian by 107, 108 
 
 Dense undergrowth defined 224 
 
 Dense undergrowth, to be noted, for higher rate per mile 61 
 
 Deposit of money by settlers, for surveys 13 
 
 Deposit under corner monument, with record 46 
 
 Deposit under jioint for corner, at intersection of road 48, 198, 209 
 
 Deputy surveyor, bond for faithful performance of duty 11 
 
 Deputy surveyor may swear assistants when necessary 64 
 
 Deputy surveyors, appointment and removal of 10, 14 
 
 Deputy surveyor's bond and contract, form of 15, 16 
 
 Deputy surveyors to take oath of allegiance 14 
 
 Description, general, of lands surveyed 62 
 
 Descriptions of corners of all kinds (see Corners described) 23-50 
 
 Descriptions of corners, all field work to conform to the given 22, 23 
 
 Descriptive notes of corners, etc., sent to local land office 68 
 
 Desert-land claim, specimen field notes concerning 205-207 
 
 Destroying corners on resurvey, specimen field notes of 179, 180 
 
 Diagram of north-polar constellations 108 
 
 Diagram, rough, of topography in township, to be returned 61 
 
 Diagrams furnished with special instructions 61, 65 
 
 Diagrams, index, to specimen field notes 140, 162, 170, 184 
 
 Diagrams, rough, of topography on exteriors, in field notes 61 
 
 Discharge of assistant, or change of duties 65 
 
 Discharge of assistant, specimen field notes of 149, 200 
 
 Distance, limits of error of, in section and township lines 59, 60, 66
 
 228 INDEX. 
 
 Diurnal change of magnetic declination 98-100 
 
 Diurnal variation, table for mean corrections of 100 
 
 Double chaining on standard lines, specimen field notes of 142-158, 164-167 
 
 Duties of Commissioner of General Land Office '. 7, 9 
 
 Duties of surveyors general 10 
 
 E. 
 
 Elllcott, Andrew, method used by, in 1785 105, 108 
 
 Elongation, azimuths of Polaris at, tables of 103, 104 
 
 Elongation of Polaris, how to find meridian by 105-107 
 
 Elongation of Polaris, specimen notes of observations on 142, 147, 150 
 
 Elongation of Polaris, table showing times of 102 
 
 Erroneous surveys, adjustment of •. 72-80 
 
 Error, limits of, allowable in surveys of exteriors 59, 66, 72 
 
 Error in closings, limits allowed, in subdivisious 59, 60 
 
 Establishment of corners to be permanent 22, 50 
 
 Examination of lield work 10, 11 
 
 Examinations, preparation of accounts for 223 
 
 Examiner, special, pay and expenses of 10, 11 
 
 Expense of survey of railroad lands to be rej^aid 12 
 
 Extension of new surveys from old, methods of 75-78 
 
 Exterior boundaries, unnecessary retracement of, prohibited 224 
 
 Exterior boundaries, when defective 72 
 
 Exterior boundaries, when to be retraced without compensation 224 
 
 Exteriors of townships, how run 52, 53 
 
 Exteriors of townships, specimen field notes of 169-182 
 
 Exteriors of townships, tabular statement of 61, 129, 177 
 
 Exteriors surveyed by secant or tangent metliod 127, 128 
 
 Exteriors, traverse or table of, specimen field notes of 177 
 
 F. 
 
 Falling, minutes of arc shown by links of, table of 128 
 
 Field notes, abbreviations allowed in 23, 65 
 
 Field notes and transcripts, requisites of 58-66 
 
 Field notes, form of specimens to be adhered to 66 
 
 Field notes, list of notable objects for 58-61 
 
 Field notes not to be changed after filing 64 
 
 Field notes of meanders, what to contain 58, 59 
 
 Field notes, original, defined 60 
 
 Field notes, specimen forms of. (See Specimen field notes.) 
 
 Figures, Arabic, to be used in marking corners 22 
 
 Final oaths of assistants, form of 63 
 
 Final oath of deputy surveyor, form of 63 
 
 Final oath of deputy, what officers may administer 64 
 
 Final oath required of deputy surveyor 11, 14, 63 
 
 First rectangular survey in United States, " Seven Ranges " 5 
 
 Form of deputy surveyor's bond and contract 15, 16 
 
 Form of specimen field notes to be followed 66 
 
 Forms of preliminary and final oaths 62, 63 
 
 Fractional lots, method of computing areas of 68-70 
 
 Fractional lots, method of numbering 67 
 
 Fractional sections on N. and W., first law allowing 7 
 
 Fractional sections, subdivision of 12 
 
 Fragmentary subdivision of township 80 
 
 Fraudulent survey, prosecution for 11, 14 
 
 G. 
 
 General description of lands surveyed 62 
 
 General Land Office, act creating office of Commissioner of 7 
 
 General Land Office, act establishing in 1812 7 
 
 General Land Office, act reorganizing in 1836 8 
 
 General Land Office removed from Treasury to Interior Department 8 
 
 Government surveys, outlines of system of 17-19 
 
 Guide nieridians and standard i)arallels, how located and run 18, 52 
 
 Guide meridians, sectional 38, 76 
 
 Guide mefidians, specimen field notes of.,., ,,,..„,,,,,,. X6X-168
 
 INDEX. 229 
 
 H. 
 
 Page. 
 
 Hearily timbered land to be noted, for higher rate per mile 61 
 
 Hiatuses and overlaps in public surveys 78-80 
 
 History of rectangular surveying in United States 5-8 
 
 Horizontal measurement required 21 
 
 Hour angle method of observing Polaris, specimen field notes of 146, 158 
 
 Hour angle of Polaris, method of finding meridian by 109-119 
 
 Impassable obstacles, to be passed by offset 22 
 
 Index diagrams to field notes 140, 162, 170, 184 
 
 Initial points for surveys 50 
 
 Inspection and testing of instruments 19, 20 
 
 Inspection of field work by surveyor general or agent 10 
 
 Instructions, first manual of, 1855 8 
 
 Instructions to deputy surveyors, special 61, 65 
 
 Instruments to be tested and inspected 19, 20 
 
 Instruments required to be used in surveys 19, 20 
 
 Insuperable obj ects on line, and ott'sets 22 
 
 Insuperable obstacles on line, specimen field notes of 198, 203 
 
 Interfering closing corners, rules for constructing 27 
 
 Island, meanders and connection of 57, 58 
 
 Islands, specimen field notes of triangulation to 211, 212 
 
 Isogonic and magnetic meridian charts explained 84-86 
 
 Lakes, raeanderable 57 
 
 Lakes, meanders of, specimen field notes of 215-218 
 
 Lakes, specimen field notes of intersection of 201, 202, 208-210 
 
 Land Office, General, act establishing 7 
 
 Land Office, General, act reorganizing 8 
 
 Land offices to receive plats of surveys 10 
 
 Lands fronting on waters. President may direct mode of survey 12 
 
 Lands included, or not, in fragmentary surveys 80 
 
 Lands, quality of, to be shown in de]>ut.v's returns 62 
 
 Latitude and longitude of stations of magnetic observations, table of 96, 97 
 
 Latitude, length of a degree of, in chains, table of 131, 132 
 
 Latitude observations required to be fully noted 20 
 
 Latitude observations, specimen field notes of 156, 174, 175, 176, etc. 
 
 Latitudes, departures, etc., of exteriors, s])ecimeu field notes of 177 
 
 Laws and ordinances on surveying, citations from: 
 
 Page. Page. 
 
 May7,1784 5 Apr. 24, 1820 7 
 
 Apr.26,1785 5 Mav 24, 1824 '..... 7 
 
 May 3,1785 5 Ma'y 29, 1830 8 
 
 May 20,1785 5 Apr. 5, 1832 8 
 
 May 18,1796 July 4, 1836 8 
 
 May 10,1800 6 May 3, 1849 8 
 
 Feb.11,1805 7 May 30, 1862 8 
 
 Apr. 25, 1812 7 
 
 Letter of Commissioner authorizing Manual of 1894 3 
 
 Leveling chain and plumbing pins 21 
 
 Limits for closing, and for length of lines 59, 60, 66 
 
 Limits of error, in former township exteriors 66, 72 
 
 Line trees, how marked 21 
 
 Lines, four classes of 50 
 
 Lines unchangeable after having been run, marked, and accepted 7, 12 
 
 Links of falling and minutes of arc, table of 128 
 
 Live-oak and cedar lands reserved for navy '. 13 
 
 Local mean time, importance of accurate, for hour-angle work 116 
 
 Longitude and latitude of stations of magnetic observations 96, 97 
 
 Longitude, chains of length in one second of. table 135 
 
 Longitude, length of a degree of, in chains, table 133, 134 
 
 Lots, fractional, computation of areas of 68-70 
 
 Lots, fractional, method of numbering 67
 
 230 INDEX. 
 
 M. 
 
 Page. 
 
 Magnetic decliuation, anuual cliiuige for each State 98 
 
 Magnetic decliuatioii, correction table for daily mean 100 
 
 Magnetic declination, daily change of 98-100 
 
 Magnetic declination, discussion and statistics of 84-105 
 
 Magnetic declination, influence of sun spots on 99 
 
 Magnetic declination to be noted in returns 59 
 
 Magnetic declination, specimen held notes of observations of 150, 1(31, 186 
 
 Magnetic meridians, exjjlanation of charts of 84-86 
 
 Magnetic pole, supposed location of 85 
 
 Magnetic storms and disturbances 99, 100 
 
 Magnetic variation, annual, table showing 96, 97 
 
 Manual of 1894, authorization of 3, 12 
 
 Manual and special instructions to be jjart of surveying contract 8, 9, 12 
 
 Manual of surveying instructions first issued in 1855 8 
 
 Marking corners, tools for 22 
 
 Marking of bearing trees at corners 24, 49, 50 
 
 Marking of lines of survey 21 
 
 Marshal, U. S., to protect surveyors in their work 8, 13 
 
 Materials for corner mon uments to be durable 22, 50 
 
 Meanderable waters 56, 57 
 
 Meander corner, special, specimen held notes of 201 , 202 
 
 Meander cornel", special, when re([uired 44, 57 
 
 Meander corners, auxiliary 44, 58, 212 
 
 Meander corners deiiued 57 
 
 Meander corners, descriptions of 42-44 
 
 Meander corners on standard parallel, specimen field notes of 152, 153 
 
 Meander corners on unsafe ground to be witnessed 44 
 
 Meander corners, specimen held notes of 152, 153. 187, 201, 202, 208-210, 212 
 
 Meandering, method of 56-58 
 
 Meander line, proper position of 57, 58 
 
 Meander lines, specimen held notes of 212-218 
 
 Meanders and connections of islands 57, 58 
 
 Meanders, connection of, with section lines 56, 57 
 
 Meanders, limits of closing error in 60 
 
 Meanders, what should be noted in 58, 59 
 
 Meridian, guide, specimen held notes of 161-168 
 
 Meridian lines, how run 51, 52 
 
 Meridian , sectional guide 38, 76 
 
 Meridian, true, methods of ascertaining. {See Observations, etc.) 
 
 Meridians, computing distances along 129 
 
 Meridians, convergency of, in township boundaries, table of 135 
 
 Meridians, method of computing convergency of 135, 136 
 
 Meridians, principal, and base lines of surveys in States 81-84 
 
 Method of ])rocedure in public surveys 17-19 
 
 Mineral claims, connections of, with public surveys 74 
 
 Mineral lands to be included in public sur\ey8 12 
 
 Mineral monuments, U. S., to be noted in field notes 59 
 
 Monuments. {See Corners.) 
 
 Mound of earth with deposit, and stake in pit, description No. 23-50 
 
 Mounds and pits, form of 23 
 
 Mounds, how located and described 48, 49 
 
 Mounds of stone, minimum size of (note) 24 
 
 Mountainous land, noted for higher rate i)er mile 61 
 
 N. 
 
 Notable objects in meandering 58 
 
 North Star. (>SVfi Polaris.) 
 
 Notable objects along lines of survey 58, 59 
 
 Notes of surveys. {See Field notes.) 
 
 Numbering of fractional lots 67 
 
 Numbering of sectitjus 6, 19 
 
 Numbering of sections in earliest surveys 6 
 
 O. 
 
 Oath, final, of deputy, and assistants, form of 63 
 
 Oath, liual, reiiuired of dejMity surveyor 11, 14, (13 
 
 Oath of allegiance req^uired of deputy surveyors 14
 
 INDEX. 231 
 
 Page. 
 
 Oath, preliminary, of assistants, form of ^ ; 62, 63 
 
 Oath, j)relimiuary, of deputy surveyor, form of 14 
 
 Oaths, officers authorized to admiuister 64 
 
 Objectious to survey of private claim, to be noted 222 
 
 Objects to be noted in field notes 58, 59 
 
 Obliteratiim of old corners on resurvey, specimen field notes of 179, 180 
 
 Observations at elongation of Polaris, method of 105-107 
 
 Observations of Polaris at culmination, method shown 105, 107-109 
 
 Observations of Polaris at elongation, specimen field notes of 142, 147, 150 
 
 Observations of Polaris by hour angle method 109-119 
 
 Observations of Polaris, corrections of, for each month, table 104 
 
 01>servations of Polaris, hour angle, specimen field notes of 146, 158 
 
 Observations of Polaris for ineridian 102-117 
 
 Observations of Polaris required of deputies 19 
 
 Observations, solar and stellar, elements to be recorded 20 
 
 Observations, solar, for latitude, specimen field notes of 156, 174, 175, 176, etc. 
 
 Oliservations, solar, for meridian, specimen field notes of 156, 174, 175, 176, etc. 
 
 Observations, solar, specimen field notes of 154, 172, 175, 176, etc. 
 
 Observations, solar, verified at end of survey 217 
 
 Obstacles, impassable, to be passed by oft'set 22 
 
 Obstructing survey, penalty for 13 
 
 Offset in inches, per chain on curve of parallel, in Table III 121, 123 
 
 Ofiset line, specimen field notes of 198, 203 
 
 Offset lines, how to be run 22, 136 
 
 Ofi'sets, in chains, from tangent to parallel, table of 127 
 
 Offsets in feet, and azimuths of secant, table of 121 
 
 Offsets, in feet, from tangent to parallel, table of 126 
 
 Ofi'sets, surveying base and standard lines by 120-128 
 
 Old corners to l)e obliterated, in resurveys 73 
 
 Old surveys, retracement and resurvey of 71-74 
 
 Open-sight needle compass not allowable 19 
 
 Orientation of monuments 50 
 
 Original field notes defined 60 
 
 Origin of system of rectangular surveys 5 
 
 Overlaps and hiatuses in public surveys ' 78-80 
 
 P. 
 
 Parallel, correction of standard, specimen field notes of 147, 148 
 
 "Parallel run by secant method, specimen field notes of 142-149 
 
 Parallel run by solar method, specimen field notes of 154-158 
 
 Parallel run by tangent method, specimen field notes of 150-154 
 
 Parallels, computation of distances upon 130 
 
 Parallels, standard, how to be surveyed 52, 120-128 
 
 Partial surveys within townships 80, 81 
 
 Pins, tally, and their use 20, 21 
 
 Pits and mounds, form of 23 
 
 Pits at interfering and closing corners, when to be omitted 27 
 
 Plat of township, requirements of 66-68 
 
 Plats of surveys to be transmitted to land offices 10 
 
 Polaris, ascertaining true meridian by culmination of 107-109 
 
 Polaris, ascertaining true meridian by elongation of 105-107 
 
 Polaris, ascertaining true meridian by hour angle of 109-119 
 
 Polaris, azimuths of, at elongation, tables of 103, 104 
 
 Polaris, azimuths of, for any hour, table of 118, 119 
 
 Polaris observations at elongation, specimen field notes of 142, 147, 150 
 
 Polairs observations by hour angle method, specimen field notes of 146, 158 
 
 Polaris observations by star Zeta or Delta, at culmination 105, 107-109 
 
 Polaris observations, corrections of for each month, table 104 
 
 Polaris observations required . 19 
 
 Polaris, times of culmination and elongation, table of 102 
 
 Polaris, times of upper culmination of, table of 113 
 
 Pole, magnetic, supi^osed location of 85 
 
 Position of closing corners 27 
 
 Post corners, descriptions of, Nos. 4 and 5 23-50 
 
 Posts, mounds, and pits, minimum size of. 45, 46, 50 
 
 President may direct non-rectangular surveys on water fronts 8, 12 
 
 President may transfer land officers' duties to surveyor general 11 
 
 Prices payable for surveys, how established 12
 
 232 INDEX. 
 
 Page. 
 
 Principal merid ians and base lines of all public surveys 81-84 
 
 Principal meridians, how to be run 51 
 
 Private and local surveyors, advice to 224 
 
 Private laud claims contirmed, to be surveyed 10, 13 
 
 Private laud claims, rules lor survey of 221, 222 
 
 Private laud claim, specimen field notes of intersection of 190, 205 
 
 Prosecution of deputy for erroneous or fraudulent survey 11, 14 
 
 Protection of surveyors, act providing for 8, 13 
 
 Public laud laws, coditicatiou of 9 
 
 Q. 
 
 Quarter-quarter sections, act providing for 8 
 
 Quarter-section corners, at what point to be established 55 
 
 Quarter-section corners, descrii>ti()ns of 40-42 
 
 Quarter sections, first law pro\'idiug for survey of 7 
 
 Quarter sections, when held to be surveyed 80 
 
 E. 
 
 Railroad track, specimen notes of intersection of 204, 209 
 
 Railroads to repay cost of survey of their lands 12 
 
 Rancho boundary, specimen field notes of intersection of 190, 191 
 
 Random and corrected section lines 54, 55, 128, 129 
 
 Random and corrected townshi]) lines 52, 53 
 
 Random lines, not to be marlced like true 22 
 
 Random lines, rule for conection of course of 128, 129 
 
 Random lines, table for correction of 128 
 
 Random section lines, at what course to be run 54 
 
 Rates of compensation for surveys, how established 12 
 
 Record inclosed in vial, as deposit at corner 46 
 
 Records of survey, accessible uiuler State custody 9, 10 
 
 Rectangular surveying, law prescribing method of 11 
 
 Rectangular surveying, outlines of system of 17-19 
 
 Rectangular surveying, previous legislation adopting 5-9 
 
 Rectangular system, departure from, on water-front lands 8, 12 
 
 Regulations for surveys, Commissioner authorized to make 9, 10 
 
 Removal of deputy for misconduct 10, 14 
 
 Reservation of live-oak and cedar timber lands 13 
 
 Reservations, descrijjtions of corners on 45-47 
 
 Residence of surveyor general to lie in his district 9 
 
 Restoration of corners, 8i)ecimen field notes of 179-182 
 
 Restoration of lost and obliterated corners, circular pamphlet on 224 
 
 Resurvey of exterior lines, specimen field notes of 179-182 
 
 Resurvey of former lines 71-74 
 
 Retracement of former lines 71-74 
 
 Retracemeut of former lines, when required without compensation 224 
 
 Retracement, unnecessary, prohibited 224 
 
 Rivers and streams, meamlerable 56 
 
 Road, ])()int for corner falling in 48, 198, 209 
 
 Rock in i)lace marked for corner, specimen field notes of 146, 164 
 
 Rock in place or boulder to be marked for corner 48 
 
 Rules for correction of course of ran<lom lines 128, 129 
 
 Rules for survey of private land claims , 221 
 
 Secant and tangent methods applied to exteriors 127, 128 
 
 Secant, azimuths of, and offsets in feet 121 
 
 Secant method of running jtanillcls, specimen field notes of 142-149 
 
 Secant method of surveying parallels 120-124 
 
 Section and townshij), first use of the terms in statute 5 
 
 Secretary of Interior to control General Land Oflice 8 
 
 Sectional correction line de lined 76 
 
 Sectional guide meridian dclincid 76 
 
 Sectional guide meridian, marking of corners on (note) 38 
 
 Section corners, closing, descriptions of 34, 35 
 
 Section corners common to four sect ious, descriptions of 35-37 
 
 Section corners common to two sections, descriptions of -37-39
 
 INDEX. 233 
 
 Pag* 
 
 Section corners referring to one section only, descriptions of 39, 40 
 
 Section corners, standard, descriptions of 32-34 
 
 Section lines, correction for convergency of, table 54 
 
 Section lines, ho w run 53-56 
 
 Section lines, specimen field notes of 183-211 
 
 Sections, subdivision of, lirst law providing rules for 7 
 
 Sections, subdivision of, into sixteenths, act providing for 8, 12 
 
 Sections, subdivision of whole and fractional 12, 224 
 
 Secular magnetic variation, tables showing 88-95 
 
 Secular variation of magnetic needle 87, 88 
 
 Settlers may deposit money for survey of lands 13 
 
 Settlers to be noted in private claim surveys 222 
 
 "Seven ranges" in Ohio, first townships surveyed 5 
 
 Solar compass or transit required in public surveys 19 
 
 Solar compass tested by Polaris, specimen field notes of 154, 158, 172, etc. 
 
 Solar method of surveying parallels, specimen field notes of 154-158 
 
 Solar observations, specimen field notes of 154, 172, 175, 176, etc. 
 
 Special examiners of surveys, compensation of 10, 11 
 
 Special examiners of surveys may be appointed 10, 11 
 
 Special instructions and Manual, to be part of contract 8, 9, 12 
 
 Special instructions to deputies 61, 65 
 
 Special meander corner, when required 44, 57 
 
 Special meander corner, specimen field notes of 201, 202 
 
 Specimen field notes, forms to be followed 66 
 
 Specimen field notes of: 
 
 Auxiliary meander corner 212 
 
 Boulder marked for corner 157 
 
 Correction of standard parallel 147, 148 
 
 Closing corners on grant lines 190, 191 
 
 Desert land claim intersection 205, 206 
 
 Discharge of assistant 149, 200 
 
 Double chaining 142-158, 164-167 
 
 Guide meridian 161-168 
 
 Index diagrams 140, 162, 170, 184 
 
 Intersection of city or village 209, 210 
 
 Intersection of imijassable obstacles 198, 203 
 
 Intersection of rancho boundary .- 190 
 
 Intersection of railroad track 204, 208, 209 
 
 Intersection of road, deposit at point for corner at 198, 209, 210 
 
 Islands, and connections to section lines 211, 212, 217,218 
 
 Latitude observations 156, 174, 175, 176, etc. 
 
 Magnetic declination 142, 150, 154, 164, 172, 186 
 
 Meander corners 152, 153, 187, 201, 202, 208-210, 212 
 
 Meander lines 212-218 
 
 Obliteration of old corners 179, 180 
 
 Oftset lines 198,203 
 
 Private land claims, intersections of 190, 205 
 
 Random line to corner in sight 203, 206 
 
 Restoration of old corners 179-182 
 
 Resurvey of incorrect lines 179-181 
 
 Retracement of old lines 179-182 
 
 Rock or boulder marked for corner 146, 157, 164 
 
 Secant method of curves 142-149 
 
 Solar observations 154, 172, 175, 176 
 
 Solar method of running parallels 154-158 
 
 Special meander corners 201, 202 
 
 Stake in pit with mound and deposit 207 
 
 Standard parallel 139-160 
 
 Subdivision or section lines 183-211 
 
 Tangent method of running parallels 150-154 
 
 Table of latitudes and departures of exteriors 177 
 
 Township exterior boundaries 169-182 
 
 Triangulations 144,188,192,211,212 
 
 Village or city objects on line 209, 210 
 
 Witness corners 198,203,209.210 
 
 Stake in pit 42 
 
 Standard chain to be kept by deputy surveyor 20 
 
 Standard lines to be surveyed by oti'sets 120-127 
 
 Standard parallels and guide meridians, how located 18
 
 234 INDEX. 
 
 Page. 
 
 Standard parallels, how run 52 
 
 Standard parallel, specimen field notes of correction of 147, 148 
 
 Standard parallel, specimen field notes of 139-160 
 
 Standard quarter-section corners, descriptions of 42 
 
 Standard section corners, descriptions of 32-34 
 
 Standard township corners, descriptions of 23-25 
 
 Star observations for meridian. (-See Polaris.) 
 
 State custody of surveying records 9 
 
 Statutes of United States, citations from 5-14 
 
 Stone corners, descriptions of, Nos. 1, 2, and 3 23-50 
 
 Stone coruers, required size of 49 
 
 Stone mounds, minimum size of (note) 24 
 
 Streams, meanderable ; 56 
 
 Subdividing, method of 53-56 
 
 Subdivision lines, specimen field notes of 183-211 
 
 Subdivision of sections by local surveyors 224 
 
 Subdivision of sections into sixteenths, etc 8, 12 
 
 Subdivision of sections, first act providing rules for 7 
 
 Subdivision of sections, numbering of fractional lots in 67 
 
 Suit on bond of deputy surveyor, how brought 11, 14 
 
 Sun spots, influence of, on magnetic needle 91, 101 
 
 Sureties on bond and contract, affidavits of 16 
 
 Survey, erroneous or fraudulent, prosecution for 11, 14 
 
 Survey, new, method of extending from old 75-78 
 
 Survey of public lands, on deposit of money by settlers 13 
 
 Survey, penalty for obstruction of 8, 13 
 
 Surveying accounts, rules for prei)aring 223 
 
 Surveying contract and bond, form of 15, 16 
 
 Surveying contract, to include general and special instructions 9 
 
 Surveying, details of rectangular system of 17-19 
 
 Surveying districts enumerated 9 
 
 Surveying, historj of legislation for 5-9 
 
 Surveying instructions, first manual of 8 
 
 Surveying, instruments to bo used in 19, 20 
 
 Surveying, law prescribing rectangular system of 11 
 
 Surveying records to be accessible in State custody 9, 10 
 
 Surveyor, bond of deputy 11, 16 
 
 Surveyors, deputy, appointment and removal of 10, 14 
 
 Surveyors, private and local, advice to 224 
 
 Surveyors, protection of, by U. S. marshal 8, 13 
 
 Surveyor general, duties of. 10 
 
 Surveyor general, first law creating office of 9 
 
 Surveyor general, official bond of 10 
 
 Surveyor general or agent to inspect field work 10 
 
 Surveyor general's ofilce, when to be discontinued 10 
 
 Surveyors general, how ai)pointed 9 
 
 Surveyors general, term of ofiice of 10 
 
 Swamp, imijassable, sjiecimen field notes of intersection of 198, 203 
 
 System of rectangular surveying, acts prescribing 5-11 
 
 T. 
 Tables for the use of surveyors : 
 
 Annual change of magnetic declination for each State, Table F 98 
 
 Annual variation of nuignetic needle, Table E 96, 97 
 
 Azimuths of Polaris for any hour, Table II 118, 119 
 
 in difierent latitudes, 1890 to 1910, Table J 103, 104 
 
 the tangent to the parallel. Table IV 125 
 
 secant to the parallel. Table HI 121 
 
 Convergency of meridians and other data. Table X 135 
 
 Correction for convergency of section linos. Table A 54 
 
 finding mean magnetic declination for the day, Table G 100 
 
 Polaris observations for each montli, Table K 104 
 
 randoms — links and minutes of arc, Table VII 128 
 
 Latitude .ind longitude of places of magnetic observation and annual 
 
 variation of needle. Table E 96, 97 
 
 Lengths of a degree of latitude, Table VIII 131, 132 
 
 longitude. Table IX 133, 134 
 
 Offsets in chains from tangent to parallel. Table VI 127 
 
 feet from tangent to parallel, Table V 126
 
 INDEX. 235 
 
 Tables for tlie use of surveyors— Contiiiueil. Page. 
 
 Secular variation of needle — eastern group of stations, Table B 88-91 
 
 middle groui^ of stations, Table C 92-94 
 
 ■western group of stations, Table D 95 
 
 Times of culmination and elongatiou of Polaris, Table H 102 
 
 Times of upi)er culmination of Polaris, Table 1 113, 114 
 
 Tablets used in the field by deputies 60 
 
 Tabular statement of exteriors required 61 
 
 Tabular statement of exteriors, specimen field notes of 177 
 
 Tally pins described 20 
 
 Tangent and secant methods applied to exteriors 127, 128 
 
 Tangent method of running curves, specimen field notes of 150-154 
 
 Tangent method of surveying parallels 124-127 
 
 Tangent to the parallel, azimuths of, table 125 
 
 Term of office of surveyor general 10 
 
 Test of solar compass by Polaris, specimen field notes of 154, 158, 172, etc. 
 
 Tidewater shores, place for meaiuler line along 58 
 
 Timbered land, to be noted, for higher rate per mile 61 
 
 Time, astronomical ] 09, 110 
 
 Topography, rough diagram of, to bo return ed 61 
 
 Townsliip and section, iirst use of terms in statutes 5 
 
 Townshij) boundaries, specimen field notes of 169-182 
 
 Township boundaries, traverse of, specimen field notes of 177 
 
 Townshijo closing corners, descriptions of 25-27 
 
 Township corners common to four townships, descriptions of 28, 29 
 
 Township corners common to tAvo townships, descriptions of 29-31 
 
 Townshi]) corners rei'erring to only one township, descriptions of 31, 32 
 
 Township diagram of topography required Avith field notes 61 
 
 Township exteriors, how to be run 52, 53 
 
 Township exteriors, limits of closing error in 59, 66, 72 
 
 Township exterior's, requirements of diagram of , 66 
 
 Township exteriors, survey by secant and tangent methods 127-129 
 
 Township exteriors, tabular statement or traverse of 61, 129 
 
 Township exteriors, traverse or table of, specimen field notes of 177 
 
 Township plats, requirements of 66-68 
 
 Township standard corners, descriptions of 23-25 
 
 Transcrijits and field notes, abbreviations allowed in 23, 65 
 
 Transcripts of fieltl notes, how ])repaied 64, 65 
 
 Transit or solar comi>ass requ ircd in surveys 19 
 
 Traverse or tabular statement of exteriors 61, 129, 177 
 
 Treasury Department, act establishing General Land Office under 7 
 
 Treasury Department, act removing General Land Office from 8 
 
 Tree corners, descriptions of, Nos. 7 and 8 23-50 
 
 Trees, blazing of, along line 21 
 
 Trees, bearing, location and marking of 24, 49, 50 
 
 'J'rial or random lines. See Random lines. 
 
 Triangles, required proportions of sides of 136 
 
 Triangnlatiou, diagram of, required in original field notes 152 
 
 Triangulations, examples of computation of 136 
 
 Trlangulations, how performed 61, 136 
 
 Triangulations to be fully recorded in notes 57, 61 
 
 Triangulations, or traverse, to pass obstacles 22 
 
 Triangulations, specimen field notes of 144, 165, 188, 192, 211, 212 
 
 True meridian, observation of Polaris for 105-119 
 
 True meridian, principal and guide meridians and range lines to follow 51,52 
 
 U. 
 
 Undergrowth, dense, defined 224 
 
 Undergrowth, dense, to be noted for higher rate per mile 61 
 
 Ursa Major, diagram of constellation 108 
 
 Variation, amount of annual magnetic, table showing 96, 97 
 
 Variation, magnetic, when to be noted 59 
 
 Variation, secular, of magnetic needle 87, 88 
 
 Variation, secular, tables showing 88-98 
 
 Verifying results of solar work 117, 217 
 
 Village or city, specimen field notes of intersections 209, 210
 
 236 INDEX. 
 
 w. 
 
 Paga. 
 
 Watch time, accuracy required for hour angle observations 116 
 
 Water-front lands surveyable by nou-rectangular method 8, 12 
 
 Waters, meauderable 56, 57 
 
 Witness corners, rules for establishing 44, 47, 48, 56 
 
 Witness corners, specimen field notes of 198, 203, 209, 210 
 
 Witness points, specimen held notes of 198, 203 
 
 Witness points, when to be established -. 22,48 
 
 Z. 
 
 Zeta Ursae Majoris, method of obtaining true meridian by 107 
 
 o
 
 "">
 
 / 
 
 PLATE I 
 
 Note 
 
 Tt
 
 PLATE I. 
 
 n^.2. 
 
 
 \jilrfhrEJJonft. 
 
 Fi^.3. Pi^-*- 
 
 Township jV° 5 North, Mange N° 9 West, of a Principal Meridian. 
 
 ■'' i i.— J— - 
 
 § Secis. 
 
 ^—^:'";^"'" ' ^,^)_ 
 
 S Sa^7. 
 
 S 'eJff ""Is 
 
 S.. iSfeiS!,.. 
 
 § SecJ:SO._ 
 
 
 I ■feF-ie?;..- 
 
 % SecA/I- 
 
 ,S_-...5*kc.L?.s. 
 
 S SeeJiZa,^ 
 
 § SecJ^4t. 
 
 8. Sep_i2d,_ 
 
 ^w- 
 
 % SecJSS.,^ 
 
 S ^fi-cJSJ., 
 
 S Sei^iSe. 
 
 /^//?Sr\ STANDARD PA/^ALL£L A/OKTH . 
 
 \ Sec.S. I Sec.4. I Sec.3. I See. 2.
 
 PLATE II,
 
 PLATE II.
 
 PJLATE m
 
 £3^an n fjons. 
 
 
 
 
 .<lfm,rinm^ r.lff^ 
 
 
 TOMTVSHIP EXTERIORS 
 
 FornrH standard h^smallel north. 
 
 S2 SlV 3i). SS> 
 
 TT^rr: 
 
 ^m^ 
 
 m^^ 
 
 TH/HD'-ST.\NDARD fAH.SJ^LlCIj XORTf/. 
 
 "^s^ri^m^mf ^^z:^^ 
 
 4^ 
 
 .^iAl/l „ „ „ 
 
 MJiJv^-oi'rfJ' XfyTifl'-^/e/^ J'iv,JAi4^iim. 
 
 L 
 
 d
 
 JTownship N^15 North, Range N9 20 EaM of the Principal Meridian Mont. 
 
 PLATE W. 1 
 
 SumytB^U/na kd \ By WhmvSumytil 
 SuJbdivisiMu 
 
 March 22'^/6ft3 J6 00 72 
 
 12 I» -je 
 
 AugAf^to lOfiiSda. 
 
 
 Irti,, f„l.l '„.,,, ,1 lIu^M,^ ttwuekx,n,liL..in. tlu.
 
 PLATE Y.
 
 PLATE VI
 
 PLATE VII. 
 
 Fiji. 3 
 
 xn. f d
 
 -<•" 
 
 PLATE Vn. 
 
 "«\ 
 
 
 ^"■•"•—^ 
 
 
 j„..,„«,« 
 
 pp?^fe; 
 
 i^f=^. 
 
 jf-j...— ;— .U. |. 
 
 "'"t ^ 
 
 fi-t-f-H— -i— ;- 
 
 -\-l\ 
 
 \\\-'. ; ;j..»;.,„i 
 
 1 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 .? 
 
 ! 
 
 
 --h-jf- 
 1 s 
 
 .^' 
 
 
 T'-^- 
 
 
 I ■'"'"■'" 
 
 
 •^'■"- 
 
 Plg.3. 
 
 J*-<-Vt-4.M t ^*«-T-,.«/ 
 
 ji.**««^ 
 
 t/f*tfM.,TMI> \X'^V^^T.^S"^' 
 
 ^rrrt-f^^^l 
 
 ,|_^ — 1 1 } r 1 — ^ 
 
 
 * r"; ; i '• i is 
 
 ^ 
 
 j4-^-l— p---. — 1— 14« 
 
 pftf-^S--fi 
 
 
 t S^aB->rora 
 
 
 ijtH-t-r-i-t-T'i 
 
 
 
 p-^— ^ 
 
 — 
 
 Fift.15. 
 
 J
 
 PJLATE THl
 
 PLATE VIH. 
 
 J. 
 
 
 T 
 
 ^ s......r^ 
 
 /?.3>v. 
 
 
 
 ill 
 
 
 r2v 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 ' ■ ! 1 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 
 ^' 
 
 
 
 ■^-"•" 
 
 ^■""■■' 
 
 
 T 
 
 F,g.2. 
 
 j-.-«». sH 
 
 , 36 y 
 
 "if- 
 
 ll 
 
 .,-Mi*,'^-**- ^Si^uZij. 
 
 Figs. 
 
 
 «l! 31 
 
 -l-H 
 
 
 O
 
 PLATE IX,
 
 PLATE IX. 
 
 R.7^v: 
 
 R.ew: 
 
 R.5\\: 
 
 
 •■ °! <1 >i i Sit 
 
 ,"!, !L ^1 A /^ »l ii ;!"' ji ?i 
 
 '** u ' Ml 4ST li as ■ t ^ i ! 
 
 ■ ■;' '1? , il jl '1 
 
 ,4,.,^,j|™4.J|...^.™a](^_.«...4 I T.3N. 
 
 T.4N. 
 
 "_!!!,'. 
 
 
 !f 
 
 'i\ \\ «i i 
 
 
 J ||| ^ - ''II 
 
 T.2N. 
 
 EXPLANAT/ONS. 
 
 
 
 
 •l**^*'-" 
 
 "sT' 
 
 
 R.rM': 
 
 R.6\v: 
 
 R.5\V.
 
 R \ 

 
 ED STATES COAST AND GEODETIC SURVE' 
 
 ISOGONIC CHART OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE EPOCH 1890 

 
 r
 
 us COAST *ND GtODETIC SURVEr 
 TC Mendenhall, Superintendent. 
 
 MAGNETIC MERIDIANS OF THE UNITED STATES FOR JANUARY 1890. 
 
 Com.*ttt Ge*J^tLc Sujvey RtparrKry^ariatl-^
 
 university »' CaMomUl 
 SOUTHERN Bee'O^^^^^Se. CA ^2^-^^ 
 405 Hllsa'l *«" u m^irtal to the 111>""V 
 
 „ ,_f!ibrary Loan 1 
 
 11630 University Hbsearcn Library 
 
 Box 951 575 1^^^ . ^-7= 
 
 LOS Angeles, CA 9(0095-1575
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 Los Angeles 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. 
 
 B-m JUL 71966 
 
 JffC'O URL-Lt) 
 AUG 8 1366 
 
 Form L9-Series 444
 
 A 000 051 150 
 
 t 
 
 PLEA*??: DO NOT REMOVE 
 THIS BOOK CARD 
 
 ^tUBRARY^^ 
 
 ^(I/OJIIVOJO^ 
 
 
 University Research Library 
 
 :z3 
 :ni'